Financial Statements of a Company
1
C H A P T E R
MEANING OF KEY TERMS USED IN THIS CHAPTER
BALANCE SHEET
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	Shareholders’ Funds	 Shareholders’ Funds are the funds belonging to the
shareholders of the company. They consist of Share Capital;
Reserves and Surplus and Money received against Share
Warrants.
	 (a)	 Share Capital	 It is the amount received by the company as capital. It includes
both Equity Share Capital and Preference Share Capital.
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus:
		Reserves	 It is the amount set aside out of Surplus, i.e., Balance
in Statement of Profit and Loss or amount received as
Securities Premium. A reserve may be free reserve or
committed reserve.
		Surplus	 It is the amount of accumulated profit which may be appropriated
towards reserve or for payment of dividend.
	 (c)	 Money Received against	 It is the amount received against Share Warrants. Share
		
Share Warrants	 Warrants are the financial instruments which give the holder the
right to acquire Equity Shares in the company at a specified
date and at a specified rate.
	2.	Share Application Money	 It is the amount received as share application and against
		
Pending Allotment	 which the company will make allotment.
	3.	Non-Current Liabilities	 Non-current Liabilities are defined in Schedule III of the
Companies Act, 2013 as those liabilities which are not current
liabilities. These are sub-classified into: Long-term Borrowings;
Deferred Tax Liabilities (Net); Other Long-term Liabilities; and
Long-term Provisions.
	 (a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 Long-term borrowings are the borrowings which as on the date
of borrowing are repayable after more than 12 months from
the date of Balance Sheet or after the period of Operating
Cycle.
	 (b)	 Deferred Tax Liabilities	 It is the amount of tax on the temporary difference between
		
(Net)	 the accounting income and taxable income. It is only a book
entry and not an actual liability. It arises when accounting
income is more than the taxable income.
	 (c)	 Other Long-term Liabilities	 They are the Long-term Liabilities other than Long-term
Borrowings of the company.
	 (d)	 Long-term Provisions	 These are the provisions for liabilities that will be payable
after 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or after the
period of Operating Cycle.
1.2	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 4.	Current Liabilities	 Current Liabilities are those liabilities which are:
	 (a)	 expected to be settled in company’s normal Operating
Cycle; or
	 (b)	 due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting date.
(Reporting date is the date on which financial statements
are prepared); or
	 (c)	 held primarily for the purpose of being traded; or
	 (d)	 there is no unconditional right to defer settlement for at least
12 months after the reporting date.
	5.	Operating Cycle	 It is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing
and their realisation into Cash and Cash Equivalents. Where
the Operating Cycle cannot be identified, it is assumed to be
a period of 12 months.
			 Operating Cycle can be different for different businesses.
Current Liabilities are classified into Short-term Borrowings; Trade Payables; Other Current
Liabilities; and Short-term Provisions.
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 These are the borrowings that are repayable within 12 months
from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period of Operating
Cycle.
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 These are the amounts payable within the period of 12 months
from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period of Operating
Cycle for goods purchased or services taken in the ordinary
course of business. It includes Bills Payable and Sundry Creditors.
	 (c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 These are short-term liabilities, other than short-term borrowings,
trade payables and short-term provisions.
	(d)	 Short-term Provisions	 These are provisions for liabilities that will be payable within
12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period
of Operating Cycle.
ASSETS
	6.	Non-Current Assets	 Non-current assets are those assets which are not current
assets. These are sub-classified into: Fixed Assets; Non-current
Investments; Deferred Tax Assets (Net); Long-term Loans and
Advances; and Other Non-current Assets.
	 (a)	 Fixed Assets			
	 (i)	 Tangible Assets	 These are the assets which have physical existence, i.e., can
be seen and touched. Examples are: land, building, machinery
and computers, etc.
	 (ii)	 Intangible Assets	 These are the assets which do not have physical existence, i.e.,
cannot be seen and touched. Examples are: patents, trademarks
and computer software, etc.
	 (iii)	 Capital Work-in-	 Capital Work-in-Progress means expenditure incurred on
		
Progress	 construction or development of tangible assets not yet complete.
	 (iv)	 Intangible Assets	 Intangible Assets Under Development means expenditure
		
Under Development	 incurred on development of intangible assets not yet complete.
	 (b)	Non-Current	 Non-current Investments are those investments that are
		
Investments	 invested to be held for a period of more than 12 months from
the date of Balance Sheet or for a period that is more than
the period of Operating Cycle.
Financial Statements of a Company	 1.3
			 A trade investment is an investment made by the company in another
company for the furtherance of its own business. It is
non-current investment when it is invested to be held for more
than 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or for a period
that is more than the period of Operating Cycle.
	 (c)	 Deferred Tax Assets (Net)	 It is the amount of tax on the temporary difference between the
accounting income and taxable income. It is only a book entry
and not an actual asset. It arises when accounting income is
less than the taxable income.
	 (d)	 Long-term Loans and 	 Long-term Loans and Advances are loans and advances
		
Advances	 given by the company that are repayable or adjustable after
12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or after the period
of Operating Cycle.
	 (e)	 Other Non-Current	 All non-current assets that are not shown or classified under
		
Assets	 the above heads are Other Non-current Assets.
	 7.	Current Assets	 Current assets are those assets which are:
			 (a)	 expected to be realised in or intended for sale or consumption in
normal Operating Cycle of the company; or
			 (b)	 held primarily for the purposes of trading; or
			 (c)	 expectedtoberealisedwithin12monthsfromthereportingdateor
closing date. (Reporting date is the date for which financial
statements are prepared.); or
			 (d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalent unless it is restricted from being
exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least
12 months after the reporting date.
Current Assets are classified into Current Investments; Inventories; Trade Receivables; Cash
and Cash Equivalents; Short-term Loans and Advances; and Other Current Assets.
	(a)	 Current Investments	 Current Investments are those investments that are invested
to be held for a period of less than 12 months from the date
of Balance Sheet or within the period of Operating Cycle.
	 (b)	Inventories	 Inventories (stock) is a tangible asset held:
			 (i)	 for the purpose of sale in the normal course of business; or
			 (ii)	 for the purpose of using it in the production of goods meant for
sale or service to be rendered.
			 In case of trading company, it comprises of stock of goods
traded in.
			 In case of a manufacturing company, it comprises of raw materials,
work-in-progress and finished goods.
			 Inventories are valued at lower of cost or net realisable
value, i.e., market price.
	 (c)	 Trade Receivables	 Trade receivables are the amounts receivable within 12 months
from the reporting date or within the period of Operating Cycle
for sale of goods or services rendered in the normal course of
business. It includes Bills Receivable and Sundry Debtors.
	 (d)	 Cash and Cash	 It includes cash in hand and balance with bank.
		Equivalents	
	 (e)	 Short-term Loans and 	 Short-term Loans and Advances are loans and advances
		
Advances	 given by the company that are receivable or adjustable within
12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period
of Operating Cycle.
	 (f)	 Other Current Assets	 All other current assets that are not shown or classified under
the above heads are shown as Other Current Assets.
1.4	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	
STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
	 8.	 Revenue from Operations	 It is the revenue earned by the company from its operating
activities, i.e., business activities carried on by the company
to earn profit.
	 9.	Other Income	 It is the revenue earned by the company from the sources
other than its operating activities.
	10.	Cost of Materials Consumed	 It is the aggregate of cost of raw materials and other materials
used in manufacture of goods.
	
11.	Purchase of Stock-in-Trade	 It means purchases of goods for resale, i.e., goods purchased
on which no further process is carried before sale.
	
12.	Changes in Inventories of	 It is the sum of difference between the opening inventories and
	 	 Finished Goods, WIP and	 closing inventories of Finished Goods, WIP and Stock-in-Trade.
	 	 Stock-in-Trade 	 It is shown separately in the Notes to Accounts as single amount
on the face of the Statement of Profit and Loss.
	13.	Employees Benefit Expenses	 These are the expenses incurred for the benefit of employees.
Examples are: wages, salaries, bonus, staff welfare and
medical reimbursement, etc.
	
14.	Finance Costs	 These are the expenses of the company incurred to borrow, i.e.,
loans taken by it and cost incurred to service the borrowings.
	15.	Depreciation and Amortisation	 Depreciation is allocation of cost of fixed asset over its useful
		
Expenses	 life. In other words, it is the fall in the value of fixed assets due
to its usage or efflux of time or obsolescence. Amortisation is
the term associated with writing off intangible assets.
	16.	Other Expenses	 Expenses that do not fall in the above classifications are
shown as Other Expenses.
Expenses shown under Employees Benefit Expenses and Other Expenses may be further
shown as Direct and Indirect Expenses. Other Expenses may be shown under different heads,
say Administrative Expenses, Selling and Distribution Expenses and General Expenses, etc.
CHAPTER SUMMARY
	•	 The annual accounts of a company consist of Balance Sheet as at the end of the financial year, Statement
of Profit and Loss for the financial year, Notes to Accounts giving details of items in the Balance Sheet
and Statement of Profit and Loss and Cash Flow Statement. These are collectively known as Financial
Statements.
	•	 The form and content of Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss are prescribed in Part I and
Part II of Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013 respectively.
	•	 A single amount is shown against each line item of the Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss
while the details are given in the Notes to Accounts of the line item.
	•	 Balance Sheet is a statement which shows the financial position of the company as at the end of the
financial year.
	•	 Statement of Profit and Loss is a statement which shows the profit earned or loss incurred during the
financial year.
	•	 Appropriation of Profit: Profit is appropriated out of ‘Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss’
under Reserves and Surplus. Profit for the year (as per Statement of Profit and Loss) is added to the
opening balance of Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss and thereafter appropriation is
made towards other reserves (say Debentures Redemption Reserve) or Dividend declared (approved) by
the shareholders. The appropriations made towards other reserves are added to that reserve. Proposed
Dividend for the Current Year is not provided (accounted) in the books but is shown in the Notes
to Accounts as Contingent Liability.
Financial Statements of a Company	 1.5
NOTE
The AS-4 Revised, Contingencies and Events Occurring After the Balance Sheet Date
prescribes that dividend proposed by the Board of Directors, i.e., Proposed Dividend for the
Current Year is not to be provided in the books of account but is to be disclosed (shown)
in the Notes to Accounts. Proposed dividend of the current year is shown in the Notes
to Accounts and proposed dividend of the previous year, if declared (approved) by the
shareholders in the AGM, is shown as appropriation from Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement
of Profit and Loss.
	•	 Provision means amount written off or retained by way of depreciation or for known liabilities, amount
of which cannot be determined with accuracy.
	•	 Reserve means amount set aside out of profit and other surpluses for specific or general purposes.
IMPORTANT NOTE
According to CBSE Circular No. Acad-43/2013 dated 2nd July, 2013 on Schedule VI of
the Companies Act, 1956 (Now Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013) accounting
treatment of certain items is not to be evaluated in the examination. The circular
clarifies that although accounting treatment of certain items will not be evaluated but,
their presentation in the Balance Sheet as per Schedule VI of the Companies Act, 1956
(now Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013) can be examined.
According to the circular accounting treatment of following will not be evaluated:
	(i)	 Reserves and Surplus: (Revaluation Reserve, Share Options Outstanding and Other
Reserves are not to be evaluated. However, General Reserve can be evaluated);
	(ii)	 Money Received against Share Warrants;
	(iii)	 Share Application Money Pending Allotment;
	(iv)	 Deferred Tax Liabilities (Net);
	(v)	 Other Long-term Liabilities;
	(vi)	 Intangible Assets: (Masthead and Publishing Titles, Copyrights and Patents and
Other Intellectual Property Rights, Services and Operating Rights and Licences and
Franchise are not to be evaluated);
	(vii)	 Capital Work-in-Progress;
	(viii)	 Intangible Assets Under Development;
	(ix)	 Deferred Tax Assets (Net);
	(x)	 Other Non-current Assets;
	(xi)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents: (Earmarked Balance with Banks, Balances with Banks held
as Margin Money or Security against borrowings, guarantees, other commitments
and Bank Deposits with more than 12 months maturity are not to be evaluated); and
	(xii)	 Treatment of Unamortised Expenses.	
Also note: Accounting Treatment of Other Current Assets is restricted to Prepaid Expenses,
Accrued Incomes and Advance Tax only.
The expression ‘Not to be evaluated’ used in the circular, means that a student will not be
examined for the above items in the examination in the topics of Comparative Statements,
Common-size Statements, Accounting Ratios and Cash Flow Statement. In simple words,
questions on Comparative Statements, Common-size Statements, Accounting Ratios and
Cash Flow Statement will not have entries or items from above heads.
Thus, these items have not been included in the illustrations and questions in this chaper.
1.6	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Format of the Balance Sheet
The format of Balance Sheet as prescribed in Part I of Schedule III of the Companies Act,
2013, is as follows:
		 Name of the Company...
		 BALANCE SHEET as at...	 (` in ...)
Particulars		 Note	 Figures as at the	 Figures as at the
		 No.	 end of the Current	 end of the Previous
			 Reporting Period	 Reporting Period
	 (1)	 (2)	(3)	 (4)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Money Received against Share Warrants	 ...	 ...
	 2.	 Share Application Money Pending Allotment	 ...	...
	 3.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Deferred Tax Liabilities (Net)	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Other Long-term Liabilities	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Long-term Provisions	 ...	 ...
	 4.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 ...	 ...	
	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Short-term Provisions	 ...	 ...
		Total	 ...	...
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets:
		(i)	 Tangible Assets	 ...	 ...
		(ii)	 Intangible Assets	 ...	 ...
		(iii)	 Capital Work-in-Progress	 ...	 ...
		(iv)	 Intangible Assets under Development	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Deferred Tax Assets (Net)	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Long-term Loans and Advances	 ...	 ...
	(e)	 Other Non-current Assets	 ...	 ...
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Current Investments	 ...	 ...
	(b)	Inventories	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Trade Receivables	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 ...	 ...
	(e)	 Short-term Loans and Advances	 ...	 ...
	(f )	 Other Current Assets	 ...	 ...	
	Total	 ...	...
Financial Statements of a Company	 1.7
Format of Statement of Profit and Loss
Format of the Statement of Profit and Loss is prescribed in Part II of Schedule III of the
Companies Act, 2013, as follows:
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the year ended ...
Particulars	 Note	 Figures 	 Figures
		 No.	 for the Current	 for the Previous
			 Reporting Period	 Reporting Period
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations	 ...	...
	II.	Other Income	 ...	...
	III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)	 ...	...
	IV.	Expenses
		 Cost of Materials Consumed	 ...	...
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 ...	 ...
		 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods,		
		 Work-in-Progress and Stock-in-Trade	 ...	 ...
		Employees Benefit Expenses	 ...	...
		Finance Costs	 ...	...
		 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses	 ...	 ...		
		Other Expenses	 ...	...
		Total Expenses	 ...	...
	V.	Profit before Tax (III – IV)	 ...	...
	VI.	 Less: Tax	 ...	 ...
	VII.	 Profit or Loss for the Period (V – VI)	 ...	...
The column for Note No. is prescribed for the purpose of cross reference to the Note No. in the
Notes to Accounts where detail of the line item is given.
IMPORTANT NOTE
CBSE has prescribed that Exceptional Items, Extraordinary Items and Discontinued
Operations are excluded. Therefore, these items have not been shown in the format.
	
Definition of Authorised Capital [Section 2(8) of the Companies Act, 2013] “Authorised
Capital” or “Nominal Capital” means such capital as is authorised by the memorandum
of a company to be the maximum amount of share capital of the company.
	
Definition of Issued Capital [Section 2(50) of the Companies Act, 2013] “Issued
Capital” means such capital as the company issues from time to time for subscription.
	
Definition of Subscribed Capital [Section 2(86) of the Companies Act, 2013]
“Subscribed Capital” means such part of the capital which is for the time being
subscribed by the members of a company.
Definition of Called-up Capital [Section 2(15) of the Companies Act, 2013] “Called-up
Capital” means such part of the capital, which has been called for payment.
Definition of Paid-up Share Capital or Share Capital Paid-up [Section 2(64) of the Companies
Act, 2013] “Paid-up Share Capital” or “Share Capital Paid-up” means such aggregate of
money credited as paid-up as is equivalent to the amount received as paid-up in respect
of shares issued and also includes any amount credited as paid-up in respect of shares of
a company, but does not include any other amount received in respect of such shares,
by whatever name called.
1.8	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Capital Reserve
A reserve created out of the capital profit is known as Capital Reserve. It is created
out of the profit earned from transactions of capital nature and is not available for the
distribution to the shareholders as dividend. The examples of capital profit from which
capital reserve is created are:
•	 Gain (Profit) on sale of fixed assets;	 •	 Gain (Profit) on sale of investment;
•	 Gain (Profit) on reissue of forfeited shares; and	
•	 Gain (Profit) on purchase of an existing business.
Capital Redemption Reserve
Capital Redemption Reserve is a reserve created when a company buys its owns shares
out of free reserves or Securities Premium Reserve. Section 69(1) of the Companies
Act, 2013, requires that a sum equal to nominal value of shares so purchased shall be
transferred to Capital Redemption Reserve. The reserve may be used by the company
to issue fully-paid bonus shares.
Section 55 of the Companies Act, 2013, requires that where preference shares are
redeemed out of profits which would be otherwise available for declaration of dividend
a sum equal to Nominal (face) Value of the shares redeemed must be transferred to
‘Capital Redemption Reserve’.
Securities Premium Reserve
Securities Premium Reserve is a reserve to which amount received in excess of the
nominal (face) value of securities (shares, debentures, etc.) is credited. It can be used
by a company for the purposes stated in Section 52(2) of the Companies Act, 2013.
Debentures Redemption Reserve (DRR)
Debentures Redemption Reserve is a reserve credited by the amount prescribed under
Section 71(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 18(7)(b) of the Companies (Share
Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014 by a company before redemption of debentures
commences. In respect of partly convertible debentures, DRR is created only for non-
convertible portion of debentures.
DRR is not required for debentures issued by Banking Companies and All India Financial
Institutions (AIFIs) regulated by Reserve Bank of India.
Revaluation Reserve
Revaluation Reserve is a reserve which is credited by the upward revision of the book
value of an asset. It is debited when the value of that asset is revised downward or the
asset is sold or discarded. The amount standing to the credit of Revaluation Reserve
Account cannot be used for payment of dividend or issuing bonus shares.
Shares Options Outstanding Account
Shares Options Outstanding Account is a reserve to which difference between the market
value and issue price of shares issued to employees is credited over the vesting period.
For example, the market price of the share is ` 75 and is to be issued to employees at
` 50. The difference, ` 25 (i.e., ` 75 – ` 50) should be credited to this reserve.
Financial Statements of a Company	 1.9
Disclosure of Important Items in the Company’s Balance Sheet as per Schedule III
	S.No.	 Items	 Main Head	 Sub-head
	 1.	 Debentures	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Borrowings
	 2.	 Public Deposits	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Borrowings
	 3.	 Securities Premium Reserve	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus
	 4.	 Capital Reserve	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus
	 5.	 Forfeited Shares Account	 Shareholders' Funds	 SubscribedCapital(Shownbywayofaddition)
	 6.	 Interest Accrued and due 	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
		 on Debentures
	 7.	 Interest Accrued but not due	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
		 on Debentures			
	 8.	 Bills Payable	 Current Liabilities	 Trade Payables
	 9.	 Advances Received from	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
		Customers
	 10.	 Sundry Creditors	 Current Liabilities	 Trade Payables
	 11.	 Unclaimed Dividend	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
	 12.	 Calls-in-Arrears	 Shareholders’Funds	 Subscribed Capital (shown by way of deduction
				 from subscribed but not fully paid-up)	
	 13.	 Calls-in-Advance and Interest	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
		thereon
	 14.	 Interest Accrued but not due 	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities	
		 on Unsecured Loans		
	 15.	 Debentures Redemption Reserve	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus	
	 16.	 Capital Redemption Reserve	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus	
	 17.	 Advances from Customers	 Non-current Liabilities	 Other Long-term Liabilities
		(Long-term)
	 18.	 Trade Payables	 Current Liabilities	 Trade Payables
	 19.	 Provision forTax	 Current Liabilities	 Short-term Provisions
	20.	 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus	
		 of Profit and Loss (Dr.)		 (As negative amount)
	21.	 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in 	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus	
		 Statement of Profit and Loss
	 22.	 Mortgage Loan	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Borrowings	
	 23.	 Patents	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets	
	 24.	 Investments	 Non-current Assets	 Non-current Investments	
	 25.	 General Reserve	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus	
	 26.	 Bills Receivable	 Current Assets	 Trade Receivables
	 27.	 Debentures Repayable after 3 yrs.	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Borrowings
	 28.	 LooseTools	 Current Assets	 Inventories
	 29.	 Current Maturities of Long-term 	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
		Debts
1.10	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	30.	 Premium on Redemption of	 Non-current Liabilities	 Other Long-term Liabilities
		Debentures		
	 31.	 Balances with Banks	 Current Assets	 Cash and Cash Equivalents
	 32.	 Tax Reserve	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus
	 33.	 Stores and Spares	 Current Assets	 Inventories
	 34.	 Mining Rights	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
	 35.	 EncashmentofEmployeesEarned	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Provisions
		 Leave Payable on Retirement 		
	 36.	 Subsidy Reserve	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus
	 37.	 Copyrights	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
	 38.	 Accrued Incomes	 Current Assets	 Other Current Assets
	 39.	 ProvisionforEmployeesBenefits	 Non-Current Liabilities	 Long-term Provisions
	 40.	 Unpaid/unclaimed Dividend	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
	 41.	 Short-term Loans	 Current Liabilities	 Short-term Borrowings
	 42.	 Long-term Loans	 Non-Current Liabilities	 Long-term Borrowings
	 43.	 Share Options Outstanding Account	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus
	 44.	 Computers	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets
	 45.	 Goodwill	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
	 46.	 Sundry Debtors	 Current Assets	 Trade Receivables	
	 47.	 Long-term Investments	 Non-current Assets	 Non-current Investments	
	 48.	 Prepaid Insurance	 Current Assets	 Other Current Assets	
	 49.	 Building	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets
	 50.	 General Reserve	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus
	 51.	 Bonds	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Borrowings
	 52.	 Loans repayable on demand	 Current Liabilities	 Short-term Borrowings
	 53.	 Income received in advance	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
	 54.	 Office Equipments	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets
	 55.	 Trademarks	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
	 56.	 AdvanceTax	 Current Assets	 Other Current Assets
	 57.	 Bank Overdraft	 Current Liabilities	 Short-term Borrowings
	 58.	 Cheques/Drafts in Hand	 Current Assets	 Cash and Cash Equivalents
	 59.	 Stock-in-Trade	 Current Assets	 Inventories
	 60.	 Long-term Provisions	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Provisions
	 61.	 Stock of Finished Goods	 Current Assets	 Inventories
	 62.	 Computer software	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
	 63.	 Work-in-Progress (Building)	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—CapitalWork-in-Progress
	 64.	 Intellectual Property Rights	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets under under 	
		 under Development		 Development
	 65.	 Proposed Dividend	 ...	 As Contingent Liability in Notes to Accounts
	 66.	 Provision for Expenses	 Current Liabilities	 Short-term Provisions
	 67.	 Capital Advances	 Non-current Assets	 Long-term Loans and Advances
	 68.	 Designs	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
	 69.	 Shares in Companies	 Non-current Assets	 Non-current Investments
Financial Statements of a Company	 1.11
Disclosure of Important Items in Company’s Statement of Profit and Loss as per Schedule III
	S.No.	 Item	 Major Head		 Sub-head	
	 1.	 Sale of Products	 Revenue	 Revenue from Operations
	 2.	 Sale of Services	 Revenue	 Revenue from Operations	
	 3.	 Trading Commission	 Revenue	 Revenue from Operations	
	 4.	 Interest Income	 Revenue	 Other Income		
	 5.	 Interest Income of a Finance Company	 Revenue	 Revenue from Operations
	 6.	 Dividend Income of a Finance Company	 Revenue	 Revenue from Operations
	 7.	 Dividends from Companies	 Revenue	 Other Income	
	 8.	 Rental Income	 Revenue	 Other Income	
	 9.	 Selling and Marketing	 Expenses	 Other Expenses	
		 Expenses
	10.	 Opening Inventories of	 Expenses	 Changes in Inventories of	
		 Finished Goods,Work-in-		 Finished Goods,Work-in-	
		 progress and Stock-in-trade		 progress and Stock-in-trade
	11.	 Discount/Loss on Issue of	 Expenses	 Finance Costs	
		 Debentures written off
	12.	 Salary	 Expenses	 Employees Benefit Expenses	
	13.	 Excess Provision written	 Revenue	 Other Income	
		 back
	14.	 Rent of Factory	 Expenses	 Other Expenses	
	15.	 Audit Fee	 Expenses	 Other Expenses	
	16.	 Purchase of Material	 Expenses	 Cost of Materials Consumed	
	17.	 Rent of Office Building	 Expenses	 Other Expenses	
	18.	 Carriage Outwards	 Expenses	 Other Expenses
	19.	 Wages	 Expenses	 Employees Benefit Expenses 	
	20.	 Leave Encashment	 Expenses	 Employees Benefit Expenses	
	21.	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Building	 Revenue	 Other Income	
	22.	 Goodwill Amortised	 Expenses	 Depreciation and 	
				 Amortisation Expenses
	23.	 Carriage Inwards	 Expenses	 Other Expenses	
	24.	 Miscellaneous Expenses	 Expenses	 Other Expenses	
	25.	 Cash Discount Received	 Revenue	 Other Income	
	26.	 Interest on Loans	 Expenses	 Finance Costs	
	27.	 Bonus to Employees	 Expenses	 Employees Benefit Expenses	
	28.	 Interest on Fixed Deposits	 Revenue	 Other Income	
	29.	 Gratuity Paid	 Expenses	 Employees Benefit Expenses	
	30.	 Depreciation on 	 Expenses	 Depreciation and 	
		 Computers/Furniture		 Amortisation Expenses
	31.	 Electricity Expenses	 Expenses	 Other Expenses	
	32.	 Bank Charges	 Expenses	 Other Expenses	
	33.	 Repair to Machinery	 Expenses	 Other Expenses
1.12	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 1.
Under what heads and sub-heads the following items will appear in the Balance Sheet of
a company as per Schedule III, Part I of the Companies Act, 2013:
	(i)	 Mining Rights;
	(ii)	 Encashment of Employees Earned Leave Payable on Retirement;	
	(iii)	Vehicles.	 (AI 2013, Modified)
Solution:
	S.No.	 Items	 Main Head	 Sub-head
	(i)	 Mining Rights	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
	(ii)	 Encashment of Employees Earned	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Provisions
		 Leave Payable on Retirement 		
	(iii)	 Vehicles	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets
Illustration 2.
From the following Trial Balance of West Coast Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2018, prepare
Statement of Profit and Loss as per Part II of Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013:
Particulars		 Debit Balance (`)	 Credit Balance (`)
Share Capital	 ...	 10,00,000
Securities Premium Reserve	 ...	 2,50,000
9% Debentures	 ...	 5,00,000
Bank Overdraft	 ...	 2,00,000
Dividend Payable	 ...	 1,00,000
Provision for Tax	 ...	 1,50,000
Fixed Assets	 17,50,000	 ...
Investments	 4,50,000	...
Sales	 ...	42,50,000
Sale of Scrap	 ...	 50,000
Dividend on Investments	 ...	 7,500
Opening Inventory of Materials	 1,50,000	 ...
Purchase of Materials	 21,00,000	 ...
Opening Inventory of WIP	 75,000	 ...
Opening Inventory of Finished Goods	 1,25,000	 ...
Wages	 6,00,000	...
Salaries	 7,20,000	...
Staff Welfare	 60,000	 ...
Interest on Debentures	 50,000	 ...
Interest on Bank Overdraft	 20,000	 ...
Depreciation	 1,50,000	...
Carriage Inwards	 21,000	 ...
Audit Fee	 42,500	 ...
Advertisement Expenses	 75,000	 ...
Telephone and Internet Expenses	 24,000	 ...
Courier Expenses	 12,000	 ...
Power and Electricity Expenses	 30,000	 ...
Bank Charges	 3,000	 ...
Administrative Expenses	 30,000	 ...
Marketing and Selling Expenses	 20,000	 ...
Total	 65,07,500	65,07,500	
Solved Questions
Financial Statements of a Company	 1.13
Additional Information:
Closing Inventory: Materials ` 1,25,000; Work-in-Progress ` 65,000; Finished Goods
` 1,40,000. Provide for Tax @ 35%.
Solution:	 West Coast Ltd.
STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March, 2018
Particulars		 Note	 Year Ended
			 No.	 31st March,
				 2018 (`)
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations	 1	 43,00,000
	 II.	 Other Income	 2	 7,500
	 III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)		 43,07,500
	IV.	 Expenses
		Cost of Materials Consumed	 3	 21,25,000
		 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and Work-in-Progress	 4	 (5,000)
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 5	 13,80,000
		Finance Costs	 6	 70,000
		 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses		 1,50,000
		Other Expenses	 7	 2,57,500
		Total Expenses		 39,77,500
	 V.	 Profit beforeTax (III – IV)		
3,30,000
	 VI.	 Less:  Tax @ 35%		
1,15,500
	VII.	 Profit afterTax (V –VI)		
2,14,500
Notes to Accounts
	 Note	 Particulars	 Year Ended
	 No.		 31st March,
			 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Revenue from Operations	
		 Sales	 42,50,000
		 Sale of Scrap	 50,000
			 43,00,000
	 2.	 Other Income
		 Dividend on Investments	 7,500
	 3.	 Cost of Materials Consumed
		 Opening Inventory of Materials	 1,50,000
		 Add:	 Purchases of Materials	 21,00,000
				 22,50,000
		 Less:	 Closing Inventory of Materials	 1,25,000
			 21,25,000
	 4.	 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods andWork-in-Progress
	(a)	 Finished Goods
		 Opening Inventory	 1,25,000
		
Less: Closing Inventory	 1,40,000
			 (15,000)
	(b)	Work-in-Progress
		 Opening Inventory	 75,000
		
Less: Closing Inventory	 65,000
			 10,000
		 Total (a + b)	(5,000)
1.14	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 5.	 Employees Benefit Expenses
		 Wages	 6,00,000
		 Salaries	 7,20,000
		 Staff Welfare	 60,000
			 13,80,000
	 6.	 Finance Costs
		 Interest on Debentures	 50,000
		 Interest on Bank Overdraft	 20,000
			 70,000
	 7.	 Other Expenses
		 Carriage Inwards	 21,000
		 Audit Fee	 42,500
		 Advertisement Expenses	 75,000
		 Telephone and Internet Expenses	 24,000
		 Courier Expenses	 12,000
		 Power and Electricity Expenses	 30,000
		 Bank Charges	 3,000
		 Administrative Expenses	 30,000
		 Marketing and Selling Expenses	 20,000
			 2,57,500
	 1.	 Give the heads under which the following items will be shown in a company’s Balance Sheet:
(i) Debentures; (ii) Interest Accrued on Investments; (iii) Goodwill; and (iv) Bills of Exchange.
			 [Ans.: Head: Sub-head, if any: (i) Non-current Liabilities: Long-term Borrowings;
	(ii) Current Assets: Other Current Assets; (iii) Non-current Assets:
			 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets; (iv) Current Assets: Trade Receivables.]
	 2.	 Calculate Cost of Materials Consumed from the following:
		
Opening Inventory of: Materials ` 4,50,000; Finished Goods ` 75,000; Stock-in-Trade ` 2,00,000; Closing
Inventory of: Materials ` 4,00,000; Finished Goods ` 65,000; Stock-in-Trade ` 1,75,000; Opening WIP
` 10,000; Closing WIP ` 15,000; Purchases during the year: Raw Material ` 20,00,000; Stock-in-Trade
` 9,00,000.	 [Ans.: ` 20,50,000.]
	 3.	 Under which line item of the financial statements following items will be shown:
		 (i) Sale of Scrap; (ii) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Vehicle; (iii) Deposits; (iv) Loss on Issue of Debentures
Written off; (v) Gratuity Payable at the Time of Retirement; (vi) Workmen Compensation Reserve;
(vii) Carriage paid on Sales; and (viii) Selling and Distribution Expenses?
[Ans.: Revenue from Operations: (i); Other Income: (ii); Long-term Borrowings: (iii);
Other Expenses: (iv); Long-term Provisions: (v); Reserves and Surplus: (vi);
Other Expenses: (vii) and (viii).]
	 4.	 Under which head following revenue items of financial company will be classified or shown:
		 (i) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Asset; (ii) Fee Received for Arranging Loans; (iii) Interest on Loans
Given; (iv) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investments; and (v) Sale of Miscellaneous Items?
		 [Ans.: Revenue from Operations: (ii) Fee Received for Arranging Loans;
(iii) Interest on Loans Given; (iv) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investments;
Other Income: (i) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Asset; (v) Sale of Miscellaneous Items.]
Unsolved Questions
Financial Statements of a Company	 1.15
	 5.	 From the following information of Manchur Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2019, calculate amount
that will be shown in the Note to Accounts on Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods, WIP and
Stock-in-Trade:
Particulars		 Opening Inventory (`)	 Closing Inventory (`)
Finished Goods	 15,00,000	12,50,000
Work-in-Progress	 10,50,000	9,25,000
Stock-in-Trade	 9,50,000	8,00,000
[Ans.: Change in Inventories of: Finished Goods—` 2,50,000; Work-in-Progress—` 1,25,000;
Stock-in-Trade—` 1,50,000; Net Change—` 5,25,000.]
Financial Statement Analysis
MEANING OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Analysis of Financial Statements is a systematic process of analysing the financial information in
the financial statements to understand and make decisions regarding the operations of the enterprise.
TOOLS OR TECHNIQUES OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Comparative Statements
Comparative Statements or Comparative Financial Statements mean a comparative study of
individual items or components of financial statements, i.e., Balance Sheet and Statement
of Profit and Loss of two or more years of the enterprise itself.
Common-size Statements
Common-size Statements or Common-size Financial Statements mean statements in
which individual items of financial statements of two or more years are placed side
by side and thereafter converted into percentage taking a common base. Common
base normally taken is Total Assets or Total of Equity and Liabilities, in the case of Common-
size Balance Sheet and Revenue from Operations, in the case of Common-size Statement of
Profit and Loss.
Ratio Analysis
Ratio is an arithmetical expression of relationship between two related or interdependent
components of financial statements of an accounting period.
Cash Flow Statement
Cash Flow Statement is a statement showing flow of Cash and Cash Equivalents during the
accounting period, classified under Operating Activities, Investing Activities and Financing
Activities.
TYPES OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
External Analysis
Internal Analysis
External analysis is carried out by outsiders such as creditors, bankers, debentureholders
and government agencies. Internal analysis is meant for management.
2
C H A P T E R
2.2	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Horizontal (or Dynamic) Analysis
Vertical (or Static) Analysis
Dynamic or Horizontal Analysis is a time series analysis. Static or Vertical Analysis is
carried out at one particular point of time, generally when the accounts are closed.
Intra-firm Comparison and Inter-firm Comparison
Intra-firm Comparison: A comparison of financial variables of an enterprise over a period of
time is known as Intra-firm Comparison. It is also called Time Series Analysis or Trend
Analysis. It analyses the performance of a business over a number of years and shows
trend of financial factors.
Inter-firm Comparison: A comparison of two or more enterprises or firms is known as Inter-
firm Comparison. It analyses and compares financial variables of two or more enterprises
or firms to determine their competitive position. When single set of statements of two
firms is compared, it is known as Cross-sectional Analysis.
PROCESS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Rearrangement of Financial Statements
Comparison
Analysis
Interpretation
PURPOSES (OBJECTIVES) AND SIGNIFICANCE OF FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Assessing the Earning Capacity or Profitability
Assessing the Managerial Efficiency
Assessing the Short-term and Long-term Solvency of the Enterprise
Inter-firm Comparison
Forecasting and Preparing Budgets
Explainable and Understandable
USES OF FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Security Analysis
Credit Analysis
Debt Analysis
Dividend Decision
General Business Analysis
Financial Statement Analysis	 2.3
PARTIES INTERESTED IN FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Management
Employees and Trade Unions
Shareholders or Owners or Investors
Potential Investors
Suppliers or Creditors
Bankers and Lenders
Researchers
Tax Authorities
Customers
LIMITATIONS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Historical Analysis
Ignores Price Level Changes
Qualitative Aspect Ignored
Suffers from the Limitations of Financial Statements
Not Free from Personal Bias
Variation in Accounting Practices
Window Dressing
Identifies Symptoms
CHAPTER SUMMARY
	
•	 Analysis of Financial Statements is a systematic process of identifying the financial strengths and
weaknesses of a firm by properly establishing relationships between the items of the Balance Sheet and
Statement of Profit and Loss.
	
•	 Tools or Techniques of Financial Statement Analysis
	 1.	 Comparative Statements	
	 2.	 Common-size Statements
	 3.	 Ratio Analysis	
	 4.	 Cash Flow Statement
	
•	 Types of Financial Statement Analysis
	 1.	 External Analysis	
	 2.	 Internal Analysis
	 3.	 Horizontal or Dynamic Analysis	
	 4.	 Vertical or Static Analysis
2.4	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	
•	 Purposes or Objectives of Financial Analysis
	 1.	 To assess an enterprise’s operating efficiency and profitability.
	2.	 To assess financial stability of an enterprise.
	 3.	 To assess an enterprise’s short-term and long-term solvency.
	 4.	 To compare intra-firm position, inter-firm position and pattern position within the industry.
	 5.	 To assess the future prospects of an enterprise.
	
•	 Uses of Financial Analysis
	 1.	 Security Analysis	
	 2.	 Credit Analysis
	 3.	 Debt Analysis	
	 4.	 Dividend Decision
	 5.	 General Business Analysis
	
•	 Parties Interested in Financial Statements Analysis
	 1.	 Management	
	 2.	 Employees and Trade Unions
	 3.	 Shareholders or Owners or Investors	
	 4.	 Potential Investors
	 5.	 Suppliers or Creditors	
	 6.	 Bankers and Lenders
	 7.	Researchers
	 8.	 Tax Authorities	
	 9.	Customers
	
•	 Limitations of Analysis of Financial Statements
	 1.	 Historical Analysis.
	 2.	 Ignores the price-level changes.
	 3.	 Qualitative Aspect is ignored.
	 4.	 Limitations of Financial Statements are also the limitations of Financial Statement Analysis.
	 5.	 Not free from bias.
	 6.	 Financial analysis identifies the symptoms but does not arrive at the diagnosis.
	 7.	 Variation in Accounting Practices.
	 8.	 Window Dressing.
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.1
MEANING OF KEY TERMS USED IN THE CHAPTER
	1.	Financial Statements	 These are the final accounts prepared at the end of the accounting
period and include Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and
Loss along with Notes to Accounts.
	2.	Comparative Statement	 It is the statement prepared to compare individual items or
components of the financial statements of two or more years
of a company. The amount of each component of financial
statements is placed side by side and difference is ascertained,
which is shown as a percentage of the base year.
	3.	Comparative Balance Sheet	 It is the statement prepared to compare individual items or
components of Balance Sheet of two or more years of a company.
	4.	Comparative Statement of	 It is the statement prepared to compare individual items or
		
Profit and Loss (Income	 components of Statement of Profit and Loss (Income
		
Statement)	 Statement) of two or more years of a company.
	5.	Common-size Statement	 It is the statement prepared to compare components of financial
statements (Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss) of
two years by converting them into percentages taking a common
base.
	6.	Common-size Statement of 	 It is the statement prepared to compare components of
		
Profit and Loss (Income	 Statement of Profit and Loss of two years by converting them
		
Statement)	 into percentages taking a common base, i.e., Revenue from
Operations.
	7.	Common-size	 It is the statement prepared to compare components of Balance
		
Balance Sheet	 Sheet of two years by converting them into percentages taking
a common base, i.e., Total Assets or Total of Equity and Liabilities.
Tools of Financial Statement Analysis
—Comparative Statements and
Common-Size Statements
3
C H A P T E R
3.2	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
CHAPTER SUMMARY
	•	 Comparative Financial Statement is a tool of financial analysis that shows change in each item of
the financial statement in both absolute amount and percentage terms, taking the item in preceding
accounting period as base.
	•	 Objectives or Purposes of Comparative Financial Statements
	 1.	 To know the nature of changes influencing financial position.
	 2.	 To know the weaknesses and soundness about liquidity, profitability and solvency of the enterprise.
	 3.	 To forecast and plan.
	 4.	 To know the movements of key financial statistics.
	•	 Tools for Comparison of Financial Statements
	 1.	 Comparative Balance Sheet.
	 2.	 Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement).
	 3.	 Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss.
	 4.	 Common-size Balance Sheet.
	•	 Comparative Balance Sheet
		“Comparative Balance Sheet analysis is the study of the trend of same items, group of items and computed
items in two or more Balance Sheets of the same business enterprise on different dates.”	 —Foulka
	•	 Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement)
		 Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss shows the operating results for a number of accounting periods
so that changes in data in terms of money and percentage from one period to another may be known.
	•	 Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement)
		 Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss is a statement in which amounts of individual items of
Statement of Profit and Loss for two or more years are written. These amounts are further converted
into percentage of common base which is Revenue from Operations.
	•	 Common-size Balance Sheet
		 Common-size Balance Sheet is a statement in which amounts of individual items of Balance Sheet for
two or more years are written. These amounts are further converted into percentage of a common base,
which is Total Assets or Total of Equity and Liabilities of the Balance Sheet.
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.3
FORMAT OF COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET
COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET
as at ...
Particulars	 Note	 Previous	 Current	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
		 No.	 Year	 Year	 (Increase/Decrease)	(Increase/Decrease)
		 	`	 `	 `	%
			 (A)	 (B)	 (C = B – A)	 ( )
= ¥
C
D 100
A
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital:	
	(i)	 Equity Share Capital	 ...	...	 ...	 ...
	(ii)	 Preference Share Capital	 ...	...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 ...	...	 ...	 ...
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Short-term Provisions	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	Total	 ...	...	 ...	 ...
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets	
	(a)	 Fixed Assets:
	(i)	 Tangible Assets	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(ii)	 Intangible Assets 	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Long-term Loans and Advances	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Current Investments	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	Inventories	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Trade Receivables	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(e)	 Short-term Loans and Advances	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(f )	 Other Current Assets	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	Total	
	 ...	...	 ...	 ...
Note:	 If current year’s figure has decreased, show the absolute change and percentage change in brackets so as to
reflect negative item.
3.4	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
FORMAT OF COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the years ended...
Particulars			 Note	 Previous	 Current	 Absolute	 Percentage
			 No.	 Year	 Year	 Change (Increase 	 Change (Increase
				 `	 `	 or Decrease) (`)	 or Decrease) (%)
				 (A)	 (B)	 (C = B – A)	 ( )
= ¥
C
D 100
A
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	 II.	 Other Income		 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	 III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)	 ...	...	 ...	 ...
	 IV.	 Expenses
	 (a)	 Cost of Materials Consumed	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 ChangesinInventoriesofFinishedGoods,				
		 Work-in-Progress and Stock-in-Trade	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(e)	 Finance Costs	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(f)	 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(g)	 Other Expenses	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	 	 Total Expenses 		 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	V.	 Profit beforeTax (III – IV)	 ...	...	 ...	 ...
		
Less:  Income Tax	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	VI.	 Profit afterTax		 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
Note:	 If current year’s figure has decreased, show the Absolute change and Percentage change in brackets so
as to reflect negative item.
FORMAT OF COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS (INCOME STATEMENT)
COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the years ended...
Particulars	 Note	 Absolute Amounts	 Percentage of Revenue from
		 No.		 Operations (Net Sales)
			 PreviousYear	 CurrentYear	 PreviousYear	 CurrentYear
			 `	 `	 %	%
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)	 ...	 ...	 100	 100
	
II.	
Other Income	 ...	...	...	
...
	III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)	 ...	...	...	
...
	IV.	 Expenses
		
	(a)	 Cost of Materials Consumed	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
		(b)	 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
			(c)	 ChangesinInventoriesofFinishedGoods,	
				 Work-in-Progress and Stock-in-Trade	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
			(d)	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
			(e)	
Finance Costs	 ...	...	...	...
			(f)	 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
			(g)	
Other Expenses	 ...	...	...	...
		
Total Expenses	 ...	...	...	...
	V.	Profit beforeTax (III – IV)	 ...	...	...	...
	VI.	 Less: Income Tax	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	VII.	 Profit afterTax (V –VI)	 ...	...	...	...
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.5
FORMAT OF COMMON-SIZE BALANCE SHEET
COMMON-SIZE BALANCE SHEET
as at...
Particulars	 Note	 Absolute Amounts	 Percentage of
		 No.		 Balance SheetTotal
			 Figuresasattheend	 Figures as at the end	 PreviousYear	 CurrentYear
			 of PreviousYear (`) 	 of CurrentYear (`) 	 % 	 %
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital:		
	(i)	 Equity Share Capital	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(ii)	 Preference Share Capital	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings 	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	 3.		Current Liabilities	
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Short-term Provisions	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	Total	 ...	 ...	 100	 100
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets:
	(i)	 Tangible Assets	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(ii)	 Intangible Assets	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Long-term Loans and Advances	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Current Investments	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(b)	Inventories	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(c)	 Trade Receivables	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(e)	 Short-term Loans and Advances	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
	(f)	 Other Current Assets	 ...	 ...	 ...	 ...
		Total	 ...	 ...	 100	 100
Note:	 It does not include line items of Balance Sheet, accounting treatment of which are not to be evaluated.
3.6	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 1. 
From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit
and Loss of Exe Ltd.:
Particulars				 31st March,	 31st March,
					 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 	I.	 Income
		 Revenue from Operations	 33,00,000	 30,00,000
		 Other Income	 60,000	 60,000
		 Total	 33,60,000	30,60,000
II.	Expenses
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 24,00,000	 23,00,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 1,20,000	 1,00,000
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 90,000	 70,000
		 Finance Costs	 60,000	 60,000
		 Other Expenses	 90,000	 80,000
		 Total Expenses	 27,60,000	26,10,000
		 Profit (I – II)	 6,00,000	4,50,000
		 Tax is payable @ 30%
Solution:	 Exe Ltd.
COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
			 No.	 2018	 2019	 (Increase or 	 (Increase or
				 `	 `	 Decrease) (`)	 Decrease) (%)
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations		 30,00,000	 33,00,000	 3,00,000	 10.00
	 II.	 Other Income			 60,000	 60,000	 ...	 ...
	 III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)		 30,60,000	33,60,000	 3,00,000	 9.80
	 IV.	 Expenses
	 (a)	 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 23,00,000	 24,00,000	 1,00,000	 4.35
	(b)	 Change in Inventories of
		Stock-in-Trade	 1,00,000	 1,20,000	 20,000	 20.00
	(c)	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 70,000	 90,000	 20,000	 28.57
	(d)	 Finance Costs	 60,000	 60,000	 ...	 ...
	(e)	 Other Expenses	 80,000	 90,000	 10,000	 12.50
	 	 Total Expenses		 26,10,000	27,60,000	 1,50,000	 5.75
	V.	 Profit beforeTax (III – IV)		 4,50,000	6,00,000	 1,50,000	 33.33
		
Less:  Income Tax		 1,35,000	 1,80,000	 45,000	 33.33
	VI.	 Profit afterTax		 3,15,000	4,20,000	 1,05,000	 33.33
Illustration 2.
From the following Statement of Profit and Loss of Moontrack Ltd., for the years ended
31st March, 2011 and 2012, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss:
Particulars	 Note No.	 2011–12 (`)	 2010–11 (`)
Revenue from Operations	 40,00,000	 24,00,000
Other Income	 24,00,000	 18,00,000
Expenses	 16,00,000	14,00,000
	 (Outside Delhi 2013)
Solved Questions
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.7
Solution: 	 COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
	 for the years ended 31st March,2011 and 2012
Particulars				 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
				 No.	 2011	 2012 	 (Increase or 	 (Increase or
					 `	 `	 Decrease) (`)	 Decrease) (%)
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations			 24,00,000	 40,00,000	 16,00,000	 66.67
	 II.	 Other Income	 18,00,000	 24,00,000	 6,00,000	 33.33
	III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)	 42,00,000	64,00,000	 22,00,000	 52.38
	IV.	Expenses	 14,00,000	16,00,000	 2,00,000	 14.29	
	V.	Profit (III – IV)		 28,00,000	48,00,000	 20,00,000	 71.43
Illustration 3. Prepare Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss from the following
Statement of Profit and Loss:
Particulars	 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 Income
		Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)	 10,00,000	 10,00,000	
		Other Income	 11,000	 10,000
		Total	 10,11,000	10,10,000
	II.	 Expenses
		Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 7,00,000	 6,50,000	
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 48,000	 50,000
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 98,000	 80,000	
		Other Expenses	 90,000	 1,17,500
		Total	 9,36,000	8,97,500
III.	 Profit (I – II)	 75,000	1,12,500
Additional Information:
	 Other Expenses include	 `	 `
	 Provision for Tax	 75,000	 1,12,500
Solution:	 COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019
Particulars	 Note	 Absolute Amounts	 Percentage of Revenue from
		 No.		 Operations (Net Sales)
			 31st March,	 31st March,	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2018 (`)	 2019 (`)	 2018 (%)	 2019 (%)
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)	 10,00,000	 10,00,000	 100.00	 100.00
	 II.	 Other Income	 10,000	 11,000	 1.00	 1.10
	III.	Total Revenue (I + II)	 10,10,000	10,11,000	 101.00	 101.10
	IV.	Expenses
	(a)	 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 6,50,000	 7,00,000	 65.00	 70.00
	(b)	 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 50,000	 48,000	 5.00	 4.80
	(c)	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 80,000	 98,000	 8.00	 9.80
	(d)	 Other Expenses	 5,000	 15,000	 0.50	 1.50
		
Total Expenses	 7,85,000	8,61,000	 78.50	 86.10
	V.	
Profit beforeTax (III – IV)	 2,25,000	1,50,000	 22.50	 15.00
	VI.	Less: Tax	 1,12,500	 75,000	 11.25	 7.50
	VII.	 Profit afterTax (V –VI)	 1,12,500	75,000	11.25	 7.50
3.8	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 4.
Revenue and expense data for the year ended 31st March, 2019 of Star Paper Mills Limited
and for the Paper Industry are as follows:
Star Paper Mills Limited data is expressed in rupees, the Paper Industry data is expressed
in percentage.
Particulars		 Note No.	 `
	I.	 Income
	 Revenue from Operations		 1	 70,00,000	
	 Other Income			 35,000
	 Total			70,35,000
	II.	 Expenses
	 Cost of Materials Consumed			 48,00,000	
	 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and WIP		 2	 2,40,000
	 Employees Benefit Expenses			 5,74,000	
	 Other Expenses		 3	 9,24,000
	 Total			65,38,000
III.	 Profit (I – II)			4,97,000
Notes to Accounts
	1.	 Revenue from Operations	 	`
		 Gross Sales		 70,70,000
		
Less:	 Returns		70,000
				 70,00,000
	2.	 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods andWIP
		
WIP:	 Opening Inventory		 4,50,000
		
Less:	 Closing Inventory		 4,00,000
			 	A.	50,000
		
Finished Goods:	 Opening Inventory		 4,00,000
		
Less:	 Closing Inventory		 2,10,000
					 B.	1,90,000
		
Total (A + B)			 2,40,000
	3.	 Other Expenses
		
General Expenses		 4,34,000
		 Miscellaneous Expenses		 84,000
		 Provision for Tax		 4,06,000
				 9,24,000
Revenue and Expense data of Paper Industry is as follows:
Cost of Materials Consumed	 67.00%
Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and WIP	 3.00%
Employees Benefit Expenses	 9.20%
Other Income	 0.60%
Other Expenses	 9.40%
Income Tax	 5.50%
	(i)	 Prepare Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement) comparing
the results of operations of Star Paper Mills Limited with the industry average.
	(ii)	 Analyse the data and comment on significant relationships revealed by the
comparisons.
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.9
Solution:	 	
COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS OF STAR PAPER MILLS LIMITED
	 for the Current CalendarYear
Particulars	 Absolute Amount	 Percentage of	 Industry Average
				 Net Sales	
			 `	%	%
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)	 70,00,000	 100.00	 100.00
	 II.	 Other Income	 35,000	 0.50	 0.60
	III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)	 70,35,000	100.50	 100.60
	IV.	 Expenses
	(a)	 Cost of Materials Consumed	 48,00,000	 68.57	 67.00
	(b)	 ChangesinInventoriesofFinishedGoodsandWIP	 2,40,000	 3.43	 3.00
	(c)	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 5,74,000	 8.20	 9.20
	(d)	 Other Expenses	 5,18,000	 7.40	 9.40
	 Total Expenses	 61,32,000	87.60	 88.60
	V.	Profit beforeTax (III – IV)	 9,03,000	12.90	 12.00
	VI.	 Less:  Provision for Tax	 4,06,000	 5.80	 5.50
	VII.	 Profit afterTax (V –VI)	 4,97,000	7.10	 6.50
Comments: The above table reveals that profit after tax of the company is more than the
industry percentage. The reason for this is better control on expenses resulting in lower
expenses. Expenses other than cost of merchandise sold (i.e., Employees Benefit Expenses
+ Other Expenses) 15.6% are also less than industry average, i.e., 18.6%.
Note:	 Analysis of Common-Size Statement of Profit and Loss is not in Syllabus. It is given for better understanding.
Illustration 5.
From the following Balance Sheet of Y Ltd., prepare Comparative Balance Sheet:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,	
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital	 25,00,000	 25,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 6,00,000	 5,00,000
			
2.	Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings	 15,00,000	 15,00,000
			
3.	Current Liabilities	 	
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings			 2,40,000	 2,25,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables			 2,25,000	 2,00,000
					
(c)	 Other Current Liabilities			 55,000	 50,000
					
(d)	 Short-term Provisions			 30,000	 25,000
			
Total			 51,50,000	 50,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets	 36,00,000	 30,00,000
					
(b)	 Non-current Investments	 5,00,000	 5,00,000
			
2.	Current Assets		
					
(a)	Inventories			 5,50,000	 7,50,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables			 3,00,000	 5,00,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents			 1,75,000	 1,50,000
					
(d)	 Other Current Assets			 25,000	 1,00,000
			
Total			 51,50,000	 50,00,000
3.10	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2018 and 2019
Particulars	 	 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
			 No.	 2018	 2019	 (Increase or	 (Increase or
		 		`	 `	 Decrease) (`)	 Decrease) (%)
		 		
(A)	 (B)	 (C = B – A)	 ( )
= ¥
C
D 100
A
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
		 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital	 25,00,000	 25,00,000	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 5,00,000	 6,00,000	 1,00,000	 20.00
		
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 15,00,000	 15,00,000	 ...	 ...
		
3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 2,25,000	 2,40,000	 15,000	 6.67
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 2,00,000	 2,25,000	 25,000	 12.50
	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 50,000	 55,000	 5,000	 10.00	
	(d)	 Short-term Provisions	 25,000	 30,000	 5,000	 20.00
	Total	 50,00,000	51,50,000	 1,50,000	 3.00
	II.	ASSETS
		
1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets (Tangible)	 30,00,000	 36,00,000	 6,00,000	 20.00
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 5,00,000	 5,00,000	 ...	 ...
		
2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories	 7,50,000	 5,50,000	 (2,00,000)*	 (26.67)
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 5,00,000	 3,00,000	 (2,00,000)	 (40.00)
	(c)	 CashandCashEquivalents	 1,50,000	 1,75,000	 25,000	 16.67
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 1,00,000	 25,000	 (75,000)	 (75.00)
	Total	 50,00,000	51,50,000	 1,50,000	 3.00
*If current year’s figure has decreased,show the Absolute Change and Percentage Change in brackets.
Illustration 6.
From the following summarised Balance Sheet of Green Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019,
prepare Comparative Balance Sheet:
(` in Lakhs)
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital:
	(i)	 Equity Share Capital	 60.00	 60.00
	(ii)	 Preference Share Capital	 15.00	 15.00
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 18.00	 15.00
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings		 1	 45.00	 45.00
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions		 2.30	 2.00
	 3.	 Current Liabilities	
	(a)	 Trade Payables	 2	 13.20	 12.00
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 1.00	 1.00
	 Total	 154.50	150.00
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.11
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 (a)	 Fixed Assets (Tangible)		 108.00	 90.00
	(b)	 Non-Current Investments	 15.00	 15.00
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Trade Receivables	 3	 29.50	 40.00
	(b)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 2.00	 5.00
		
Total	 154.50	150.00
Notes to Accounts
Particulars		 31st March,	 31st March,	
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Long-term Borrowings	 	
		 From:	 Loan from Bank	 27.00	 30.00
			 Loan from Others	 18.00	 15.00
				 45.00	 45.00
	2.	 Trade Payables
		
Sundry Creditors	 13.20	 12.00
	3.	 Trade Receivables
		
Sundry Debtors	 29.50	 40.00
Solution:	 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2018 and 2019	 (` in Lakhs)
Particulars	 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
		 No.	 2018	 2019	 (Increase/Decrease)	(Increase/Decrease)
		 	`	 `	 `	%
			 (A)	 (B)	 (C = B – A)	 ( )
= ¥
C
D 100
A
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital:
	(i)	 Equity Share Capital	 60.00	 60.00	 ...	 ...
	(ii)	 Preference Share Capital	 15.00	 15.00	 ...	 ...
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 15.00	 18.00	 3.00	 20.00
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings
	(i)	 Loan from Bank	 30.00	 27.00	 (3.00)	 (10.00)
	(ii)	 Loan from Others	 15.00	 18.00	 3.00	 20.00
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 2.00	 2.30	 0.30	 15.00
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Trade Payables (Creditors)	 12.00	 13.20	 1.20	 10.00
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 1.00	 1.00	 ...	 ...
	Total		 150.00	 154.50	 4.50	 3.00
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets	
	(a)	 Fixed Assets (Tangible)	 90.00	 108.00	 18.00	 20.00
	(b)	 Non-Current Investments	 15.00	 15.00	 ...	 ...
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Trade Receivables (Debtors)	 40.00	 29.50	 (10.50)	 (26.25)
	(b)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 5.00	 2.00	 (3.00)	 (60.00)
	Total	
	 150.00	154.50	 4.50	 3.00
3.12	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 7.
Following information is extracted from the Statement of Profit and Loss of Gold Star
Ltd. for the years ended 31st March, 2019 and 2018. Prepare Comparative Statement of
Profit and Loss.
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,	
			 2019	 2018
Revenue from Operations	 ` 40,00,000	 ` 32,00,000
Employees Benefit Expenses	 ` 20,00,000	 ` 16,00,000
Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses	 ` 50,000	 ` 40,000
Other Expenses	 ` 1,50,000	 ` 3,60,000
Tax Rate	 30%	 30%
Solution:	
COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019
Particulars	 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage
		 No.	 2018	 2019	 (Increase/	 Change (Increase/
		 `	 `	 Decrease) (`)	 Decrease) (%)
		 (A)	 (B)	 (C = B – A)	 ( )
= ¥
C
D 100
A
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations	 32,00,000	 40,00,000	 8,00,000	 25.00
	 II.	 Expenses
		(a)	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 16,00,000	 20,00,000	 4,00,000	 25.00
		(b)	 Depreciation and Amortisation
			Expenses	 40,000	 50,000	 10,000	 25.00
		 (c)	 Other Expenses	 3,60,000	 1,50,000	 (2,10,000)	 (58.33)
		
Total Expenses	 20,00,000	22,00,000	2,00,000	 10.00
	III.	 Profit before Tax (I – II) 	 12,00,000	18,00,000	6,00,000	 50.00
	 IV.	Less: Tax @ 30%	 3,60,000	 5,40,000	 1,80,000	 50.00
	V.	 Profit afterTax (III – IV)	 8,40,000	12,60,000	4,20,000	 50.00
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.13
Unsolved Questions
	1.	 Prepare Comparative Balance Sheet of Deepankur Ltd.:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,	
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital	 9,00,000	 7,50,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 3,30,000	 2,85,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings: 12% Debentures,Secured	 3,00,000	 4,50,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities	
					
(a)	Short-term Borrowings			 1,40,000	 1,70,000
					
(b)	Trade Payables			 2,00,000	 1,50,000
					
(c)	Other Current Liabilities			 60,000	 45,000
					
(d)	Short-term Provisions			 20,000	 10,000
			
Total			 19,50,000	 18,60,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	Fixed Assets	 9,55,000	 10,45,000
				(b)	Non-Current Investments	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
			
2.	 Current Assets	
					
(a)	Inventories			 2,50,000	 2,00,000
				(b)	Trade Receivables			 2,50,000	 2,25,000
					(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents			 1,95,000	 1,10,000
					(d)	 Other Current Assets			 1,00,000	 80,000
			
Total			 19,50,000	 18,60,000
[Change in Percentage: Share Capital 20%; Reserves and Surplus 15.79%; Debentures (33.33%);
Current Liabilities 12%; Non-Current Assets (7.23%); Current Assets 29.27%.]
	2.	From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss
(Income Statement):
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	Income
		
Revenue from Operations (Sales)	 19,20,000	 16,00,000
	II.	 Expenses
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 11,70,000	 9,50,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 (10,000)	 50,000
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 3,80,000	 2,80,000
		 Other Expenses	 1,50,000	 2,00,000
		
Total	 16,90,000	14,80,000
	III.	 Net Profit (I – II)	 2,30,000	1,20,000
[
	Particulars	 Revenue from	 Purchases of	 Change in	 Employees	 Other	 Total	 Net
		 Operations	 Stock-in-Trade	 Inventories of	 Benefits	 Expenses	 Expenses	 Profit
				 Stock-in-Trade	Expenses		
Absolute Change (`)	 3,20,000	 2,20,000	 (60,000)	 1,00,000	(50,000)	2,10,000	
1,10,000
Percentage Change (%) 	 20.00	 23.16	 (120.00)	 35.71	 (25.00)	 14.19	 91.67	
]
3.14	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	3.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Usha Chemicals Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Comparative
Balance Sheet:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital	 7,00,000	 4,00,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 5,00,000	 6,00,000
			
2.	Non-Current Liabilities
				 Long-term Borrowings (12% Loan)	 13,00,000	 10,00,000
			
3.	Current Liabilities
					
(a)	Trade Payables	 5,60,000	 3,75,000
					
(b)	Short-term Provisions	 40,000	 25,000
			
Total			 31,00,000	 24,00,000
	II.		ASSETS
			
1.	Non-Current Assets	 31.3.2019 (`)	 31.3.2018 (`)
					(a)	 Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets)	 18,00,000	 20,00,000		
					(b)	Less: Accumulated Depreciation	 6,00,000	 8,00,000	
							 12,00,000	 12,00,000	 12,00,000	 12,00,000
			
2.	Current Assets
					
(a)	Trade Receivables	 16,50,000	 10,00,000
					(b)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 2,50,000	 2,00,000
			
Total			 31,00,000	 24,00,000
[
Particulars	 Shareholders’Funds	 Non-Current Liabilites	 Current Liabilities	 Current Assets
Absolute Change (`)	 2,00,000	 3,00,000	2,00,000	 7,00,000	
Percentage Change (%) 	 20.00	 30.00	 50.00	 58.33	
]
	4.	 From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	Income
		
Revenue from Operations	 10,00,000	 7,50,000
		 Other Income	 10,000	 7,500
		
Total	 10,10,000	7,57,500
	II.	 Expenses
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 4,00,000	 3,00,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 1,00,000	 75,000
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 1,44,000	 1,44,000
		 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses	 10,000	 12,000
		 Other Expenses	 25,000	 14,000
		
Total	 6,79,000	5,45,000
	III.	 Profit beforeTax (I – II)	 3,31,000	2,12,500
	IV.	 Tax @ 30%	 99,300	 63,750
	V.	 Profit afterTax (III – IV)	 2,31,700	1,48,750
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.15
[
	Particulars	 Revenue	 Other	 Purchases	 Change in 	 Depreciation	 Other	 Profit	 Tax	 Profit
		 from	 Income	 of 	 Inventories of 	 and 	 Expenses	 before		 after
		 Operations		 Stock-in-Trade	 Stock-in-Trade	 Amortisation		 Tax		 Tax
						 Expenses
Absolute
Change (`)	 2,50,000	 2,500	 1,00,000	 25,000	 (2,000)	 11,000	 1,18,500	35,550	82,950
Percentage
Change (%) 	 33.33	 33.33	 33.33	 33.33	 (16.67)	 78.57	 55.76	 55.76	 55.76	
]
	5.	 From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	Income
		
Revenue from Operations	 1	 60,00,000	 75,00,000
		 Other Income		 1,50,000	 3,00,000
		
Total		 61,50,000	78,00,000
	II.	 Expenses
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 31,00,000	 43,00,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 2	 (1,00,000)	 2,00,000
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 2,00,000	 3,00,000
		 Other Expenses	 3	 18,75,000	 21,00,000
		
Total	 50,75,000	69,00,000
	III.	 Net Profit (I – II)	 10,75,000	9,00,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Revenue from Operations	 	
		Sale	 59,80,000	 74,50,000	
		 Sale of Waste	 20,000	 50,000	
				 60,00,000	 75,00,000	
	 2.	 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade
		 Opening Inventory	 1,00,000	 3,00,000	
		
Less: Closing Inventory	 2,00,000	 1,00,000	
				 (1,00,000)	 2,00,000	
	 3.	 Other Expenses
		 Administrative and General Expenses	 8,00,000	 12,00,000	
		 Marketing Expenses	 10,75,000	 9,00,000	
				 18,75,000	 21,00,000	
[
Particulars	 Revenue	 Other	 Purchases	 Change in	 Employees	 Other	 Expenses	 Profit before
			 from	 Income	 of 	 Inventories of	 Benefit	 Expenses		 Tax
			 Operations		 Stock-in-Trade	Stock-in-Trade	 Expenses	 		
Absolute Amount (`)	(15,00,000)	(1,50,000)	 (12,00,000)	 (3,00,000)	 (1,00,000)	 (2,25,000)	(18,25,000)	 1,75,000
	
Percentage (%)	 (20.00)	(50.00)	 (27.91)	 (150.00)	 (33.33)	(10.71)	(26.45)	 19.44	
]
3.16	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	6.	 Prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss of Advance Marketing Ltd. from the following
Statement of Profit and Loss and Additional Information:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31 March,	 31 March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 Income
	 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)		 30,00,000	 25,00,000	
	 Other Income		 40,000	 40,000
	 Total		 30,40,000	25,40,000
	II.	 Expenses
	 Cost of Materials Consumed		 18,00,000	 15,00,000	
	 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and WIP 		 (15,000)	 10,000
	 Employees Benefit Expenses		 2,40,000	 2,40,000	
	 Finance Costs		 90,000	 70,000	
	 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses		 22,500	 25,000	
	 Other Expenses	 1	 3,02,000	 2,66,000
	 Total		 24,39,500	21,11,000
III.	 Profit (I – II)		 6,00,500	4,29,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,	
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Other Expenses	 	
		 Power and Fuel	 40,000	 36,000
		 Carriage Outwards	 9,500	 7,500
		 Licence Fee	 2,500	 2,500
		 Selling and Distribution Expenses	 1,90,000	 1,70,000
		 Provision for Tax	 60,000	 50,000
			 3,02,000	 2,66,000
[
Particulars	 Revenue	 Cost of	 Changes in	 Finance	 Depreciation and	 Other	 Profit before	Profit after
			 from	 Materials	 Inventories of 	 Costs	 Amortisation	 Expenses	 Tax	 Tax
			 Operations	 Consumed	 FG and WIP 		 Expenses	 		
Absolute Amount (`)	
5,00,000	3,00,000	 (25,000)	 20,000	 (2,500)	 26,000	1,81,500	1,71,500
	
Percentage (%)	 20.00	20.00	 (250.00)	
28.57	 (10.00)	 12.04	
37.89	39.98	
]
	7.	 Given below is the information extracted from the books of Shyam Ltd.:
Particulars	 31st March,2019	 31st March,2018
Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)	 ` 20,00,000	 ` 17,50,000
Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 ` 10,00,000	 ` 8,25,000
Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 ` 1,70,000	 ` 1,50,000
Other Expenses	 ` 11,500	 ` 7,700
Income Tax	 40%	 40%
		 Prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss on the basis of the above information.
[
	Particulars	 Revenue	 Purchases of 	 Change in 	 Other	 Total	 Net Profit	 Tax	 Net Profit
		 from	 Stock-in-Trade	 Inventories of	 Expenses	 Expenses	 before		 after
		 Operations		 Stock-in-Trade			 Tax		 Tax
Absolute Change (`)	 2,50,000	 1,75,000	 20,000	 3,800	 1,98,800	51,200	20,480	30,720
Percentage Change (%) 	 14.29	 21.21	 13.33	 49.35	 20.23	 6.67	 6.67	 6.67	
]
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.17
	
8.	 Prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss from the following Statement of Profit and Loss:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	Income
		
Revenue from Operations	 50,00,000	 40,00,000
		 Other Income	 3,00,000	 2,00,000
		
Total	 53,00,000	42,00,000
	II.	 Expenses
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 34,00,000	 32,00,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade		 1,00,000	 (2,00,000)
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 1,00,000	 1,00,000
		 Finance Costs		 45,000	 50,000
		 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses		 30,000	 25,000
		 Other Expenses	 1	 3,25,000	 3,00,000
		
Total	 40,00,000	34,75,000
	III.	 Net Profit (I – II)	 13,00,000	7,25,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars		 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Other Expenses	 	
		 Administrative and Selling Expenses	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
		 Miscellaneous Expenses (Non-operative)	 1,25,000	 1,00,000	
			 3,25,000	 3,00,000
[
	Particulars	 Revenue from	 Other	 Purchase of	 Change in	 Finance	 Dep.&	 Other	 Net
		 Operations	 Income	 Stock-in-Trade	Inventories	 Cost	 Amortisation	Expenses	 Profit
Absolute Change (`)	 10,00,000	1,00,000	 2,00,000	 3,00,000	 (5,000)	 5,000	 25,000	5,75,000
Percentage Change (%) 	 25.00	 50.00	 6.25	 150.00	 (10.00)	 20.00	 8.33	 79.31	
]
	 9.	 Convert the following Statement of Profit and Loss into Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	Income
		
Revenue from Operations 	 1	 18,01,000	 15,00,000
		 Other Income		 20,000	 15,000
		
Total Revenue	 18,21,000	15,15,000
	II.	 Expenses
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 10,22,500	 9,00,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 (10,000)	 10,000
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 3,30,000	 3,00,000
		 Other Expenses	 2	 2,00,000	 1,70,000
		
Total	 15,42,500	13,80,000
	III.	 Net Profit (I – II)	 2,78,500	1,35,000
3.18	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Notes to Accounts
Particulars		 31st March,	 31st March,
		
2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Revenue from Operations	
		Sales	 18,36,000	 15,30,000	
		
Less:  Returns	 35,000	30,000	
				 18,01,000	 15,00,000	
	 2.	 Other Expenses
		 Administrative Expenses	 1,70,000	 1,50,000	
		 Miscellaneous Expenses (Non-operative)	 30,000	 20,000	
	 2,00,000	1,70,000	
[
	 Year Ended	 Other Income	 Purchases of	 Change in	 Employees	 Other	 Net Profit
			 Stock-in-Trade	 Inventories of	 Benefit	 Expenses
				 Stock-in-Trade	 Expenses
	31st March,2018 (%)	 1.00	 60.00	 0.67	 20.00	 11.33	 9.00
	31st March,2019 (%)	 1.11	 56.77	 (0.55)	 18.32	 11.10	 15.46	
]
	10.	 Prepare Common-size Balance Sheet of X Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 2018:
Particulars	 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital:
						 (i)	Equity Share Capital	 6,00,000	 8,00,000
						 (ii)	Preference Share Capital	 2,00,000	 4,00,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
			
2.	Non-Current Liabilities
				 Long-term Borrowings (Debentures)	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
			
3.	Current Liabilities
					
(a)	Short-term Borrowings	 90,000	 1,50,000
					(b)	 Trade Payables (Creditors)	 1,00,000	 1,25,000
					
(c)	Short-term Provisions	 20,000	 25,000
			
Total		 	 14,10,000	19,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	Fixed Assets:	
						 (i)	Tangible Assets 	 6,00,000	 8,00,000
						 (ii)	Intangible Assets	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
				(b)	 Non-current Investments	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
			
2.	Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories	 1,75,000	 2,50,000
					
(b)	Trade Receivables	 1,45,000	 2,75,000
					(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 90,000	 1,75,000
			
Total			 14,10,000	 19,00,000
Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements	 3.19
		 (In % age)
	[Equity and Liabilities	 2019	2018	Assets	 2019	2018
	 Equity Share Capital	 42.57	 42.10	 Fixed Assets:
	 Preference Share Capital	 14.18	 21.05	 (a)	 Tangible Assets	 42.56	 42.10
	 Reserves and Surplus	 14.18	 10.53	 (b)	 Intangible Assets	 14.18	 10.53
	 Long-term Borrowings (Debentures)	 14.18	 10.53	 Non-current Investments	 14.18	 10.53
	 Current Liabilities	 14.89	 15.79	 Current Assets	 29.08	 36.84
		 100.00	100.00		 100.00	 100.00	
]
MEANING OF KEY TERMS USED IN THE CHAPTER
	 1.	 Ratio	 It is an arithmetical expression of relationship between two
interdependent or related items.
	 2.	 Accounting Ratio	 Accounting Ratio means ratio calculated on the basis of
accounting information.
	 3.	 Pure Ratio	 It is a ratio expressed as quotient. For example, 2 : 1.
	 4.	 Percentage	 It is a ratio expressed in percentage. For example, 25%.
	 5.	 Times	 It is a ratio expressed in number of times. For example, 3 Times.
	 6.	 Fraction 	 It is a ratio expressed as fraction. For example,
3
4
or .75.
	7.	Liquidity Ratios	 These ratios measure the ability of the enterprise to meet its
short-term financial commitments. These include: Current Ratio
and Quick Ratio/Liquid Ratio/Acid Test Ratio.
	 8.	 Solvency Ratios	 These ratios measure long-term financial position of the enterprise.
These include: Debt to Equity Ratio; Total Assets to Debt Ratio;
Proprietary Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio.
	 9.	 Activity or Turnover Ratios	 These ratios measure efficiency in use of assets of the enterprise
in generating sales. These include: Inventory Turnover Ratio;
Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio; Trade Payables Turnover
Ratio, Working Capital Turnover Ratio.
	10.	 Profitability Ratios	 These ratios show the profitability of the enterprise. These include:
Gross Profit Ratio; Operating Ratio; Operating Profit Ratio;
Net Profit Ratio and Return on Investment (ROI).
Accounting Ratios
4
C H A P T E R
4.2	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
CHAPTER SUMMARY
	•	 Accounting Ratio is a mathematical expression of the relationship between two related or interdependent
items or group of items shown in the financial statements.
	•	 Ratio Analysis is the process of computing, determining and presenting the relationship of related or
interdependent items or group of items in the financial statements. It is an important technique of financial
analysis.
	•	 Objectives of Ratio Analysis
	 1.	 To assess the earning capacity, financial soundness and operating efficiency of an enterprise.
	 2.	 To simplify the accounting information.
	 3.	 To help in comparative analysis.
	•	 Uses of Ratio Analysis: Ratio Analysis is useful in:
	 1.	 Analysis of financial statements.
	 2.	 Assessing the profitability of the business.
	 3.	 Assessing the liquidity or short-term solvency of the business.
	 4.	 Assessing the long-term solvency of the business.
	 5.	 Assessing the operating efficiency of the business.
	 6.	 Intra-firm and inter-firm comparison.
	 7.	 Locating the weak areas of the business.
	•	 Limitations of Ratio Analysis
	1.	
Qualitative Factors are Ignored: Ratio analysis is a technique of quantitative analysis and thus, ignores
qualitative factors, which may be important in decision-making.
	2.	
Lack of Standard Ratio: There is almost no single standard ratio against which the actual ratio may be
measured and compared.
	3.	
False Results if Based on Incorrect Information: Conclusions drawn may be misleading if ratios are based
on incorrect accounting information.
	4.	
May not be Comparable: Ratios may not be comparable if different firms follow different accounting
policies and procedures.
	•	 Classification of Accounting Ratios
	1.	
Liquidity Ratios:	 (i)	Current Ratio; and (ii) Quick Ratio.
	2.	
Solvency Ratios: 	 (i)	Debt to Equity Ratio; (ii) Proprietary Ratio; (iii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio; and
			 (iv)	Interest Coverage Ratio.
	3.	
Activity Ratios:	 (i)	Inventory Turnover Ratio; (ii) Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio; (iii) Trade Payables
Turnover Ratio; and (iv) Working Capital Turnover Ratio.	
	4.	
Profitability Ratios:	 (i)	Gross Profit Ratio; (ii) Operating Ratio; (iii) Operating Profit Ratio; (iv) Net Profit
Ratio; and (v) Return on Investment.
Accounting Ratios	 4.3
Table
Showing
Summary
of
Accounting
Ratios
Remarks
	
Current
Assets	
=	
Current
Investments
+
Inventories
(Ex-
cluding
Stores
and
Spares
and
Loose
Tools)
+
Trade
Receivables
(Net
of
Pro-
vision
for
Doubtful
Debts)
+
Cash
and
Cash
Equivalents
+
Short-term
Loans
and
Advances
+
Other
Current
Assets
	
Current
Liabilities	
=	
Short-term
Borrowings
+
Trade
Payables
+
Other
Current
Liabilities
+
Short-term
Provisions.
Quick
Assets
=
Current
Assets
–
Inventories
–
Prepaid
Expenses
Current
Liabilities
as
per
Current
Ratio.
Note:	
Inventories
and
prepaid
expenses
are
not
considered
as
Quick
Assets.
Debt
=
Long-term
Borrowings,
(i.e.,
debentures,
mortgage,
		
public
deposits)
+
Long-term
Provisions
Shareholders’
Funds
=
Share
Capital
+
Reserves
and
Surplus
Or
Non-current
Assets
(Tangible
Assets
+
Intangible
Assets
+
Non-current
Investments
+
Long-term
Loans
and
Advances)
+
Working
Capital
–
Non-current
Liabilities
(Long-term
Borrowings
+
Long-term
Provisions).
Working
Capital
=
Current
Assets
–
Current
Liabilities
Total
Assets
=
Non-current
Assets
(Tangible
Assets
+
Intangible
Assets
+
Non-current
Investments
+
Long-term
Loans
and
Advances)
+
Current
Assets
[Current
Investments
+
Inventories
(including
Stores
and
Spares
and
Loose
Tools)
+
Trade
Receivables
+
Cash
and
Cash
Equivalents
+
Short-term
Loans
and
Advances
+
Other
Current
Assets]
Debt
=
Long-term
Borrowings
+
Long-term
Provisions
Description
of
the
Ratio
1.
	
Current
Ratio
	
2.
	
Liquid
Ratio/Acid
Test
Ratio/Quick
Ratio
1.
	
Debt
to
Equity
Ratio
2.	
Total
Asset
to
Debt
Ratio
Formula
Current
Assets
Current
Liabilities
Liquid
Assets
or
Quick
Assets
Current
Liabilities
Debt
Equity
(Shareholders’
Funds)
Total
Assets
Debt
How
Expressed
Pure
Ratio
Pure
Ratio
Pure
Ratio
Pure
Ratio,
e.g.,
2
:
1
II.
SOLVENCY
RATIOS
I.
LIQUIDITY
RATIOS
Significance
This
ratio
shows
short-term
financial
soundness
of
the
business.
Higher
ratio
means
better
capa­
c
ity
to
meet
its
current
obligation.
The
ideal
current
ratio
is
2
:
1.
In
case
it
is
very
high
it
shows
the
idleness
of
funds.
Liquid
Ratio
is
a
fairly
stringent
measure
of
liquidity.
It
is
based
on
those
current
assets
which
are
highly
liquid,
i.e.,
can
be
converted
into
Cash
and
Cash
Equiva-
lents
quickly.
Quick
Ratio
of
1
:
1
is
considered
as
ideal.
Higher
the
Quick
Ratio
better
the
short-term
financial
position.
This
ratio
assesses
the
long-term
financial
position
and
soundness
of
enter­
p
rises.
In
general,
lower
the
Debt
to
Equity
Ratio
higher
the
degree
of
protection
enjoyed
by
the
lenders.
This
ratio
measures
the
safety
margin
available
to
lenders
of
long-term
debts.
It
measures
the
extent
to
which
debt
is
being
covered
by
assets.
4.4	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Fraction
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
3.	
Proprietary
Ratio
4.	
Interest
Coverage
Ratio
1.	
Inventory
(Stock)
Turnover
Ratio
2.	
Trade
Receivables
or
Debt-
ors’
Turnover
Ratio
3.	
Trade
Payables
or
Creditors’
Turnover
Ratio
4.	
Working
Capital
Turnover
Ratio
Shareholders’
Funds
or
Proprietors’
Funds
or
Equity
Total
Assets
Profit
before
Interest
and
Tax
Interest
on
Long-term
Debt
Cost
of
Revenue
from
Operations
or
Cost
of
Goods
Sold
Average
Inventory
(Stock)
Credit
Revenue
from
Operations
Average
Trade
Receivables
Net
Credit
Purchases
Average
Trade
Payables
Revenue
from
Operations
Working
Capital
III.
ACTIVITY
RATIOS/TURNOVER
RATIOS
Shareholders’
Funds
=
Share
Capital
+
Reserves
and
Surplus
Shareholders’
Funds
=
Non-Current
Assets
+
Working
Capital
	
–
Non-Current
Liabilities
Total
Assets
as
per
Total
Assets
to
Debt
Ratio.
Profit
before
Interest
and
Tax
=
Profit
after
Tax
+
Tax
+
Interest
Average
Inventory
or
Stock
=
Opening
Inventory
or
Stock
+
Closing
Inventory
or
Stock
2
Trade
Receivables
means
debtors
plus
bills
receivable.
Provision
for
Doubtful
Debts
is
not
deducted.
Average
Trade
Receivables
=
Trade
Payables
means
creditors
plus
bills
payable.
Average
Trade
Payables
=
Opening
Trade
Payables
+
Closing
Trade
Payables
2
.
Working
Capital
=
Current
Assets
–
Current
Liabilities
Current
Assets
=
As
per
Current
Ratio
Current
Liabilities
=
As
per
Current
Ratio.
This
ratio
shows
the
extent
to
which
total
assets
have
been
financed
by
the
propri-
etor.
Higher
the
ratio,
higher
the
safety
margin
for
lenders
and
creditors.
This
ratio
shows
how
many
times
the
interest
charges
are
covered
by
the
profits
available
to
pay
interest.
Higher
the
ratio,
more
secure
the
lender
is
in
respect
of
payment
of
interest
regularly.
This
ratio
measures
how
fast
Inventory
is
moving
and
generating
sales.
Higher
the
ratio,
more
efficient
management
of
inventories
and
vice
versa.
This
ratio
shows
efficiency
in
the
col-
lection
of
amount
due
from
trade
receivables.
Higher
the
ratio,
better
it
is
since
it
indicates
that
debts
are
being
collected
more
quickly.
It
shows
the
number
of
times
the
creditors
are
turned
over
in
relation
to
purchases.
A
high
turnover
ratio
or
shorter
payment
period
shows
the
availability
of
less
credit
or
early
payments.
This
ratio
shows
the
number
of
times
working
capital
has
been
employed
in
the
process
of
carrying
on
business.
Higher
the
ratio,
better
the
efficiency
in
the
utilisation
of
working
capital.
Opening
Trade
Receivables
+
Closing
Trade
Receivables
2
Accounting Ratios	 4.5
IV.
PROFITABILITY
RATIOS
This
ratio
indicates
the
relationship
between
gross
profit
and
net
sales.
Higher
the
Ratio,
lower
the
cost
of
goods
sold.
This
ratio
is
calculated
to
assess
the
operational
efficiency
of
the
business.
A
decline
in
the
operating
ratio,
is
better
because
it
means
higher
margin,
and
thus,
more
profit.
The
objective
of
computing
this
ratio
is
to
determine
the
operational
efficiency
of
management.
It
indicates
overall
efficiency
of
the
business.
Higher
the
net
profit
ratio,
better
the
business.
It
assesses
the
overall
performance
of
the
enterprise.
It
measures,
how
efficiently
the
resources
entrusted
to
the
business
are
used.
Cost
of
Revenue
from
Operations
+
Operating
Expenses
×
100
Revenue
from
Operations
%
%
%
%
%
Gross
Profit
=
Revenue
from
Operations
–
Cost
of
Revenue
from
Operations
Cost
of
Revenue
from
Operations
=	
Opening
Inventory
(excluding
Stores
and
Spares
and
Loose
Tools)
+
Net
Purchases
+
Direct
Expenses
–
Closing
Inventory
(excluding
Stores
and
Spares
and
Loose
Tools)	
Or
	
Revenue
from
Operations
–
Gross
Profits
Or
	
Cost
of
Materials
Consumed
+
Purchases
of
Stock-in-Trade
+
Changes
in
Inventories
of
Finished
Goods,
WIP
and
Stock-in-Trade
+
Direct
Expenses.
	
If
direct
expenses
are
not
given,
assume
them
to
be
nil.
Cost
of
Revenue
from
Operations
=	
Opening
Inventory
(excluding
Stores
and
Spares
and
Loose
Tools)
+
Net
Purchases
+
Direct
Expenses
–
Closing
Inventory
(excluding
Stores
and
Spares
and
Loose
Tools)	
Or
	
Revenue
from
Operations
–
Gross
Profit
Or
	
Cost
of
Revenue
from
Operations
=
Cost
of
Materials
Consumed
+
Purchases
of
Stock-in-Trade
+
Changes
in
Inventories
of
Finished
Goods,
WIP
and
Stock-in-Trade
+
Direct
Expenses.
If
Direct
Expenses
are
not
given,
assume
them
to
be
nil.
Operating
Expenses
=
Employees
Benefit
Expenses
+
Other
Expenses
(Other
than
Non-operating
Expenses)
Revenue
from
Operations
=
Sales
–
Sales
Return
Operating
Profit
=	Net
Profit
(Before
Tax)
+
Non-operating
Expenses
–
Non-operating
Income
Or
	
=
Gross
Profit
+
Operating
Income
–
Operating
Expenses
Non-operating
Expenses
=
Interest
on
Long-term
Borrowings
+
Loss
on
Sale
of
Fixed
Assets
or
Non-current
Assets
Non-operating
Income
=
Interest
received
on
investments
+
Profit
on
Sale
of
Fixed
Assets
or
Non-current
Assets
Profit
after
Tax
=
Gross
Profit
+
Other
Income
–
Indirect
Expenses
–
Tax
Capital
Employed:
Liabilities
Approach:
Share
Capital
+
Reserves
and
Surplus
+
Long-term
Borrowings
+
Long-term
Provisions
Assets
Approach:
Non-Current
Assets
(Tangible
Assets
+
Intangible
Assets)
+
Non-current
Investments
+
Long-term
Loans
and
Advances)
+
Working
Capital.
Working
Capital
=
Current
Assets
–
Current
Liabilities
(Assume
that
all
Non-current
Investments
are
Trade
Investments)
1.	
Gross
Profit
Ratio
2.	
Operating
Ratio
3.	
Operating
Profit
Ratio
4.	
Net
Profit
Ratio
5.	
Return
on
Investment
	
or
Return
on
Capital
	Employed
¥
Gross
Profit
100
Revenue
from
Operations
¥
Profit
before
Interest,
Tax
and
Dividend
100
Capital
Employed
¥
Profit
after
Tax
100
Revenue
from
Operations
¥
Operating
Profit
100
Revenue
from
Operations
Note:	
1.	
Non-operating
Assets
do
not
form
part
of
Capital
Employed,
e.g.,
Non-
Trade
Investments,
Capital
Work-in-progress,
etc.
	
2.	
Interest
on
Non-trade
Investments
should
be
deducted
from
Profit
before
Interest,
Tax
and
Dividend.
4.6	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solved Questions
Illustration 1.
From the following Balance Sheet of Warmex Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, calculate Current Ratio:
Particulars					 Note No.	 `	
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 5,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 (50,000)
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings		 2,75,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings		 2,50,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables		 50,000
					
(c)	 Short-term Provisions		 75,000
		Total						 11,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets:
							
(i)	 Tangible Assets		 4,50,000
							
(ii)	 Intangible Assets		 50,000
					
(b)	 Non-current Investments		 50,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	 Current Investments		 1,00,000
					
(b)	Inventories		 1,50,000
					
(c)	 Trade Receivables		 1,75,000
					
(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,25,000
		Total						 11,00,000
Solution:
	 Current Ratio	=	
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
		=	
5,50,000
3,75,000
`
`
= 1.47 : 1.
	 Current Assets	=	Current Investments + Inventories + Trade Receivables + Cash and 	
			Cash Equivalents
		=	` 1,00,000 + ` 1,50,000 + ` 1,75,000 + ` 1,25,000 = ` 5,50,000.
	 Current Liabilities	=	Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Short-term Provisions
		=	` 2,50,000 + ` 50,000 + ` 75,000 = ` 3,75,000.
Accounting Ratios	 4.7
Illustration 2.
From the following Balance Sheet of Galaxy Ltd., compute Debt to Equity Ratio:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March, 2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 7,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 2,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Long-term Borrowings		 15,00,000
					
(b)	 Long-term Provisions		 57,500
			3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables		 2,50,000
					
(b)	 Other Current Liabilities		 55,000
					
(c)	 Short-term Provisions		 25,000
		Total						 27,87,500
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets:
					
Tangible Assets		 17,47,500
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 5,00,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 3,50,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,75,000
					
(d)	 Other Current Assets	 1	 15,000
		Total						 27,87,500
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Other Current Assets
		Accrued Income	 10,000
		Prepaid Expenses	 5,000
			 15,000
Solution:
	 Debt to Equity Ratio	=	
Debt
Equity (Shareholders’ Funds)
		=	
15,57,500
9,00,000
`
`
= 1.73 : 1.
	 Debt	=	Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions
		=	` 15,00,000 + ` 57,500 = ` 15,57,500.
	 Equity or Shareholders’ Funds	=	Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus
		=	` 7,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 = ` 9,00,000.
4.8	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 3.
From the following Balance Sheet, calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio:
BALANCE SHEET OF GOOD LUCK LTD. as at 31st March, 2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 3,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 (90,000)
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Long-term Borrowings		 4,50,000
					
(b)	 Long-term Provisions		 50,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables		 1,30,000
					
(b)	 Short-term Provisions		 10,000
		Total						 8,50,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets:
						Tangible Assets		 4,80,000
					
(b)	 Non-current Investments	 1	 50,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 1,14,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 1,26,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 70,000
					
(d)	 Other Current Assets		 10,000
		Total						 8,50,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Non-Current Investments
		Government Securities	 40,000
		 Shares in Listed Companies	 10,000
			 50,000
Solution: Total Assets to Debt Ratio =
8,50,000
Total Assets
=
Debt 5,00,000
`
`
= 1.70 : 1.
Total Assets =		
Non-current Assets (i.e., Fixed Assets + Non-current Investments) + Current
Assets (i.e., Inventories + Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents
+ Other Current Assets)
	=	
	` 4,80,000 + ` 50,000 + ` 1,14,000 + ` 1,26,000 + ` 70,000 + ` 10,000
	=	
` 8,50,000.
	 Debt	 =	Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions
	=	
` 4,50,000 + ` 50,000 = ` 5,00,000.
Accounting Ratios	 4.9
Illustration 4.
From the following Balance Sheet of Channel Ltd., compute Shareholders’ Funds by
following Liabilities Side Approach and Assets Side Approach:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March, 2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 5,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 4,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
					
Long-term Borrowings		 5,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables		 1,50,000
					
(b)	 Short-term Provisions		 50,000
		Total						 16,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets:
					
(a)	 Tangible Assets		 9,68,000
					
(b)	 Intangible Assets		 90,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 3,00,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 1,60,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 82,000
		Total						 16,00,000
Solution:
Particulars	 `
Shareholders’Funds under Liabilities Side Approach:
Share Capital		 5,00,000
Reserves and Surplus		 4,00,000
Shareholders’Funds		
9,00,000
Shareholders’Funds under Assets Side Approach:
Fixed Assets (Tangible + Intangible)		 10,58,000
Add:	 Working Capital (Note)		 3,42,000
				 14,00,000
Less:  Non-current Liabilities (Long-term Borrowings)		 5,00,000
	Shareholders’Funds	 		
9,00,000
Working Note:	 Current Assets	 `	 Current Liabilities	`
		 Inventories	 3,00,000	 Trade Payables	 1,50,000
		 Trade Receivables	 1,60,000	 Other Current Liabilities	 50,000
		 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 82,000
		 5,42,000		 2,00,000
Working Capital = Current Assets – Current Liabilities = ` 5,42,000 – ` 2,00,000 = ` 3,42,000.
4.10	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 5.
From the following Balance Sheet of XYZ Ltd., calculate:
(i) Debt to Equity Ratio; (ii) Proprietary Ratio, and (iii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio.
BALANCE SHEET OF XYZ LTD. as at 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Equity Share Capital		 15,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 3,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings		 9,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings		 2,00,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables		 11,00,000
		Total						 40,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets		 16,50,000
					
(b)	 Long-term Investments		 1,60,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 9,10,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 12,40,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 40,000
		Total						 40,00,000
Solution:
	(i)	 Debt to Equity Ratio =
Debt (WN 1)
Equity (Shareholders’ Funds) (WN 2)
			 =
9,00,000
18,00,000
`
`
= 0.50 : 1.
	 	 Working Notes:	
			
1.			 Debt	=	Long-term Borrowings = ` 9,00,000.
			
2.			 Equity (Shareholders’ Funds)	=	Equity Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus
							 =	 ` 15,00,000 + ` 3,00,000 = ` 18,00,000.
	(ii)	 Proprietary Ratio =
Shareholders’ Funds
Total Assets
			 =
18,00,000
40,00,000
`
`
= 0.45 : 1.
	(iii)	 Total Assets to Debt Ratio =
Total Assets
Debt
=
40,00,000
9,00,000
`
`
= 4.44 : 1.
Accounting Ratios	 4.11
Illustration 6.
Following is the Statement of Profit and Loss of Hindustan Products Limited for the year
ended 31st March, 2019 and the Balance Sheet of the company as at that date:
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations		 8,00,000
	II.	 Expenses:
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade		 5,45,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 1	 (1,00,000)
		 Other Expenses		 2,95,000
		 Total Expenses		 7,40,000
	III.	 Profit for the Period (I – II)		 60,000
Note: Other expenses include direct expenses of ` 15,000.
	 BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 2,90,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 60,000
			
2.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables (Creditors)		 1,15,000
					
(b)	 Other Current Liabilities (Outstanding Expenses)		 15,000
			
Total						 4,80,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
Fixed Assets:
					
Tangible Assets		 2,30,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	 Inventories (Stock)		 1,99,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables (Debtors)		 21,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 30,000
			
Total						 4,80,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade
		Opening Inventory	 99,000
		Less: Closing Inventory	 1,99,000
			 (1,00,000)
Calculate the following ratios:
(i) Quick Ratio and (ii) Inventory Turnover Ratio.	
Solution:
	 (i)		 Quick Ratio	=	
Quick Assets
Current Liabilities
				=	
+
+
Cash and Cash Equivalents Trade Receivables (Debtors)
Trade Payables Outstanding Expenses
				=	
30,000 21,000
1,15,000 15,000
` `
` `
51,000
= = .
1,30,000
`
`
0.39 : 1
4.12	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	(ii)	 Inventory Turnover Ratio
				 =	
Cost of Revenue from Operations, . ., Cost of Goods Sold
Average Inventory
i e
			 =	 =
4,60,000
.
1,49,000
`
`
3.09 Times
Working Notes:
	1.	 Cost of Revenue from Operations,i.e.,Cost of Goods Sold
				 =	 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Change in Inventories of
					 Stock-in-Trade + Direct Expenses
				=	` 5,45,000 – ` 1,00,000 + ` 15,000 = ` 4,60,000.
	2.		 Average Inventory	 =	 (Opening Inventory + Closing Inventory)/2
				=	(` 99,000 + ` 1,99,000)/2 = ` 1,49,000.
Illustration 7.
From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio:
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations (Sale)		 5,00,000
	II.	 Expenses:
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade		 3,00,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade	 1		 60,000
		 Employee Benefit Expenses	 2		 40,000
		 Finance Costs			 10,000
		 Depreciation and Amortisation			 20,000
		 Other Expenses	 3		 20,000
		
Total			 4,50,000
	III.	 Profit before Tax (I – II)			 50,000
	IV.	 Tax Expenses: Current Tax			 17,500
	 V.	 Profit after Tax (III – IV)		 32,500
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade
		Opening Inventory	 1,00,000
		Less:  Closing Inventory	 40,000
			 60,000
	2.	 Employee Benefit Expenses
		Wages	 10,000
		Salaries	 30,000
			 40,000
	3.	 Other Expenses
		Carriage Inwards	 5,000
		Carriage Outwards	 5,000
		Miscellaneous Expenses	 10,000
			 20,000
Accounting Ratios	 4.13
Solution: 	Inventory Turnover Ratio	=	
Cost of Revenue from Operations
Average Inventory
		=	
3,75,000
70,000
`
`
= 5.36 Times.
	 Cost of Revenue from Operations	=	Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Change in
			 Inventories of Stock-in-Trade + Direct Expenses
			(i.e., Wages + Carriage Inwards)
		=	
` 3,00,000 + ` 60,000 + ` 10,000 + ` 5,000 = ` 3,75,000.
	 Average Inventory	=	
Opening Inventory + Closing Inventory
2
		=	
+
=
1,00,000 40,000
70,000
2
` `
` .
Illustration 8.
From the following Statement of Profit and loss, calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio:
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations		 50,00,000
	 II.	 Other Income		 1,00,000
	 III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)		 51,00,000
	IV.	 Expenses:
		 Cost of Materials Consumed		 18,00,000
		 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and Work-in-Progress	 1		 (1,00,000)
		 Employee Benefit Expenses			 7,00,000
		 Finance Costs			 1,00,000
		 Depreciation and Amortisation			 50,000
		 Other Expenses	 2		 6,50,000
		
Total Expenses			 32,00,000
	 V.	 Profit before Tax (III – IV)			 19,00,000
	VI.	 Tax Expenses: Current Tax			 5,00,000
	VII.	 Profit after Tax (V – VI)		 14,00,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods andWork-in-Progress
		Opening	 2,00,000
		Less: Closing	 3,00,000
			 (1,00,000)
	2.	 Other Expenses
		 Direct Carriage Inwards,Octroi,etc.	 3,00,000
		 Indirect General and Administration Expenses	 3,50,000
			 6,50,000
4.14	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution: 	Inventory Turnover Ratio	=	
Cost of Revenue from Operations
Average Inventory
		=	 =
20,00,000
.
2,50,000
`
`
8 Times
Working Notes:
	
1.		Cost of Revenue from Operations	=	Cost of Materials Consumed + Changes in Inventories of
					 Finished Goods and Work-in-Progress + Direct Expenses
				
=	
` 18,00,000 – ` 1,00,000 + ` 3,00,000 = ` 20,00,000.
	2.		 Average Inventory	 =	
Opening Inventory + Closing Inventory
2
				
=	
1
2
(` 2,00,000 + ` 3,00,000) = ` 2,50,000.
Illustration 9.
From the following Balance Sheet of Sure Success Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, calculate
Return on Investment:
Particulars						 31st March,
							 2019
							 `
	I.	 Equity and Liabilities
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
				(a)		 Share Capital:
						 50,000 Equity Shares of ` 10 each			 5,00,000
						 5,000;9% Preference Shares of ` 10 each			 50,000
				(b)		 Reserves and Surplus:	
						Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss			 1,25,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				 Long-term Borrowings (12% Debentures)			 4,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities (Trade Payables)			 1,70,000
			
Total							 12,45,000
	II.	 Assets
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				(a)		 Fixed Assets		 11,50,000
						Less: Accumulated Depreciation		 2,00,000	 9,50,000
				(b)		 Non-current Investment:
						 10% Trade Investment			 50,000
						 10% Other Investment (Face Value ` 35,000)			 25,000
			
2.	 Current Assets			 2,20,000
			
Total							 12,45,000
Additional Information:
Net Profit after Interest and Tax for the year ended 31st March, 2019 was ` 1,21,500;
Tax Rate: 40%.
Solution:
	 Return on Investment (ROI)	=	 ¥
Net Profit before Interest, Tax and Dividend (WN 1)
100
Capital Employed
		=	 ¥
2,47,000
100
10,50,000
`
`
= 23.52%.
Accounting Ratios	 4.15
Working Notes:
	1.	 Calculation of Net Profit before Interest and Tax:
		
	 Let the Net Profit before Tax	=	` 100
			 Tax	=	40%
		
So,	 Net Profit after Tax	=	` 100 – ` 40 = ` 60.
		 If Net Profit after Tax is ` 60, then Net Profit before Tax = ` 100.
		 If Net Profit after Tax is ` 1, then Net Profit before Tax =
`
`
100.
60
		 If Net Profit after Tax is ` 1,21,500, then Net Profit before Tax =
`
`
100
60
× ` 1,21,500 = ` 2,02,500.	 `
		 Net Profit before Tax	 2,02,500
		
Add:	 Interest on Debentures (` 4,00,000 × 12/100)	 48,000
				 2,50,500
		
Less:	Interest on Non-trade Investment
È ˘
¥
Í ˙
Î ˚
`
10
35,000
100
	3,500
		 Net Profit before Interest and Tax	 2,47,000
	2.	 Calculation of Capital Employed:
		
A. Liabilities Side Approach
		
	 Capital Employed	=	Equity Share Capital + Preference Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus
					 + Long-term Borrowings – Non-trade Investment
				=	` 5,00,000 + ` 50,000 + ` 1,25,000 + ` 4,00,000 – ` 25,000 = ` 10,50,000.
		
B. Assets Side Approach
			 Capital Employed	=	Net Fixed Assets + Trade Investment + Working Capital*
				=	` 9,50,000 + ` 50,000 + ` 50,000 = ` 10,50,000.
			 *Working Capital	=	Current Assets – Current Liabilities
				=	` 2,20,000 – ` 1,70,000 = ` 50,000.
Illustration 10.
Mr. Vijay owns a business and gives the following information:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2018 (`)	 2019 (`)
Net Sales	 9,00,000	 18,00,000
Gross Profit	 2,25,000	 3,60,000
Current Assets	 3,00,000	 4,50,000
Current Liabilities	 1,50,000	 2,50,000
He is of the opinion that his manager Rajeev is very efficient as there is an increase in
profit from ` 2,25,000 to ` 3,60,000 by his efforts.
Again his current assets have increased from ` 3,00,000 to ` 4,50,000 whereas current
liabilities have increased only by ` 1,00,000 and thus his short-term financial position is
also becoming strong.
Do you agree with him? State yes/no. Give reasons for your answer.
Solution:
Undoubtedly, there is an increase in gross profit from ` 2,25,000 to ` 3,60,000, i.e.,
` 1,35,000. But this is not the test of efficiency of the manager. There is an increase in
Net Sales also.
4.16	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Therefore, we have to calculate Gross Profit Ratio to check the efficiency of the manager.
	
Gross Profit Ratio for the year ended 31st March, 2018	=	 ¥
Gross Profit
100
Net Sales
				 =	 ¥
2,25,000
100
9,00,000
`
`
	=	25%.
	
Gross Profit Ratio for the year ended 31st March, 2019	 =	 ¥
3,60,000
100
18,00,000
`
`
=	 20%.
Gross Profit Ratio has decreased from 25% to 20%, which shows that margin of profit has
decreased in the year ended 31st March, 2019 and Vijay is wrong in his decision.
To test the short-term financial position of the company, we have to calculate Current Ratio.
	
Current Ratio for the year ended 31st March, 2018 =
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
= =
3,00,000
1,50,000
`
`
2 : 1 .
	
Current Ratio for the year ended 31st March, 2019 =
4,50,000
2,50,000
`
`
= 9 : 5 or 1.80 : 1.
Since, Current Ratio has decreased from 2 in 2018 to 1.8 in 2019, financial position of
the company has become weak. So Vijay is again wrong in his decision that short-term
financial position of the company is becoming strong.
Illustration 11.
From the following information, calculate Operating Ratio:
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations		 50,00,000
	 II.	 Other Income		 1,00,000
	III.	 Total Revenue		 51,00,000
	IV.	 Expenses:
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade		 27,00,000
		 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade			 (2,00,000)
		 Employee Benefit Expenses			 3,10,000
		Depreciation			 90,000
		 Finance Cost			 1,00,000
		 Other Expenses		 1	 2,50,000
		
Total Expenses			 32,50,000
	 V.	 Profit before Tax (III – IV)		 18,50,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Other Expenses
		Office Expenses	 1,20,000
		 Selling and Distribution Expenses	 80,000
		 Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets	 50,000
			 2,50,000
Accounting Ratios	 4.17
Solution:
	 Operating Ratio	=	 ¥
Operating Cost
100
Revenue from Operations
		=	 ¥
31,00,000
100
50,00,000
`
`
= 62%.
Note:	 Operating Cost	=	Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade
			 + Employee Benefit Expenses + Depreciation + Office Expenses
			 + Selling and Distribution Expenses
		=	` 27,00,000 – ` 2,00,000 + ` 3,10,000 + ` 90,000 + ` 1,20,000 + ` 80,000
		=	` 31,00,000.
Total Assets to Debt Ratio
Illustration 12.
Following is the Balance Sheet of Hyatt Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to
calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 10,00,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 3,00,000	 2,50,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities	
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 24,00,000 	 8,00,000
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 2,00,000 	 1,50,000
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 1,00,000 	 ...
		Total			 42,00,000 	 21,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 Fixed Assets	 20,00,000 	 11,50,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 9,00,000 	 4,00,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 11,50,000 	 4,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 42,00,000	21,00,000
Note to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Share Capital 	
		 Equity Share Capital	 7,50,000	 5,00,000	
		 Preference Share Capital	 2,50,000	 2,50,000	
				 10,00,000	 7,50,000
4.18	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution: 	
Total Assets to Debt Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018
=
Total Assets
Debt (Long-term Debts) 	 =
42,00,000
26,00,000
`
`
	=
21,00,000
9,00,000
`
`
		 = 1.62 : 1	= 2.33 : 1
Working Note:	 31st March, 2019 (`)	 31st March, 2018 (`)
	 Total Assets	=	 ` 42,00,000	 ` 21,00,000
	 Debt = Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions	=	 ` 26,00,000	 ` 9,00,000
Debt to Equity Ratio
Illustration 13.
Following is the Balance Sheet of Zee Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to
calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 10,00,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 3,00,000	 2,50,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities	
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 24,00,000 	 8,00,000
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 2,00,000 	 1,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 3,50,000 	 1,50,000
	(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 1,50,000 	 50,000
		Total			 46,00,000 	 22,50,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 Fixed Assets	 20,00,000 	 11,50,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 10,00,000 	 4,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 12,50,000 	 5,00,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 3,50,000 	 1,50,000
		Total			 46,00,000 	 22,50,000
Solution:
Debt to Equity Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018
=
Debt
Equity (Shareholders’ Funds)
	 =
26,00,000
13,00,000
`
`
	=
9,00,000
10,00,000
`
`
		 = 2 : 1	= 0.90 : 1
Accounting Ratios	 4.19
Working Note:	 `	 `
	 Debt	=	Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions
	 2019	=	` 24,00,000 + ` 2,00,000	 26,00,000
	 2018	=	` 8,00,000 + ` 1,00,000	 	 9,00,000
	 Equity or Shareholders’ Funds	=	Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus
	 2019	=	` 10,00,000 + ` 3,00,000	 13,00,000
	 2018	=	` 7,50,000 + ` 2,50,000	 	10,00,000
Alternatively:
Equity = Non-current Assets + Current Assets – (Non-current Liabilities – Current Liabilities)
	 2019 = ` 20,00,000 + ` 26,00,000 – ` 24,00,000 – ` 2,00,000 – ` 7,00,000	 13,00,000
	 2018 = ` 11,50,000 + ` 11,00,000 – ` 8,00,000 – ` 1,00,000 – ` 3,50,000		 10,00,000
Illustration 14.
Following is the Balance Sheet of Exe Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to
calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 10,00,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 5,00,000	 2,50,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities	
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings		 8,00,000 	 4,00,000
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions		 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings		 2,00,000 	 1,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 3,50,000 	 1,50,000
	(c)	 Short-term Provisions		 1,50,000 	 50,000
		Total			 32,00,000 	 18,50,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 Fixed Assets	 14,00,000 	 9,50,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories		 7,50,000 	 4,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 7,50,000 	 2,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 3,00,000 	 2,00,000
		Total			 32,00,000 	 18,50,000
Solution: 	
Debt to Equity Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018
=
Debt
Equity (Shareholders’ Funds)
	
10,00,000
15,00,000
=
`
`
	=
5,00,000
10,00,000
`
`
		 = 0.67 : 1	= 0.50 : 1
4.20	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Working Note:	 `	 `
	 Debt	=	Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions
	 2019	=	` 8,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 	 10,00,000
	 2018	=	` 4,00,000 + ` 1,00,000	 	 5,00,000
	 Equity or Shareholders’ Funds	=	Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus
	 2019	=	` 10,00,000 + ` 5,00,000	 15,00,000
	 2018	=	` 7,50,000 + ` 2,50,000	 	10,00,000
Alternatively:
	 Equity = Non-current Assets + Current Assets – (Non-current Liabilities – Current Liabilities)
	 2019 = ` 14,00,000 + ` 18,00,000 – ` 8,00,000 – ` 2,00,000 – ` 7,00,000	 15,00,000
	 2018 = ` 9,50,000 + ` 9,00,000 – ` 4,00,000 – ` 1,00,000 – ` 3,50,000		 10,00,000
Illustration 15.
Following is the Balance Sheet of Financial Services Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are
required to calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 7,50,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 3,00,000	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 4,50,000 	 5,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings		 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 4,50,000 	 3,50,000
	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 1	 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 23,00,000 	 20,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets		 7,50,000 	 7,00,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments		 2,00,000 	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 2	 4,50,000 	 3,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 5,00,000 	 4,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 2,00,000 	 2,00,000
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 3	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
			
Total			 23,00,000 	 20,00,000
Notes to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Other Current Liabilities	
		 Expenses Payable	 1,00,000 	 1,00,000
		 Current Maturities of Long-term Debt	 50,000 	 ...
				 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
	 2.	Inventories
		 Raw Materials	 3,00,000 	 2,25,000
		 WIP	 1,00,000 	 75,000
		 Stores and Spares	 50,000 	 50,000
				 4,50,000 	 3,50,000
	 3.	 Other Current Assets
		 Prepaid Expenses	 50,000 	 25,000
		 Advances to Staff	 1,50,000 	 75,000
				 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
Accounting Ratios	 4.21
Solution: 	
Current Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018
=
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
	 =
13,00,000
8,00,000
`
`
	=
10,50,000
5,50,000
`
`
		 = 1.63 : 1	 = 1.91 : 1
Working Note:	 `	 `
	 Current Assets	=	Inventories (Excluding Stores and Spares) + Trade
			 Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents + Other
			Current Assets
	 2019	=	` 4,00,000 + ` 5,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 2,00,000	 13,00,000
	 2018	=	` 3,00,000 + ` 4,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 1,00,000	 	10,50,000
	 Current Liabilities	=	Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Other Current Liabilities
	 2019	=	` 2,00,000 + ` 4,50,000 + ` 1,50,000	 8,00,000
	 2018	=	` 1,00,000 + ` 3,50,000 + ` 1,00,000	 	 5,50,000
Liquid Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018
=
Liquid or Quick Assets
Current Liabilities
	 =
8,50,000
8,00,000
`
`
	=
7,25,000
5,50,000
`
`
		 = 1.06 : 1	= 1.32 : 1
Working Note:	 `	 `
	 Liquid Assets	=	Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents +
			 Other Current Assets (Advances to Staff)
	 2019	=	` 5,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 1,50,000	 8,50,000
	 2018	=	` 4,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 75,000	 	 7,25,000
	 Current Liabilities	=	Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Other Current Liabilities
	 2019	=	` 2,00,000 + ` 4,50,000 + ` 1,50,000	 8,00,000
	 2018	=	` 1,00,000 + ` 3,50,000 + ` 1,00,000	 	 5,50,000
Illustration 16.
Following is the Balance Sheet of Financial Services Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are
required to calculate Liquid Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 5,00,000	 5,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 2,50,000	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 7,50,000 	 5,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 1	 1,00,000 	 75,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 2,50,000 	 2,00,000
		Total			 18,50,000 	 14,75,000
4.22	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets		 6,00,000 	 5,50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments		 1,00,000 	 1,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories		 3,50,000 	 2,75,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 4,00,000 	 2,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 2,00,000 	 2,00,000
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 2	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 18,50,000 	 14,75,000
Notes to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Short-term Borrowings	
		 Bank Overdraft	 60,000 	 50,000
		 Loan Against Fixed Deposit	 40,000 	 25,000
				 1,00,000 	 75,000
	 2.	 Other Current Assets
		 Prepaid Expenses	 50,000 	 25,000
		 Advances for Purchases of Goods	 1,50,000 	 75,000
				 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
Solution: 	
Liquid Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018
=
Liquid or Quick Assets
Current Liabilities
	 =
7,50,000
3,50,000
`
`
	=
5,25,000
2,75,000
`
`
		 = 2.14 : 1	= 1.91 : 1
Working Note:	 `	 `
	 Liquid Assets	=	Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents +
			 Other Current Assets (Advances for Purchases)
	 2019	=	` 4,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 1,50,000	 7,50,000
	 2018	=	` 2,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 75,000	 	 5,25,000
Current Liabilities =	 Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables
	 2019	=	` 1,00,000 + ` 2,50,000	 3,50,000
	 2018	=	` 75,000 + ` 2,00,000 		 2,75,000
Always Remember: While calculating Current Ratio and Liquid (Quick) Ratio
‘Provision for Doubtful Debts’ and ‘Provision for Discount on Debtors’ are deducted
from Trade Receivables.
Accounting Ratios	 4.23
Illustration 17.
Following is the Balance Sheet of Computers India Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are
required to calculate Liquid Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 10,00,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 5,00,000	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 15,00,000 	 5,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 1	 2,00,000 	 1,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 3,50,000 	 1,50,000
	(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 1,50,000 	 50,000
		Total			 37,00,000 	 18,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets		 14,00,000 	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments		 5,00,000 	 1,50,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 3	 7,50,000 	 4,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 4	 7,50,000 	 2,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 3,00,000 	 2,00,000
		Total			 37,00,000 	 18,00,000
Notes to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Short-term Borrowings	
		 Bank Overdraft	 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
		 Loan from Directors	 50,000 	 50,000
				 2,00,000	1,50,000
	 2.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Expenses	 50,000 	 25,000
		 Provision for Tax	 1,00,000 	 25,000
		
		 1,50,000 	 50,000
	 3.	Inventories
		 Materials	 3,25,000 	 1,50,000
		 Stock-in-trade	 1,75,000 	 1,00,000
		 Finished Goods	 1,50,000 	 1,50,000
		 Loose Tools	 1,00,000 	 50,000
		
		 7,50,000 	 4,50,000
	 4.	 Trade Receivables
		 Sundry Debtors	 6,00,000 	 2,25,000
		 Bills Receivable	 1,50,000	 25,000
				 7,50,000	 2,50,000
Solution: 	
Liquid Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018	
=
Liquid or Quick Assets
Current Liabilities
	 =
10,50,000
7,00,000
`
`
	=
4,50,000
3,50,000
`
`
		 = 1.50 : 1	 = 1.29 : 1
4.24	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Working Note:	 `	 `
	 Liquid Assets	=	Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents
	 2019	=	` 7,50,000 + ` 3,00,000	 10,50,000
	 2018	=	` 2,50,000 + ` 2,00,000	 	 4,50,000
	 Current Liabilities	=	Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Short-term Provisions
	 2019	=	` 2,00,000 + ` 3,50,000 + ` 1,50,000	 7,00,000
	 2018	=	` 1,50,000 + ` 1,50,000 + ` 50,000		 3,50,000
Illustration 18.
Following is the Balance Sheet of Daily Needs Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required
to calculate Current Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 10,00,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 5,00,000	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 15,00,000 	 5,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 1	 2,00,000 	 1,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 3,50,000 	 1,50,000
	(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 1,50,000 	 50,000
		Total			 37,00,000 	 18,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets		 14,00,000 	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments		 5,00,000 	 1,50,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 3	 7,50,000 	 4,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 4	 7,50,000 	 2,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 3,00,000 	 2,00,000
		Total			 37,00,000 	 18,00,000
Notes to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Short-term Borrowings	
		 Bank Overdraft	 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
		 Loan from Directors	 50,000 	 50,000
				 2,00,000	1,50,000
	 2.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Expenses	 50,000 	 25,000
		 Provision for Tax	 1,00,000 	 25,000
		
		 1,50,000 	 50,000
Accounting Ratios	 4.25
	 3.	Inventories
		 Materials	 3,25,000 	 1,50,000
		 Stock-in-trade	 1,75,000 	 1,00,000
		 Finished Goods	 1,50,000 	 1,50,000
		 Loose Tools	 1,00,000 	 50,000
			
	 7,50,000 	 4,50,000
	 4.	 Trade Receivables
		 Sundry Debtors	 6,00,000 	 2,25,000
		 Bills Receivable	 1,50,000	 25,000
				 7,50,000	 2,50,000
Solution: 	
Current Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018
=
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
	 =
17,00,000
7,00,000
`
`
	=
8,50,000
3,50,000
`
`
		 = 2.43 : 1	= 2.43 : 1
Working Note:	 `	 `
	 Current Assets	=	Inventories (Excluding Loose Tools) +
			 Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents
	 2019	=	` 6,50,000 + ` 7,50,000 + ` 3,00,000	 17,00,000
	 2018	=	` 4,00,000 + ` 2,50,000 + ` 2,00,000	 	 8,50,000
	 Current Liabilities	=	Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Short-term Provisions
	 2019 	=	 ` 2,00,000 + ` 3,50,000 + ` 1,50,000	 7,00,000
	 2018	=	` 1,50,000 + ` 1,50,000 + ` 50,000	 	 3,50,000
Illustration 19.
Following is the Balance Sheet of Total Care Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required
to calculate Current Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET
as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 5,00,000	 5,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 2,50,000	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 7,50,000 	 5,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 1	 1,00,000 	 75,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 2	 2,50,000 	 2,00,000
		Total			 18,50,000 	 14,75,000
4.26	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets		 6,00,000 	 5,50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments		 1,00,000 	 1,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 3	 4,50,000 	 3,75,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 4	 5,00,000 	 2,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 2,00,000 	 2,00,000
		Total			 18,50,000 	 14,75,000
Notes to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Short-term Borrowings	
		 Bank Overdraft	 60,000 	 50,000
		 Loan Against Fixed Deposit	 40,000 	 25,000
				 1,00,000 	 75,000
	 2.	 Trade Payable
		 Sundry Creditors	 2,00,000 	 1,65,000
		 Bills Payable	 50,000 	 35,000
				 2,50,000 	 2,00,000
	3.	Inventories
		 Materials	 2,25,000 	 1,75,000
		 Finished Goods	 1,25,000 	 1,75,000
		 Loose Tools	 1,00,000 	 25,000
			
	 4,50,000 	 3,75,000
	 4.	 Trade Receivables
		 Sundry Debtors	 4,00,000 	 2,25,000
		 Bills Receivable	 1,00,000 	 25,000
			
	 5,00,000 	 2,50,000
Solution: 	
Current Ratio	 31st March, 2019	 31st March, 2018
=
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
	 =
10,50,000
3,50,000
`
`
	=
8,00,000
2,75,000
`
`
		 = 3 : 1	= 2.91 : 1
Working Note:	 	
	 Current Assets	=	Inventories (Excluding Loose Tools) + Trade Receivables +
			 Cash and Cash Equivalents
	 2019	=	` 3,50,000 + ` 5,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 = ` 10,50,000
	 2018	=	` 3,50,000 + ` 2,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 = ` 8,00,000
	 Current Liabilities	=	Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables
	 2019	=	` 1,00,000 + ` 2,50,000 = ` 3,50,000
	 2018	=	` 75,000 + ` 2,00,000 = ` 2,75,000.
Accounting Ratios	 4.27
Illustration 20.
Current Assets of a company are ` 17,00,000. Its Current Ratio is 2.5 and Liquid Ratio is
0.95. Calculate Current Liabilities and Inventory.
Solution:	 Current Ratio	=	
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
		 2.5	=	
17,00,000
Current Liabilities
`
		 Current Liabilities	=	` 6,80,000
		 Quick Ratio	=	
Quick Assets
Current Liabilities
		 0.95	=	
Quick Assets
6,80,000
`
		 Quick Assets	=	` 6,46,000
		 Inventory	=	Current Assets – Quick Assets
			=	` 17,00,000 – ` 6,46,000 = ` 10,54,000
		 Thus, Current Liabilities	=	` 6,80,000 and Inventory = ` 10,54,000.
Illustration 21.
Following is the Balance Sheet of X Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019:
Particulars					 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 20,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 9,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
					Long-term Borrowings (10% Loan)		 10,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities		15,00,000
			
Total						 54,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets:
					
(a) Tangible		 25,00,000
					
(b) Intangible		 4,00,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
				(a) Inventories		 10,00,000
				(b)  Trade Receivables		 10,00,000
				(c)  Cash and Cash Equivalents		 5,00,000
			
Total						 54,00,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		(a)	 General Reserve	 3,00,000
		(b)	Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 6,00,000
			 9,00,000
Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss includes profit of ` 5,00,000 for the
current year.
Compute Return on Capital Employed.
4.28	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	 Return on Capital Employed	=	 ¥
Profit before Interest
100
Capital Employed
		= ¥
6,00,000 (WN 1)
100
39,00,000 (WN 2)
`
`
= 15.38%.
Working Notes:		 `
	1.	 Profit before Interest:	Profit	 5,00,000
			 Add:  Interest (10% of ` 10,00,000)	 1,00,000
			 Net Profit before Interest	6,00,000
	2.	 Capital Employed: 	 Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets + Intangible Assets)	 29,00,000
			 Working Capital,i.e., Current Assets – Current Liabilities 	 10,00,000
	 	 	(` 25,00,000 – ` 15,00,000)	
			 Capital Employed (Assets Side Approach)	39,00,000
			 Or
			 Share Capital	 20,00,000
			 Reserves and Surplus	 9,00,000
			 Long-term Borrowings	 10,00,000
			 Capital Employed (Liabilities Side Approach)	39,00,000
Always Remember: Capital Employed can be computed from the assets side as well
as the liabilities side of the Balance Sheet. Result in both the workings will be same.
Illustration 22.
Current Assets of a company are ` 9,00,000. Its Current Ratio is 3 and Liquid Ratio is 1.2.
Calculate Current Liabilities, Liquid Assets and Inventory. 	 (Foreign 2005)
Solution:
	(i)		 Current Ratio	=	
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
			 3	=	
9,00,000
Current Liabilities
`
			 Current Liabilities	=	
9,00,000
3
`
= ` 3,00,000.	
	(ii)		 Liquid Ratio	=	
Liquid Assets
Current Liabilities
			 1.2	=	
Liquid Assets
3,00,000
`
			 Liquid Assets	=	` 3,60,000.
	(iii)		 Inventory	=	Current Assets – Liquid Assets
				=	` 9,00,000 – ` 3,60,000 = ` 5,40,000.
Illustration 23.
Calculate Debt to Equity Ratio from the following data:
	(i)	 Total Assets ` 1,25,000	 (ii)	Total Debts ` 1,00,000	 (iii)	Short-term Loans ` 50,000.
Solution: Calculation of Debt to Equity Ratio:
	 Debt to Equity Ratio	=	
Debt/Long-term Debt
Equity/Shareholders’ Funds
=
50,000
25,000
`
`
= 2 : 1.
Working Notes:
	 1.		 Long-term Debt 	
=	Total Debts – Current Liabilities (Short-term Loans)
				=	` 1,00,000 – ` 50,000 = ` 50,000.
	 2.		Shareholders’ Funds 	
=	Total Assets – Total Debts = ` 1,25,000 – ` 1,00,000 = ` 25,000.
Accounting Ratios	 4.29
Illustration 24.
From the following information compute:
	(i)	 Debt to Equity Ratio;	 (ii)	 Total Assets to Debt Ratio;	 (iii)	 Proprietary Ratio.
Particulars			 `
	Long-term Borrowings	 5,00,000
	Long-term Provisions	 2,50,000
	
Current Liabilities	 1,25,000
	
Non-Current Assets	 9,00,000
	
Current Assets	 2,25,000
Solution:
	(i)		 Debt to Equity Ratio	=	
Debt/Long-term Debt
Shareholders’ Funds
=
7,50,000
2,50,000
`
`
= 3 : 1.
	(ii)		Total Assets to Debt Ratio	=	
Total Assets
Debt
=
11,25,000
7,50,000
`
`
= 1.5 : 1.
	(iii)		 Proprietary Ratio	=	
Shareholders’ Funds
Total Assets
= =
2,50,000
.
11,25,000
`
`
0.22 : 1
Working Notes:
	
1.	 Debt =	Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions = ` 5,00,000 + ` 2,50,000 = ` 7,50,000.
	
2.	 Shareholders’ Funds	 =	Total Assets – Non-Current Liabilities – Current Liabilities
			 =	(Non-Current Assets + Current Assets) – (Long-term Borrowings
				
+ Long-term Provisions) – Current Liabilities
				
= (` 9,00,000 + ` 2,25,000) – (` 5,00,000 + ` 2,50,000) – ` 1,25,000
				
= ` 11,25,000 – ` 7,50,000 – ` 1,25,000 = ` 2,50,000.
	
3.	 Total Assets	 =	Non-Current Assets + Current Assets = ` 9,00,000 + ` 2,25,000 = ` 11,25,000.
Illustration 25.
The data given below is of SKC Ltd. for 3 years. The company has a loan of ` 360 (lakhs)
repayable in next 5 years. You are required to calculate Interest Coverage Ratio for each year.
	 (` in Lakhs)
Particulars	 Year-1	 Year-2	Year-3	
Profit after Tax (`)	 480	 575	635	
Tax (`)	 125	 203	254	
Interest on Loan (`)	 162	 125	87	
Solution:	 Interest Coverage Ratio	=	
Profit before Interest and Tax
Interest on Long-term Debt
Profit before Interest and Tax (`)		767		903		976	
Interest Coverage Ratio	 =	767/162	 =	903/125	 =	976/87	
	 =	4.73 Times	 =	 7.22 Times	 =	 11.22 Times	
Note: Profit before Interest and Tax = Profit after Tax + Tax + Interest on Loan.
4.30	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 26.
From the following Statement of Profit and Loss of Business Machines Ltd., calculate
Inventory Turnover Ratio:
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations	 10,00,000
	 II.	 Other Income	 50,000
	III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)	 10,50,000
	IV.	 Expenses:
		 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 5,00,000
		 Change in Inventory of Stock-in-Trade	 1	 25,000
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 1,20,000
		 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses	 5,000
		 Other Expenses	 20,000
		 Total Expenses	 6,70,000
	 V.	 Profit before Tax (III – IV)	 3,80,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Change in Inventory of Stock-in-Trade
		Opening Inventory	 1,00,000
		Less:  Closing Inventory	 75,000
			 25,000
Solution: Inventory Turnover Ratio
	 	=
Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold)
Average Inventory
=
5,25,000
87,500
`
`
= 6 Times.
Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold)
	 = Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade
	= ` 5,00,000 + ` 25,000 = ` 5,25,000.
	 Average Inventory	=	
+
Opening Inventory Closing Inventory
2
=
+
1,00,000 75,000
2
` `
		
=	` 87,500.
Note:	 Direct Expenses are not given, hence they are presumed to be nil.
Illustration 27.
A trader carries an Average Inventory of ` 75,000. His Inventory Turnover Ratio is 12 times.
Find out his profit, if he sells at a profit of 20% on sales.	 (Foreign 2004)
Solution:
	 Profit	=	Sales – Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold)
		=	` 11,25,000 – ` 9,00,000 = ` 2,25,000.
Accounting Ratios	 4.31
	 Inventory Turnover Ratio	=	
Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold)
Average Inventory
	 12	=	
Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold)
75,000
`
	
Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold)
		=	 ` 75,000 × 12 = ` 9,00,000.
Let Selling Price be ` 100,
	 Profit	=	` 20
	 Cost	=	` 100 – ` 20 = ` 80
	
If Cost is ` 80, then Sales	
=	` 100.
	
If Cost is ` 9,00,000, then Sales = ¥
100
9,00,000
80
`
`
`
= ` 11,25,000.
Illustration 28.
From the following data, calculate Gross Profit Ratio, Current Ratio, Quick Ratio and
Debt to Equity Ratio:
Revenue from Operations ` 3,00,000; Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods
Sold) ` 2,00,000; Net Profit ` 30,000; Current Assets ` 60,000; Inventory ` 10,000; Current
Liabilities ` 20,000; Share Capital ` 50,000 and Debentures ` 25,000.
Solution:
	(i)	 Gross Profit Ratio	=	 ¥
Gross Profit
100
Revenue from Operations
		 Gross Profit 	
=	Revenue from Operations
				 – Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold)
			= 	 ` 3,00,000 – ` 2,00,000 = ` 1,00,000.
		 Gross Profit Ratio	=	
1,00,000
3,00,000
`
`
× 100 = 33.33%.
	(ii)	 Current Ratio	=	
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
=
60,000
20,000
`
`
= 3 : 1.
	(iii)	 Quick Ratio	=	
Quick Assets
Current Liabilities
=
60,000 – 10,000 (Inventory)
20,000
` `
`
= 2.5 : 1.
	(iv)	 Debt to Equity Ratio	=	
Debt
Equity (Shareholders’ Funds)
=
Debentures
Share Capital + Profit
			=	 =
+
25,000 25,000
50,000 30,000 80,000
` `
` ` `
			=	0.31 : 1.
4.32	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 29. 	
Grow More Ltd.
COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2018 and 2019
Particulars	 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute	 Percentage
		 No.	 2018	 2019	 Change	 Change
				 (Increase or	 (Increase or
		 `	 `	 Decrease) (`)	 Decrease) (%)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
		 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	 (a)	 Share Capital	 2,00,000	3,00,000	 1,00,000	 50.00	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2,00,000	 2,00,000	 ...	 ...
		 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 40,000	 1,60,000	 1,20,000	 300.00
		 3.	 Current Liabilities
	 Trade Payables	 60,000	 1,00,000	 40,000	 66.67
	Total	 5,00,000	7,60,000	 2,60,000	 52.00
	II.	ASSETS
		 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets 	 3,60,000	 5,60,000	 2,00,000	 55.55
	(b)	 Non-Current Investments	 40,000	 40,000	 ...	 ...
		 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Trade Receivables	 80,000	 1,20,000	 40,000	 50.00
	(b)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 20,000	 40,000	 20,000	 100.00
	Total	 5,00,000	7,60,000	 2,60,000	 52.00
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Trade Receivables as at 31st March, 2017 were ` 60,000.
	 2.	 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) for the year ended 31st March, 2018 and
31st March, 2019 is ` 20,00,000 and ` 30,00,000 respectively. Net Credit Revenue
from Operations being 70% of Revenue from Operations in both the years.
	 	 From the above Comparative Balance Sheets and additional information, compute Trade
Receivables Turnover Ratio.
Solution:
Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio		 31st March, 2018	 31st March, 2019
Credit Revenue from Operations
Average Trade Receivables
	=	
+
14,00,000
60,000 80,000
2
`
` `
	= +
21,00,000
80,000 1,20,000
2
`
` `
	 =	 20 Times	 = 21 Times
Credit Revenue from Operations 	 =	 70% of ` 20,00,000	 = 70% of ` 30,00,000
	 =	 ` 14,00,000	 = ` 21,00,000
Illustration 30.
Current Ratio of a company is 2.5 : 1. State, giving reasons, which of the following would
improve, decline or not change the ratio:
	(i)	Repayment of long-term loans;
	(ii)	Goods purchased on credit of 3 months;
Accounting Ratios	 4.33
	 (iii)	Purchase of computer on credit of 2 months;
	(iv)	Purchase of building by issuing debentures;
	(v)	Revenue from Operations, i.e., Sale of goods for ` 20,000 on credit of 1 month
(Cost of Goods Sold ` 15,000);
	(vi)	Cash collected from debtors;
	(vii)	Cash paid to creditors;
	(viii)	Payment of outstanding liabilities;
	(ix)	Sale of goods for cash ` 20,000 (Cost ` 24,000);
	(x)	Issue of shares for cash;
	(xi)	Bills receivable drawn on debtors for 2 months; and
	(xii)	Bills receivable collected at maturity.
Solution:	 	 Statement Showing the Effect of Different Items on Current Ratio
	Transactions	 Effect on Current Ratio	 Reason	
	(i)	 Improve	 Repayment of long-term loans will reduce Cash and Cash Equivalents, i.e.,
current assets and, current liabilities with the amount paid. Therefore, Current
Ratio will improve.
	(ii)	 Decline	 Goods purchased on credit will increase inventory, i.e., current assets and also
current liabilities by the same amount. In effect, Current Ratio will decline.
	(iii)	 Decline	 Purchase of computer on credit which will be paid within 2 months will
increase current liabilities. However, current assets will not change. Therefore,
Current Ratio will decline.
	(iv)	 No change	 Purchase of building by issuing debentures will not affect current assets or
current liabilities. Therefore, Current Ratio will not change.
	(v)	 Improve	 Credit Sale of goods at a profit will increase current assets. However, current
liabilities will remain same. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve.
	(vi)	 No change	 Cash collected from debtors will not change current assets because one current
asset will be replaced by another. Besides, current liabilities will remain same.
Therefore, Current Ratio will not change.
	(vii)	 Improve	 Cash paid to creditors will reduce current assets and current liabilities by the
same amount. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve.
	(viii)	 Improve	 Payment of outstanding liabilities will reduce current assets and current
liabilities. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve.
	(ix)	 Decline	 Sale of goods at a loss will reduce current assets but current liabilities will
remain same. Therefore, Current Ratio will decline.
	(x)	 Improve	 Issue of shares for cash will increase current assets but current liabilities will
remain same. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve.
	(xi)	 No change	 Bills receivable drawn on debtors will not change current assets because
one current asset will be replaced by another. Therefore, it will not change
the Current Ratio.
	(xii)	 No change	 Bills receivable collected at maturity will not change current assets because
one current asset will be replaced by another. Therefore, Current Ratio will
not change.
4.34	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 31.
Compute Total Assets to Debt Ratio from the following information:
	 `	 `
Total Assets	 7,50,000	 Bills Payable	 30,000
Total Debts	 8,00,000	 Bank Overdraft	 37,500
Creditors	 75,000	 Outstanding Expenses	 17,500
Solution:
	 Total Assets to Debt Ratio	=	
Total Assets
Debt
=
7,50,000
6,40,000
`
`
= 1.17 : 1.
		
Debt	=	Total Debts – Creditors – Bills Payable – Bank Overdraft – Outstanding Expenses
			=	` 8,00,000 – ` 75,000 – ` 30,000 – ` 37,500 – ` 17,500 = ` 6,40,000.
	
Note:	Creditors, Bills Payable, Bank Overdraft and Outstanding Expenses are Current Liabilities. Hence,
these are deducted.
Illustration 32.
From the following information, calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio:
	 `	 `
Total Debt	 4,50,000	 Short-term Bank Loan	 50,000
Sundry Creditors	 75,000	 Total Assets	 5,50,000
Expenses Payable	 25,000	 Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of	
Bills Payable	 25,000	 Profit and Loss (Debit)	 20,000
Solution: 	
	 Total Assets to Debt Ratio	=	
Total Assets
Debt
=
5,50,000
2,75,000
`
`
= 2 : 1.
Note:	 Debt	=	Total Debt – Short-term Bank Loan – Trade Payables (Sundry Creditors + Bills Payable)
			 – Other Current Liabilities (Expenses Payable).
		=	` 4,50,000 – ` 50,000 – (` 75,000 + ` 25,000) – ` 25,000 = ` 2,75,000.
Illustration 33.
From the following Balance Sheet of Y Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2019, calculate
Total Assets to Debt Ratio:
Particulars						 `	
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
				Share Capital		 20,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings		 10,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
				Trade Payables		 5,00,000
			
Total						 35,00,000
Accounting Ratios	 4.35
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets		 22,00,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 8,00,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 3,00,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,50,000
					
(d)	 Short-term Loans and Advances		 50,000
			
Total						 35,00,000
Solution: Total Assets to Debt Ratio	 =	
Total Assets
Debt
=
35,00,000
10,00,000
`
`
= 3.5 : 1.
Illustration 34.
From the following Balance Sheet of Times Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, compute Return
on Capital Employed or Return on Investment:
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 13,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 (2,50,000)
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings		 5,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables		 1,00,000
					
(b)	 Other Current Liabilities		 70,000
					
(c)	 Short-term Provisions		 30,000
		Total						 17,50,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets		 11,20,000
					
(b)	 Non-current Investments (Trade)		 2,00,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 1,70,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 1,40,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,20,000
		Total						 17,50,000
Note: Net Profit for the year before interest and tax is ` 4,65,000.	
Solution:
	 Return on Capital Employed	=	 ¥
Net Profit before Interest and Tax
100
Capital Employed
		=	 ¥
4,65,000
100
15,50,000
`
`
= 30%.
4.36	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Capital Employed:
	
1.	 Liabilities Approach	=	Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus + Long-term Borrowings
			=	` 13,00,000 – ` 2,50,000 + ` 5,00,000 = ` 15,50,000.
2.	 Assets Approach	=	Fixed Assets + Non-current Investments (Trade) +
				Working Capital (i.e., Current Assets – Current Liabilities)
			=	` 11,20,000 + ` 2,00,000 + (` 1,70,000 + ` 1,40,000
				+ ` 1,20,000 – ` 1,00,000 – ` 70,000 – ` 30,000) = ` 15,50,000.
Illustration 35.
	 	 	 Matrix Ltd.
			 COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019
Particulars	 Note	 Absolute Amounts	 Percentage of Revenue from
		 No.		 Operations	
			 31st March,	 31st March,	 31st March,	 31st March,	
			 2018 (`)	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)	 2019 (`)
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations	 16,00,000	 20,00,000	 100.00	 100.00
	 II.	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 8,00,000	 10,00,000	 50.00	 50.00
		 Other Expenses	 2,00,000	 1,00,000	 12.50	 5.00
	III.	 Total Expenses	 10,00,000	 11,00,000	 62.50	 55.00
	IV.	 Profit beforeTax (I – III)	 6,00,000	9,00,000	 37.50	 45.00
From the above, compute Operating Ratio.
Solution:
Operating Ratio	 31st March, 2018	 31st March, 2019
¥
Operating Cost
100
Revenue from Operations
	=	 ¥
10,00,000
100
16,00,000
`
`
	=	 ¥
11,00,000
100
20,00,000
`
`
	 =	62.50%	 =	55%
Illustration 36.
From the following Balance Sheet of Moon Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare a
Common-size Balance Sheet and compute Proprietary Ratio:
Particulars		 Note No.	 31st March,
			
2019 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 60,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus			 8,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities	
				Long-term Borrowings		 20,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
				Short-term Borrowings		 12,00,000
			
Total		 		1,00,00,000
Accounting Ratios	 4.37
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets		
					
Fixed Assets:
	 (i)	 Tangible Assets		 60,00,000
	(ii)	 Intangible Assets		 12,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 20,00,000
					
(b)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 8,00,000
			
Total		 		1,00,00,000
Solution:	
COMMON-SIZE BALANCE SHEET
as at 31st March, 2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 Absolute	 % of Balance
		
Amount (`)	 Sheet Total
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital	 60,00,000	 60
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 8,00,000	 8
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities	
				Long-term Borrowings	 20,00,000	 20
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
				Short-term Borrowings	 12,00,000	 12
			
Total		 	 1,00,00,000	100
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets		
					
Fixed Assets:
			 (i)	 Tangible Assets	 60,00,000	 60
			 (ii)	 Intangible Assets	 12,00,000	 12
	 2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories	 20,00,000	 20
					
(b)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 8,00,000	 8
			
Total		 	 1,00,00,000	100
	 Proprietary Ratio	=	
Shareholders’Funds
Total Assets
		=	
68,00,000
1,00,00,000
`
`
= 0.68 : 1.
	 Shareholders’ Funds	=	Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus
		=	` 60,00,000 + ` 8,00,000 = ` 68,00,000.
4.38	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Unsolved Questions
	 1.	 Current Assets and Current Liabilities of Times Ltd. are as follows:
Current Assets		 `	 Current Liabilities			`
Cash and Cash Equivalents		 50,000	 Creditors			 3,00,000
Debtors				3,10,000	
Bills Payables		1,20,000
Bills Receivable		 30,000	 Short-term Borrowings		 1,00,000
Marketable Securities		 1,50,000
Inventories		5,00,000
					 10,40,000						 5,20,000
	 	 Calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio.	 [Current Ratio = 2 : 1; Liquid Ratio = 1.04 : 1.]
	 2.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Star Ltd., calculate Current Ratio:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars						 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital		 63,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 12,000
			
2.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	Short-term Borrowings		 6,000
					
(b)	Trade Payables		 18,000
			
Total						 99,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				 Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets)		 51,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 18,600
					
(b)	Trade Receivables		 9,600
					(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 19,800
			
Total						 99,000
			 [Current Ratio = 2 : 1.]
	 3.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Bright Co. Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019:
Particulars						 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital		 7,00,000
					
(b)	Reserves and Surplus:
							
(i)	General Reserve	 80,000
							
(ii)	Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 20,000	 1,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				 Long-term Borrowings (12% Debentures)		 2,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	Trade Payables		 50,000
					(b)	 Other Current Liabilities		 50,000
			
Total						 11,00,000
Accounting Ratios	 4.39
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets)		 6,00,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 1,50,000
					
(b)	Trade Receivables		 2,50,000
					(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,00,000
			
Total				 		11,00,000
		 Calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio.	 	
	[Total Assets to Debt Ratio = 5.5 : 1.]
	 4.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of XYZ Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019:
Particulars						 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital		 2,00,000
					
(b)	Reserves and Surplus:
					 (i)	General Reserve	 55,000
					 (ii)	Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 45,000	 1,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings		 1,00,000
			
3.	Current Liabilities
				(a)		 Trade Payables		 1,70,000
					
(b)	Short-term Provisions: Provision for Tax 		 10,000
			
Total						 5,80,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				 Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets)		 3,80,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Trade Receivables		 1,70,000
					(b)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 30,000
			
Total						 5,80,000
		 Calculate Return on Investment.		
	[Return on Investment = 13.75%.]
4.40	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 5.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of ABC Limited as at 31st March, 2019:
Particulars					 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 4,80,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 1,20,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings		 3,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings		 68,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables (Creditors)		 4,00,000
					
(c)	 Short-term Provisions		 12,000
			
Total						 13,80,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				 Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets)		 9,00,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	 Inventories (Stock)		 2,40,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables (Debtors)		 1,80,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 60,000
			
Total						 13,80,000
	Notes:
	 1.	 Long-term Borrowings are 3,000,10% Debentures of ` 100 each.
	 2.	 Short-term Provisions is towards Provision for Tax.
		
Calculate the following Ratios:
		 (i) Current Ratio,and (ii) Liquid Ratio.
		 What conclusions do you draw about the Company on the basis of these Ratios?
			 [Current Ratio = 1 : 1; Liquid Ratio = 0.50 : 1.]
	 6.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Ramji Ltd., calculate Current Ratio:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars					 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital		 2,60,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 90,000
	 2.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings (Bank Overdraft)		
20,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 60,000
	 Total			 4,30,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		
Fixed Assets (Tangible)		 2,60,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventory (Including Loose Tools ` 10,000)		 72,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 32,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 56,000
	(d)	 Other Current Assets (Accrued Income)		 10,000
	 Total		4,30,000
[Current Ratio = 2 : 1.]
Accounting Ratios	 4.41
	 7.	 From the following Balance Sheet of M and S Ltd., compute Debt to Equity Ratio:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March, 2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 7,50,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 (1,15,000)
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Long-term Borrowings		 7,50,000
				(	
b)	 Long-term Provisions		 1,42,500
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables		 57,500
					
(b)	 Other Current Liabilities		 40,000
		Total						 16,25,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets—Tangible		6,15,000
					
(b)	 Non-current Investments		 1,00,000
					
(c)	 Other Non-current Assets	 1	 30,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 3,75,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 1,50,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 2,60,000
					
(d)	 Other Current Assets	 2	 95,000
		Total						 16,25,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Other Non-Current Assets
		 Unamortised Loss on Issue of Debentures	 30,000
	2.	 Other Current Assets
		Unamortised Share Issue Expenses	 75,000
		Interest Receivables	 10,000
		Prepaid Expenses	 10,000
			 95,000
			 [Debt to Equity Ratio = 1.68 : 1.]
	 8.	 From the following Balance Sheet, calculate (i) Proprietary Ratio; (ii) Debt to Equity Ratio; and (iii) Total
Assets to Debt Ratio:
BALANCE SHEET OF A LTD. as at 31st March,2019
Particulars					 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 1,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus:
						General Reserve		 10,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
					
Long-term Borrowings		 60,000
			
3.	Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables		 32,000
					
(b)	 Short-term Provisions		 15,000
			
Total						 2,17,000
4.42	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets:
					
(i)		Tangible Assets		 95,000
					
(ii)	 Intangible Assets		 57,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
				(a)		 Trade Receivables		 25,000
					
(b)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 40,000
			
Total						 2,17,000
[(i) Proprietary Ratio = 0.51 : 1; (ii) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.55 : 1; (iii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio = 3.62 : 1.]
	 9.	 From the following Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March, 2019 of Matrix Ltd.,
calculate Inventory (Stock) Turnover Ratio:
STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)		 25,00,000
	 II.	 Other Income		 25,000
	III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)		 25,25,000
	IV.	 Expenses:
			(a)	 Cost of Materials Consumed	 1	 10,00,000
			(b)	 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and WIP	 2	 1,25,000
			(c)	 Employees Benefit Expenses		 3,00,000
			(d)	 Other Expenses		 75,000
		
Total Expenses		15,00,000
	 V.	 Profit before Tax (III – IV)		 10,25,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 `
	1.	 Cost of Materials Consumed
		Opening Inventory		 1,50,000
		Add:	Purchases		 9,50,000
					 11,00,000
		Less:	 Closing Inventory		 1,00,000
					 10,00,000
	2.	 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods andWIP
		Work-in-Progress
		Opening Inventory		 75,000
		Less:	 Closing Inventory		 50,000
				 A	25,000
		Finished Goods		
		Opening Inventory		1,75,000
		Less:	 Closing Inventory		 75,000
				 B	1,00,000
		Total (A + B)		1,25,000
[Ans.: Inventory Turnover Ratio = 3.6 Times.]
		
[Hint:  Average Inventory =
OpeningInventory of Materials, WIP andFinished Goods
+ClosingInventory of Materials, WIP andFinished Goods
2
]
Accounting Ratios	 4.43
	 10.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Z Ltd., Calculate:
	 (i)	 Debt to Equity Ratio	 (ii)	 Total Assets to Debt Ratio
	 (iii)	 Proprietary Ratio	 (iv)	 Interest Coverage Ratio.
Particulars						 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
				(a)		 Share Capital:
							
(i)	 Equity Share Capital		 8,00,000
							
(ii)	 10% Preference Share Capital		 2,08,000
				 (b)		 Reserves and Surplus:
							
(i)	 General Reserve	 84,000
							
(ii)	Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 84,000	 1,68,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
					12% Mortgage Loan		 3,60,000
			
3.	Current Liabilities
					
(a)		Short-term Loan		 30,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables		 1,71,600
			
Total						 17,37,600
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets
				Tangible Assets:	
			 (i)	 Land and Building	 4,80,000
			 (ii)	Furniture	 3,60,000
			 (iii)	Machinery	 2,52,000	 10,92,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
				(a)		 Inventory (Stock)	 3,00,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables:
							
(i)	Debtors	 1,05,600
							
(ii)	 Bills Receivables	 2,40,000	 6,45,600
			
Total						 17,37,600
		 Additional Information:
		 Net Profit after Interest and Tax = ` 3,00,000. Rate of Income Tax = 40%.
			 [(i) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.31 : 1; (ii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio = 4.83 : 1;
(iii) Proprietary Ratio = 0.68 : 1; (iv) Interest Coverage Ratio = 12.57 Times.]
	 11.	 Following is the Statement of Profit and Loss of Sham Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and
the Balance Sheet of the company as at that date:
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
	 for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 `	
Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)		 2,00,000
Expenses:
Purchases of Stock-in-Trade	 1,00,000
Changes in Inventories (Opening Stock – Closing Stock) (` 25,000 – ` 30,000)	 (5,000)
Employees Benefit Expenses (Salaries)	 17,000	
Other Expenses: Direct Expenses	 8,000		
	 	 Loss on Sale of Furniture	 10,000	 18,000	 1,30,000
Net Profit		 70,000
4.44	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 BALANCE SHEET
	 as at 31st March,2019
Particulars						 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 1,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 70,000
			
2.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables		 95,000
					
(b)	 Other Current Liabilities		 35,000
			
Total						 3,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				 Fixed Assets (Tangible)		 2,00,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 30,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 50,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 20,000
		Total						 3,00,000
		 Calculate following ratios:
		 (i) Quick Ratio; (ii) Inventory Turnover Ratio; and (iii) Return on Investment (ROI).	 (OD 1997, Modified)
			 [(i) Quick Ratio = 0.54 : 1; (ii) Inventory Turnover Ratio = 3.74 Times;
(iii) ROI = 47.06%.]
		[Hint: For ROI, Net Profit = ` 70,000 + ` 10,000 (Loss on Sale of Furniture; being Non-operating) = ` 80,000.]
	 12.	 From the following information, calculate any three of the following ratios:
		 (i) Operating Ratio; (ii) Current Ratio; (iii) Inventory or Stock Turnover Ratio; and (iv) Debt to Equity Ratio.
Particulars	 `
Equity Share Capital	 5,00,000
9% Preference Share Capital	 4,00,000
12% Debentures	 2,40,000
General Reserve	 40,000
Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)	 8,00,000
Opening Inventory	 48,000
Purchases	5,00,000
Wages	30,000
Closing Inventory	 52,000
Selling and Distribution Expenses	 6,000
Other Current Assets	 2,00,000
Current Liabilities	 1,50,000
(Foreign 2000, 2003)
[(i) Operating Ratio = 66.5%; (ii) Current Ratio = 1.68 : 1; (iii) Inventory or Stock
Turnover Ratio = 10.52 Times; and (iv) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.26 : 1.]
Accounting Ratios	 4.45
	 13.	 Following is the Statement of Profit and Loss of Rajasthan Product Limited for the year ended
31st March, 2019 and Balance Sheet as at that date:
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 `
	I.	Revenue from Operations (Sales)		 10,00,000
	 II.	 Other Income		 50,000
		
Total Revenue		10,50,000
	IV.	 Expenses:
		 Cost of Materials Consumed	 1	 2,00,000
		 Employees Benefit Expenses	 2	 2,00,000
		 Finance Costs		 10,000
		 Other Expenses	 3	 2,55,000
		
Total Expenses		6,65,000
	 V.	 Profit for the Period (III – IV)		 3,85,000
	 BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars					 Note No.	 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital		 2,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 1,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings		 2,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
				Trade Payables		 1,50,000
			
Total						 6,50,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				 Fixed Assets (Tangible)		 2,50,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 2,50,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables		 1,00,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 50,000
			
Total						 6,50,000
	Notes to Accounts
Particulars						 `
	 1.	 Cost of Materials Consumed:
		Opening Stock				 1,50,000
		Add:	Purchases				 3,00,000
							 4,50,000
		Less:	 Closing Stock 				 2,50,000
							 2,00,000
	 2.	 Employees Benefit Expenses:
		Wages	 2,00,000	
	 3.	 Other Expenses:		
	(a)	 Manufacturing Expenses	 1,00,000
	(b)	 Administrative Expenses	 50,000
	(c)	 Selling and Distribution Expenses	 50,000
	(d)	 Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets	 55,000
				 2,55,000
4.46	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
		 There was no Opening and Closing Inventory of Finished Goods and WIP.
		 Examine the Statement of Profit and Loss and Balance Sheet given above and calculate following ratios:
	 (i)	 Gross Profit Ratio	 (ii)	 Current Ratio
	 (iii)	 Debt to Equity Ratio	 (iv)	 Inventory or Stock Turnover Ratio
	 (v)	 Liquid Ratio	 (vi)	 Proprietary Ratio
	 (vii)	 Total Assets to Debt Ratio	 (viii)	 Working Capital Turnover Ratio
	 (ix)	 Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio	 (x)	 Operating Ratio
		 [(i) Gross Profit Ratio = 50%; (ii) Current Ratio = 2.67 : 1;
(iii) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.67 : 1; (iv) Inventory or Stock Turnover Ratio = 2.5 Times;
(v) Liquid Ratio = 1 : 1; (vi) Proprietary Ratio = 46.15%; (vii) Total Assets to
Debt Ratio = 3.25 : 1; (viii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 2 Times
(based on Cost of Sales), Alternatively = 4 Times (based on Sales);
(ix) Trade Receivables or Debtors’ Turnover Ratio = 10 Times;
(x) Operating Ratio = 60%.]
	14.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Raddisson Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate
Total Assets to Debt Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 7,50,000	 6,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 3,00,000	 2,50,000
	 2. 	Non-Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 1	 15,00,000 	 5,00,000
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 2,00,000 	 1,50,000
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 1,50,000 	 50,000
		Total			 31,00,000	17,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 Fixed Assets	 18,00,000 	 9,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories	 5,00,000	 3,00,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 6,50,000	 4,00,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 31,00,000	17,00,000
Note to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Long-term Borrowings	
		 10% Debentures	 7,50,000	 5,00,000	
		 Term loan from Bank	 7,50,000	 ...	
				 15,00,000	 5,00,000	
		 [Total Assets to Debt Ratio: 2019—1.82 : 1; 2018—2.83 : 1.]
Accounting Ratios	 4.47
	15.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Star Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Debt
to Equity Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 7,50,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2,50,000	 1,50,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 10,00,000 	 6,00,000
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 50,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 22,00,000 	 17,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 Fixed Assets	 8,00,000 	 9,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 4,50,000 	 3,00,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 8,00,000 	 4,00,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 22,00,000 	 17,00,000
		 [Debt to Equity Ratio: 2019—1 : 1; 2018—0.67 : 1.]
	16.	Following is the Balance Sheet of Colours Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019.You are required to calculate Debt
to Equity Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 7,50,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1,50,000	 2,50,000
	 2. 	Non-Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 16,00,000 	 10,00,000
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 2,00,000 	 ...
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Trade Payables	 3,50,000 	 1,00,000
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 1,50,000 	 50,000
		Total			 32,00,000 	 21,50,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 Fixed Assets	 9,00,000 	 10,50,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 8,00,000 	 4,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 13,50,000 	 5,00,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,50,000 	 1,50,000
		Total			 32,00,000 	 21,50,000
		 [Debt to Equity Ratio: 2019—2 : 1; 2018—1 : 1.]
4.48	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 17.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Star Sports Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate
Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 7,50,000	 7,50,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1,50,000	 2,50,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities	
	(a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 13,00,000 	 9,00,000
	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
	 3. 	Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Trade Payables	 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 50,000 	 ...
		Total			 26,00,000 	 21,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 Fixed Assets	 9,00,000 	 10,50,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 6,00,000 	 4,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 9,50,000 	 4,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,50,000 	 1,50,000
		Total			 26,00,000 	 21,00,000
		 [Debt to Equity Ratio: 2019—1.67 : 1; 2018—1 : 1.]
	18.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Best Barcode Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019.You are required to calculate
Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 5,00,000	 5,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 5,00,000	 4,00,000
	 2. 	Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 4,50,000 	 5,00,000
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 2,00,000 	 75,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 3,50,000 	 2,00,000
		Total			 20,00,000 	 16,75,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets	 6,00,000 	 5,50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 1,00,000 	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 4,00,000 	 2,75,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 4,50,000 	 3,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 2,50,000 	 2,00,000
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 20,00,000 	 16,75,000
		 [Current Ratio: 2019—2.36 : 1; 2018—3.36 : 1; Liquid Ratio: 2019—1.64 : 1; 2018—2.36 : 1.]
Accounting Ratios	 4.49
	 19.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Master Services Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to
calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 5,00,000	 5,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 5,00,000	 4,00,000
	 2. 	Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 4,50,000 	 5,00,000
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 2,00,000 	 75,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 3,50,000 	 2,00,000
		Total			 20,00,000 	 16,75,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets	 6,00,000 	 5,50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 1,00,000 	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 4,00,000 	 2,75,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 4,50,000 	 3,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 2,50,000 	 2,00,000
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 20,00,000 	 16,75,000
		 Inventories include Loose Tools amounting to ` 50,000 in both the years. 	
[Current Ratio: 2019—2.27 : 1; 2018—3.18 : 1; Liquid Ratio: 2019—1.64 : 1; 2018—2.36 : 1.]
	20.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Ultimate Barcode Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to
calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEETS as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 5,00,000	 5,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 5,00,000	 4,00,000
	 2. 	Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 4,00,000 	 5,50,000
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 1,50,000 	 75,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 3,50,000 	 1,50,000
	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 1	 1,00,000 	 ...
		Total			 20,00,000 	 16,75,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets	 6,00,000 	 5,50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 1,00,000 	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 2	 4,00,000 	 2,75,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 4,50,000 	 3,50,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 2,50,000 	 2,00,000
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 3	 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 20,00,000 	 16,75,000
4.50	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Notes to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Other Current Liabilities	
		 Expenses Payable	 50,000 	 ...
		 Current Maturities of Long-term Debt	 50,000 	 ...
		
		 1,00,000 	 ...
	 2.	Inventories
		 Raw Materials	 2,75,000 	 2,00,000
		 WIP	 75,000 	 50,000
		 Stores and Spares	 50,000 	 25,000
				 4,00,000 	 2,75,000
	 3.	 Other Current Assets
		 Prepaid Expenses	 50,000 	 50,000
		 Other Advances	 1,50,000 	 50,000
		
		 2,00,000 	 1,00,000
		 [Current Ratio: 2019—2.08 : 1; 2018—4.00 : 1; Liquid Ratio: 2019—1.42 : 1; 2018—2.67 : 1.]
	21.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Master Services Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to
calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years.
BALANCE SHEET
as at 31st March,2019
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 		 No.	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 8,00,000	 6,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 7,00,000	 6,00,000
	 2. 	Non-Current Liabilities
	 Long-term Borrowings	 2,50,000 	 3,00,000
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 2,50,000 	 1,25,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables	 3,00,000 	 2,00,000
	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 1	 2,00,000 	 1,75,000
		Total			 25,00,000 	 20,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets	 8,00,000 	 6,50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 2,00,000 	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Inventories	 2	 5,00,000 	 2,50,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 7,50,000 	 7,00,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,50,000 	 1,00,000
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 3	 1,00,000 	 1,00,000
		Total			 25,00,000 	 20,00,000
Accounting Ratios	 4.51
Notes to Accounts
	Particulars	 31st March, 	 31st March, 		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Other Current Liabilities	
		 Expenses Payable	 1,50,000 	 1,25,000
		 Current Maturities of Long-term Debt	 50,000 	 50,000
		
		 2,00,000 	 1,75,000
	 2.	Inventories
		 Raw Materials	 3,00,000 	 2,00,000
		 WIP	 1,00,000 	 50,000
		 Loose Tools	 1,00,000 	 ...
				 5,00,000 	 2,50,000
	 3.	 Other Current Assets
		 Prepaid Expenses	 25,000 	 50,000
		 Other Advances	 75,000 	 50,000
		
		 1,00,000 	 1,00,000
		 [Current Ratio: 2019—1.87 : 1; 2018—2.3 : 1; Liquid Ratio: 2019—1.3 : 1; 2018—1.7 : 1.]
	 22.	 Current Ratio 4.5, Quick Ratio 3 : 1, Inventory ` 72,000. Cash ` 4,000, Gross Profit @ 33
1
%
3
on cost was
` 1,00,000, Cash Revenue from Operations being 33
1
%
3
of Credit Revenue from Operations; Trade
Receivables Turnover Ratio is 3 Times. In current assets, there was no asset other than Inventory, Trade
Receivables and Cash. Calculate the Opening Trade Receivables. [Opening Trade Receivables = ` 60,000.]
		[Hint: Current Assets = ` 2,16,000; Quick Assets = ` 1,44,000; Closing Trade Receivables = Quick Assets	
	 – Cash = ` 1,40,000. Credit Revenue from Operations = ` 3,00,000.]
		
Calculation of Current Assets and Quick Assets:
			 Quick Ratio	=	 =
Quick Assets (QA) Current Assets - Inventory
Current Liabilities (CL) CL
			 3	=	
`
CA – 72,000
CL
			 CA – ` 72,000	=	3CL
			 CA – 3CL	=	` 72,000	 ...(1)
			 CA – 4.5CL	=	0	 [As per Current Ratio]    ...(2)
		 Substracting Equation (2) from (1), we get
			 1.5CL	=	` 72,000 or CL =
` 72,000
1.5
= ` 48,000.
			 Current Assets	=	Current Liabilities (CL) × Current Ratio
				=	` 48,000 × 4.5 = ` 2,16,000.
			 Quick Assets	=	` 48,000 (CL) × 3 = ` 1,44,000.
	23.	 The Current Ratio of a company is 3 : 1. State giving reason, which of the following would improve,
reduce or not change the ratio:
	 (i) 	 Repayment of a Current Liability;
	 (ii) 	 Purchase of goods on cash;
	 (iii) 	 Sale of office equipment for ` 4,000 (Book value ` 5,000);
	 (iv)	 Sale of goods for ` 11,000 (cost ` 10,000);
	 (v)	 Payment of dividend.	 (Delhi 1999)
				 [(i) Improve; (ii) No change; (iii) Improve; (iv) Improve; (v) Improve.]
4.52	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 24.	 Current Ratio of a company is 2.5 : 1. Which of the following suggestions would improve, reduce or not
change it?
	 (i)	 Payment to trade creditors	
	 (ii)	 Sold machinery for cash
	 (iii)	 Purchased goods for cash	
	 (iv)	 Issue of Equity Shares
				 [(i) Increase; (ii) Increase; (iii) No change; (iv) Increase.]
	 25.	 Balance Sheet of XYZ Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 is as follows:
Particulars					 31st March,	 31st March,
						 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital	 1,00,000	 1,00,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 28,700	 13,000
			
2.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	Short-term Borrowings	 26,000	 25,000
					
(b)	Trade Payables	 31,000	 36,000
			
Total					 1,85,700	 1,74,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				 Fixed Assets (Tangible) 	 1,12,000	 1,08,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories	 27,000	 25,000
					
(b)	Trade Receivables	 45,000	 40,000
					(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,000	 450
					(d)	 Other Current Assets	 700	 550
			
Total					 1,85,700	 1,74,000
		
Additional Information:
		 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) amounted to ` 4,00,000 in 2018 and ` 5,00,000 in 2019.
		 You are required to calculate following ratios: (i) Working Capital Turnover Ratio; (ii) Current Ratio; and
(iii) Quick Ratio.	
			 [(i) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 2018—80 Times; 2019—29.94 Times;
(ii) Current Ratio = 2018—1.08 : 1; 2019—1.29 : 1;
	(iii) Quick Ratio = 2018—0.66 : 1; 2019—0.81 : 1.]
	 26.	 Quick assets ` 1,50,000; Inventory ` 50,000; Working Capital ` 1,20,000. Calculate Current Ratio.
		[Hints:	 1.	 Current Assets = Quick Assets + Inventory.
			 2.	 Current Liabilities = Current Assets – Working Capital.]	 [Current Ratio = 2.5 : 1.]
	 27.	 From the following data, calculate Current Ratio and Operating Ratio:
		 Sundry Debtors ` 10,000; Bills Payable ` 6,000; Stock ` 15,000; Cash ` 10,000; Bank ` 5,000; Creditors
` 14,000; Sales ` 60,000; Operating Expenses ` 12,000; Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods
Sold) ` 18,000.	 [Current Ratio = 2 : 1; Operating Ratio = 50%.]
Accounting Ratios	 4.53
	 28.	 From the following Balance Sheet and other information, calculate any two of the following ratios:
	 (i)	 Debt to Equity Ratio;	
	 (ii)	 Working Capital Turnover Ratio; and
	 (iii)	 Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio.
BALANCE SHEET
as at 31st March,2019
Particulars						 `
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital		 1,00,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 90,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				 Long-term Borrowings (Loan @ 15%)		 1,20,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
				Trade Payables		 50,000
			
Total						 3,60,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				 Fixed Assets (Tangible)		 1,80,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories		 40,000
					
(b)	Trade Receivables		 90,000
					(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 50,000
			
Total						 3,60,000
		 Other Information:
		 Sales during the year amounted to ` 1,80,000.	
			 [(i) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.63 : 1; (ii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 1.38 Times;
(iii) Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio = 2 Times.]
	 29.	 Following information has been extracted from the books of Elite Electricals:
		 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) ` 30,00,000; Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold)
` 20,00,000; Net Profit ` 3,00,000; Current Assets ` 6,00,000; Current Liabilities ` 2,00,000; Paid-up Share
Capital ` 5,00,000; Debentures ` 2,50,000. Compute any two ratios based on the above information:
		 (i) Gross Profit Ratio; (ii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio; and (iii) Debt to Equity Ratio.
[(i) Gross Profit Ratio = 
1
33 %
3
(ii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 7.5 Times;
(iii) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.31 : 1.]
	 30.	 Current Ratio 2.5; Working Capital ` 60,000. Calculate amount of Current Assets and Current Liabilities.	
	[Current Assets = ` 1,00,000; Current Liabilities = ` 40,000.]
	 31.	 Net Sales of M.S. Limited during the year were ` 1,80,000. If Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio is 4 times,
calculate Trade Receivables in the beginning and at the end of the year. You are informed that closing
Trade Receivables are two times in comparison to opening Trade Receivables.
			 [Trade Receivables in the beginning = ` 30,000; Trade Receivables at the end = ` 60,000.]
4.54	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 32.	 From the following information, calculate Working Capital Turnover Ratio:
		 Marketable Securities ` 1,50,000; Inventory ` 50,000; Sundry Debtors ` 2,00,000; Bills Receivable ` 50,000;
Cash at Bank ` 1,00,000; Cash in Hand ` 50,000; Bills Payable ` 30,000; Sundry Creditors ` 2,00,000;
Provision for Tax ` 20,000; Sales ` 23,00,000; Returns Inward ` 2,00,000.
			 [Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 6 Times.]
	 33.	 From the following information, calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio; Operating Ratio; and Gross Profit Ratio:
	 Opening Inventory	 ` 28,000	 Carriage Inwards	 ` 4,000
	 Closing Inventory	 ` 22,000	 Office Expenses	 ` 4,000
	Purchases	 ` 46,000	 Selling and Distribution Expenses	 ` 2,000
	 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)	 ` 80,000	 Capital Employed	 ` 2,00,000
	Return	 ` 10,000
		 [InventoryTurnover Ratio = 2.24Times; Operating Ratio = 77.5%; Gross Profit Ratio = 30%.]
Cash Flow Statement
MEANING OF KEY TERMS USED IN THE CHAPTER
	 1.	 Cash Flow Statement	 It is the statement that shows flow of Cash and Cash Equivalents
during the period under report.
	 2.	 Cash Flows	 These are the inflows (receipts) and outflows (payments) of Cash and
Cash Equivalents.
	 3.	 Cash	 It comprises of Cash on Hand and demand deposits with banks.
	 4.	 Cash Equivalents	 These are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily
convertible into known amount of cash and which are subject to an
insignificant risk of change in value. An investment normally qualifies
as cash equivalent only when it has short maturity period of, say,
three months or less from the date of acquisition, i.e., purchase.
	 5.	 Operating Activities	 These are the principal revenue producing activities of the enterprise
and other activities that are not Investing and Financing Activities.
	 6.	Investing Activities 	 These are activities of acquisition and disposal of long-term assets
and other investments not included in cash equivalents.
	7.	Financing Activities	 These are the activities that result in change in the size and
composition of the owner’s capital (including Preference Share Capital
in the case of a company) and borrowings of the enterprise.
	 8.	 Extraordinary Activities	 These are incomes or expenses that arise from events or transactions
that are clearly distinct from the ordinary activities of the enterprise
and, therefore, are not expected to recur frequently or regularly.
CHAPTER SUMMARY
	•	 Cash Flow Statement is a statement that shows flow of Cash and Cash Equivalents during the period
under report. The statement shows net increase or decrease of Cash and Cash Equivalents under each
activity separately (operating/investing/financing) and collectively.
	•	 Preparation of Cash Flow Statement: Cash Flow Statement is prepared following the steps as:
	 Step	1:	Compute Cash Flow from Operating Activities.
	 Step	2:	Compute Cash Flow from Investing Activities.
	 Step	3:	Compute Cash Flow from Financing Activities.
	 Step	4: 	Cash flows under each activity, i.e., Operating Activity, Investing Activity and Financing Activity as
computed under Steps 1, 2 and 3 are added in Cash Flow Statement and the resultant amount
is Net Increase or Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents.
5
C H A P T E R
5.2	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 Step	5:	Cash and Cash Equivalents balance in the beginning of the period is added to the cash flows as
arrived under Step 4. The amount so determined should be equal to Cash and Cash Equivalents
balance at the end of the year.
	 Step	6:	Report any significant investing or financing transactions which do not involve Cash or Cash
Equivalents in a separate schedule to Cash Flow Statement.
Proposed Dividend
Proposed Dividend, both on Equity Shares and Preference Shares are paid after being
declared (approved) by the shareholders in the Annual General Meeting. Annual General
Meeting is held after the end of the financial year, i.e., in the next financial year.
AS-4 (Revised), Contingencies and Events Occurring After the Balance Sheet Date
prescribes that Proposed Dividend is not to be provided in the books of account
but is to be disclosed (shown) in the Notes to Accounts as Contingent Liability being
payable upon being declared (approved) by the shareholders. Dividend is an appropriation
of Profit and is deducted from Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss in
the Note to Accounts on Reserves and Surplus in the year in which dividend is paid.
FORMAT OF CASH FLOW STATEMENT (INDIRECT METHOD) for the year ended ...
[As per Accounting Standard-3 (Revised)]
Particulars				 `
	 I.	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
	 (A)	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (as per Working Note)	 ...
		 Adjustment for Non-cash and Non-operating Items		
	(B)	
Add:	 Items to be Added		
			 —	Depreciation	 ...	
			 —	 Goodwill,Patents and Trademarks Amortised	 ...
			 —	 Interest on Bank Overdraft/Cash Credit	 ...
			 —	 Interest on Borrowings (Short-term and Long-term) and Debentures	 ...
			 —	 Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets	 ...	
			 —	 Increase in Provision for Doubtful Debts*	 ...	...
						 ...
	(C)	
Less:	 Items to be Deducted	
			 —	 Interest Income	 ...
			 —	 Dividend Income	 ...
			 —	 Rental Income	 ...
			 —	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Assets	 ...	
			 —	 Decrease in Provision for Doubtful Debts*	 ...	...
	(D)	
Operating Profit beforeWorking Capital Changes (A + B – C)	...
	(E)	
Add:	 Decrease in Current Assets and 		
			 Increase in Current Liabilities
			 —	 Decrease in Inventories (Stock)	 ...
			 —	 Decrease in Trade Receivables (Debtors/Bills Receivable)	 ...
			 —	 Decrease in Accrued Incomes	 ...
			 —	 Decrease in Prepaid Expenses	 ...
			 —	 Increase in Trade Payables (Creditors/Bills Payable)	 ...
			 —	 Increase in Outstanding Expenses	 ...
			 —	 Increase in Advance Incomes	 ...	...
Cash Flow Statement	 5.3
	 (F)	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets and
			 Decrease in Current Liabilities	 	
			 —	 Increase in Inventories (Stock) 	 ...
			 —	 Increase in Trade Receivables (Debtors/Bills Receivable)	 ...
			 —	 Increase in Accrued Incomes	 ...
			 —	 Increase in Prepaid Expenses	 ...
			 —	 Decrease in Trade Payables (Creditors/Bills Payable)	 ...
			 —	 Decrease in Outstanding Expenses	 ...
			 —	 Decrease in Advance Incomes	 ...	 ...
	(G)	
Cash Generated from Operations (D + E – F)		...
	(H)	
Less: Income Tax Paid (Net of Tax Refund received)		 ...
	 (I)	 Cash Flow before Extraordinary Items		 ...
		 —  Extraordinary Items (+/–)		 ...
	 (J)	 Cash Flow from (or Used in) Operating Activities		 ...
  II.	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 —	 Proceeds from Sale of Fixed Assets	 ...
	 —	 Proceeds from Sale of Investments (Other than Current Investments (to be
		 included in Cash and Cash Equivalents) and Marketable Securities)	 ...
	 —	 Proceeds from Sale of Intangible Assets	 ...
	 —	 Interest and Dividend received (For Non-financial Companies only)	 ...
	 —	 Rent Received	 ...
	 —	 Payment for Purchase of Fixed Assets	 (...)
	 —	 Payment for Purchase of Investments (Other than Marketable Securities)	 (...)
	 —	 Payment for Purchase of Intangible Assets like Goodwill	 (...)	
	 —	 Extraordinary Items (e.g.,Insurance Claim on Machinery against Fire) (+/–)	 ...
	 Cash Flow from (or Used in) Investing Activities		 ...
III.	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
	 —	 Proceeds from Issue of Shares and Debentures	 ...
	 —	 Proceeds from Other Long-term Borrowings	 ...
	 —	 Increase/Decrease in Bank Overdraft and Cash Credit	 ...
	 —	 Final Dividend paid during the year	 (...)
	 —	 Interim Dividend paid during the year	 (...)
	 —	 Payment of Interest on Debentures and Loans (Short-term and Long-term) 	 (...)
	 —	 Repayment of Loans	 (...)
	 —	 Redemption of Debentures/Preference Shares	 (...)
	 —	 Payment of Share Issue Expenses	 (...)
	 —	 Payment for Buy-back of Shares as Extraordinary Activity	 (...)
	 Cash Flow from (or Used in) Financing Activities		 ...
IV.	 Net Increase/Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents (I + II + III)	 	 ...
V.	 Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year
	 —	Cash-in-Hand	 ...	
	 —	 Cash at Bank	 ...
	 —	 Short-term Deposits 	 ...
	 —	 Current Investments	 ...
	 —	 Marketable Securities	 ...	 ...
						 ...
VI.	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year
	 —	Cash-in-Hand	 ...
	 —	 Cash at Bank	 ...
	 —	 Short-term Deposits 	 ...
	 —	 Current Investments	 ...
	 —	 Marketable Securities	 ...	 ...
*Alternatively, increase/decrease in Provision for Doubtful Debts may be treated under increase/decrease in
Current Liabilities.In this situation,increase/decrease in Provision for Doubtful Debts is adjusted after Operating
Profit before Working Capital Changes.
5.4	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Working Note: Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items:	 `
Net Profit as per Statement of Profit and Loss or Difference between Closing Balance and
Opening Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 ...
Add:	 Transfer to Reserves		 ...
		 Dividend (Proposed Dividend of previous year) paid during the year		 ...
		 Interim Dividend paid during the year		 ...
		 Provision for Tax for the current year		 ...
		 Extraordinary Items,if any,debited to the Statement of Profit and Loss		 ...
						 ...
Less:	 Extraordinary Items,if any,credited to the Statement of Profit and Loss	 ...
		 Refund of Tax credited to the Statement of Profit and Loss	 ...	 ...
Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items		...
IMPORTANT NOTE
	 1.	 Current Investments to be taken as Marketable Securities unless otherwise specified.
	2.	Bank overdraft and cash credit is shown as part of Financing Activities.
Illustration 1. Following relevant information is obtained from the books of X Ltd.:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 	 Short-term Provision:Provision for Tax		 70,000	 50,000	
The amount of tax paid during 2018–19 amounted to ` 40,000. How would you deal
with this item while preparing Cash Flow Statement? You are also given net profit after
taxation ` 80,000.
Solution:
Dr.	 PROVISION FOR TAX ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars		
`	Particulars		
`
To	 Bank A/c (Tax Paid)		 40,000	 By	 Balance b/d	 	50,000
To	Balance c/d		
70,000	 By	 Statement of Profit and Loss (Bal.Fig.) 		 60,000
						 (Tax Provided)
				1,10,000					1,10,000
Note:	 If Opening and Closing amounts of Provision for Tax are given with the figure of tax paid (provided)
during the year, prepare Provision for Tax Account to ascertain the amount of tax provided (paid) during the
current year.
Solved Questions
Cash Flow Statement	 5.5
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Particulars			 ` 	 `
Net Profit after Tax	 80,000	
Add:	 Provision for Tax	 60,000
Cash Generated from Operations		 1,40,000
Less:	 Tax Paid		 40,000
Cash Flow from Operating Activities		1,00,000
Illustration 2. Calculate Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items from the following
Balance Sheet of Prime Hotels Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 8,00,000	 6,00,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 3,30,000	 2,20,000
	 2.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 2	 40,000	 55,000	
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 50,000	 80,000	
	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities		 25,000	 10,000	
	(d)	 Short-term Provisions	 3	 70,000	 40,000
		Total			 13,15,000	 10,05,000		
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 (a)	 Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets		 9,75,000	 6,05,000	
	 (b)	 Non-current Investments		 1,10,000	 1,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets	 	 2,30,000	3,00,000
	 	Total			 13,15,000	 10,05,000	
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 General Reserve	 1,20,000	 80,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,10,000	 1,40,000
			 3,30,000	 2,20,000
	2.	 Short-term Borrowings
		 Bank Overdraft	 40,000	 55,000
	3.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 70,000	 40,000
Note:Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019 are ` 90,000 and ` 1,00,000 respectively.
5.6	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:
Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items: 	 `
Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Closing) 	 2,10,000
Less:	 Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Opening)	 1,40,000
		 70,000
Add:	 Transfer to General Reserve (` 1,20,000 – ` 80,000)	 40,000
	 Dividend (Previous Year) Paid during the year	 90,000
	 Provision for Tax (Current Year)	 70,000
Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items	 2,70,000
Illustration 3. Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following information:
		 `
Net Profit (After Provision for Tax ` 3,06,000)		 14,06,000
Proposed Dividend		 2,42,000
Above Net Profit is determined after following Credit and Debits:
Credits:
	(i)	 Compensation for Earthquake Disaster		 1,50,000
	(ii)	 (Gain) Profit on Sale of Machinery		 35,000
	(iii)	 Dividend Received on Investments		 30,000
Debits:
	(i)	Depreciation		 2,80,000
	(ii)	 Loss on Sale of Investments		 60,000
Decrease or Increase in Current Assets and Current Liabilities is as follows:
Decrease in Current Assets (Other than Cash and Cash Equivalents)		 20,000
Increase in Current Liabilities (Other than Bank Overdraft and Cash Credit)		 3,02,000
Increase in Current Assets (Other than Cash and Cash Equivalents)		 6,00,000
Decrease in Current Liabilities (Other than Bank Overdraft and Cash Credit)		 1,28,000
Other Information:
Income Tax Paid		 2,36,000
Refund of Income Tax Received 		 6,000
Solution:	 CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Particulars				 `
Net Profit After Tax		 14,06,000
Add:		 Provision for Tax		 3,06,000
					 17,12,000
Less:		 Refund of Income Tax	 6,000
		
Extraordinary Items: Compensation for Earthquake Disaster	 1,50,000	 1,56,000
Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items		 15,56,000
Add:		 Non-Cash/Non-Operating Items:
		Depreciation		 2,80,000
		 Loss on Sale of Investments		 60,000
Less:		 Non-Cash/Non-Operating Items:
		 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery		 (35,000)
		 Dividend Received on Investments		 (30,000)
Net Profit beforeWorking Capital Changes		18,31,000
Add:		 Decrease in Current Assets		 20,000
		 Increase in Current Liabilities		 3,02,000
					 21,53,000
Less:		 Increase in Current Assets	 (6,00,000)
		 Decrease in Current Liabilities	 (1,28,000)	 (7,28,000)
Cash Flow from Operating Activities beforeTax and Extraordinary Items		14,25,000
Less:		 Income Tax Paid (Net of Refund)		 (2,30,000)
Cash Flow from Operating Activities afterTax		11,95,000
Add:		 Extraordinary Item: Compensation for Earthquake Disaster		 1,50,000
Cash Flow from Operating Activities 		13,45,000
Note:	 Proposed Dividend is not taken as the Net Profit given is after Provision for Tax.
Cash Flow Statement	 5.7
Illustration 4. From the following information, calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities
and Investing Activities:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 2018 (`)	 2019 (`)
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 50,000	 2,00,000
Provision for Tax	 15,000	 15,000
Trade Payables	 20,000	 75,000
Current Assets (Inventories and Trade Receivables)	 2,30,000	 2,60,000
Fixed Assets	 4,25,000	 4,66,000
Accumulated Depreciation	 2,12,500	 2,20,000
Additional Information:
	1.	Tax paid during the year ` 15,000.
	 2.	 A machine costing ` 40,000 (Book value ` 10,000) was sold at a gain (profit) of ` 4,000.
Solution:	
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Particulars		 	 `
(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities	
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN 1)	 1,65,000
	 Add:	 Depreciation (WN 3)	 37,500
	 Less:	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery	 (4,000)
	 Operating Profit beforeWorking Capital changes	 1,98,500
	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets	 (30,000)
	 Add:	 Increase in Trade Payable	 55,000	 25,000
					 2,23,500	
	 Less:	 Tax Paid		 15,000
	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities		 2,08,500
(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 Sale of Machinery	 14,000
	 Purchase of Fixed Assets (WN 2)	 (81,000)
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities	 (67,000)
Working Notes:
1.		Calculation of Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items:	 `	
		Closing Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,00,000
		
Less:	 Opening Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 50,000
				 1,50,000
		
Add:	 Provision for Tax made during the Current Year	 15,000
		Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items	 1,65,000
	2.Dr.	 FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	Balance b/d	 4,25,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 14,000
To	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Asset A/c	 4,000	 By	 Accumulated Depreciation A/c	 30,000
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)			 (Depreciation on Sold Machine)
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.)	 81,000	 By	 Balance c/d	 4,66,000
			 5,10,000			 5,10,000
5.8	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
3.Dr.	 ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	 Fixed Assets A/c (Transfer)	 30,000	 By	 Balance b/d	 2,12,500
To	Balance c/d	 2,20,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c (Bal.Fig.)	 37,500
			 2,50,000			 2,50,000
Illustration 5. Calculate Cash Flow from Financing Activities from the following:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 2018 (`)	 2019 (`)
Equity Share Capital	 6,00,000	 8,00,000
12% Preference Share Capital	 2,00,000	 ...
10% Debentures	 ...	 1,00,000
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Equity shares were issued at a premium of 15%, underwriting commission paid thereon
` 10,000.
	 2.	 12% Preference shares were redeemed at a premium of 5%.
	 3.	 10% Debentures were issued at a discount of 10%.
	 4.	 Interest paid on debentures ` 10,000.
	 5.	Dividend paid on preference shares ` 24,000.
	 6.	 Interim dividend paid on equity shares ` 64,000.
Solution:	 CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Particulars		 	 `
Issue of Equity Shares (` 2,00,000 + ` 30,000)	 2,30,000
Redemption of 12% Preference Shares (` 2,00,000 + ` 10,000)	 (2,10,000)
Issue of 10% Debentures (` 1,00,000 – ` 10,000)	 90,000
Underwriting Commission Paid	 (10,000)
Interest Paid on Debentures	 (10,000)
Dividend Paid on Preference Shares	 (24,000)
Interim Dividend Paid on Equity Shares	 (64,000)
Cash Flow from Financing Activities	 2,000
Illustration 6. X Ltd. provides the following information, calculate the Net Cash
Flow from Investing Activities and Net Cash Flow from Financing Activities as per
AS-3 (Revised):
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 2018 (`)	 2019 (`)
8% Preference Share Capital	 2,00,000	 1,50,000
Equity Share Capital	 5,00,000	 10,00,000
11% Debentures	 2,00,000	 1,00,000
Securities Premium Reserve	 ...	 50,000
Investment	 1,00,000	2,50,000
Goodwill	 ...	1,00,000
Machinery	 2,15,000	4,00,000
Patents	 1,50,000	...
Cash Flow Statement	 5.9
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Dividend on equity shares ` 50,000. The company paid preference dividend also.
	 2.	Dividend received on shares held as an investment ` 15,000.
	 3.	 Interest received on ‘Government Bonds’ held as an investment ` 26,000.
	 4.	 A plot of land was purchased out of surplus funds for investment purposes and was
let out for commercial use and rent received ` 1,10,000.
	 5.	 All issues and redemption were made at the end of the year.
Solution:	 CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Particulars		 	 `
(A)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 Sale of Patents	 1,50,000
	 Interest received on Government Bonds	 26,000
	 Dividend Received on Shares held as Investments	 15,000
	 Rent received on Plot of Land	 1,10,000	 3,01,000
	 Goodwill Purchased	 (1,00,000)
	 Investment Purchased	 (1,50,000)
	 Machinery Purchased	 (1,85,000)	 (4,35,000)
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities		 (1,34,000)	
(B)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
	 Issue of Share Capital (including premium)	 5,50,000
	 Dividend Paid	 (50,000)
	 Preference Dividend Paid	 (16,000)
	 Redemption of Preference Shares	 (50,000)
	 Redemption of Debentures	 (1,00,000)
	 Interest on Debentures (Note)	 (22,000)	 3,12,000
	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities		 3,12,000
Note:	 It is presumed that the company must have paid Interest on Debentures as it cannot pay Preference
Dividend and Equity Dividend without payment of interest. Decrease in Patents is considered as Sales.
Illustration 7. Following is the extract from the Balance Sheet of Atlas Ltd.:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2018 (`)	 2019 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
Shareholders’Funds
		ReservesandSurplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss			 5,00,000	 9,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
		Goodwill	 11,50,000	 9,00,000
		Patents	 9,00,000	 11,50,000
		Land	 2,50,000	 10,50,000
		 Plant and Machinery	 85,00,000	 93,20,000
		
Less:	 Provision for Depreciation	 (42,50,000)	 (44,00,000)
		 10% Investment	 10,50,000	 2,50,000	
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Investments costing ` 2,00,000 were purchased and some investments were sold at a
loss of 20% on 31st March, 2019.
	 2.	Goodwill amortised was ` 5,00,000 and patents purchased was ` 5,00,000.
5.10	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 3.	Depreciation provided on Plant and Machinery was ` 14,50,000. A machine costing
` 21,00,000 was sold at profit of 20%.
	
Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities and Cash Flow from Investing Activities.
Solution:	 Atlas Ltd.
CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019
Particulars		 	 `
(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
	Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Closing)	 9,00,000
	 Less:	 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Opening)	 5,00,000
	 Net Profit before Tax	 4,00,000
	 Add:	 Patents Amortised (WN 2)	 2,50,000
	 		 Goodwill Amortised (WN 1)	 5,00,000
	 	 	Depreciation	 14,50,000
	 		 Loss on Sale of investment (WN 4)	 2,00,000
	 Less:	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery	 (1,60,000)
			 Income from Investment	 (1,05,000)	 25,35,000
	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities		 25,35,000	
(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 Purchase of Land (WN 3)	 (8,00,000)
	 Purchase of Investment	 (2,00,000)
	 Sale of Investment (WN 4)	 8,00,000
	 Income from Investment	 1,05,000
	 Purchase of Machinery (WN 5)	 (29,20,000)
	 Sale of Machinery (WN 5)	 9,60,000
	 Purchase of Patents	 (5,00,000)
	 Purchase of Goodwill (WN 1)	 (2,50,000)	 (28,05,000)
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities		 (28,05,000)
Working Notes:
	1.Dr.	 GOODWILL ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `   
To	Balance b/d	 11,50,000	 By	 Statement of Profit and Loss (Amortised)	 5,00,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.)	 2,50,000	 By	 Balance c/d	 9,00,000
			 14,00,000			 14,00,000
	2.Dr.	 PATENTS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	  `  
To	Balance b/d	 9,00,000	 By	 Statement of Profit and Loss (Amortised)	 2,50,000	
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase) 	 5,00,000		 (Bal.Fig.)
				 By	Balance c/d	 11,50,000
			 14,00,000			 14,00,000
	3.Dr.	 LAND ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	Balance b/d	 2,50,000	 By	Balance c/d	10,50,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.)	 8,00,000	
			 10,50,000			 10,50,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.11
4.Dr.	 10% INVESTMENT ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	Balance b/d	 10,50,000	 By	 Bank A/c (80% of ` 10,00,000) (Bal.Fig.)	 8,00,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchased)	 2,00,000	 By	 Loss on Sale of Investment A/c	 2,00,000
					 (Statement of Profit and Loss)
				 By	Balance c/d	 2,50,000	
			 12,50,000			 12,50,000
5.Dr.	 PLANT AND MACHINERY ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	Balance b/d	 85,00,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 9,60,000*
To	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machine A/c	 1,60,000	 By	 Provision for Depreciation A/c	 13,00,000
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)		 By	 Balance c/d	93,20,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.)	 29,20,000	
			 1,15,80,000			 1,15,80,000
* ` 21,00,000 – ` 13,00,000 (All Depreciation) + 20% of (` 21,00,000 – ` 13,00,000) = ` 9,60,000.
6.Dr.	 PROVISION FOR DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	 Plant and Machinery A/c (Bal. Fig.)	 13,00,000	 By	 Balance b/d	 42,50,000
	 (Accumulated Depreciation)		 By	 Depreciation A/c (Depreciation Provided)	 14,50,000
To	Balance c/d	 44,00,000
			 57,00,000			 57,00,000
Illustration 8. Prepare Cash Flow Statement on the basis of the information given in the
Balance Sheet of P.S. Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital		 2,50,000	 2,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 70,000	 50,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		
		 Long-term Borrowings (12% Debentures)		 80,000	 1,00,000	
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Trade Payables	 2	 1,60,000	 60,000
	(b)	 Other Current Liabilities (Outstanding Expenses)		 20,000	 25,000	
		Total			 5,80,000	 4,35,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets:
	 (i)	 Tangible Assets:Land and Building 		 2,80,000	 2,00,000	
	 (ii)	 Intangible Assets:Patents 		 2,000	 10,000	
	(b)	 Long-term Loans and Advances		 1,30,000	 1,00,000	
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Current Investments		 5,000	 3,000
	(b)	Inventories		 90,000	 70,000	
	(c)	 Trade Receivables		 60,000	 40,000	
	(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 13,000	 12,000	
	 	Total			 5,80,000	 4,35,000
5.12	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 	 70,000	 50,000
	2.	 Trade Payables
		Creditors	 60,000	 40,000
		 Bills Payable	 1,00,000	 20,000
			 1,60,000	 60,000
Solution:	 P.S. Ltd.
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
for the year ended 31st March, 2019
Particulars	 `
	 I.	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
	 Closing Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 		 70,000
	 Less: 	 Opening Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 		 50,000
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items		 20,000
	Add:	 Non-cash Expenses:Patents Amortised	 8,000
			 Non-operating Expense:Interest on 12% Debentures*	 12,000	 20,000
	 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes		 40,000
	Add:	 Increase in Current Liabilities:
			 Creditors	 20,000
			 Bills Payable	 80,000	 1,00,000
			 		1,40,000
	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities:	
			 Outstanding Expenses	 5,000
			 Trade Receivables	 20,000
			 Inventories	 20,000	 45,000
	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 		95,000
	II.	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 Purchase of Land and Building		 (80,000)
	 Loans and Advances		 (30,000)
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities		(1,10,000)
	III.	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
	 Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares		 50,000
	 Repayment of Long-term Borrowings		 (20,000)
	 Interest on 12% Debentures		 (12,000)
	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities		18,000
	IV.	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (I + II + III)		 3,000
	V.	Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of theYear (` 3,000 + ` 12,000)		
15,000
VI.	Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of theYear (IV +V) (` 5,000 + ` 13,000)		18,000
*Debentures’ interest @ 12% on ` 1,00,000.
Cash Flow Statement	 5.13
Illustration 9. From the following Balance Sheet of Bhushan Steel Ltd., prepare
Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 9,50,000	8,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 1,44,000	 (20,000)
			2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings: 15% Debentures			 5,00,000	 4,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities	
					
(a)	 Trade Payables			 2,02,000	 82,000
					
(b)	 Short-term Provisions (Provision for Tax)			 18,000	 18,000
		Total					18,14,000	12,80,000
	II.	 ASSET
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets	
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets		 3	 9,04,000	 3,40,000
					(b)	 Investments (Non-Current)			90,000	80,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	
Inventories 			4,00,000	3,00,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables 		 4	 1,12,000	 3,52,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents			 3,08,000	 2,08,000
		Total					18,14,000	12,80,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital
		 Equity Share Capital	 8,00,000	 6,00,000
		 12% Preference Share Capital	 1,50,000	 2,00,000
			 9,50,000	 8,00,000
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 Securities Premium Reserve	 10,000	 10,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 1,34,000	 (30,000)
			 1,44,000	 (20,000)
	3.	 Fixed Assets	
		 Tangible Assets	 10,00,000	 4,00,000
		
Less:	 Accumulated Depreciation	 96,000	 60,000
			 9,04,000	 3,40,000
	4.	 Trade Receivables	
		 Sundry Debtors	 1,44,000	 3,72,000
		
Less:	 Provision for Doubtful Debts	 32,000	 20,000
			 1,12,000	 3,52,000
Additional Information:
	1.	 Dividend on equity shares @ 9% was paid during the year.
	2.	 Investments costing ` 20,000 were sold at a profit of 40%.
	3.	 Fixed Assets costing ` 40,000 (accumulated depreciation ` 16,000) were sold for ` 34,000.
	4.	 Fresh Equity Shares were issued at a premium of 5% and preference shares were redeemed
at par on 1st April, 2018.
	5.	 Additional debentures amounting to ` 1,00,000 issued on 1st August 2018 at a discount
of 10% but redeemable at par after two years. The company wrote off discount on issue
of debentures from Securities Premium Reserve.
5.14	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	 Bhushan Steel Ltd.
CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 `	 `
	(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
		 Net Profit (Note 1)		 1,64,000		 	
		 Add:	 Interim Dividend on Equity Shares Paid during the year		 72,000
			 Provision for Tax		 18,000
			 Dividend on Preference Shares		 18,000
		 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items			
2,72,000
		
Add:	 Non-Cash/Non-Operating Items:			
			 Depreciation (Note 3)		 52,000	
			 Interest on Debentures (Note 5) 		 70,000
			 Provision for Doubtful Debts		 12,000	 1,34,000
						 4,06,000
		Less:	 Gain(Profit) on Sale of Investments (being Investing Activity)		 8,000
			 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Assets (being Investing Activity)		 10,000	 18,000
		 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes			 3,88,000
		Add:	 Decrease in Current Assets:
			 Trade Receivables		 2,28,000	
			 Increase in Current Liabilities:
			 Trade Payables 		 1,20,000	 3,48,000
						 7,36,000
		Less:	 Increase in Current Assets:
		
	 Inventories			1,00,000
		
Cash Generated from Operations			6,36,000
		Less:	 Tax Paid			 18,000
		
Cash Flow from Operating Activities			 	6,18,000
	(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
		 Purchase of Fixed Assets (Notes 2 and 3)			 (6,40,000)
		 Sale of Fixed Assets			 34,000	
		 Purchase of Investments (Note 4)			 (30,000)
		 Sale of Investments			 28,000
		
Cash Used in Investing Activities				(6,08,000)
	(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
		 Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares		 2,00,000	
		 Premium Received on Issue of Shares		 10,000	
		 Proceeds from Issue of Debentures		 90,000	
		 Redemption of Preference Shares		 (50,000)
		 Dividend Paid on Equity Shares		 (72,000)
		 Dividend on Preference Shares		 (18,000)
		 Interest on Debentures Paid		 (70,000)
		
Cash Flow from Financing Activities			90,000
		 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 			 1,00,000
		
Add:	 Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 			 2,08,000
		 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year	 		3,08,000
Working Notes:
1.	 Negative Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss of ` 30,000 appearing in the previous
year’s Balance Sheet means the amount of loss. In the current year, after covering this loss of ` 30,000,
surplus of ` 1,34,000 is appearing on the liabilities side. It means that during the current year net profit
earned by the company is ` 1,64,000 (i.e., ` 1,34,000 + ` 30,000).
Cash Flow Statement	 5.15
2.Dr.	 FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars			 `	Particulars		`
To	Balance b/d		 4,00,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)		 34,000
To	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Asset A/c		 10,000	 By	 Accumulated Depreciation A/c		 16,000
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)				 (Depreciation on Fixed Assets Sold)
To	 Bank A/c (Bal.Fig.,being Purchase)		 6,40,000	 By	 Balance c/d		
10,00,000
				
10,50,000				10,50,000
3.Dr.	 ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars			 `	Particulars		`
To	 Fixed Assets A/c		 16,000	 By	 Balance b/d		60,000
	 (Transfer of Depreciation on 			 By	 Depreciation (Bal.Fig.) 		 52,000
	 Fixed Assets Sold)				 (Statement of Profit and Loss)
To	Balance c/d		96,000
				
1,12,000				 1,12,000
4.Dr.	 INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars			 `	Particulars		`
To	Balance b/d		 80,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)		 28,000
To	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investment A/c		 8,000		 (` 20,000 + 40% of ` 20,000)		
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)			 By	 Balance c/d		90,000
To	 Bank A/c (Bal.Fig.,being Purchase)		 30,000	
				
1,18,000				 1,18,000
5.	 Interest on Debentures	= (` 4,00,000 × 15/100) + (` 1,00,000 × 15/100 × 8/12) = ` 60,000 + ` 10,000 = ` 70,000.
6.	 Since dividend payment on preference shares has a priority over payment of interim dividend payment on equity
shares so payment of dividend on preference shares is implied.
Illustration 10. Prepare Cash Flow Statement on the basis of information given in the
Balance Sheet of Simco Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 1,00,000	 80,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 10,000	 6,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		 	
		 Long-term Borrowings	 3	 14,000	 12,000	
	3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Trade Payables		 22,000	 24,000
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 4	 8,400	 6,000	
		Total			 1,54,400	 1,28,000
5.16	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		
Fixed Assets: Tangible (Net)	 5	 50,000	 60,000	
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories		 62,000	 50,000	
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 34,400	 15,000	
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 7,000	 2,400
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 6	 1,000	 600	
	 	Total			 1,54,400	 1,28,000	
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital
		 Equity Share Capital	 80,000	 55,000
		 12% Preference Share Capital	 20,000	 25,000
			 1,00,000	 80,000
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 General Reserve	 7,600	 4,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,400	 2,000
			 10,000	 6,000
	3.	 Long-term Borrowings
		 15% Debentures	 14,000	 12,000
	4.	 Short-term Provisions	
		 Provision for Taxation	 8,400	 6,000
	5.	 Fixed Assets
		 Tangible Assets (Cost)	 80,000	 82,000
		
Less:	 Accumulated Depreciation	 30,000	22,000
				 50,000	 60,000
	6.	 Other Current Assets
		 Prepaid Expenses	 1,000	 600
Additional Information:
	
1.	Proposed Dividend for the year ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 are ` 10,000 and
` 8,000 respectively.
	
2.	 Provision for tax made ` 9,400.
	
3.	Fixed assets costing ` 20,000 (accumulated depreciation till date of sale ` 6,000) were
sold for ` 10,000.
4.		 New Debentures were issued on 31st March, 2019.
Solution:	 Simco Ltd.
CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 `	 `
	(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
		 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN 1)			 23,400
		
Add:	 Depreciation (WN 4)			 14,000
			 Interest on Debentures (15% of ` 12,000)			 1,800
			 Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets (WN 3)			 4,000
		 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes			 43,200
Cash Flow Statement	 5.17
		
Adjustment for Change in Current Assets and Current Liabilities:
		
Decrease in Trade Payable			 (2,000)
		 Increase in Inventories			 (12,000)
		 Increase in Trade Receivables			 (19,400)
		 Increase in Prepaid Expenses			 (400)
		 Cash Generated from Operating Activities beforeTax			 9,400
		
Less:	 Tax Paid (WN 2)			 7,000
		
Cash Flow from Operating Activities				 2,400
	(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
		 Purchase of Fixed Assets (WN 3)			 (18,000)
		 Sale of Fixed Assets (WN 3)			 10,000
		
Cash Used in Investing Activities				 (8,000)
	(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
		 Proceeds from Issue of Equity Share Capital			 25,000
		 Redemption of 12% Preference Shares			 (5,000)
		 Proceeds from Issue of 15% Debentures			 2,000
		 Interest on Debentures			 (1,800)
		 Final Dividend Paid during the year			 (10,000)
		
Cash Flow from Financing Activities				 10,200
	(D)	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)				 4,600
		
Add:	 Opening Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents				 2,400
	(E)	 Closing Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents				7,000
Working Notes:
1.		Calculation of Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items:	 `	
		Difference between Closing and Opening balance of Surplus, i.e., 	
		Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 400
		
Add:	 Transfer to General Reserve	 3,600
			 Proposed Dividend (Previous Year) paid during the year	 10,000
			 Provision for Tax	 9,400	 23,000
		Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items		 23,400
	2.Dr.	 PROVISION FOR TAX ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	 Bank A/c (Tax Paid)	 7,000	 By	 Balance b/d	 6,000
	 (Bal.Fig.)		 By	 Statement of Profit and Loss (Provision Made)	 9,400
To	Balance c/d	 8,400
			 15,400			 15,400
	3.Dr.	 FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	Balance b/d	 82,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 10,000
To	 Bank A/c (Bal.Fig.)	 18,000	 By	 Accumulated Depreciation A/c	 6,000
				 By	 Loss on Sale of Asset A/c	 4,000
					 (Statement of Profit and Loss)	
				 By	Balance c/d	 80,000
			 1,00,000			 1,00,000
5.18	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
4.Dr.	 ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	 Fixed Assets A/c (Transfer)	 6,000	 By	 Balance b/d	 22,000
To	Balance c/d	 30,000	 By	 Depreciation (Balancing Figure)	 14,000
					 (Statement of Profit and Loss)
			 36,000			 36,000
Illustration 11. From the following Balance Sheet of ABC Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital		 5,00,000	 5,00,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 2,75,000	 1,50,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		 	
		 Long-term Borrowings	 2	 6,00,000	 4,75,000	
	3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 3	 75,000	 50,000
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 1,75,000	 1,00,000
	(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 4	 1,25,000	 1,00,000	
		Total			 17,50,000	 13,75,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		
Fixed Assets:
		(i)	 Tangible Assets	 5	 10,75,000	 9,25,000
		(ii)	 Intangible Assets	 6	 25,000	 37,500	
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories		 2,50,000	 1,37,500	
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 2,25,000	 1,25,000	
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,37,500	 1,00,000
	(d)	 Other Current Assets	 7	 37,500	 50,000	
	 	Total			 17,50,000	 13,75,000	
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 General Reserve	 87,500	 50,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 1,87,500	 1,00,000
			 2,75,000	 1,50,000
	2.	 Long-term Borrowings
		 10% Debentures	 3,75,000	 2,50,000
		 Mortgage Loan	 2,25,000	 2,25,000
			 6,00,000	 4,75,000
	3.	 Short-term Borrowings
		 Bank Overdraft	 55,000	 25,000
		 Cash Credit	 20,000	 25,000
			 75,000	 50,000
	4.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 1,25,000	 1,00,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.19
	5.	 Fixed Assets
		
Tangible Assets:
		 Land and Building	 3,50,000	 6,50,000
		Machinery	 7,25,000	 2,75,000
			 10,75,000	 9,25,000
	6.	 Fixed Assets
		
Intangible Assets:
		
Brands	 25,000	37,500
	7.	 Other Current Assets
		 Prepaid Expenses	 37,500	 50,000
Additional Information:
	
1.	 During the year ` 27,500 depreciation was charged on machinery.
	
2.	 Gain on sale of Land and Building ` 50,000.
	3.	 Interest paid ` 62,500.
Solution:	 ABC Ltd.
CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 `	 `
	(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
		 Net Profit (` 1,87,500 – ` 1,00,000)			 87,500
		
Add:	 Transfer to General Reserve			 37,500
			 Provision for Tax (CurrentYear)			 1,25,000
		
Net Profit beforeTax			2,50,000
		
Adjustment for Non-cash and Non-operating Items:
		
Add:	Depreciation			 27,500
			 Brands written off			 12,500
			 Interest Paid			 62,500
		
Less:	 Gain on Sale of Land and Building			 (50,000)
		 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes			
3,02,500
		
Add:	 Increase in Current Liabilities and Decrease in Current Assets:
			 Trade Payables			 75,000
			 Prepaid Expenses			 12,500
		
Less:	 Increase in Current Assets:
			 Inventories			 (1,12,500)
			 Trade Receivables			 (1,00,000)
		 Net Cash Inflow from Operating Activities before Tax			 1,77,500
		
Less:	 Income Tax Paid			 1,00,000
		
Cash Flow from Operating Activities			 	77,500
	(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
		 Sale of Land and Building (WN 1)			 3,50,000
		 Purchase of Machinery (WN 2)			 (4,77,500)
		
Cash Used in Investing Activities			 	(1,27,500)
	(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
		 Proceed from Bank Overdraft			 30,000
		 Issue of Debentures			 1,25,000
		 Payment of Cash Credit			 (5,000)
		 Interest Paid			 (62,500)
		
Cash Flow from Financing Activities				87,500
	(D)	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)			 37,500
	(E)	 Add:	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the beginning			
1,00,000
	(F)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end (D + E)			 1,37,500
5.20	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Working Notes:
	1.Dr.	 LAND AND BUILDING ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	Balance b/d	 6,50,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 3,50,000
To	 Gain on Sale of Land and Building A/c	 50,000		 (Bal.Fig.)
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)		 By	 Balance c/d	 3,50,000
			 7,00,000			 7,00,000
	2.Dr.	 MACHINERY ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 ` 	 Particulars	 `  
To	Balance b/d	 2,75,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c	 27,500
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.)	 4,77,500	 By	 Balance c/d	 7,25,000
			 7,52,500			 7,52,500
Illustration12. From the following Balance Sheet of Bhusan Steel Ltd. as at 31st March,
2019, prepare its Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 7,00,000	 5,00,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 2,50,000	 3,25,000	
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		
		 Long-term Borrowings	 3	 2,00,000	 2,50,000	
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
		 Short-term Provisions	 4	 50,000	 25,000
		Total			 12,00,000	 11,00,000	
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets:	
		 Tangible Assets (Machinery)		 5,00,000	 3,00,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments		 2,00,000	 1,40,000	
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories		 1,50,000	 2,00,000	
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 1,80,000	 1,50,000	
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,70,000	 3,10,000	
	 	Total			 12,00,000	 11,00,000	
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital
		 Equity Share Capital	 6,00,000	 3,00,000
		 12% Preference Share Capital	 1,00,000	 2,00,000
			 7,00,000	 5,00,000
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 General Reserve	 1,50,000	 3,75,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 	 1,00,000	 (50,000)
			 2,50,000	 3,25,000
	3.	 Long-term Borrowings
		 9% Debentures	 2,00,000	 2,50,000
	4.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 50,000	 25,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.21
Additional Information:
	 (i)	 Machinery costing ` 1,00,000 on which depreciation charged was ` 70,000, was sold
at a profit of 20% on book value. Depreciation charged during the year amounted to
` 70,000.
	 (ii)	 Preference Shares were redeemed at par on 31st March, 2019.
	(iii)	 Debentures were redeemed on 1st January, 2019 and Equity Shares were issued on 1st
April, 2018.
	(iv)	 The company declared and paid interim dividend on Equity Shares @ 8%. It did not
propose final dividend on Equity Shares.
	 (v)	 Non-current Investments costing ` 60,000 were sold at a profit of 20%.
	(vi)	 Income tax ` 45,000 was provided.	
Solution:	 CASH FLOW STATEMENT
	 for the year ended 31st March, 2019
Particulars	 `	 `
	A.	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
		 Net Profit before Tax (WN 1)		 42,000
		
Adjustment for Non-cash and Non-operating Items:
		
Add:	 Depreciation on Machinery (WN 3)		 70,000
		
Less:	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery (WN 3)		 (6,000)
		
Add:	 Interest on Debentures		 21,375
				 [(9% × ` 2,50,000 × 9/12) + (9% × ` 2,00,000 × 3/12)]		
		
Less:	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Non-current Investments (WN 4)		 (12,000)
		 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes		
1,15,375
		
Add:	 Decrease in Current Assets:
				 Inventories		 50,000
		
Less:	 Increase in Current Assets:
				 Trade Receivables		 (30,000)
		
Net Cash Inflow from Operating Activities		 1,35,375
		
Less:	 Tax Paid (WN 2)		 20,000	 1,15,375
		
Cash Flow from Operating Activities			1,15,375
	B.	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
		
Purchase of Machinery (WN 3)		 (3,00,000)
		 Purchase of Non-current Investment (WN 4)		 (1,20,000)	
		 Sale of Machinery (WN 3)		 36,000
		 Sale of Non-current Investments (WN 4)		 72,000	 (3,12,000)
		
Cash Used in Investing Activities			(3,12,000)
	C.	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
		
Cash Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares (` 6,00,000 – ` 3,00,000)		 3,00,000
		 Redemption of 12% Preference Shares		 (1,00,000)
		 Redemption of 9% Debentures		 (50,000)
		 Payment of Preference Dividend (12% of ` 2,00,000)		 (24,000)
		 Payment of Equity Dividend (8% of ` 6,00,000)		 (48,000)
		 Payment of Interest on Debentures		 (21,375)	 56,625
		
Cash Flow from Financing Activities			56,625
	D.	 Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)			(1,40,000)
	 	 Add:	 Opening Cash and Cash Equivalents			 3,10,000
	E.	 Closing Cash and Cash Equivalents			1,70,000
5.22	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Working Notes:
1.	Calculation of Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items:		 `
	 Closing Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 1,00,000
	 Add:	 Opening Balance of Surplus, i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Debit)	 50,000
				 1,50,000
	 Less:	 Transferred from General Reserve		 (2,25,000)
				 (75,000)
	 Add:	 Provision for Tax		 45,000
		 Dividend on Preference Shares (12% of ` 2,00,000,WN 5)	 24,000
		 Dividend (Interim) on Equity Shares (8% of ` 6,00,000)	 48,000
	 Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items		 42,000
2. Dr.			 PROVISION FOR TAX ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars		
`	Particulars		
`
To	 Bank A/c (Tax Paid) (Balancing Figure)		 20,000	 By	 Balance b/d		25,000
To	Balance c/d		 50,000	 By	 Statement of Profit and Loss (Provision)		 45,000
	  				 70,000					   	 70,000
3. Dr.			 MACHINERY ACCOUNT 	 Cr.
Particulars		
`	 Particulars			
`
To	Balance b/d		 3,00,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale) (` 30,000 + ` 6,000)		 36,000
To	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery A/c		 6,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c		 70,000
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)			 By	 Balance c/d		5,00,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.)		 3,00,000	
	  				 6,06,000					   	 6,06,000
4. Dr.			 NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT 	 Cr.
Particulars		
`	 Particulars			
`
To	Balance b/d		 1,40,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)		 72,000
To	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investment A/c		 12,000		 (` 60,000 + 20% of ` 60,000)	
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)			 By	 Balance c/d		2,00,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.)		 1,20,000	
	  				 2,72,000					   	 2,72,000
	5.	 Preference Shareholders get a preferential right as to payment of dividend.In the given question,company declared and
paid dividend on Equity Shares. So, it is implied that dividend was first paid to the preference shareholders and then to
equity shareholders.
Cash Flow Statement	 5.23
Illustration 13. From the following Balance Sheet of ABC Ltd., prepare the Cash Flow
Statement:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital			 35,000	 30,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 22,000	 5,500
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings:		
				10% Debentures	 25,000	 15,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings—Cash Credit		 5,000	 4,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables	 2	 12,500	 8,500
		Total	 		 99,500	 63,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets (Net)	 3	 41,000	 32,000
					
(b)	 Non-current Investmets:10% Investments	 8,000	 3,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	 Inventories 	 10,500	 8,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables 	 19,000	 8,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 21,000	 12,000
		Total		 	 99,500	63,000
Notes to Accounts 	
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 General Reserve	 15,000	 10,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 7,000	 (4,500)
			 22,000	 5,500
	2.	 Trade Payables
		 Sundry Creditors	 11,000	 7,500
		 Bills Payable	 1,500	 1,000
			 12,500	 8,500
	3.	 Fixed Assets	
		 Machinery (Cost)	 54,000	 41,000
		
Less: Provision for Depreciation	 13,000	 9,000
			 41,000	 32,000
Additional Information:
	1.	 Investments costing ` 3,000 were sold for ` 2,800 during the year.
	2.	 A new machine was purchased for ` 13,000.
5.24	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	
	 CASH FLOW STATEMENT
	 for the year ended 31st March, 2019	
Particulars		 	 `
(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
	 Closing Balance as per Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 7,000
	 Add:	 Opening Debit Balance (Loss) as per
		 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 4,500
		 Transfer to General Reserve		 5,000
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items		 16,500
	 Add:	 Non-cash and Non-operating Expenses:
		 Depreciation	 4,000
		 Loss on Sale of 10% Investments	 200
		 Interest on Debentures	 1,500	 5,700
				 22,200
	 Less:	 Non-operating Income:		
		 Interest on 10% Investments		 300
	 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes		 21,900
	 Add:	 Increase in Current Liabilities:
		 Sundry Creditors	 3,500
		 Bills Payable	 500	 4,000
	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets:		 25,900
		 Inventories	 2,500
		 Trade Receivables	 11,000	 13,500
	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities		12,400
(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 Purchase of Machinery	 (13,000)
	 Purchase of Investments (WN 3)	 (8,000)
	 Proceeds from Sale of Investments	 2,800
	 Interest on 10% Investments	 300
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities		(17,900)
(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
	 Proceeds from Issue of Equity Share Capital	 5,000
	 Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings (10% Debentures)	 10,000
	 Increase in Short-term Borrowings (Cash Credit)	 1,000
	 Interest on Debentures	 (1,500)
	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities		14,500
(D)	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 		 9,000
(E)	 Add:	 Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year		 12,000
(F)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year (D + E)		21,000
Working Notes:
1.	 It is assumed that new debentures have been issued at the end of the current accounting year.
2.	 It is assumed that new investments have been purchased at the end of the current accounting year.
Cash Flow Statement	 5.25
3.Dr.	 10% INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 3,000	 By	 Bank A/c	 2,800
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase)	 8,000	 By	 Loss on Sale (Statement of Profit and Loss)	 200
	 (Balancing Figure)		 By	 Balance c/d	8,000
		 11,000			 11,000
Illustration 14. From the following Balance Sheet of XY Ltd. as on 31st March, 2019,
prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 8,50,000	 4,60,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 1,70,000	2,60,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings:
				10% Debentures	 1,80,000	 2,00,000
		Total			 12,00,000	 9,20,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets	 7,00,000	 5,00,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories	 2,50,000	 2,10,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables 	 1,90,000	 1,40,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 60,000	 50,000
					
(d)	 Other Current Assets	 3	 ...	 20,000
		Total		 	 12,00,000	9,20,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital
		 Equity Share Capital	 7,50,000	 4,00,000
		 8% Preference Share Capital	 1,00,000	 60,000
			 8,50,000	 4,60,000
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 Securities Premium Reserve	 ...	 20,000
		 General Reserve	 50,000	 70,000
		
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 1,20,000	 1,70,000
			 1,70,000	 2,60,000
	3.	 Other Current Assets	
		 Share Issue Expenses	 ...	 20,000
Additional Information:
	 (i)	 During the year machine costing ` 80,000 was sold for ` 50,000.
	 (ii)	 Dividend paid ` 80,000.			 (Delhi 2008, Modified)
5.26	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	 CASH FLOW STATEMENT
		 for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars				 ` 
(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
	Net Loss as per Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (` 1,20,000 – ` 1,70,000)	 (50,000)
	 Add:	 Dividend paid	 80,000	
	 Less:	 Transfer from Reserve	 (20,000)
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items	 10,000	
	 Add:	 Debentures Interest (` 2,00,000 × 10/100)	 20,000	
	 	 	 Loss on Sale of Machinery	 30,000
	 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes		
60,000
	 Adjustment forWorking Capital Changes:
	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets:
			 Inventories	40,000
			 Trade Receivables	 50,000	 90,000
	 Cash Used in Operating Activities		(30,000)
(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 Sale of Fixed Assets	 50,000
	 Purchases of Fixed Assets (WN 2)	 (2,80,000)	
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities		(2,30,000)
(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
	 Issue of Equity Share Capital	 3,50,000
	 Issue of Preference Share Capital	 40,000
	 Redemption of Debentures	 (20,000)
	 Dividend Paid	 (80,000)
	 Interest on Debentures Paid	 (20,000)	
	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities		2,70,000
(D)	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)	 	10,000
	 Add:	 Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year		 50,000
	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year		 60,000
Working Notes:
1.	 It is assumed that debentures had been redeemed at the end of the year.	
2. Dr.	 FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 5,00,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 50,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchases)	 2,80,000	 By	 Loss on Sale of Assets A/c 	 30,000
	 (Balancing Figure)			 (Statement of Profit and Loss)
			 By	Balance c/d	 7,00,000
		 7,80,000			 7,80,000
3.	 Share Issue Expenses have been adjusted from Securities Premium Reserve as per Section 52(2) of the
Companies Act,2013.
4.	 It is assumed that Dividend paid includes dividend on equity as well as Preference Shares.
Cash Flow Statement	 5.27
Illustration 15. From the following Balance Sheet of ABC Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019,
prepare the Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital: Equity Share Capital	 35,000	 30,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 22,000	15,500
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings:
				10% Debentures	 25,000	 15,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities:
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings—Bank Overdraft	 1,000	 700
					
(b)	 Trade Payables	 10,000	 6,800
					
(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 1,500	 1,000
			
Total		 	 94,500	69,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets
						 (i)	 Tangible Assets: Machinery	 41,000	 32,000
						(ii)	 Intangible Assets: Goodwill	 8,000	 10,000
					
(b)		Non-current Investments (10% Investments)	 8,000	 3,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories	 5,500	 4,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables	 19,000	 8,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 13,000	 12,000
		Total	 		 94,500	 69,000
Note to Accounts	
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 General Reserve	 15,000	 10,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 7,000	 5,500
			 22,000	 15,500
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Investments costing ` 3,000 were sold for ` 2,800 during the year.
	 2.	 A new machine was purchased for ` 13,000. Depreciation of ` 4,000 has been charged
on machinery,
	 3.	 During the year, company purchased its own Debentures for ` 4,500 (Face Value ` 5,000)
and sold them at a gain (profit) of ` 300.
5.28	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	 CASH FLOW STATEMENT
	 for the year ended 31st March, 2019	
Particulars		 `	 `
	(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
		 Closing Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 7,000
		
Less:	 Opening Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 5,500
						 1,500
		
Add:	 Transfer to General Reserve		 5,000
						 6,500
		Less:	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Own Debentures		 300
		 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items		 6,200
		
Adjustment for Non-Cash and Non-Operating Items:		
		
Add:	 Depreciation on Machinery	 4,000
				 Goodwill amortised	 2,000
				 Loss on Sale of Investments	 200
				 Interest on Debentures	 1,500	 7,700
		
Less:	 Non-Operating Income:
				 Interest on Investments (` 3,000 × 10/100)		 (300)
		 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes		 13,600
		
Add:	 Increase in Current Liabilities:
				 Trade Payables 	 3,200
				 Other Current Liabilities	 500	 3,700
					 17,300
		
Less:	 Increase in Current Assets:
				 Inventories 	 1,500
				 Trade Receivables 	 11,000	 12,500
		
Cash Flow from Operating Activities		4,800
	(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
		 Purchase of Machinery		 (13,000)
		 Purchase of 10% Investments (WN 3)		 (8,000)
		 Proceeds from Sale of 10% Investments		 2,800
		 Purchase of Own Debentures (as investment)		 (4,500)
		 Proceeds from Sale of Own Debentures		 4,800
		 Interest on Investments		 300
		
Cash Used in Investing Activities		(17,600)
	(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
		 Proceeds from Issue of Share Capital		 5,000
		 Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings (Debentures)		 10,000
		 Increase in Bank Overdraft		 300
		 Interest on Debentures		 (1,500)
	 	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities		13,800
	(D)	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)		1,000
	(E)	 Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year		
12,000
	(F)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year (D + E)		13,000
Working Notes:
1.	 It has been assumed that new debentures have been issued at the end of current accounting year.
2.	 It has been assumed that new investments have been purchased at the end of the current accounting year.
Cash Flow Statement	 5.29
3.Dr.	 10% INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 3,000	 By	 Bank A/c	 2,800
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase)	 8,000	 By	 Loss on Sale of Investments A/c	 200
	 (Balancing Figure)			 (Statement of Profit and Loss)
				 By	Balance c/d	8,000
		 11,000			 11,000
4.Dr.	 MACHINERY ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 32,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c	 4,000
To	 Bank A/c	 13,000	 By	 Balance c/d	41,000
		 45,000			 45,000
Illustration 16. From the following Balance Sheet of X Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,2019	 31st March, 2018
		
`	`
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
		(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 6,30,000	 5,60,000
		(b)	 Reserves and Surplus:
			Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 3,08,000	 1,82,000
	 2.	 Current Liabilities
		(a)	
Trade Payables		2,64,000	1,66,000
		(b)	 Other Current Liabilities		 14,000	 28,000
		(c)	 Short-term Provisions (Provision for Tax)		 16,000	 16,000
	 Total					 12,32,000	 9,52,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets	
		
Fixed Assets:Plant and Machinery				 3,92,000	 2,80,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
		(a)	
Inventories		1,26,000	1,82,000
		(b)	
Trade Receivables		6,30,000	4,20,000
		(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 84,000	 70,000
	 Total					 12,32,000	 9,52,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital
		 Equity Share Capital	 4,30,000	 3,60,000
		 8% Preference Share Capital	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
			 6,30,000	 5,60,000
Additional Information:
	1.	 An old machinery having book value of ` 42,000 was sold for ` 56,000.
	
2.	 Depreciation provided on machinery during the year ` 28,000.
	3.	 Interim Dividend paid on equity shares during the current year ` 56,000.
5.30	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	 CASH FLOW STATEMENT
	 for the year ended 31st March, 2019
Particulars	 `	 `
	(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
		 Closing Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 3,08,000
		Less:	 Opening Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 1,82,000
					 1,26,000
		Add:	 Interim Dividend Paid on Equity Shares during the CurrentYear		 56,000
			 Preference Dividend Paid during the year		 16,000
			 Provision for Tax		 16,000
		 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items		 2,14,000
		Add:	 Non-Cash Expense:
			 Depreciation		 28,000
					 2,42,000
		Less:	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery		 14,000
		 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes		 2,28,000
		Add:	 Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities:
			 Inventories	56,000
			 Trade Payables	 98,000	 1,54,000
					 3,82,000
		Less:	 Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities:
			 Trade Receivables	 2,10,000
			 Other Current Liabilities	 14,000	 2,24,000
		 Cash Generated from Operations		 1,58,000
		Less:	 Tax Paid		 16,000
		Cash Flow from Operating Activities			1,42,000
	(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
		Proceeds from Sale of Machinery		 56,000
		 Payment for Purchase of Machinery (WN)		 (1,82,000)
		Cash Used in Investing Activities			(1,26,000)
	(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
		Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares		 70,000
		 Interim Dividend Paid on Equity Shares		 (56,000)
		 Preference Dividend Paid		 (16,000)
		Cash Used in Financing Activities			(2,000)
	(D)	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)			 14,000
		Add:	 Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year			 70,000
	(E)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of year			84,000
Working Notes:
1. Dr.	 PLANT AND MACHINERY ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 2,80,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 56,000
To	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery A/c	 14,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c	 28,000
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)		 By	 Balance c/d	3,92,000
To	 Bank A/c (Balancing Figure)	 1,82,000	
	 (Purchase of Machinery)	
		 4,76,000			 4,76,000
2.	 Preference Shareholders get a preferential right as to payment of dividend.In the given question,company declared and
paid dividend on Equity Shares. So, it is implied that dividend was first paid to the preference shareholders and then to
equity shareholders.
Cash Flow Statement	 5.31
Illustration 17. From the following information, calculate Cash Flow from Investing
Activities of X Ltd.:
Particulars	 31st March,2018 (`)	 31st March,2019 (`)
	 1.	 Investments @ 10%	 2,50,000	 5,00,000
	 2.	 Fixed Assets	 8,75,000	 11,90,000
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Half of the investments held in the beginning of the year were sold at 10% gain (profit).
	 2.	 Depreciation on Fixed Assets was ` 1,00,000 for the year.
	 3.	 Interest received on investments—` 35,000.
	4. 	Dividend received on investments—` 15,000.
	 5.	 Rent received—` 10,000.
Solution:	 CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Particulars			  	 `
Proceeds from Sale of Investments		 1,37,500
Purchase of Investments (WN 1)		 (3,75,000)
Purchase of Fixed Assets (WN 2)		 (4,15,000)
Interest Received		 35,000
Dividend Received		 15,000
Rent Received		 10,000
Cash Used in Investing Activities		(5,92,500)
Working Notes:
1. Dr.	 INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `  	 Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d (Opening)	 2,50,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 1,37,500
To	 Gain on Sale of Investment A/c	 12,500		 (` 2,50,000 × ½ = ` 1,25,000)	
	 (Statement of Profit and Loss)			 (Gain 10% of ` 1,25,000 = ` 12,500)
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase of Investments)	 3,75,000	 By	 Balance c/d	 5,00,000
	 (Balancing Figure)
			 6,37,500			 6,37,500
2. Dr.	 FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `  	 Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d (Opening)	 8,75,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c	 1,00,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase)	 4,15,000	 By	 Balance c/d	11,90,000	
	 (Balancing Figure)		
			 12,90,000		 	 12,90,000
5.32	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Illustration 18. Statement of Profit and Loss of XYZ Ltd. for the year ended
31st March, 2019 and additional information is given below. Calculate Cash Flow from
Operating Activities.
	 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
	 for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 ` 
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)		 18,00,000
	II.	 Other Income	 1	 22,000
	III.	 Total Revenue (I + II)		 18,22,000
	IV.	 Expenses:
			(a)	 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade		 14,56,000
			(b)	 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade		 (16,000)
				(Opening Inventories ` 80,000 and Closing Inventories ` 96,000)	
			(c)	 Employees Benefit Expenses		 1,80,000
			(d)	 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses		 50,000
			(e)	 Other Expenses	 2	 1,74,000
						 18,44,000
	V.	 Net Loss for theYear (III – IV)		 (22,000)
Notes to Accounts	
Particulars				 `
	 1.	 Other Income	
		Rent	 15,000
		Miscellaneous	 7,000	
	22,000
	 2.	 Other Expenses	
		 Manufacturing Expenses	 30,000
		Insurance	 9,000
		 Administration Expenses	 47,000
		 Selling and Distribution Expenses	 58,000
		 Loss on Sale of Assets	 30,000
			 1,74,000
Additional Information:	
	 31st March, 2019 (`)	 31st March, 2018 (`)
	 1.	 Wages Payable	 10,000	 ...	
	2.	 Salaries Payable	 25,000	 ...	
	 3.	 Prepaid Insurance	 3,000	 ...	
	 4.	 Accrued Commission	 7,000	 ...
Cash Flow Statement	 5.33
Solution:	 CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Particulars	 	 ` 
Net Loss as per Statement of Profit and Loss		 (22,000)
Adjustments for Non-Cash and Non-Operating Items:
Add:	 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses	 50,000
	 Loss on Sale of Assets	 30,000	 80,000
		 	58,000
Less:	 Non-Operating Income: Other Incomes (Rent and Miscellaneous)		 22,000
Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes		 36,000
Add:	 Increase in Current Liabilities:		
	 Wages Payable	 10,000	
	 Salaries Payable	 25,000	 35,000
			 71,000
Less:	 Increase in Current Assets:
	 Inventories (` 96,000 – ` 80,000)	 16,000
	 Accrued Commission	 7,000
 	 Prepaid Insurance	 3,000	 26,000
Cash Flow from Operating Activities		45,000
Illustration 19. From the following Balance Sheet and information, prepare Cash Flow
Statement:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital	 8,00,000	 5,00,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus:
						Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 3,50,000	 2,00,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings: 6% Debentures	 1,00,000	 1,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings: Bank Loan	 50,000	 ...
					
(b)	 Trade Payables		 1	 75,000	 1,00,000
					(c)	 Short-term Provisions: Provision for Tax			 65,000	 50,000
			
Total	 		 14,40,000	 9,50,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets:
						 (i)	 Tangible Assets	 2	 5,20,000	 7,00,000
						 (ii)	 Intangible Assets: Goodwill	 50,000	1,00,000
	(b)		Non-current Investments	 2,70,000	 ...
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	 Current Investments	 3	 90,000	 ...
					
(b)	Inventories	 50,000	 60,000
					
(c)	 Trade Receivables	 80,000	 40,000
					
(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and Bank Balance	 3,80,000	 50,000
			
Total	 		 14,40,000	 9,50,000
5.34	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Trade Payables
		Creditors	 55,000	 50,000
		 Bills Payable	 20,000	 50,000
			 75,000	 1,00,000
	2.	 Tangible Assets	 	
		Building	 2,50,000	 4,00,000
		 Plant and Machinery	 2,70,000	 3,00,000
			 5,20,000	 7,00,000
	3.	 Current Investments	 	
		 Investment in Securities (Other than Marketable Securities) 	 90,000	 ...	
	
Additional Information:
	1.	 ` 50,000 as Interim Dividend was paid during the year.
	
2.	 Building is sold at book value.
Solution:	 CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019
Particulars			 `
(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN)	 2,65,000
	Add:	
Non-Cash Items and Non-operating Items:
		 Goodwill amortised (` 1,00,000 – ` 50,000)	 50,000
		 Depreciation on Plant and Machinery (` 3,00,000 – ` 2,70,000)	 30,000
		 Interest on Debentures	 6,000
	 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes	 3,51,000
	 Add:	 Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities:
	 	 Creditors (Trade Payables) 	 5,000
		 Inventories	 10,000
				 3,66,000
	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities:
	 	 Trade Receivables	 40,000
		 Bills Payable (Trade Payables)	 30,000	 70,000
	 Cash Generated from Operating Activities	 2,96,000
	Less:	 Tax Paid	 50,000
	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities		2,46,000
(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 Proceeds from Sale of Building	 1,50,000
	 Purchase of Non-Current Investments	 (2,70,000)
	 Purchase of Securities	 (90,000)
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities		(2,10,000)
(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities
	 Proceeds from Issue of Shares	 3,00,000
	 Payment of Interest on Debentures	 (6,000)
	 Payment of Interim Dividend	 (50,000)
	 Proceeds from raising of Bank Loan	 50,000
	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities		2,94,000
(D)	 Net Increase In Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)		3,30,000
	Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 		 50,000
(E)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year		3,80,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.35
Working Note:	 ` 
Balance—Statement of Profit and Loss as on 31st March, 2019	 3,50,000
Less:	Balance—Statement of Profit and Loss as on 31st March, 2018	 2,00,000
			 1,50,000
Add:	 Appropriations:
		 Interim Dividend Paid	 50,000
		 Provision for Tax (Current Year)	 65,000	
Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items	 2,65,000
Illustration 20. From the following Balance Sheet of A Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement
as per AS-3 (Revised), as at 31st March, 2019:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital: Equity Share Capital	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus:
						Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 90,000	 50,000
			
2.	 Current Liabilities
					(a)	 Short-term Borrowings:Cash Credit	 ...	 10,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables	 20,000	 15,000
				 	(c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 1	 5,000	 5,000
					(d)	 Short-term Provisions: Provision for Tax	 25,000	 20,000
			
Total	 		 3,40,000	 3,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets	 2,75,000	 2,35,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	 Inventories 	 15,000	 25,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables	 20,000	 10,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 2	 30,000	30,000
		Total		 	 3,40,000	3,00,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Other Current Liabilities
		 Outstanding Expenses	 1,000	 5,000
		 Unclaimed Dividend	 4,000	 ...
			 5,000	 5,000
	2.	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 	
		Cash	 10,000	 8,000
		Bank	 20,000	 22,000
			 30,000	 30,000
Additional Information:
Net Profit for the year after providing ` 20,000 for depreciation was ` 60,000. During the
year, the company declared the interim dividend @ 10% and paid ` 15,000 as income tax.
5.36	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	 CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019
Particulars			 `
(A)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN 1)	 80,000
	Add:	 Non-Cash Item: Depreciation	 20,000
	 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes		 1,00,000
	 Add:	 Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities:
			 Trade Payables	 5,000
			Inventories	 10,000	 15,000
					 1,15,000
	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities:
			 Trade Receivables	 10,000
			 Outstanding Expenses	 4,000	 14,000
	 Cash Generated from Operations		 1,01,000
	 Less:	 Tax Paid (Given)		 15,000
	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities		86,000
(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
	 Purchase of Fixed Assets (WN 2)	 (60,000)
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities		
(60,000)
(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities		
	 Decrease in Cash Credit	 (10,000)
	 Payment of Dividend [` 20,000 – ` 4,000 (Unclaimed)]	 (16,000)
	 Cash Used in Financing Activities		(26,000)
(D)	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)		Nil
	Add: Opening Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents		 30,000
(E)	 Closing Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents		30,000
Working Notes:
1. Calculation of Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items:	 		
`
	Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss as on 31st March, 2019	 90,000
	 Less:	Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss as on 31st March,2018	 50,000
			 40,000
	Add:	Appropriations:	
		 Interim Dividend	 20,000
		 Provision for Tax	 20,000 	
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items	 80,000
2.Dr.	 FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 2,35,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c	 20,000
To	 Cash A/c (Balancing Figure)	 60,000	 By	 Balance c/d	2,75,000
	 (Fixed Asset Purchased)				
		 2,95,000			 2,95,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.37
Illustration 21. Following is the Balance Sheet of Sreshtha Ltd. as on 31st March, 2014:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2014 (`)	 2013 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital		 20,00,000	 15,00,000
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 5,00,000	 3,00,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings		 3,00,000	 2,00,000
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Trade Payables		 1,50,000	 2,00,000
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 70,000	 60,000
	 Total	 30,20,000	22,60,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		 Fixed Assets:
	(i)	 Tangible Assets	 3	 19,00,000	 15,00,000
	(ii)	 Intangible Assets	 4	 4,70,000	 2,70,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories		 2,50,000	 1,60,000
	(b)	 Trade Receivables		 2,10,000	 2,10,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,90,000	 1,20,000
	 Total	 30,20,000	22,60,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars 	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2014 (`)	 2013 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus	
		Surplus, i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 5,00,000	 3,00,000
	2.	 Short-term Provisions
		
Provision for Tax	 70,000	 60,000
	3.	 Tangible Assets
		
Machinery	 27,00,000	21,00,000
		
Less: Accumulated Depreciation	 (8,00,000)	 (6,00,000)
			 19,00,000	 15,00,000
	4.	 Intangible Assets
		
Goodwill	 4,70,000	2,70,000
Prepare a Cash Flow Statement after taking into account the following adjustment:
During the year, a piece of machinery costing ` 30,000 on which accumulated depreciation
was ` 6,000, was sold for ` 20,000.	 (Delhi 2015 C)
5.38	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Solution:	
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
for the year ended 31st March, 2014
Particulars 	 `	`
	 I.	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities
	 Net profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN 1)	 2,70,000
	 Add:	 Non Operating/Non-cash Expenses:
		 Depreciation on Machinery (WN 3)	 2,06,000
		 Loss on sale of Machinery	 4,000
	 Operating Profit before Working Capital changes	 4,80,000
	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities:	
		 Inventories	 90,000
		 Trade Payables	 50,000	 1,40,000
	 Cash Generated from Operations	3,40,000
	 Less:	 Income Tax Paid	 60,000	 2,80,000
	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities		
2,80,000
	 II.	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities
		 Purchase of Machinery (WN 2) 	 (6,30,000)
		 Proceeds from Sale of Machinery	 20,000	
		 Goodwill Purchased	 (2,00,000)	 (8,10,000)
		
Cash Used in Investing Activities		
(8,10,000)
	III.	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities	
		 Proceeds from Issue of Shares	 5,00,000
		 Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings	 1,00,000	 6,00,000
		
Cash Flow from Financing Activities		
6,00,000
	 IV.	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (I + II + III)		 70,000
		
Add:	 Opening Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents		 1,20,000
	 V.	 Closing Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents		
1,90,000
	Working Notes:
1.	 Calculation of Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items:	 `
	Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (` 5,00,000 – ` 3,00,000)	 2,00,000
	 Add:  Provision for Tax	 70,000
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items	 2,70,000
2. Dr.	 MACHINERY ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 21,00,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 20,000
To	 Bank A/c (Balancing Figure) 	 6,30,000	 By	 Accumulated Depreciation A/c	 6,000
	 (Purchase)		 By	 Loss on Sale of Machinery A/c	 4,000
				 (Statement of Profit and Loss)
			 By	Balance c/d	 27,00,000
		 27,30,000			 27,30,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.39
3. Dr.	 ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	 Machinery A/c (Transfer)	 6,000	 By	 Balance b/d	6,00,000
To	Balance c/d (Given)	 8,00,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c (Balancing Figure)	 2,06,000
				 (Statement of Profit and Loss)
		 8,06,000			 8,06,000
	 1.	 From the following information, calculate Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items:
	`
		Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Opening)	 (2,00,000)
		 Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Closing)	 6,72,000
		 Dividend Paid in the current year	 1,44,000
		 Interim Dividend Paid during the year	 1,80,000
		 Transfer to Reserve	 2,00,000
		 Provision for Tax for the current year	 3,00,000
		 Refund of Tax	 6,000
		 Loss due to Earthquake	 4,00,000
		 Insurance Claim Received from Earthquake disaster settlement	 2,00,000
			 [Ans.: Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items: ` 18,90,000.]
	 2.	 Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following information:
Particulars					 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 	 3,10,000	 3,40,000
Trade Receivables	 1,50,000	 1,70,000
Outstanding Rent	 48,000	 72,000
Goodwill	 80,000	70,000
Prepaid Insurance	 20,000	 10,000
Trade Payables	 1,20,000	 1,60,000
			 [Ans.: Cash Used in Operating Activities = ` 84,000.]
	 3.	 Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following information:	 `
	 Net profit for the year ended 31st March,2019	 15,00,000
	 Annual Depreciation	 6,00,000
	 Gain (Profit) on sale of furniture which was transferred to Statement of Profit and Loss	 1,50,000
	 Trade Receivables (Increase in Debtors)	 1,20,000
	 Trade Payables (Increase in Creditors)	 1,80,000
[Ans.: ` 20,10,000.]
Unsolved Questions
5.40	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 4.	 Compute Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 	 80,000	 40,000
Trade Receivables:
		 Bills Receivable	 8,000	 5,000
		Debtors	 12,000	 10,000
Inventories (Stock)	 4,000	 7,000
	Prepaid Expenses	 ...	 500
Trade Payables:
		Creditors	 6,000	 4,000
		 Bills Payable	 ...	 1,000
	Outstanding Expenses	 3,000	 2,000
			 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 40,500.]
	 5.	 From the following you are required to calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 65,000	 60,000
Trade Receivables:
		Debtors	 40,000	 87,000
		 Bills Receivable	 1,03,000	 62,000
General Reserve	 2,37,000	 2,02,000
Dividend Equalisation Reserve	 1,00,000	 78,000
Salary Outstanding	 12,000	 30,000
Wages Prepaid	 7,000	 5,000
Goodwill	 70,000	80,000
			 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 58,000.]
	 6.	 Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following:
	Case (a)	 BALANCE SHEET (An Extract)
Particulars					 31st March,	 31st March,
						 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
Shareholders’Funds
			Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 6,00,000	 2,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
		Non-Current Assets
		 Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets	 12,00,000	 10,00,000
		Less: Accumulated Depreciation	 (2,50,000)	 (2,00,000)
							 9,50,000	 8,00,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.41
	Case (b)	 BALANCE SHEET (An Extract)
Particulars					 31st March,	 31st March,
						 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
		Shareholders’Funds
			Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 6,00,000	 2,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
		Non-Current Assets
		Fixed Assets:Intangible Assets
		Goodwill	 90,000	 1,00,000
Case (c)	 BALANCE SHEET (An Extract)
Particulars					 31st March,	 31st March,
						 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
				 Reserves and Surplus	 		 6,00,000	2,00,000
			
2.	 Current Liabilities
				Short-term Provisions:
				Provision for Tax	 		 1,50,000	1,00,000
Case (d)	 BALANCE SHEET (An Extract)
Particulars					 31st March,	 31st March,
						 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
Shareholders’Funds
			
Reserves and Surplus:		
			General Reserve			 3,20,000	 3,00,000
			Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss			 6,00,000	 2,00,000
									 9,20,000	 5,00,000
Case (e)	 BALANCE SHEET (An Extract)
Particulars					 31st March,	 31st March,
						 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
Shareholders’Funds
			Reserves and Surplus:
			Surplus, i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 6,00,000	 2,00,000
	II.	 ASSETS
		 Plant and Machinery	 4,00,000	 4,00,000
		Less: Accumulated Depreciation	 (1,50,000)	 (1,00,000)
							 2,50,000	 3,00,000
		
Additional Information: During the year, a part of machinery costing ` 50,000 (accumulated depreciation
thereon ` 40,000) was sold for ` 5,000.
[Ans.: (a) ` 4,50,000; (b) ` 4,10,000; (c) ` 4,50,000; (d) ` 4,20,000; (e) ` 4,95,000.]
5.42	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 7.	 Compute Cash Flow from Operating Activities of M/s Progressive Sales from the following details:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
Inventories	 50,000	60,000
Trade Receivables	 23,000	 25,000
Trade Payables	 50,000	 67,000
Expenses Outstanding	 4,500	 3,500
Accrued Income	 9,000	 8,000
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 90,000	 80,000
[Ans.: ` 5,000.]
	 8.	 Compute Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 	 30,000	 20,000
Trade Receivables	 18,000	 16,000
	Provision for Depreciation	 30,000	 28,000
	Prepaid Insurance	 1,500	 1,300
	Goodwill	 16,000	 20,000
Inventories	 12,000	9,000
			 [Ans.: ` 10,800.]
	 9.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of Good Luck Ltd.,prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`) 	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital	 4,00,000	 3,00,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 58,000	 50,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				 Long-term Borrowings (Mortgage Loan)	 1,40,000	 1,70,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
				Trade Payables	 1,48,000	 1,25,000
		Total		 	 7,46,000	6,45,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				Fixed Assets	 2	 3,41,000	 2,32,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories 	 2,80,000	 2,00,000
					
(b)	Trade Receivables	 1,07,000	 1,30,000
					(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 3	 18,000	 80,000
					
(d)	Other Current Assets: Prepaid Expenses	 ...	 3,000
		Total		 	 7,46,000	 6,45,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.43
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 58,000	 50,000
	2.	 Fixed Assets
		
Tangible: Plant	 2,96,000	 1,72,000
		
Intangible: Goodwill	 45,000	 60,000
			 3,41,000	 2,32,000
	3.	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	
		Cash-in-Hand	 16,000	 50,000
		 Cash at Bank	 2,000	 30,000
			 18,000	 80,000
		 [Ans.: Cash Used in Operating Activities = ` 8,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 1,24,000;
Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 70,000;
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 62,000.]
		
[Hint: No interest on mortgage loan is calculated because the rate of interest is not given.]
	10.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Varun Ltd.as at 31st March,2019,prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31stMarch,
						 2019	 2018
		 			 	`	 `
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	 (a)	 Share Capital	 1,50,000	 1,25,000
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 75,000	 60,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings :Bank Loan		 20,000	 ...
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings:Bank Overdraft		 10,000	 5,000
	 (b)	 Trade Payables	 2	 70,000	 65,000
	 (c)	 Short-term Provisions	 3	 25,000	 15,000
	 Total	 3,50,000	2,70,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 (a)	 Fixed Assets		 30,000	 20,000
	 (b)	 Non-current Investments		 10,000	 15,000
	 2.	 Current Assets	
	 (a)	 Inventories (Stock)	 1,20,000	 87,000
	 (b)	 Trade Receivables (Debtors)	 90,000	 98,000
	 (c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,00,000	 50,000
	Total			 3,50,000	 2,70,000
5.44	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019	 2018
			 `	 `
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus	
		 General Reserve	 15,000	 10,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 60,000	 50,000
			 75,000	 60,000
	2.	 Trade Payables
		Creditors	 45,000	 50,000
		 Bills Payable	 25,000	 15,000
			 70,000	 65,000
	3.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 25,000	 15,000
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 During the year ` 5,000 depreciation was charged on fixed assets.
	 2.	 Company has paid ` 12,000 interim dividend during the year.
	 3.	 Tax provided during the year ` 20,000.
[Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 22,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 10,000;
Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 38,000; Net Increase in
Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 50,000.]
	11.	 From the following Balance Sheet of X Ltd.,prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars					 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
							 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 2,00,000	 1,80,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 6,400	 6,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings:
				10% Debentures	 14,000	 12,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings (Bank Overdraft)	 13,600	 25,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables (Creditors)	 22,000	 24,000
					
(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 3	 8,400	 6,000
		Total		 	 2,64,400	2,53,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets	
				Fixed Assets—Tangible			 4	 1,50,000	 1,60,000
			2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories	 59,400	 50,600
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables 	 48,000	 40,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 7,000	 2,400
		Total		 	 2,64,400	2,53,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.45
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital
		 Equity Share Capital	 1,80,000	 1,55,000
		 12% Preference Share Capital	 20,000	 25,000
			 2,00,000	 1,80,000
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus	
		
General Reserve	 4,000	 4,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,400	 2,000
			 6,400	 6,000
	3.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 8,400	 6,000
	4.	 Fixed Assets—Tangible	
		Cost	 1,80,000	 1,82,000
		
Less: Accumulated Depreciation	 30,000	 22,000
			 1,50,000	 1,60,000
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Fixed Assets sold for ` 10,000, their cost ` 20,000 and accumulated depreciation till date of sale
of them ` 6,000.
	 2.	 Interim Dividend during the year ` 9,000.	
	 3.	 Tax paid ` 7,000.
	 4.	 Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were` 10,000 and ` 11,600 respectively.
		 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 22,200; Cash Used in Investing Activities =
` 8,000; Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 9,600;
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 4,600.]
		[Hints:	 1.	 It has been assumed that the new debentures have been issued at the end of the Current
Accounting Year.
			 2.	 Proposed Dividend includes dividend on Equity as well as Preference Shares.]
	12.	 From the following summarised Balance Sheets of Add Gel Pens Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and
31st March,2018 and the additional information,prepare Cash Flow Statement:
BALANCE SHEETS
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 3,00,000	 2,00,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 1,60,000	 80,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		 	
		 Long-term Borrowings	 3	 50,000	 1,80,000	
	3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Short-term Borrowings (Bank Overdraft)		 30,000	 45,000	
	(b)	 Trade Payables		 50,000	 40,000
	(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 4	 80,000	 60,000	
		Total			 6,70,000	 6,05,000
5.46	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	II.	ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		 Fixed Assets		 4,00,000	 4,10,000	
	 2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	 Current Investments	 10,000	 10,000
	(b)	Inventories		 89,000	 75,000	
	(c)	 Trade Receivables		 1,50,000	 1,00,000	
	(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 5	 21,000	 10,000	
	 	Total			 6,70,000	6,05,000	
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital		
		 Equity Share Capital	 1,50,000	 1,00,000
		 8% Preference Share Capital	 1,50,000	 1,00,000
			 3,00,000	 2,00,000
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus
		
General Reserve	 70,000	 30,000
		
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 90,000	 50,000
			 1,60,000	 80,000
	3.	 Long-term Borrowings
		
15% Debentures	 ...	 80,000
		
Loan from Bank	 50,000	 1,00,000
			 50,000	 1,80,000
	4.	 Short-term Provisions
		
Provision for Tax	 80,000	 60,000
	5.	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	
		 Cash in Hand	 11,000	 5,000
		 Cash at Bank	 10,000	 5,000
			 21,000	 10,000
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Depreciation charged on Fixed Assets ` 10,000.	 2.	Interest paid on Loan from Bank ` 5,000.
	 3.	 Interest paid on Debentures ` 9,000.
	 4.	 Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 10,000 and
` 22,500 respectively.
[Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 80,000; Cash Flow from Investing
Activities = Nil; Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 69,000;
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 11,000.]
		[Hint:	Current Investments are taken as Marketable Securities as no information is given. It is taken as
Cash and Cash Equivalent.]
Cash Flow Statement	 5.47
	13.	 Balance Sheets of XYZ Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018 were:
BALANCE SHEETS
Particulars					 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
							 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital	 6,00,000	 5,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 75,000	 50,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings:
				8% Debentures	 1,10,000	 2,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Short-term Borrowings: Bank Overdraft	 1,00,000	 80,000
					
(b)	 Trade Payables 		 75,000	 80,000
					
(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 25,000 	 20,000
		Total			 9,85,000	 9,30,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets:
						 (i)	 Tangible Assets:
							Land and Building	 5,50,000	 5,50,000
						 (ii)	 Intangible Assets:
							Goodwill	 75,000	 1,00,000
					
(b)	 Non-current Investment	 2,00,000	 1,50,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories	 65,000	 50,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables	 90,000	 68,000
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 5,000	 12,000
			
Total			 9,85,000	 9,30,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 Securities Premium Reserve	 50,000	 50,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 25,000	 ...
			 75,000	 50,000
 	2.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 25,000	 20,000
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Net Profit for the year before Tax and dividend amounted to ` 63,000.
	 2.	 Provision for Tax made during the year 2018–19 was ` 23,000.
	 3.	 Depreciation provided on Fixed Assets for the year 2018–19 ` 80,000.
	 4.	 Debentures amounted to ` 90,000 were redeemed on 1st July, 2018.
	 5.	 Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 10,000 and ` 15,000
respectively.
		 You are required to prepare Cash Flow Statement as per Accounting Standard-3 (Revised).
		 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,13,600; Cash Used in Investing Activities =
` 1,30,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 9,400;
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 7,000.]
		[Hint: Interest on Debentures = on ` 2,00,000 for 3 months + on ` 1,10,000 for 9 months = ` 10,600.]
5.48	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	14.	 From the following summarised Balance Sheets of KBC Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 31st March,
2018, you are required to prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars					 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
							 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	 Share Capital	 3,50,000	 3,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 2,30,000	 1,50,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings: 15% Debentures	 1,00,000	 1,50,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	 Trade Payables	 1,25,000	 80,000
					
(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 38,000	 35,000
					
(c)	 Other Current Liabilities: Outstanding Expenses	 6,000	 5,000
			Total			 8,49,000	 7,20,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets	
					
(a)	 Fixed Assets: Tangible (Net)	 3	 4,75,000	4,00,000
					
(b)	 Long-term Investments (At Cost)	 90,000	 90,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories	 1,18,000	 85,000
					
(b)	 Trade Receivables	 1,22,500	 1,12,500
					
(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents:
						Cash in Hand	 43,500	 32,500
			Total		 	 8,49,000	7,20,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 Capital Reserve (Profit on Sale of Investment)	 5,000	 ...
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,25,000	 1,50,000
			 2,30,000	 1,50,000
	2.	 Short-term Provisions	
		 Provision for Tax	 38,000	 35,000
	3.	 Fixed Assets
		 Tangible Assets (At Cost)	 6,00,000	 5,00,000
		
Less: Accumulated Depreciation	 1,25,000	 1,00,000
			 4,75,000	 4,00,000
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 During the year ended 31st March, 2019, Fixed Assets with a net Book Value of ` 5,000 (accumulated
depreciation ` 15,000) was sold for ` 4,000.
	 2.	 During the year ended 31st March, 2019, investment costing ` 40,000 was sold.
	 3.	 Debentures were redeemed at a premium of 10%.
	 4.	 Tax of ` 37,500 was paid.
	 5.	 Debenture interest paid during the year ended 31st March, 2019 was ` 15,000.
	 6.	 Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were` 15,000 and ` 17,000 respectively.
		 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,57,000; Cash Used in Investing
Activities = ` 1,11,000; Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 35,000;
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 11,000.]
Cash Flow Statement	 5.49
]
[Hints:
1. Dr.	 FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 5,00,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 4,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase)	 1,20,000	 By	 Accumulated Depreciation A/c	 15,000
	 (Bal.Fig.)		 By	 Loss on Sale (Statement of Profit and Loss)	 1,000
			 By	Balance c/d	 6,00,000
		 6,20,000			 6,20,000
2. Dr.	 ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	 Fixed Assets A/c (Transfer)	 15,000	 By	 Balance b/d	 1,00,000
To	Balance c/d	 1,25,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c (Depreciation Provided) 	 40,000
				 (Bal.Fig.)
		 1,40,000			 1,40,000
3. Dr.	 PROVISION FOR TAX ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	 Bank A/c (Tax Paid)	 37,500	 By	 Balance b/d	 35,000
To	Balance c/d	 38,000	 By	 Statement of Profit and Loss (Provision Made)	 40,500
				 (Bal.Fig.)
		 75,500			 75,500
4. Dr.	 INVESTMENT ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 90,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 45,000
To	 Capital Reserve A/c	 5,000		 (` 40,000 + ` 5,000 profit)
To	 Bank A/c—Purchase	 40,000	 By	 Balance c/d	 90,000
	 (Bal.Fig.)	
		 1,35,000			 1,35,000
	15.	 Calculate Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items from the following Balance Sheets of
AB Trades Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 2018:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	 (a)	 Share Capital		 10,00,000	 8,00,000	
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 4,00,000	 2,50,000
	 2.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings		 50,000	 60,000	
	 (b)	 Trade Payables		 50,000	 80,000
	 (c)	 Other Current Liabilities		 25,000	 15,000
	 (d)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 80,000	 40,000
		Total			 16,05,000	 12,45,000	
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	
Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets		 10,00,000	 8,00,000
	 (b)	 Non-Current Investments		 3,00,000	 2,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets	 3,05,000	2,45,000
	 	Total			 16,05,000	 12,45,000
5.50	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 (a)	 General Reserve	 1,20,000	 80,000
		(b)	Surplus,i.e.,Balance In Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,80,000	 1,70,000
				 4,00,000	 2,50,000
	2.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 80,000	 40,000
	
Additional Information: Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 80,000
and ` 1,00,000 respectively.	 [Ans.: ` 3,30,000.]
	16.	 From the following Balance Sheets of Vivek Ltd.,prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	 (a)	 Share Capital	 1	 2,90,000	 2,50,000	
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 72,000	 50,000
	2.	 Current Liabilities
		 Trade Payables		 5,000	 23,000
		Total			 3,67,000	 3,23,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		
Fixed Assets:
	 (a)	Tangible	 3	 1,50,000	 1,40,000	
	 (b)	 Intangible (Goodwill)		 20,000	 30,000	
	 2.	 Current Assets
	 (a)	Inventories		 20,000	 18,000	
	 (b)	 Trade Receivables		 1,60,000	 1,20,000	
	 (c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 17,000	 15,000	
	 	Total			 3,67,000	 3,23,000	
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital
		 Equity Share Capital	 2,50,000	 2,00,000
		 12% Preference Share Capital	 40,000	 50,000
			 2,90,000	 2,50,000
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus
		
General Reserve	 55,000	 35,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 17,000	 15,000
			 72,000	 50,000
	3.	 Fixed Assets (Tangible)
		Building	 80,000	 1,00,000
		Plant	 70,000	 40,000
			 1,50,000	 1,40,000
		
Additional Information: Depreciation charged on Plant was ` 30,000 and on Building ` 50,000.
			 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 52,000; Cash Used in
Investing Activities = ` 90,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 40,000;
Net increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 2,000.]
Cash Flow Statement	 5.51
	17.	 Balance Sheet of A Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 was as follows:
Particulars					 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
							 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital	 8,40,000	 6,00,000
					(b)	 Reserves and Surplus		 2,46,000	 1,20,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings	 1	 1,50,000	 1,50,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	Short-term Borrowings	 2	 75,000	 90,000
					
(b)	Trade Payables		 2,49,000	 1,50,000
					
(c)	Short-term Provisions	 3	 60,000	 45,000
			Total			 16,20,000	 11,55,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets	
					
(a)	Fixed Assets:	
						 (i)	Tangible Assets (Net)	 4	 3,90,000	 4,80,000
						(ii)	Intangible Assets	 5	 30,000	 60,000
				(b)	Non-current Investments		 7,50,000	 3,75,000
			
2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Current Investments	 6	 90,000	 60,000
				(b)	Inventories	 90,000	 30,000
					
(c)	 Trade Receivables	 1,95,000	 90,000
				 (d)	 Other Current Assets	 7	 39,000	 15,000
				 (e)		 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 36,000	 45,000
			Total		 	 16,20,000	11,55,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Long-term Borrowings
		 12% Loan	 1,50,000	 1,50,000
	2.	 Short-term Borrowings	
		
Bank Overdraft	 75,000	 90,000
	3.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 60,000	 45,000
	4.	 Fixed Assets—Tangible (Net)
		 Plant and Machinery	 5,40,000	 6,00,000
		
Less:	 Provision for Depreciation	 1,50,000	 1,20,000
				 3,90,000	 4,80,000
	5.	 Intangible Assets
		
Trademarks	 30,000	60,000
	6.	 Current Investments
		 Short-term Investments	 90,000	 60,000
	7.	 Other Current Assets
		 Prepaid Expenses	 39,000	 15,000
5.52	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
		
Additional Information:
		 1.  Interest received on Investment: ` 45,000.
		 2.  Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 60,000 and ` 90,000 respectively.
		 You are required to prepare Cash Flow Statement.
		[Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,44,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 2,70,000;
Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 1,47,000; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 21,000.]
	18.	 Nazma Ltd. received interest on an item and the accountant classified it under financing activity while
preparing Cash Flow Statement. Name another item for which such a treatment is possible.		
	 (Delhi 2016 C)
		
Note by Authors:	 Thereseemstobeprintingerror.Pleaseread‘InvestingActivity’inplaceof’FinancingActivity’.
	19.	 From the following Balance Sheets of X Ltd.,prepare Cash Flow State­
ment:
Particulars					 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
							 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
			
1.	 Shareholders’Funds
					
(a)	Share Capital	 4,00,000	 3,00,000
					
(b)	 Reserves and Surplus:
						Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 1,10,000	 85,000
			
2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
				Long-term Borrowings: Bank Loan	 75,000	 1,00,000
			
3.	 Current Liabilities
					
(a)	Trade Payables (Creditors)	 2,95,000	 3,10,000
					
(b)	Short-term Provisions	 1	 60,000	 45,000
			
Total		 	 9,40,000	8,40,000
	II.	 ASSETS
			
1.	 Non-Current Assets
				 Fixed Assets (Net)	 2	 4,15,000	 3,20,000
			2.	 Current Assets
					
(a)	Inventories (Stock)	 2,25,000	 2,00,000
					
(b)	Trade Receivables	 3	 3,00,000	 2,90,000
					(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 ...	 30,000
		Total		 	 9,40,000	8,40,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 60,000	 45,000
	2.	 Fixed Assets	
		 Plant and Machinery	 5,50,000	 4,00,000
		
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation	 1,35,000	 80,000
			 4,15,000	 3,20,000
	3.	 Trade Receivables
		Debtors	 1,90,000	 2,10,000
		 Bills Receivable	 1,10,000	 80,000
			 3,00,000	 2,90,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.53
		
Additional Information:
		 A piece of machinery costing ` 60,000 on which accumulated depreciation was ` 15,000 was sold
for ` 30,000.
[Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 75,000; Cash Used in
	 Investing Activities = ` 1,80,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 75,000;
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 30,000.]
	20.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Sultan Ltd.as at 31st March,2019,prepare a Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	 (a)	 Share Capital	 1	 7,00,000	 5,00,000	
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 2,50,000	 3,25,000	
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings	 3	 2,00,000	 2,50,000	
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings (12% Bank Loan)	 4,00,000	 5,00,000
	 (b)	 Trade Payables		 1,50,000	 40,000
	 (c)	 Short-term Provisions	 4	 1,90,000	 1,50,000
	 Total	 18,90,000	17,65,000	
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	
Fixed Assets:			
	 (i)	 Tangible Assets (Machinery)		 11,00,000	 9,00,000
	 (ii)	 Intangible Assets (Goodwill)		 40,000	 90,000
	 (b)	 10% Non-current Investments		 2,00,000	 1,40,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	 (a)	Inventories	 1,50,000	 2,00,000	
	 (b)	 Trade Receivables	 1,80,000	 1,50,000
	 (c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 2,20,000	 2,85,000
	Total			 18,90,000	 17,65,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital	
		 Equity Share Capital	 6,00,000	 3,00,000
		 12% Preference Capital	 1,00,000	 2,00,000
			 7,00,000	 5,00,000
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus
		
General Reserve	 1,50,000	 3,75,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 1,00,000	 (50,000)
			 2,50,000	 3,25,000
	3.	 Long-term Borrowings
		
9% Debentures	 2,00,000	 2,50,000
	4.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 1,90,000	 1,50,000
Additional Information:
	 (i)	 Machinery costing ` 1,00,000 on which depreciation charged was ` 70,000, was sold at a profit of
20% on book value. Depreciation charged during the year amounted to ` 70,000.
5.54	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 (ii)	 Bank loan was repaid and Preference Shares were redeemed at par on 31st March, 2019.
	 (iii)	 Debentures were redeemed on 1st January, 2019 and Equity Shares were issued on 1st April, 2018.
	 (iv)	 During the year, company declared and paid interim dividend on Equity Shares @ 8%. Final dividend
was not proposed on equity shares.
	 (v)	 At the end of the year some Non-current Investments costing ` 60,000 were sold at a profit of 20%.
Some of Non-current investments were also made on 31st March, 2019.
	 (vi)	 Tax paid during the year was ` 1,40,000 and adjusted against Provision for Tax Account.
	 (vii)	 Proposed dividend for the year ended 31st March, 2018 ` 24,000 was paid during the year.
		 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 3,36,375; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 2,98,000;
Cash Used to Financing Activities = ` 1,03,375; Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 65,000.]
	21.	 From the following extract of Balance Sheet of a company,calculate Cash Flow from Financing Activities:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,		
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
Equity Share Capital	 6,00,000	 4,00,000
10% Preference Share Capital	 2,00,000	 3,00,000
Securities Premium Reserve	 35,000	 ...
11% Debentures	 5,00,000	 4,00,000
	 	 Additional Information:
	 (i)	 Equity shares were issued at a premium of 20% on 31st March, 2019.
	(ii)	
Underwriting commission on issue of equity shares ` 5,000.The company met underwriting commission
from Securities Premium Reserve.
	 (iii)	 Preference shares were redeemed on 31st March, 2019 at par along with dividend.
	 (iv)	 Additional Debentures were issued on 1st April, 2018.
	 (v)	 The company paid interim dividend @ 9% on Equity Share Capital. The company did not propose
final dividend on Equity share Capital.
			 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 1,14,000.]
	22.	 Following are the Balance Sheets of Sreshtha Ltd.as on 31st March,2014 and 2013:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2014 (`)	 2013 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	 (a)	 Share Capital		 40,00,000	 30,00,000
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 10,00,000	 6,00,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings		 6,00,000	 4,00,000
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Trade Payables		 3,00,000	 4,00,000
	 (b)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 1,40,000	 1,20,000
	 Total	 60,40,000	45,20,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		
Fixed Assets:	
			 (i)	 Tangible Assets	 3	 38,00,000	 30,00,000
			(ii)	 Intangible Assets	 4	 9,40,000	 5,40,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	 (a)	Inventories		 5,00,000	 3,20,000
	 (b)	 Trade Receivables		 4,20,000	 4,20,000
	 (c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 3,80,000	 2,40,000
	Total	 60,40,000	45,20,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.55
Notes to Accounts
Particulars 	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2014 (`)	 2013 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus	
		Surplus, i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 10,00,000	 6,00,000
	2.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 1,40,000	 1,20,000
	3.	 Tangible Assets	
		Machinery	 42,00,000	 33,00,000
		
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation	 (4,00,000)	 (3,00,000)
			 38,00,000	 30,00,000
	4.	 Intangible Assets
		Goodwill	 9,40,000	 5,40,000
		 Prepare a Cash Flow Statement after taking into account the following adjustment:	
		 During the year, a piece of machinery costing ` 40,000 on which accumulated depreciation was ` 30,000,
was sold for ` 9,000.	 (OD 2015 C)
[Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 2,71,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities =
` 13,31,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 12,00,000;
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 1,40,000.]
	23.	 From the following Balance Sheet of India Ltd. and the additional information given, prepare Cash
Flow Statement:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	(a)	
Share Capital:  Equity Share Capital		 4,00,000	 3,00,000	
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 1,18,000	 70,000	
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		 	
		 Long-term Borrowings		 1,00,000	 1,50,000	
	3.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Trade Payables	 2	 99,000	 75,000	
	 (b)	 Short-term Provisions	 3	 50,000	 40,000	
		Total			 7,67,000	 6,35,000	
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		 Fixed Assets—Tangible	 4	 3,70,000	 2,80,000	
			 —Intangible (Goodwill)		 90,000	 1,15,000	
	 2.	 Current Assets
	 (a)	Inventories		 59,000	 35,000	
	 (b)	 Trade Receivables	 5	 2,30,000	 1,80,000	
	 (c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 18,000	 25,000	
	 	Total			 7,67,000	 6,35,000
5.56	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 General Reserve	 70,000	 40,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 48,000	 30,000
			 1,18,000	 70,000
	2.	 Trade Payables
		
Creditors	 83,000	55,000
		
Bills Payable	 16,000	 20,000
			 99,000	 75,000
	3.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 50,000	 40,000
	4.	 Fixed Assets (Tangible)
		
Land and Building	 1,80,000	 2,00,000
		
Plant	 1,90,000	80,000
			 3,70,000	 2,80,000
	5.	 Trade Receivables
		Debtors	 2,00,000	 1,60,000
		 Bills Receivable	 30,000	 20,000
			 2,30,000	 1,80,000
		Note:	Proposed equity dividends for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 are ` 50,000 and
` 60,000 respectively.
		
Additional Information:
		 1.	 Depreciation of ` 10,000 and ` 20,000 have been charged on Plant and Land and Building respectively
in 2018–19.
		 2.	 An Interim Dividend of ` 20,000 has been paid in 2018–19.
		 3.	 Share Issue Expenses of ` 5,000 were incurred and written off in 2018–19 from the Statement of
Profit and Loss.
		 4.	 Income Tax ` 35,000 was paid during the year 2018–19.
			 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,38,000; Cash Used in
Investing Activities = ` 1,20,000; Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 25,000.
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 7,000.]
	24.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Clay Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement:
BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 				 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	 (a)	 Share Capital		 8,00,000	 5,00,000	
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 3,50,000	 2,05,000	
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		
		 Long-term Borrowings (10% Debentures)		 4,00,000	 5,00,000	
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings (10% Bank Loan)		 50,000	 ...	
	 (b)	 Trade Payables	 2	 75,000	 1,00,000	
	 (c)	 Other Current Liabilities	 3	 30,000	 ...
	 (d)	 Short-term Provisions	 4	 65,000	 50,000	
		Total			 17,70,000	 13,55,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.57
	II.	ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	
Fixed Assets:	
	 (i)	 Tangible Assets	 5	 5,20,000	 7,00,000	
	 (ii)	 Intangible Assets		 50,000	 1,00,000	
	 (b)	 Non-current Investments (10% Investments)		 1,60,000	 60,000	
	 2.	 Current Assets
	 (a)	Inventories		 50,000	 60,000	
	 (b)	 Trade Receivables		 80,000	 40,000	
	 (c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents		 9,10,000	 3,95,000	
	 	Total			 17,70,000	 13,55,000	
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		 Securities Premium Reserve	
		 Opening Balance	 75,000	 75,000
		
Less:  Share Issue Expenses Written off	 40,000	 ...
				 35,000	 75,000
		 Capital Reserve		 ...	 5,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 		 3,15,000	 1,25,000
				 3,50,000	 2,05,000
	2.	 Trade Payables
		 Trade Creditors	 55,000	 50,000
		 Bills Payable	 20,000	 50,000
			 75,000	 1,00,000
	3.	 Other Current Liabilities
		
Unpaid Dividend	 20,000	 ...
		 Unpaid Interest on Debentures	 10,000	 ...
			 30,000	 ...
	4.	 Short-term Provisions
		
Provision for Tax	 65,000	 50,000
	5.	 Fixed Assets (Tangible)
		
Building	 2,50,000	4,00,000
		 Plant and Machinery	 2,70,000	 3,00,000
			 5,20,000	 7,00,000
		Note:	Proposed Dividend for the year ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 are ` 1,15,000 and ` 1,25,000
respectively.
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Interim Dividend of ` 50,000 was paid during the year.
	 2.	 Share Issue Expenses of ` 40,000 were incurred and written off during the year 2018–19 from
Securities Premium Reserve.
	 3.	 Tax of ` 60,000 was paid during the year.
	 4.	 Debentures were redeemed at par on 1st April, 2018 and Bank Loan was raised on the same date.
5.58	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 5.	 At the end of the year some Non-current Investments costing ` 40,000 were sold at a loss of 25%
and some Non-current Investments costing ` 20,000 were sold at a profit of 25%. Profit/Loss on
investments was adjusted against Capital Reserve. Additional Non-current investments were made
on 31st March, 2019.
		 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 4,34,000; Cash Flow from
Investing Activities = ` 51,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 30,000;
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 5,15,000.]
		[Hints:
1.Dr.	 10% INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT	 Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 60,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 30,000
To	 Capital Reserve A/c (Profit)	 5,000	 By	 Capital Reserve A/c (Loss on Sale)	 10,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase)	 1,60,000	 By	 Bank A/c (` 20,000 + ` 5,000)	 25,000
	 (Balancing Figure)		 By	 Balance c/d	 1,60,000
		 2,25,000			 2,25,000
2.  Depreciation on Plant and Machinery—` 30,000; Sale of Building—` 1,50,000.]
	25.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Varun Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars				 Note No.	 31st March,	 31stMarch,
						 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	 (a)	 Share Capital	 1,50,000	 1,25,000
	 (b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 75,000	 60,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings :Bank Loan		 20,000	 ...
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings:Bank Overdraft		 10,000	 5,000
	 (b)	 Trade Payables	 2	 70,000	 65,000
	 (c)	 Short-term Provisions	 3	 25,000	 15,000
	 Total	 3,50,000	2,70,000
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 (a)	 Fixed Assets		 30,000	 20,000
	 (b)	 Non-current Investments		 10,000	 15,000
	 2.	 Current Assets	
	 (a)	 Inventories (Stock)	 1,20,000	 87,000
	 (b)	 Trade Receivables (Debtors)	 90,000	 98,000
	 (c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,00,000	 50,000
	Total			 3,50,000	 2,70,000
Cash Flow Statement	 5.59
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019	 2018
			 `	 `
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus	
		 General Reserve	 15,000	 10,000
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 60,000	 50,000
			 75,000	 60,000
	2.	 Trade Payables
		Creditors	 45,000	 50,000
		 Bills Payable	 25,000	 15,000
			 70,000	 65,000
	3.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 25,000	 15,000
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 During the year ` 5,000 depreciation was charged on fixed assets.
	 2.	 Company has paid ` 12,000 interim dividend during the year.
	 3.	 Tax provided during the year ` 20,000.
[Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 22,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 10,000;
Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 38,000; Net Increase in
Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 50,000.]
Practice Test Papers
	 Practice Test Paper 1
	1.	ABC Ltd. implemented Voluntary Retirement Scheme which was accepted by
100 employees. The company paid ` 20 lakhs to these employees as compensation. Under
which activity and how will this payment be shown in the Cash Flow Statement? 	 (1)
	 2.	 Amrit Securities Ltd., a company dealing in shares and other financial instruments made
strategic investment of ` 50 lakhs in Rathi Securities Ltd., a company having membership
of BSE. Under which head ` 50 lakhs will be shown in Cash Flow Statement?	 (1)
	 3.	 Under which head of the Statement of Profit and Loss will the following items be shown?
		(i)	 Loss on Issue of Debentures written off  (ii) Share Issue Expenses written off
		(iii)	 Goodwill written off  (iv) Bad Debts Recovered	 (4)
	4.	(a)	 Ratio of Current Assets (` 12,50,000) to Current Liabilities (` 5,00,000) of a company
is 2.5 : 1. The management decided to maintain a current ratio of 2 : 1, by acquiring
some current assets on credit. By what amount should it increase its current assets to
maintain the ratio?
		(b)	 A company has Debt to Equity Ratio of 3 : 1, total Debts ` 15,00,000 and Equities
` 5,00,000. If company wants to maintain Debt to Equity Ratio of 2 : 1, how much
amount should be paid?	 (4)
	 5.	 ABC Ltd. is in the business of manufacturing and selling FMCG, decided to set up a new
manufacturing unit in economically backward area of Chhattisgarh. It decided to employ
factory staff from the local population. But before that it imparted training to them for
six months and gave each trainee a stipend of ` 5,000 per month. Its Comparative Statement
of Profit and Loss for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 was as follows:
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
			 No.	 2018	 2019	 (Increase or 	 (Increase or
				 `	 `	 Decrease) (`)	 Decrease) (%)
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations 			 12,50,000	 15,00,000	 2,50,000	 20.00
	
II.	
Other Income				 40,000	
50,000	10,000	 25.00
	III.	Total Revenue (I + II)			 12,90,000 	 15,50,000	 2,60,000	 20.16
	 IV.	 Expenses
	 (a)	 Cost of Materials Consumed	 7,00,000 	 8,00,000	 1,00,000	 14.29
	 (b)	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 1,80,000 	 2,00,000	 20,000	 11.11
	(c)	 Other Expenses	 75,000 	 1,00,000	 25,000	 33.33
	 	 Total Expenses 		 9,55,000 	 11,00,000	 1,45,000	 15.18
	V.	Profit beforeTax (III – IV)		 3,35,000 	 4,50,000	 1,15,000	 34.33
	VI.	 Less:Tax		 95,000 	 1,50,000	 55,000	 52.63
	VII.	 Profit afterTax (V –VI)		 2,40,000 	 3,00,000	 60,000	 25.00
PTP.2	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
		Inventories for the years ended 31st March, 2017—` 2,00,000; 31st March,
2018—` 2,50,000 and 31st March, 2019—` 2,50,000.
		 Calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio for the two years. 	 (4)
	 6.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Crystal Company Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare
Cash Flow Statement:
BALANCE SHEET OF CRYSTAL COMPANY LTD.
as at 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 6,00,000	 4,00,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 2,00,000	 1,00,000	
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		
Long-term Borrowings: Bank Loan	 1,00,000	 2,00,000	
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Trade Payables (Creditors)	 45,000	 60,000
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 70,000	 40,000
	 Total	 10,15,000	8,00,000	
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets:	
	(i)	 Tangible Assets: Building	 6,00,000	 6,00,000
	(ii)	 Intangible Assets: Patents	 45,000	 50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 75,000	 ...
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories	 15,000	 10,000	
	(b)	 Trade Receivables (Debtors)	 1,95,000	 1,20,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 85,000	 20,000
	Total			 10,15,000	 8,00,000
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,00,000	 1,00,000
	2.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 70,000	 40,000
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 During the year Building costing ` 75,000 was purchased. Loss on Sale of Building
was ` 5,000. Depreciation charged on Building was ` 12,000.	
	 2.	 Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 80,000
and ` 60,000 respectively.	 (6)
Practice Test Papers	 PTP.3
Practice Test Paper 2
	 1.	 XYZ Ltd. purchased its own debentures from the market for investment for a consideration
of ` 5,00,000. Under which activity and how will this payment be shown in the Cash Flow
Statement?	(1)
	 2.	 Avon Securities Ltd., a company dealing in shares and other financial instruments had made
strategic investment of ` 5 lakhs in Bull Securities Ltd., a company having membership of
BSE. It later sold these shares at a gain of ` 2,00,000. Under which head will the sale and
gain be shown in Cash Flow Statement?	 (1)
	 3.	Under which main-head and sub-head of the Balance Sheet will the following items
be shown?
		(i)	 Share Application Money
		(ii)	 Debentures with maturity period of 12 months
		(iii)	 Computer Software
		(iv)	
Preference Share Capital					 (4)
	4.	(a)	State any two objectives of Common-size Balance Sheet.
		(b)	 Opening Inventory ` 40,000; Closing Inventory ` 50,000; Revenue from Operations
` 6,00,000; Gross Profit Ratio 25%.
			 Calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio.		 (4)
	 5.	 XYZ Ltd. is in the business of manufacturing and selling carpets, decided to set up a new
manufacturing unit in Jammu and Kashmir. It decided to do so because of the natural
calamity struck in the state. It decided to employ factory staff from the local population
after giving them adequate training to develop the weaving skill in them. Each trainee was
paid stipend during the training period. Its Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss for
the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 was as follows:
Particulars			 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
			 No.	 2018	 2019	 (Increase or 	 (Increase or
				 `	 `	 Decrease) (`)	 Decrease) (%)
	 I.	 Revenue from Operations			 17,50,000 	 25,00,000	 7,50,000	 42.86
	 II.	 Other Income				 40,000 	 50,000	 10,000	 25.00
	III.	Total Revenue (I + II)	 		 17,90,000 	 25,50,000	 7,60,000	 42.46
	 IV.	 Expenses
	 (a)	 Cost of Materials Consumed	 10,50,000 	 15,00,000	 4,50,000	 42.86
	 (b)	 Employees Benefit Expenses	 3,80,000 	 4,00,000	 20,000	 5.26
	(c)	 Other Expenses	 75,000 	 1,00,000	 25,000	 33.33
	 	 Total Expenses 		 15,05,000 	 20,00,000	 4,95,000	 32.89
	V.	Profit beforeTax (III – IV)		 2,85,000 	 5,50,000	 2,65,000	 92.98
	VI.	 Less:Tax		 95,000 	 1,50,000	 55,000	 57.89
	VII.	 Profit afterTax (V –VI)		 1,90,000 	 4,00,000	 2,10,000	 110.53
		
Additional Information:
	 	 Employees Benefit Expenses include Wages of ` 2,00,000 and ` 1,90,000 in the years ended
31st March, 2019 and 2018 respectively.
	 	 Calculate Gross Profit Ratio for the two years.	 (4)
PTP.4	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 6.	(a)	 Classify the following items under different heads of operating, investing and
financing activities:
	(i)	 Investments costing ` 4,00,000 sold for ` 5,00,000. 	
	(ii)	 Goods sold on credit ` 50,000.
	(iii)	 Dividend paid ` 1,00,000.	
	(iv)	 Furniture purchased for ` 90,000.	 	 	 (2)
	(b)	Few items have been extracted from the Balance Sheet of a company, which are
as under:
		 31st March, 	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 	 Equity Share Capital	 9,00,000	 7,00,000
	 	 15% Preference Share Capital	 3,00,000	 5,00,000
		 Securities Premium Reserve	 1,40,000	 1,00,000
	 	 12% Debentures	 4,00,000	 3,00,000
		
Additional Information:
	 1.	 Interim Dividend on Equity Shares at the end of current year was paid @ 15%.
	 2.	 Preference Shares were redeemed at a premium of 5% on 31st March, 2019.
	 3.	 Issues of new Shares and Debentures were made on the last date of current year.
		 Calculate Cash Flow from Financing Activities.	 (4)
Practice Test Papers	 PTP.5
Practice Test Paper 3
	 1.	 Moonlight Ltd. bought back its own shares having nominal value of ` 10,00,000 at its
nominal value. Under which activity and how will this payment be shown in the Cash
Flow Statement?	 (1)
	 2.	 Top Securities Ltd., a company dealing in shares and other financial instruments declared
and paid final dividend of ` 5,00,000. Under which activity dividend paid will be shown
in Cash Flow Statement?	 (1)
	 3.	Under which main-head and sub-head of the Balance Sheet will the following items
be shown?
		(i)	 Share Application Money Pending Allotment
		 (ii)	 Workmen Compensation Reserve
		(iii)	Patents
	 	 (iv)	Debentures		 (4)
	4.	 (i)	 Calculate Gross Profit Ratio based on the following information:
	 	 	 Cash Revenue from Operations: 25% of Total Revenue from Operations; Purchases:
` 2,76,000; Credit Revenue from Operations: ` 2,40,000; Excess of Closing Inventory
over Opening Inventory: ` 20,000.
		(ii)	 Current Ratio of Z Ltd. is 1 : 1 at present. In future the company wants to improve
this ratio to 2 : 1. Suggest any two accounting transactions for improving the
Current Ratio.	 (4)
	 5.	 XYZ Ltd. is in the business of readymade garments, decided to take part in Swachh
Bharat Abhiyan by educating the people about the benefits of cleanliness from the
health point of view. Its Comparative Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2018 and 2019
was as follows:
Particulars	 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
		 No.	 2018	 2019	 (Increase/Decrease)	(Increase/Decrease)
		 	`	 `	 `	%
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
		 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	 (a)	 Share Capital	 15,00,000 	 20,00,000	 5,00,000	 33.33
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 4,00,000	 5,00,000	 1,00,000	 25.00
		 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings	 27,00,000 	 25,00,000	 (2,00,000)	 (7.41)
		 3.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 3,00,000 	 4,00,000	 1,00,000	 33.33
	 (b)	 Trade Payables	 80,000 	 1,00,000	 20,000	 25.00
	 Total	 49,80,000 	 55,00,000	 5,20,000	 10.44
PTP.6	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	II.	ASSETS
		 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		
Fixed Assets:
	(i)	 Tangible Assets	 27,50,000 	 30,00,000	 2,50,000	 9.10
	 (ii)	 Intangible Assets	 6,00,000 	 5,00,000	 (1,00,000)	 (16.67)
		 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Current Investments	 7,50,000 	 7,50,000	 0	 0.00
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 7,00,000 	 7,50,000	 50,000	 7.14
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,80,000 	 5,00,000	 3,20,000	 177.77
	Total	 49,80,000 	 55,00,000	 5,20,000	 10.44
		 Calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years.	 (4)
	 6.	 Following is the Balance Sheet of GEC Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019:
BALANCE SHEET OF GEC LTD.as at 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 7,00,000	 6,00,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 2,00,000	 1,10,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings	 3,00,000	 2,00,000	
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
		 Trade Payables	 30,000	 25,000
	 Total	 12,30,000	9,35,000	
	II.	ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	 	 Fixed Assets:
		 Tangible Assets	 11,00,000	 8,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories	 70,000	 60,000	
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 32,000	 40,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 28,000	 35,000
	Total			 12,30,000	 9,35,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,00,000	 1,10,000
		
Adjustments:
		 During the year, a piece of machinery of the book value of ` 80,000 was sold for ` 65,000.
Depreciation provided on tangible assets during the year amounted to ` 2,00,000.
		 Prepare a Cash Flow Statement.	 (6)
Practice Test Papers	 PTP.7
Practice Test Paper 4
	 1.	 Sunlight Ltd. received insurance claim of ` 10,00,000 for the loss of building and machinery
due to floods. Under which activity and how will this payment be shown in the Cash Flow
Statement?	(1)
	 2.	 Evergreen Securities Ltd., a company dealing in shares and other financial instruments
received dividend from various companies amounting to ` 5,00,000. Under which activity
dividend received will be shown in Cash Flow Statement?	 (1)
	 3.	 Under which main-head and sub-head of the Balance Sheet will be the following items
be shown?
		(i)	 Employees Stock Option Account
		(ii)	 Deferred Tax Liabilities
		(iii)	 Bank Overdraft or Cash Credit
		(iv)	 Investment in Shares	 (4)
	4.	(a)	 Total Equity and Liabilities are ` 50,00,000; Shareholders’ Funds ` 20,00,000 and Current
Liabilities ` 10,00,000. Calculate Debt to Equity Ratio.	 (2)
		(b)	 During the year ending 31st March, 2019, Ajmera Ltd., a Jewellery manufacturer, sold
goods costing ` 4 crores. Its average of Opening and Closing Inventory was ` 40 lakh.
Calculate Company’s Inventory Turnover Ratio. The industry’s bench mark is 5 times.
Also, comment on the efficiency of company.	 (2)
	5.	C&C Ltd. is in the business of manufacturing ingots, implemented health programme
in its factory. Under the programme every employee was to undergo medical tests
every month, get healthy food at subsidised costs. Besides this, a gym was set up
with all exercise equipment for the staff. The staff was to be educated regularly about
the benefits of good health. Its Comparative Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2018 and
2019 was as follows:
Particulars	 Note	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Absolute Change	 Percentage Change
		 No.	 2018	 2019	 (Increase/Decrease)	(Increase/Decrease)
		 	`	 `	 `	%
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
		 1.	 Shareholders’Funds
	 (a)	 Share Capital	 15,00,000 	 20,00,000	 5,00,000	 33.33
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 4,00,000 	 5,00,000	 1,00,000	 25.00
		 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings	 27,00,000 	 25,00,000	 (2,00,000)	 (7.41)
		 3.	 Current Liabilities
	 (a)	 Short-term Borrowings	 3,00,000 	 4,00,000	 1,00,000	 33.33
	 (b)	 Trade Payables	 80,000 	 1,00,000	 20,000	 25.00
	 Total	 49,80,000 	 55,00,000	 5,20,000	 10.44
PTP.8	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	II.	ASSETS
		 1.	 Non-Current Assets
		
Fixed Assets:
	(i)	 Tangible Assets	 27,50,000 	 30,00,000	 2,50,000	 9.10
	 (ii)	 Intangible Assets	 6,00,000 	 5,00,000	 (1,00,000)	 (16.67)
		 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	 Current Investments	 7,50,000	 7,50,000	 0	 0.00
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 7,00,000 	 7,50,000	 50,000	 7.14
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 1,80,000 	 5,00,000	 3,20,000	 177.77
	Total	 49,80,000 	 55,00,000	 5,20,000	 10.44
		
Additional Imformation:
	 	 Revenue from Operations for the years ended 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018 were
` 50,00,000 and ` 30,00,000 respectively.
	 	 Calculate Working Capital Turnover Ratio for the two years. 	 (4)
	 6.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Alok Industries Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare
Cash Flow Statement:
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 40,00,000	 34,00,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 6,00,000	 8,00,000
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		 Long-term Borrowings	 4,00,000	 2,00,000	
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
		 Trade Payables	 1,00,000	 2,00,000
	 Total	 51,00,000	46,00,000	
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets:
		(i)	 Tangible Assets	 16,00,000	 18,00,000
		(ii)	 Intangible Assets	 12,00,000	 10,00,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 6,00,000	 5,00,000
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories	 2,00,000	 ...	
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 6,00,000	 5,00,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 9,00,000	 8,00,000
	Total			 51,00,000	 46,00,000
Note to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 6,00,000	 8,00,000
		
Additional Information:
		 1.	 Depreciation of ` 2,00,000 was provided on Tangible Assets during the year.	
		 2.	 The company paid interest ` 30,000 on its long-term borrowings.	 (6)
Practice Test Papers	 PTP.9
Answers to Practice Test Paper 1
	 1.	 It will be shown under the head ‘Operating Activity’ as Extraordinary Item.
	 2.	It will be shown under ‘Investing Activity’, it being an investment and purchase of
securities not for resale.
	3.	 (i)	 Finance Costs
		(ii)	 Finance Costs
		(iii)	 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses
		(iv)	 Other Income
	4.	(a)	 Current Assets should be increased by ` 2,50,000.
		(b)	 Debt should be paid = ` 5,00,000.
	 5.	 Inventory Turnover Ratio: 2018 – 5.56 Times and 2019 – 6 Times.
	 6.	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,37,000.
		 Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 92,000.
		 Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 20,000.
		 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 65,000.
PTP.10	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Answers to Practice Test Paper 2
	 1.	 It will be shown under the head ‘Financing Activity’.
	 2.	 It will be shown under ‘Investing Activity’, since these were not purchased for resale.
	3.
		 Item	 Main Head	 Sub-head
		 (i)	 Share Application Money	 Current Liabilities	 Other Current Liabilities
		 (ii)	 Debentures with maturity	 Current Liabilities	 Short-term Borrowings
			 period of 12 months
		(iii)	 Computer Software	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
		(iv)	 Preference Share Capital	 Shareholders’Funds 	 Share Capital
	4.	(a)	 (i)	 To analyse the changes in individual items of Balance Sheet.
			(ii)	 To assess the relative financial position on the basis of Common-size Balance Sheets
for different companies belonging to the same industry.
		(b)	 Inventory Turnover Ratio = 10 Times.
	 5.	 Gross Profit Ratio – 2019 – 32%; and 2018 – 29.14%.
	6.	(a)	(i)	Investing	 (ii)	 No flow of Cash
			(iii)	Financing	 (iv)	Investing
		(b)	 Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 86,000.
Practice Test Papers	 PTP.11
Answers to Practice Test Paper 3
	 1.	 It will be shown under the head ‘Financing Activity’ as Extraordinary Item.
	 2.	 It will be shown under ‘Financing Activity’, because, dividend paid is associated with the
share capital of the company.
	3.
		 Item	 Main Head	 Sub-head
		 (i)	 Share Application Money	 As a line item between	 ...
			 Pending Allotment	 Shareholders’Funds
				 and Non-current
				 Liabilities.
		 (ii)	 Workmen Compensation	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus
			Reserve
		(iii)	 Patents	 Non-current Assets	 Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets
		(iv)	 Debentures	 Non-current Liabilities	 Long-term Borrowings
	4.	 (i)	 Gross Profit Ratio = 20%.
		(ii)	 Issue of Shares for cash, Long-term loan borrowed from Bank.
	 5.	 Debt to Equity Ratio: 2019 – 1 : 1; and 2018 – 1.42 : 1.
	 6.	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 3,08,000;
		 Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 5,15,000;
		 Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 2,00,000;
		 Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 7,000.
PTP.12	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Answers to Practice Test Paper 4
	 1.	 It will be shown under Investing Activity as Extraordinary item.
	 2.	 It will be shown under Operating Activity, it being its business.
	3.
		 Item	 Main Head	 Sub-head
		 (i)	 Employees Stock Option	 Shareholders’Funds	 Reserves and Surplus
			Account
		(ii)	 Deferred Tax Liabilities	 Non-current Liabilities	 As a Line Item
		(iii)	 Bank Overdraft or Cash Credit	 Current Liabilities	 Short-term Borrowings
		(iv)	 Investment in Shares	 Non-current Assets	 Non-current Investments
	4.	(a)	 Debt to Equity Ratio = 1 : 1.
		(b)	 Inventory Turnover Ratio = 10 Times.
			
Interpretation: Ajmera Ltd. is definitely very efficient because its Inventory Turnover
Ratio is just double to that of industry.
	 5.	 Working Capital Turnover Ratio (2019) = =
50,00,000
3.33 Times.
15,00,000
`
`
	 	 Working Capital Turnover Ratio (2018) = =
30,00,000
2.4 Times.
12,50,000
`
`
	 6.	 Cash Used in Operating Activities = ` 3,70,000;
		 Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 3,00,000;
		 Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 7,70,000;
		 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 1,00,000.
Practical Test Paper 1
	
Time Allowed: 1 Hour	 Max. Marks: 12
	1.	(a)	 Who are mainly interested in Solvency Ratios?
		(b)	(i)	 What is meant by Inter-firm Analysis?
			(ii)	 What is meant by an Operating Cycle?	 (1 + 2 = 3)
	 2.	 Quick Ratio is 2 : 1. State giving reason, whether the Quick Ratio will improve or decline
or will not change on sale of goods (costing ` 20,000) at a loss of ` 5,000.	 (1)
	 3.	 Debt to Equity Ratio of Alpha Ltd. and Salpha Ltd. is 1 : 1 and 2 : 1 respectively. Which
company in your opinion has got better Debt to Equity Ratio and why?	 (2)
	 4.	 From the following Balance Sheet of Green Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Cash Flow
Statement:
BALANCE SHEET OF GREEN LTD.as at 31st March,2019
Particulars	 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	 I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
	 1.	 Shareholders’Funds	
	(a)	 Share Capital	 6,00,000	 4,00,000	
	(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 1	 2,00,000	 1,00,000	
	 2.	 Non-Current Liabilities
		
Long-term Borrowings: Bank Loan	 1,00,000	 2,00,000	
	 3.	 Current Liabilities
	(a)	 Trade Payables	 45,000	 60,000
	(b)	 Short-term Provisions	 2	 70,000	 40,000
	 Total	 10,15,000	8,00,000	
	II.	 ASSETS
	 1.	 Non-Current Assets
	(a)	 Fixed Assets:	
	(i)	 Tangible Assets (Building)	 6,00,000	 5,20,000
	(ii)	 Intangible Assets (Patents)	 45,000	 50,000
	(b)	 Non-current Investments	 75,000	 ...
	 2.	 Current Assets
	(a)	Inventories	 15,000	 10,000	
	(b)	 Trade Receivables	 2,55,000	 2,00,000
	(c)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 25,000	 20,000
	Total			 10,15,000	 8,00,000
Practical Test Papers
PTP.14	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Reserves and Surplus
		
Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 2,00,000	 1,00,000
	2.	 Short-term Provisions
		 Provision for Tax	 70,000	 40,000
		
Additional Information:
		1.	Dividend proposed by the Board for the previous year (2017–18) ` 60,000 was
declared in the AGM held during the year ended 31st March, 2019.
		 2.	 During the year, Building costing ` 2,00,000 was purchased. Loss on Sale of Building
was ` 5,000. Depreciation charged on Building was ` 12,000.	 (6)
Practical Test Paper 2
Time Allowed: 1 Hour	 Max. Marks: 12
	1.	(a)	 State how qualitative aspects are ignored in Financial Statement Analysis.
	(b)	 Star Ltd. has Quick Ratio of 1.5 : 1. Its Working Capital is ` 1,20,000 and its Inventory
is ` 80,000. Calculate Current Assets.	 (1 + 2 = 3)
	 2.	 Strong Ltd. has given the following information for two years:
	 Particulars	 31st March,2018 (`)	 31st March,2019 (`)
	 Current Assets	 12,00,000	 18,00,000	
	 Current Liabilities	 6,00,000	 10,00,000
	 Net Profit	 4,50,000	 7,20,000
	 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales)	 18,00,000	 36,00,000
	 	 The management of Strong Ltd. is of the opinion that their workers are working very
hard and manager is working very efficiently, since sales and net profits have increased
and current assets have increased by ` 6,00,000 whereas current liabilities have increased
only by ` 4,00,000 and thus their short-term financial position is becoming better. The
management is thinking of increasing the compensation to manager and the employees.
Do you agree with the management’s viewpoint? Justify your opinion.	 (3)
	 3.	 State with reason two examples of activities which are classified as Investing Activities in
case of one enterprise and as Operating Activities in case of another enterprise.	 (2)
	 4.	 Following balances were extracted from the Balance Sheet of Moon Ltd. as on
31st March, 2018:	 `
	 	 Fixed Assets (at cost)	 40,00,000
		
Less: Accumulated Depreciation	 5,00,000
			 35,00,000
		 Bank Balance	 1,30,000
	 	 Current Assets	 8,00,000
	 	 Current Liabilities	 5,50,000
Practical Test Papers	 PTP.15
		
Additional Information:
	 	 1.	 Net profit for the year ending 31st March, 2019, after depreciation was ` 3,00,000.
The company provided depreciation of ` 1,60,000 for the year ended 31st March, 2019.
	 	 2.	 During the year ended 31st March, 2019, the company purchased machine for ` 4,00,000.
It sold a machine costing ` 1,00,000 (accumulated depreciation thereon ` 35,000)
for ` 75,000.
	 	 3.	 Current Assets and Current Liabilities (excluding bank balances) on 31st March,
2019 were ` 11,30,000 and ` 8,00,000 respectively.
		 4.	 Interest received on investments amounted to ` 15,000.
	 	 Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities and Investing Activities for the year
ended 31st March, 2019.	(4)
Practical Test Paper 3
Time Allowed: 1 Hour	 Max. Marks: 12
	 1.	(a)	 What is meant by the term ‘Cash Flows’?
		(b)	 From the following information, calculate Cash Flow from Financing Activities:
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
		 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
Equity Share Capital	 20,00,000	 15,00,000
12% Preference Share Capital	 ...	 5,00,000
14% Debentures	 2,50,000	 ...
		
Additional Information:
	(i)	 Equity Shares were issued at a premium of 20%.
	(ii)	 12% Preference Shares were redeemed at par.
	(iii)	 14% Debentures were issued at a discount of 10%.
	(iv)	 Interim dividend paid on Equity Shares ` 1,50,000.
	(v)	 Interest paid on 14% Debentures ` 35,000.
	(vi)	 Underwriting Commission on Equity Shares ` 20,000.
	(vii)	 Dividend paid on Preference Shares ` 60,000.	 (1 + 2 = 3)
	 2.	 For each of the following transactions, calculate the resulting Cash Flow and state the
nature of Cash Flow, viz., Operating, Investing and Financing:
	 A.	 Acquired machinery for ` 2,50,000 paying 20% immediately and executing a bond
for the balance amount.
	 B.	Paid ` 2,50,000 for purchase of shares in Infosys Ltd. and received a dividend of
` 50,000 after acquisition.
	 C.	 Sold machinery of original cost ` 2,00,000 with an accumulated depreciation thereon
` 1,60,000 at a profit of 50% of its book value.	 (3)
PTP.16	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 3.	 CapitalEmployed` 1,00,000; Non-CurrentAssets ` 80,000; Cost of Revenue from Operations
` 3,20,000; Gross Profit Ratio 20%. Calculate Working Capital Turnover Ratio.	 (2)
	 4.	 Total Equity and Liabilities are ` 50,00,000; Shareholders’ Funds ` 20,00,000 and Current
Liabilities ` 10,00,000. Calculate Debt to Equity Ratio.	 (2)
	 5.	 During the year ending 31st March, 2019,Ajmera Ltd., a Jewellery manufacturer, sold goods
costing ` 4 crores. Its average of Opening and Closing Inventory was ` 40 lakh. Calculate
company’s Inventory Turnover Ratio. The industry’s benchmark is 5 times. Also, comment
on the efficiency of company.	 (2)
Practical Test Paper 4
Time Allowed: 1 Hour	 Max. Marks: 12
	 1.	 Under which heads and sub-heads in the Balance Sheet of a company following items will
be shown:
	(i)	 Computer Software;
	(ii)	 Capital Advance?	 (2)
	 2.	 Profit of Moon Ltd. after appropriation was ` 3,50,000. This profit was arrived at after
taking into consideration the following items:
	(i)	 Trade Receivables decrease by ` 56,000 during the year.
	(ii)	 Prepaid Expenses increase by ` 14,000 during the year.
	(iii)	 Trade Payables decrease by ` 32,000 during the year.
	(iv)	 Outstanding Expenses increase by ` 8,000 during the year.
	(v)	 Decrease in Inventories by ` 1,00,000.
	 	 Calculate Net Cash provided by Operating Activities for the year ended 31st March, 2019.		
	(2)
	 3.	 Consider the following data:	 `
	 	 Machinery at the end of 2017–18	 10,00,000
	 	 Machinery at the end of 2018–19	 6,00,000
		
Adjustment: Machinery purchased in the beginning of the year (2018–19) ` 7,00,000 and
during the year, the balance Machinery was sold at 20% loss.
	 	 Find out the cash flow during the year and name the head under which it appears in the
Cash Flow Statement.	 (2)
	4.	 (i)	 Calculate Gross Profit Ratio based on the following information:
			 Cash Revenue from Operations: 25% of Total Revenue from Operations; Purchases:
` 2,76,000; Credit Revenue from Operations: ` 2,40,000; Excess of Closing Inventory
over Opening Inventory: ` 20,000.
Practical Test Papers	 PTP.17
		(ii)	 Current Ratio of Sun Ltd. is 1 : 1 at present. In future the company wants to
improve this ratio to 2 : 1. Suggest any two accounting transactions for improving
the Current Ratio.
		(iii)	 Assume you are a loan officer of HDFC Bank and two companies require a loan of
equal amount to be repaid over the next two years based on the following information:
	 	 	 Green Ltd.	 Star Ltd.
				 Current Ratio	 3.5 : 1	 2 : 1
	 	 	 	 Acid Test Ratio	 1.8 : 1	 1.3 : 1
				 Debt to Equity Ratio	 35%	 45%
				 Interest Coverage Ratio	 5 Times	 3 Times
			 If you could grant loan to only one company, which will it be and why?	
				 (2 + 2 + 2 = 6)
PTP.18	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
GUIDE TO ANSWERS
Practical Test Paper 1
	 1.	(a)	 Persons who provide Long-term Funds to the company like debentureholders and financial institutions.
		(b)	(i)	 It is a comparision of Financial Statements of two or more enterprises for the same accounting
period. It is conducted to determine the relative position of an enterprise as compared to other
competitive enterprises of the same industry.
			(ii)	 An Operating Cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation
into Cash and Cash Equivalents.
	 2.	 Improve. Reason: Total Quick Assets are increased by ` 15,000 but total Current Liabilities remain unchanged.
	 3.	 Debt to Equity Ratio of 1 : 1 of Alpha Company is better. A low ratio is generally viewed as favourable from
long-term creditors’ (lenders) point of view, because a large margin of protection provides safety for lenders.
	 4.	(i)	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,37,000.	
		(ii)	 Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 1,72,000.
		(iii)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 40,000.
		(iv)	 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 5,000.
[Hint: 	
Dr.	 BUILDING ACCOUNT	Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 5,20,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c	 12,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase)	 2,00,000	 By	 Loss on Sale of Building A/c	 5,000
			 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)—Balancing Figure	 1,03,000
			 By	Balance c/d	 6,00,000
		 7,20,000			 7,20,000
Practical Test Paper 2
	 1.	(a)	 Since the Financial Statements are confined to the monetary matters only, the qualitative elements like
quality of product, efficiency of management, public relations, etc., are ignored while carrying out the
Financial Analysis.
		(b)	 Current Liabilities = ` 80,000; Current Assets = ` 2,00,000.
		
	Note: Current Assets = Current Liabilities + Working Capital.
	 2.	 The analysis of Net Profit Ratio and Current Ratio indicates that both the ratios have decreased during the
year. It indicates low profitability and poor solvency position. Therefore, it is advisable not to increase the
compensation of manager and employees.
	 3.	(a)	 Purchase and Sale of Shares and Debentures of other companies;
		(b)	 Dividend Received on Shares and Interest Received on Debentures.
			
Reason:	 These are Investing Activities in case of manufacturing enterprise since these relate to the acquisition
and disposal of long-term assets but are Operating Activities in case of a financial enterprise since
these relate to the ‘Principal Revenue Producing Activities’ of the enterprise.
]
Practical Test Papers	 PTP.19
	 4.	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 3,55,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 3,10,000.
[Hints: 	
1. Dr.	 FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT	Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	Balance b/d	 40,00,000	 By	 Bank A/c (Sale)	 75,000
To	 Bank A/c (Purchase)	 4,00,000	 By	 Accumulated Depreciation A/c	 35,000
To	 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Assets A/c	 10,000	 By	 Balance c/d (Balancing Figure)	 43,00,000
		 44,10,000			 44,10,000
2.Dr.	 ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT	Cr.
Particulars	 `	Particulars	 `
To	 Fixed Assets A/c	 35,000	 By	 Balance b/d	 5,00,000
To	Balance c/d (Balancing Figure)	 6,25,000	 By	 Depreciation A/c	 1,60,000
		 6,60,000			 6,60,000
Practical Test Paper 3
	 1.	(a)	 Cash Flows are inflows and outflows of Cash and Cash Equivalents.
		(b)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 60,000.
	 2.	 A.	 Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 50,000.
	 	 B.	 Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 2,00,000.
	 	 C.	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities = ` 60,000.
	 3.	 20 Times.
		[Hints:	 1.	 Revenue from Operations = ` 4,00,000.  
		
	2.	
Working Capital = Capital Employed – Non-Current Assets = ` 20,000.]
	  4.	 1 : 1.
	 5.	 10 Times*.
		*Interpretation:	Ajmera Ltd. is definitely very efficient because its Inventory Turnover Ratio is just double to
that of industry.
Practical Test Paper 4
	 1.	(i)	 Major Head: Non-Current Assets; Sub-head: Fixed Assets: Intangible Assets.   	
		(ii)	 Major Head: Non-Current Assets; Sub-head: Long-term Loans and Advances.  
	 2.	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities: ` 4,68,000.
	 3.	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities:
	 	 Inflow	 = ` 8,80,000	[i.e., ` 11,00,000 – 20% of ` 11,00,000].
	 	 Outflow	= ` 7,00,000.
	 4.	(i)	 Gross Profit Ratio = 20%;	
		(ii)	 Issue of shares for cash, Long-term loan borrowed from Bank; and
		(iii)	 Green Ltd. Because the accounting ratios of Green Ltd. show better Long-term and Short-term financial
position as compared to Star Ltd.
]
Project Illustration 1
You are to obtain the quarterly results of a listed company and analyse the published
results with respect to sales and profit before tax over the period using the suitable
analytical tools and give your conclusion.
Project Solution
The Project is to analyse sales and profit of a listed company with the purpose to analyse
the sales and profit pattern with respect to the quarter ended 31st March, 2012. Moreover,
determine profitability on the basis of accounting ratios.
Data Source
The data has been published in money.radiff.com as listed company in NSE. The data
relates to the company named ‘HT Media Ltd.’ and is as follows:
		 HT Media Ltd.
		 Quarterly Results	 (` In Lakhs)
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Sales	 309.95	317.22	 365.24	314.09	330.74
Other Income	 15.75	14.99	 12.62	17.14	16.80
Total Revenue	 325.70	332.21	 377.86	331.23	347.54
Raw Material	 95.44	 98.54	 106.17	 100.67	 95.92
Change in Inventories	 (0.09)	 0.09	 0.09	 (0.12)	 (0.05)
Employees Benefit Expenses	 63.11	 60.78	 65.45	 59.09	 61.90
Administrative and Selling Expenses	 ...	 ...	 ...	 20.13	 20.64
Finance Cost	 7.58	8.15	 6.33	5.67	4.43
Depreciation	 13.82	16.43	 14.13	15.83	13.90
Other Expenses	 97.18	 117.83	 119.73	 83.03	 76.05
Total Expenses	 277.04	301.82	 311.90	284.30	272.79
Profit beforeTax	 48.66	30.39	 65.96	46.93	74.75
Taxation	 11.89	 8.74	 16.23	11.30	21.94
Net Profit/Loss after Tax	 36.77	 21.65	 49.73	 35.63	 52.81
Other Information
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Gross Profit	 62.48	46.82	 80.09	62.76	88.65
Return on Net Worth (%)	 12.19	 15.19	 12.36	 9.45	 15.78
Project Plan
Project is planned to be executed as follows:
	 1.	 A comparison of absolute amount of sales is made with the help of a bar diagram.
	 2.	 A comparison of percentage increase or decrease in sales is computed and presented graphically.
Project Work
P.2	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 3.	 A comparison of Gross Profit is made with the help of a bar diagram.
	 4.	 A comparison of percentage increase or decrease in Gross Profit is made and presented
graphically.
	 5.	 A comparison of Profit after Tax is made with the help of a bar diagram.
	 6.	 A comparison of percentage increase or decrease in Profit after Tax is made and
presented graphically.
	 7.	 Calculate Gross Profit Ratio and show it graphically.
	 8.	 Calculate Net Profit Ratio and show it graphically.
	 9.	 Present the Return on Net Worth (%) through bar diagram.
	 10.	 Draw conclusion about the working result of the company.
Project Solution
	 1.	 Table showing Sales during different quarters:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Sales (` in Lakhs)	 309.95	 317.22	 365.24	 314.09	330.74
	 Graphical Presentation of Sales in Different Quarters:
	 2.	 Table showing percentage increase or decrease in Sales:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Sales (` in Lakhs)	 309.95	 317.22	 365.24	 314.09	 330.74
% Increase or Decrease in Sales	 (2.29%)	 (13.15%)	 16.29%	 (5.03%)	 ...
	 Graphical Presentation of percentage Change in Sales in Different Quarters:
Sales
370
360
350
340
330
320
310
300
290
280
Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011
`
in
Lakhs
% Change in Sales
20.00%
15.00%
10.00%
5.00%
0.00%
–5.00%
–10.00%
–15.00%
Value
in
Percentage
Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012
Dec., 2011
Sept., 2011
Project Work	 P.3
	 3.	 Table showing Gross Profit of different quarters:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Gross Profit (` in Lakhs)	 62.48	 46.82	 80.09	62.76	 88.65
	 Graphical Presentation of Gross Profit in Different Quarters:
	
	
	 4.	 Table showing percentage change in Gross Profit in different quarters:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Gross Profit (` in Lakhs)	 62.48	 46.82	 80.09	 62.76	 88.65
% Change in Gross Profit	 33.45%	 (41.54%)	 27.61%	 (29.20%)	 ...
	 Graphical Presentation of the Percentage Change in Gross Profit in Different Quarters:
Gross Profit
100
Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011
`
in
Lakhs
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Change in Gross Profit
Jun., 2012
Mar., 2012
Dec., 2011
Sept., 2011
40.00%
0.00%
–10.00%
–20.00%
Value
in
Percentage
30.00%
20.00%
10.00%
–30.00%
–40.00%
–50.00%
P.4	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 5.	 Table showing absolute Net Profit after Tax of different quarters:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Net Profit (` in Lakhs)	 36.77	21.65	 49.73	35.63	52.81
	 Graphical Presentation of Net Profit After Tax for Different Quarters:
	 6.	 Table showing the percentage change in Net Profit after Tax in different quarters:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Net Profit (` in Lakhs)	 36.77	 21.65	 49.73	 35.63	 52.81
% Change in Net Profit	 69.84%	 (56.46%)	 39.57%	 (32.53%)	 ...
	 Graphical Presentation of the Percentage Change in Net Profit after Tax in
Different Quarters:
Net Profit after Tax
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
`
in
Lakhs
Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011
% Change in Net Profit after Tax
Jun., 2012
Mar., 2012
Dec., 2011
Sept., 2011
80.00%
0.00%
–20.00%
–40.00%
Value
in
Percentage
60.00%
40.00%
20.00%
–60.00%
–80.00%
Project Work	 P.5
	 7.	 Table showing Gross Profit Ratio for the different quarters:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Gross Profit (` in Lakhs)	 62.48	 46.82	 80.09	 62.76	 88.65
Sales (` in Lakhs)	 309.95	 317.22	 365.24	 314.09	 330.74
Gross Profit Ratio	 20.16%	 14.76%	 21.93%	 19.98%	 26.80%
	 Graphical Presentation of Gross Profit Ratio in Different Quarters:
	 8.	 Table showing Net Profit Ratio:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Net Profit/Loss after Tax (` in Lakhs)	 36.77	 21.65	 49.73	 35.63	 52.81
Sales (` in Lakhs)	 309.95	 317.22	 365.24	 314.09	 330.74
Net Profit Ratio	 11.86%	 6.82%	 13.62%	 11.34%	 15.97%
	 Graphical Presentation of Net Profit Ratio in Different Quarters:
Gross Profit Ratio
Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011
30.00%
Value
in
Percentage
25.00%
20.00%
15.00%
10.00%
5.00%
0.00%
Jun., 2011
Net Profit Ratio
Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011
18.00%
Value
in
Percentage
14.00%
4.00%
0.00%
16.00%
12.00%
10.00%
8.00%
6.00%
2.00%
P.6	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	 9.	 Table showing Return on Net Worth in different quarters:
Particulars	 Jun.,2012	 Mar.,2012	 Dec.,2011	 Sept.,2011	 Jun.,2011
Return on Net Worth (%)	 12.19	15.19	 12.36	 9.45	15.78
	 Graphical Presentation of Return on Net Worth in Different Quarters:
	 10.	 Conclusion
It can be observed that the company’s Gross Profits and Net Profits have fluctuated to a
large extent in absolute amount. In terms of ratios also it has fluctuated and the range has
been 14.76% to 26.80% for Gross Profit and 6.82% to 15.97% for Net Profit. Obviously, it
is because of the fluctuating sales. However, an increase can be observed in every respect
in December, 2011 in comparison with the previous quarters. Therefore, quarter ended
December, 2011 is important for the analysis purpose. Management has to investigate the
reasons of decline in the performance in comparison to the previous quarter.
Overall assessment is that the company has to work hard to gain their previous performance.
Return on Net Worth (%)
18
8
0
Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011
14
12
10
6
4
2
16
Value
in
Percentage
Project Illustration 2
Project
You are required to take the annual results of a listed company and analyse the performance
with respect to result of the current year ended and the result of the previous year. The
analysis should include the profit and also the segment results.
Project Solution
I have drawn the Segment Results of Mphasis Limited, a company listed on Bombay Stock
Exchange. The results uploaded on the official website of the company are reproduced
hereunder:
(` in Lakhs)
Particulars	 Year ended 	 Year ended
	 31st March, 2019 (`)	 31st March,2018 (`)
Segment Revenue	
Banking and Capital Market 	 8,796.25 	 8,202.63
Insurance 			 7,024.04 	 5,471.76
Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 	 4,702.71 	 6,405.01
Emerging Industries 	 8,605.94 	 10,094.22
Unallocated-Hedge 	 137.69 	 90.84
						 29,266.63	 30,264.46
Segment Result
Banking and Capital Market 	 125.75 	 1,050.77
Insurance 			 2,098.39 	 1,356.66
Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 	 1,464.64 	 1,897.27
Emerging Industries 	 2,967.71 	 3,830.64
Unallocated-Hedge 	 137.69 	 90.84
						 6,794.18 	 8,226.18
Interest Income 	 602.78 	 517.12
Finance Costs 		 (64.27) 	 (59.21)
Other Income 		 1,020.66 	 1,104.29
Other Unallocable Expenditure 	 (2,262.93) 	 (2,471.77)
Profit before Taxation 	 6,090.42 	 7,316.61
Income Taxes 		 1,506.77 	 1,786.31
Profit after Taxation 	 4,583.65 	 5,530.30
(` in Lakhs)
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
Segment Assets
Banking and Capital Market 	 5,767.76 	 5,039.24
Insurance 			 2,681.29 	 1,926.40
Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 	 1,372.65 	 2,061.93
Emerging Industries 	 3,259.69 	 3,319.71
Unallocated-Hedge 	 40,404.40 	 39,431.54
						 53,485.79 	 51,778.82
Segment Liabilities
Banking and Capital Market 	 2,573.59 	 1,812.08
Insurance 			 1,566.96 	 1,206.82
Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 	 929.53 	 1,098.99
Emerging Industries 	 1,629.83 	 1,601.61
Unallocated-Hedge 	 1,511.05 	 5,564.27
						 8,210.96 	 11,283.77
P.8	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Capital Employed
Banking and Capital Market 	 3,194.17 	 3,227.16
Insurance 			 1,114.33 	 719.58
Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 	 443.12 	 962.94
Emerging Industries 	 1,629.86 	 1,718.10
Unallocated-Hedge	 38,893.35 	 33,867.27
						 45,274.83 	 40,495.05
Solution: On the basis of the information of Mphasis Limited relating to financial results
of the year ended 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018, the project has been prepared
showing the analysis of changes in Segment Results and comparison of the results with
Capital Employed.
Graphic presentation of Segement-wise Revenue from Operations through Pie-charts:
Revenue from Operations for the year ended 31st March, 2018 (`)
Banking and Capital Market
8,605.94
Information Technology,
Communication and
Entertainment
Emerging Industries
8,796.25
7,024.04
4,702.71
Insurance
90.84
10,094.22
8,202.63
5,471.76
6,405.01
Revenue from Operations for the year ended 31st March, 2019 (`)
137.69
Unallocated-Hedge
Banking and Capital Market
Information Technology,
Communication and
Entertainment
Emerging Industries
Insurance
Unallocated-Hedge
Project Work	 P.9
	1.	 Table showing segment-wise Revenue from Operations for the year ended 31st March,
2019 and 31st March, 2018 with their difference:
Segment Name	 Year ended 31st March,	 Year ended 31st March,	 Difference
	 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)	(`)	
Banking and Capital Market 	 8,796.25 	 8,202.63 	 593.62
Insurance 	 7,024.04 	 5,471.76 	 1552.28
Information Technology, Communication 	 	 	
and Entertainment 	 4,702.71	 6,405.01	 (1,702.3)
Emerging Industries 	 8,605.94 	 10,094.22 	 (1,488.28)
Unallocated-Hedge 	 137.69 	 90.84 	 46.85
	2.	 Table showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital
Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2019:
Segment Name	 Revenue from Operations	 Capital Employed in 	 Percentage of Revenue
	 2018–19 (`)	 theYear 2018–19 (`)	 to Capital Employed (%)
Banking and Capital Market 	 8,796.25 	 3,194.17 	 275.38
Insurance 	 7,024.04 	 1,114.33 	 630.34
Information Technology, Communication 	 	 	
and Entertainment 	 4,702.71	 443.12	 1,061.27
Emerging Industries 	 8,605.94 	 1,629.86 	 528.02
Unallocated-Hedge 	 137.69 	 38,893.35 	 0.35
Graphical representation of data showing segment-wise Revenue for Operations
in the year 2019 and 2018 with their difference
Year ended 31st March,2019 (`)
Year ended 31st March,2018 (`)
Difference
B
a
n
k
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
a
p
i
t
a
l
M
a
r
k
e
t
12,000
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
0
–2,000
–4,000
I
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
,
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
E
n
t
e
r
t
a
i
n
m
e
n
t
Emerging
Industries
Unallocated-Hedge
8,796.25
8,202.63
593.62
7,024.04
5,471.76
1552.28
4,702.71
6,405.01
8,605.94
10,094.2
137.69
90.84
46.85
–
1,488.28
–
1,702.30
P.10	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
1,200%
I
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
E
m
e
r
g
i
n
g
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
e
s
U
n
a
l
l
o
c
a
t
e
d
-
H
e
d
g
e
Graphical representation of data showing Percentage of Segment-wise Revenue
from Operations to Capital Employed in the year 2018–19
	3.	 Table showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital
Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2018:
Segment Name	 Revenue from Operations	 Capital Employed 	 Percentage of Revenue
	 2017–18 (`)	 in theYear 2017–18 (`)	 to Capital Employed (%)
Banking and Capital Market 	 8,202.63	 3,227.16 	 254.17
Insurance 	 5,471.76 	 719.58 	 760.41
Information Technology, Communication 		 	
and Entertainment 	 6,405.01	 962.94 	 665.15
Emerging Industries 	 10,094.22 	 1,718.10 	 587.52
Unallocated-Hedge 	 90.84 	 33,867.27 	 0.27
Graphical representation of data showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue
from Operations to Capital Employed in the year 2017–18
B
a
n
k
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
a
p
i
t
a
l
M
a
r
k
e
t
1,000%
800%
600%
400%
200%
0%
I
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
E
m
e
r
g
i
n
g
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
e
s
U
n
a
l
l
o
c
a
t
e
d
-
H
e
d
g
e
B
a
n
k
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
a
p
i
t
a
l
M
a
r
k
e
t
800%
700%
600%
500%
400%
300%
200%
100%
0%
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
,
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
E
n
t
e
r
t
a
i
n
m
e
n
t
275.38
630.34
1061.27
528.02
0.35
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
,
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
E
n
t
e
r
t
a
i
n
m
e
n
t
254.17
760.41
665.15
587.52
0.27
Project Work	 P.11
	4.	 Table showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed
for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and 2018 with their difference:
Segment Name	 % of Segment-wise	 % of Segment-wise 	 Difference
	 Revenue from Operations	 Revenue from Operations	 		
	 to Capital Employed 2019	 to Capital Employed 2018
Banking and Capital Market 	 275.38	 254.17 	 21.21
Insurance 	 630.34	 760.41 	 (130.07)
Information Technology, Communication 	 	 	
and Entertainment 	 1,061.27	 665.15	 396.12
Emerging Industries 	 528.02 	 587.52	 (59.50)
Unallocated-Hedge 	 0.35	 0.27	 0.08
Graphical representation of data showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue to
Capital Employed with their difference for the year 2018–19 and 2017–18
	5.	 Table showing percentage of Profit before Tax to Capital Employed for the year ended
31st March, 2019:
Segment Name	 Profit before Tax forYear	 Capital Employed in the year	 Percentage of PBT to
	 ended 31st March,2019 (`)	 ended 31st March,2019 (`)	 Capital Employed (%)
Banking and Capital Market 	 125.75	 3,194.17	 3.94
Insurance 	 2,098.39	 1,114.33	 188.31
Information Technology, Communication 			
and Entertainment 	 1,464.64	 443.12	 330.53
Emerging Industries 	 2,967.71 	 1,629.86	 182.08
Unallocated-Hedge 	 137.69	 38,893.35	 0.35
1,200
1,000
800
600
400
200
0
–200
I
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
E
m
e
r
g
i
n
g
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
e
s
B
a
n
k
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
a
p
i
t
a
l
M
a
r
k
e
t
U
n
a
l
l
o
c
a
t
e
d
-
H
e
d
g
e
% of Segment-wise Revenue from
Operations to Capital Employed (2018–19)
% of Segment-wise Revenue from
Operations to Capital Employed (2017–18)
Difference
275.38
254.17
21.21
630.34
760.41
1,061.27
665.15
396.12
528.02
587.52
0.35
0.27
0.08
–130.07
–59.50
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
,
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
E
n
t
e
r
-
t
a
i
n
m
e
n
t
P.12	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Graphical representation of data showing Profit before Tax to
Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2019
	6.	 Table showing percentage of Profit before Tax to Capital Employed for the year ended
31st March, 2018:
Segment Name	 Profit before Tax forYear	 Capital Employed in year	 Percentage of PBT to
	 ended 31st March,2018 (`)	 ended 31st March,2018 (`)	 Capital Employed (%)
Banking and Capital Market 	 1,050.77	 3,227.16	 32.56
Insurance 	 1,356.66	 719.58	 188.53
Information Technology, Communication 			
and Entertainment 	 1,897.27	 962.94	 197.03
Emerging Industries 	 3,830.64 	 1,718.10	 222.96
Unallocated-Hedge 	 90.84	 33,867.27	 0.27
I
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
E
m
e
r
g
i
n
g
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
e
s
B
a
n
k
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
a
p
i
t
a
l
M
a
r
k
e
t
U
n
a
l
l
o
c
a
t
e
d
-
H
e
d
g
e
Graphical Representation of data showing Profit before Tax to
Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2018
350%
200%
150%
100%
0%
300%
250%
50%
250%
100%
50%
0%
200%
150%
I
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
E
m
e
r
g
i
n
g
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
e
s
B
a
n
k
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
a
p
i
t
a
l
M
a
r
k
e
t
U
n
a
l
l
o
c
a
t
e
d
-
H
e
d
g
e
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
,
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
E
n
t
e
r
-
t
a
i
n
m
e
n
t
3.94
188.31
330.53
182.08
0.35
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
,
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
E
n
t
e
r
-
t
a
i
n
m
e
n
t
32.56
188.53 197.03
222.96
0.27
Project Work	 P.13
	7.	 Table showing difference in the percentage of Profit before Tax and Capital Employed
for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and 2018:
Segment Name	 % of Profit before Tax to 	 % of Profit before Tax to 	 Difference
	 Capital EmployedYear 	 Capital EmployedYear 	 		
	 ended 31st March,2019 (`)	 ended 31st March,2018 (`)
Banking and Capital Market 	 3.94	 32.56 	 (28.62)
Insurance 	 188.31	 188.53 	 (0.22)
Information Technology, Communication 	 	 	
and Entertainment 	 330.53	 197.03	 133.50
Emerging Industries 	 182.08 	 222.96	 (40.88)
Unallocated-Hedge 	 0.35	 0.27	 0.08
Graphical Representation of data showing difference in percentage of Profit before
Tax to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019
–100%
–50%
0%
50%
100%
150%
200%
250%
300%
350%
% of Profit before Tax to
Capital Employed (2019)
% of Profit before Tax to
Capital Employed (2018)
Difference (%)
3.94
32.56
–28.62
–0.22
–40.88
188.31
188.53
330.53
197.03
133.5
182.08
222.96
0.35
0.27
0.088
VIVA QUESTIONS
	1. 	 What is Segment Reporting?
	 Ans. 	 Segment reporting is the reporting of the operating segments of a company in the disclosures accompa-
nying its financial statements.Segment reporting is required for publicly-held entities,and is not required
for privately held ones. Segment reporting is intended to give information to investors and creditors
regarding the financial results and position of the most important operating units of a company, which
they can use as the basis for decisions related to the company.
I
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
E
m
e
r
g
i
n
g
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
e
s
U
n
a
l
l
o
c
a
t
e
d
-
H
e
d
g
e
B
a
n
k
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
a
p
i
t
a
l
M
a
r
k
e
t
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
,
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
E
n
t
e
r
-
t
a
i
n
m
e
n
t
P.14	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	2. 	 Name the various segments of Mphasis Limited.
	 Ans. 	 Various segments of Mphasis Limited are:
	 (i)	 Banking and Capital Market
	 (ii)	Insurance
	 (iii)	 Information technology, Communication and Entertainment
	 (iv)	 Emerging Industries
	 (v)	Unallocated-Hedge
	3.	
Which segment is the best segment of the Company?
	 Ans.	 Emerging Industries is the best segment,because it contributes about 48% to the profit of the company.
	4. 	 Which segment has high revenue?
	 Ans. 	 Banking and Capital Market has high revenue,it has around 30.05% revenue to the total net revenue from
operations of the company.
	5. 	 Should the company operate in only Emerging Industries due to high profits?
	 Ans. 	 In my opinion, the company should make efforts to promote business of other segments as these seg-
ments have more business potential than what has been achieved.
Project Illustration 3
Following is the summarised Balance Sheet of Mohak Ltd. You are required to prepare Cash
Flow Statement and on the basis of it and interpret the result.
BALANCE SHEETS as at 31st March,2019 and 2018
	Particulars		 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES			
		1.	 Shareholders’Funds			
			(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 8,00,000	 6,00,000
			(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 97,000	 22,000
		2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		
			(a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 3	 3,50,000	 50,000
		 	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 4	 1,11,000	 86,000
	 	 3.		Current Liabilities		
	 		(a)	 Trade Payables	 5	 30,000	 52,500
			(b)	 Other Current Liabilities	 6	 67,000	 62,000
			(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 7	 46,000	 37,000
			Total		 	 15,01,000	9,09,500
	II.	 ASSETS			
			1.	 Non-Current Assets			
				(a)	 Fixed Assets:	
					 (i)	 Tangible Assets	 8(a)	 6,74,400	 3,15,000
					(ii)	 Intangible Assets	 8(b)	 1,68,600	 78,750
					(iii)	 Capital Work-in-Progress		 2,82,000	 1,32,250
				(b)	 Non-current Investments	 9	 42,000	 70,000
				(c)	 Deferred Tax Assets (Net)		 8,000	 4,000
		2.		Current Assets
				(a)	 Current Investments		 35,000	 49,000
				(b)	Inventories		 1,00,500	 1,03,500
				(c)	 Trade Receivables	 10	 1,68,000	 1,15,500
				(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 11	 18,500	 37,500
				(e)	 Short-term Loans and Advances	 12	 4,000	 4,000
		Total	 			 15,01,000	9,09,500
Non-current Investments are sold at a gain (profit) of ` 1,000.
Notes to Accounts
Particulars	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	1.	 Share Capital	
		
	(a)	 Authorised Capital:
		
		 1,00,000 (PreviousYear 1,00,000 shares) Equity Shares of ` 10 each	 10,00,000	 10,00,000
				 5,000 Preference Shares of ` 100 each	 5,00,000	 5,00,000
					 15,00,000	 15,00,000
			(b)	 Issued Capital:
				 60,000 (PreviousYear 40,000 shares) Equity Shares of ` 10 each	 6,00,000	 4,00,000
				 2,000;10% Preference Shares of ` 100 each	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
					 8,00,000	 6,00,000
		
	(c)	 Subscribed Capital:
				 Subscribed and fully paid-up:
				 60,000 (PreviousYear 40,000 shares) Equity Shares of ` 10 each	 6,00,000	 4,00,000
				 2,000;10% Preference Shares of ` 100 each	 2,00,000	 2,00,000
			 8,00,000	 6,00,000
P.16	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus
		
General Reserve	 50,000	 50,000
		Surplus/(Deficit),i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 47,000	 (28,000)
			 97,000	 22,000
	3.	 Long-term Borrowings
		 3,500 (Previous year 500 Debentures);11% Debentures of ` 100 each	 3,50,000	 50,000
	4.	 Long-term Provisions
		 Provision for Employees Benefit	 1,11,000	 86,000
	5.	 Trade Payables
		 Sundry Creditors	 28,000	 46,500
		 Bills Payable	 2,000	 6,000
			 30,000	 52,500
	6.	 Other Current Liabilities
		
Income Received in Advance	 67,000	 62,000
	7.	 Short-term Provisions	
		 Provision for Tax	 46,000	 37,000
			 Net Block
	8.	 Fixed Assets	 31st March,	 31st March,	 Depreciation	 Sale of Assets	 Purchase of
			 2019	 2018	 for the year	 on Book Value	 Assets during
						 during theYear	 theYear
			 `	 `	 `	 `	 `	
	(a)	 Tangible Assets	
		Land	 1,50,000	 1,50,000	 ...	 ...	 ...
		Building	 3,33,900	 91,500	 7,600	 ...	 2,50,000
		 Plant and Machinery	 1,44,750	 36,250	 12,500	 29,000	 1,50,000
		 Furniture and Fixtures	 40,000	 29,500	 2,900	 4,000	 17,400
		
Computers	 5,750	7,750	2,000	 ...	 ...
	 	 Total	 6,74,400	 3,15,000	 25,000	 33,000	4,17,400
	(b)	 Intangible Assets
		 Computer Software	 9,600	 750	 3,000	 ...	 11,850
		 Technical Know-how	 1,59,000	 78,000	 9,000	 ...	 90,000
	 	 Total	 1,68,600	78,750	12,000	 ...	1,01,850
	9.	 Non-Current Investments
		
Investment in Debentures	 42,000	 70,000
	10.	 Trade Receivables
		Debtors	 1,40,000	 1,08,000
		 Bills Receivable	 28,000	 7,500
			 1,68,000	 1,15,500
	11.	 Cash and Cash Equivalents
		Cash-in-Hand	 4,500	 6,500
		 Cash at Bank	 14,000	 31,000
			 18,500	 37,500
	12.	 Short-term Loans and Advances
		 Unsecured Loan	 4,000	 4,000
Note:	 Proposed Dividend for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019 are ` 75,000 and ` 80,000 respectively.
Project Work	 P.17
Project Solution
Introduction
The project is to draw Cash Flow Statement as per Accounting Standard-3 (Revised) issued
by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India from the given data and to express the
views on the issue—why bank balance is not in line with the profit.
The data, i.e., Balance Sheets as at 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018 and along with the
relevant information and Notes to Accounts for the year ended 31st March, 2019, is provided.
The project has been planned and executed as follows:
1.	Redrafting Balance Sheets for the purpose of Cash Flow Statement.
2.	Cash Flow Statement of Mohak Limited for the year ended 31st March, 2019 has been
prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standard-3 (Revised) and has been analysed
to determine the reasons for bank balance not being in line with the profit.
Redrafted Balance Sheets of Mohak Limited for the purpose of Cash Flow Statement:
BALANCE SHEETS as at 31st March,2019 and 2018
	Particulars		 Note No.	 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	I.	 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES			
		1.	 Shareholders’Funds			
			(a)	 Share Capital	 1	 8,00,000	 6,00,000
			(b)	 Reserves and Surplus	 2	 89,000	 18,000
		2.	 Non-Current Liabilities		
			(a)	 Long-term Borrowings	 3	 3,50,000	 50,000
		 	(b)	 Long-term Provisions	 4	 1,11,000	 86,000
	 	 3.		Current Liabilities		
	 		(a)	 Trade Payables	 5	 30,000	 52,500
			(b)	 Other Current Liabilities	 6	 67,000	 62,000
			(c)	 Short-term Provisions	 7	 46,000	 37,000
			Total		 	 14,93,000	9,05,500
	II.	 ASSETS			
			1.	 Non-Current Assets			
				(a)	 Fixed Assets:	
					 (i)	 Tangible Assets	 8(a)	 6,74,400	 3,15,000
					(ii)	 Intangible Assets	 8(b)	 1,68,600	 78,750
					(iii)	 Capital Work-in-Progress		 2,82,000	 1,32,250
				(b)	 Non-current Investments	 9	 42,000	 70,000
		2.		Current Assets
				(a)	 Current Investments		 35,000	 49,000
				(b)	Inventories		 1,00,500	 1,03,500
				(c)	 Trade Receivables	 10	 1,68,000	 1,15,500
				(d)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents	 11	 18,500	 37,500
				(e)	 Short-term Loans and Advances	 12	 4,000	 4,000
		Total	 			 14,93,000	9,05,500
Clarification:
As per the CBSE Guidelines, accounting treatment of the Deferred Tax Liability/Assets (Net)
is not to be evaluated, otherwise also it is a part of Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of
Profit and Loss and it is merely a book entry and not a actual Liability/Asset.
Hence, it is a redrafted Balance Sheet and Deferred Tax Asset (Net) is deducted from Surplus,
i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss.
P.18	 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII
Redrafted Note to Accounts
Particulars		 31st March,	 31st March,
			 2019 (`)	 2018 (`)
	2.	 Reserves and Surplus	 	
		 General Reserve		 50,000		 50,000
		 Surplus/(Deficit) ,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss	 47,000		 (28,000)
		Less:  Deferred Tax Assets (Net) transferred	 8,000	 39,000	 (4,000)	 (32,000)
							 89,000		 18,000
CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019
Particulars		 	`
(A) 	Cash Flow from Operating Activities	 	
	 Closing Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 39,000
	 Less: 	 Opening Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss		 (32,000)
					 71,000
	 Add:	 Provision for Tax	 	 46,000
		 Dividend paid (Proposed Dividend of PreviousYear)	 	 75,000	 1,21,000
	 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items	 		 1,92,000
	 Add:	 Non-cash/Non-operating Expenses	 		
		 Interest on Debentures		 5,500
		 Depreciation and Amortisation		 37,000
		 Long-term Provisions (Provision for Employees Benefits)		 25,000	 67,500
					 2,59,500
	 Less:	 Non-cash/Non-operating Income		
		 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investment			 1,000
	 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes	 		 2,58,500
	 Add:	 Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities:
		 Inventories		 3,000	
		 Other Current Liabilities (Income Received in Advance)		 5,000	 8,000
					 2,66,500
	 Less:	 Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities:
		 Trade Receivables		 52,500
		 Trade Payables		 22,500	 75,000
	 Cash Generated from Operations			 1,91,500
	 Less:	 Net Income Tax (paid)			 37,000
	 Cash Flow from Operating Activities			
1,54,500
(B)	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities	 	 	
	 Purchase of Fixed Assets	 	 (5,19,250)	
	 Expenses on Capital Work-in-Progress		 (1,49,750)
	 Proceeds from Sale of Non-current Investments		 29,000
	 Proceeds from Sale of Fixed Assets	 	 33,000	
	 Cash Used in Investing Activities 	 	 	 (6,07,000)
(C)	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities	 	 	
	 Proceeds from Share Capital	 	 2,00,000	
	 Payment of Dividend	 	 (75,000)	
	 Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings		 3,00,000
	 Payment of Interest on Debentures		 (5,500)
	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities 	 	 	 4,19,500
(D)	 Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C)	 	 	 (33,000)
	 Add:  Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year	 	 	 86,500
(E)	 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year	 	 	 53,500
Note:It has been presumed that additional 3,000;11% Debentures of ` 100 each are issued on 31st March,2019.
Project Work	 P.19
Comments
Accrual method of accounting when used necessarily means that the amount of Net Profit
will not match with corresponding increase in cash balance.
Net Profit is ascertained after adjusting outstandings and prepayments (both in respect of
incomes and expenses) in the beginning and at the end of the accounting period.
In addition, items regarded as capital, e.g., the purchase of fixed assets are not part of
Statement of Profit and Loss but, involve payments of Cash and Cash Equivalents.
Cash Flow from Operating Activities is ` 1,54,500, it may be due to increase in sales or
decrease in expenses. But the Cash Outflow from Investing activity is ` (6,07,000) as the
company invest the amount in purchasing fixed asset which in future increases the efficiency
of the company. Cash Flow from Financing Activity is ` 4,19,500 as the company procured
funds by issuing share capital and by raising funds through long-term borrowings.
As a result, Cash and Cash Equivalents has decreased by ` 33,000 and, on the other hand,
the net profit has increased by ` 71,000 [` 39,000 – (` 32,000)], is because net cash outflow
from investing activities ` 6,07,000 exceeds the aggregates of net cash inflows from operating
activities ` 1,54,500 and financing activities ` 4,19,500. Another reason is that Mohak Ltd.
has invested more funds in working capital, largely because of an increase in the amount
owing from debtors and substantial decrease in the amount due to the creditors.
VIVA QUESTIONS
	 1.	 Under which method of accounting,net profit will not match with a corresponding increase in cash balance?
	 Ans.	 Under accrual method of accounting, net profit will not match with a corresponding increase in
cash balance.
	 2.	 Do you think that purchase of fixed assets do not appear in the Statement of Profit and Loss?
	 Ans.	 Yes, purchase of fixed assets do not appear in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
	 3.	 Why purchase of fixed assets do not appear in the Statement of Profit and Loss?
	 Ans.	 Purchase of fixed assets do not appear in the Statement of Profit and Loss because it is a Capital Expenditure.
	 4.	 Why Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investments is deducted from Income from Operating Activities?
	 Ans.	 Because it is an investing activity and the full amount of sale is added in Cash from Investing Activities.
	 5.	 Why we do not deduct Expenses on Issue of Shares from Financing Activities?
	 Ans.	 Because it is Deferred Revenue Expenditure that is written off in 5 years.
	 6.	Give two examples of Cash Flow from Operating Activities.
	 Ans.	(i)	 Cash receipts from the sale of goods and the rendering of services.	
		(ii)	 Cash payments to suppliers for goods purchased and for services availed.
	 7.	Give one example of Financing Activity.
	 Ans.	 Cash proceeds from issuing shares or debentures.
	 8.	 How can we ascertain Cash Flow from Financing Activities?
	 Ans.	 Cash Flow from Financing Activities can be ascertained by analysing the change in Equity Share Capital,
Preference Share Capital,Debentures,other Long-term Borrowings and Short-term Borrowings,i.e.,Bank
Overdraft.
	 9.	 How can we ascertain Cash Flow from Investing Activities?
	 Ans.	 Cash Flow from Investing Activities can be ascertained by analysing the change in Fixed Assets and
Long-term Investments during the accounting period.
	 10.	 State the conditions for an investment to qualify as Cash Equivalents.
	 Ans.	 For an investment to qualify as Cash Equivalent:
		 1.  It must be readily convertible to a known amount of cash.
		 2.  It must be subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.
		 Therefore, an investment normally qualifies as a Cash Equivalent only when it has a short maturity of,
say, three months or less from the date of acquisition.

More Related Content

PPT
Comparitive and common size
DOCX
Project on ratio analysis
PDF
Financial statement analysis of Wipro.pdf
PDF
Class 12 Accountancy Project CBSE 2020 (Ratios, Cash Flow Statement, Segment ...
PPTX
Business Studies-Fayol's Pprinciples
PDF
Ratio analysis formula sheet cbse accounting
PPTX
Financial accounting project of issue of shares
PPT
11th +1 Business Studies Project File
Comparitive and common size
Project on ratio analysis
Financial statement analysis of Wipro.pdf
Class 12 Accountancy Project CBSE 2020 (Ratios, Cash Flow Statement, Segment ...
Business Studies-Fayol's Pprinciples
Ratio analysis formula sheet cbse accounting
Financial accounting project of issue of shares
11th +1 Business Studies Project File

What's hot (20)

PPTX
Accountancy 12th class project work(Both Comprehensive and specific)
PDF
Financial analysis : Britannia Industries Ltd
DOCX
Entrepreneurship market survey class 12
PPTX
Dabur india
PPTX
A PROJECT WORK BASED ON MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES CLASS - 12
PDF
Solved Cbse Class 12 Accountancy Full Project(Comprehensive Project, Ratio An...
DOCX
Cost sheet analysis
PPTX
Economic reforms 1991
DOCX
Financial Statment Analysis of TATA MOTORS
PDF
Marketing Management Project Class XII
 
PDF
Accountancy Project Class 12th CBSE
DOC
Project report on icici bank
PPT
Maruti Suzuki India Ltd Financial Statement Analysis
PDF
Solved Accounting Ratios with Balance Sheet(vertical) and Statement of Profit...
PPTX
government budget
DOCX
BUSINESS STUDIES Project on BAGS.
PDF
Financial statement Analysis of Reliance Industries Ltd..pdf
PPTX
Project on biscuits,business studies project work, 12 class business project ...
DOCX
COST SHEET ANALYSIS: DABUR INDIA LIMITED.
PDF
Business Studies Class 12th Marketing management Project- Fruit Juice
Accountancy 12th class project work(Both Comprehensive and specific)
Financial analysis : Britannia Industries Ltd
Entrepreneurship market survey class 12
Dabur india
A PROJECT WORK BASED ON MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES CLASS - 12
Solved Cbse Class 12 Accountancy Full Project(Comprehensive Project, Ratio An...
Cost sheet analysis
Economic reforms 1991
Financial Statment Analysis of TATA MOTORS
Marketing Management Project Class XII
 
Accountancy Project Class 12th CBSE
Project report on icici bank
Maruti Suzuki India Ltd Financial Statement Analysis
Solved Accounting Ratios with Balance Sheet(vertical) and Statement of Profit...
government budget
BUSINESS STUDIES Project on BAGS.
Financial statement Analysis of Reliance Industries Ltd..pdf
Project on biscuits,business studies project work, 12 class business project ...
COST SHEET ANALYSIS: DABUR INDIA LIMITED.
Business Studies Class 12th Marketing management Project- Fruit Juice
Ad

Similar to T.s. grewal book part 3 (20)

PDF
Analysis of Financial Statements (the content is from the CD not the book 202...
PDF
Analysis of Financial Statements (the content is from the CD not the book 202...
PPTX
AnF 1 _ Basics of Financial Statements (1).pptx
PDF
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.pdf class 12 accounts
PDF
Heads and Sub heads_231205_215326.pdf hsjshs
PPTX
Financial statement
PDF
Unit I Financial Modelling description and details
PPTX
Financial Report PPX.pptx
PPTX
Financial Reporting
PPTX
Presentation1
PPT
Understanding Financial Statement / Report
PPTX
Balance Sheet components and Ratio Analysis.pptx
PDF
Capital & ERC Finance Compendium (1)
PDF
ReadingFinancialStatementsCoursePresentation-200124-113632.pdf
PPTX
Accounting: Financial statement
PPTX
Accounting key terms
PPT
financial statement preparations .ppt...
PPT
Mmi finance 1
PDF
Solution Manual for Cornerstones of Financial and Managerial Accounting 2nd E...
PPT
Ch02..
Analysis of Financial Statements (the content is from the CD not the book 202...
Analysis of Financial Statements (the content is from the CD not the book 202...
AnF 1 _ Basics of Financial Statements (1).pptx
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.pdf class 12 accounts
Heads and Sub heads_231205_215326.pdf hsjshs
Financial statement
Unit I Financial Modelling description and details
Financial Report PPX.pptx
Financial Reporting
Presentation1
Understanding Financial Statement / Report
Balance Sheet components and Ratio Analysis.pptx
Capital & ERC Finance Compendium (1)
ReadingFinancialStatementsCoursePresentation-200124-113632.pdf
Accounting: Financial statement
Accounting key terms
financial statement preparations .ppt...
Mmi finance 1
Solution Manual for Cornerstones of Financial and Managerial Accounting 2nd E...
Ch02..
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
PMB 401-Identification-of-Potential-Biotechnological-Products.pdf
PPTX
svnfcksanfskjcsnvvjknsnvsdscnsncxasxa saccacxsax
PDF
Robin Fischer: A Visionary Leader Making a Difference in Healthcare, One Day ...
DOCX
FINALS-BSHhchcuvivicucucucucM-Centro.docx
PDF
1911 Gold Corporate Presentation Aug 2025.pdf
PDF
#1 Safe and Secure Verified Cash App Accounts for Purchase.pdf
PPTX
Astra-Investor- business Presentation (1).pptx
DOCX
Hand book of Entrepreneurship 4 Chapters.docx
PPTX
Slide gioi thieu VietinBank Quy 2 - 2025
PDF
Introduction to Generative Engine Optimization (GEO)
DOCX
Center Enamel Powering Innovation and Resilience in the Italian Chemical Indu...
PDF
NISM Series V-A MFD Workbook v December 2024.khhhjtgvwevoypdnew one must use ...
PDF
Daniels 2024 Inclusive, Sustainable Development
DOCX
Center Enamel A Strategic Partner for the Modernization of Georgia's Chemical...
PPTX
Board-Reporting-Package-by-Umbrex-5-23-23.pptx
PPTX
BUSINESS CYCLE_INFLATION AND UNEMPLOYMENT.pptx
PPTX
chapter 2 entrepreneurship full lecture ppt
PDF
Environmental Law Communication: Strategies for Advocacy (www.kiu.ac.ug)
PDF
Chapter 2 - AI chatbots and prompt engineering.pdf
PDF
533158074-Saudi-Arabia-Companies-List-Contact.pdf
PMB 401-Identification-of-Potential-Biotechnological-Products.pdf
svnfcksanfskjcsnvvjknsnvsdscnsncxasxa saccacxsax
Robin Fischer: A Visionary Leader Making a Difference in Healthcare, One Day ...
FINALS-BSHhchcuvivicucucucucM-Centro.docx
1911 Gold Corporate Presentation Aug 2025.pdf
#1 Safe and Secure Verified Cash App Accounts for Purchase.pdf
Astra-Investor- business Presentation (1).pptx
Hand book of Entrepreneurship 4 Chapters.docx
Slide gioi thieu VietinBank Quy 2 - 2025
Introduction to Generative Engine Optimization (GEO)
Center Enamel Powering Innovation and Resilience in the Italian Chemical Indu...
NISM Series V-A MFD Workbook v December 2024.khhhjtgvwevoypdnew one must use ...
Daniels 2024 Inclusive, Sustainable Development
Center Enamel A Strategic Partner for the Modernization of Georgia's Chemical...
Board-Reporting-Package-by-Umbrex-5-23-23.pptx
BUSINESS CYCLE_INFLATION AND UNEMPLOYMENT.pptx
chapter 2 entrepreneurship full lecture ppt
Environmental Law Communication: Strategies for Advocacy (www.kiu.ac.ug)
Chapter 2 - AI chatbots and prompt engineering.pdf
533158074-Saudi-Arabia-Companies-List-Contact.pdf

T.s. grewal book part 3

  • 1. Financial Statements of a Company 1 C H A P T E R MEANING OF KEY TERMS USED IN THIS CHAPTER BALANCE SHEET EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’ Funds Shareholders’ Funds are the funds belonging to the shareholders of the company. They consist of Share Capital; Reserves and Surplus and Money received against Share Warrants. (a) Share Capital It is the amount received by the company as capital. It includes both Equity Share Capital and Preference Share Capital. (b) Reserves and Surplus: Reserves It is the amount set aside out of Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss or amount received as Securities Premium. A reserve may be free reserve or committed reserve. Surplus It is the amount of accumulated profit which may be appropriated towards reserve or for payment of dividend. (c) Money Received against It is the amount received against Share Warrants. Share Share Warrants Warrants are the financial instruments which give the holder the right to acquire Equity Shares in the company at a specified date and at a specified rate. 2. Share Application Money It is the amount received as share application and against Pending Allotment which the company will make allotment. 3. Non-Current Liabilities Non-current Liabilities are defined in Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013 as those liabilities which are not current liabilities. These are sub-classified into: Long-term Borrowings; Deferred Tax Liabilities (Net); Other Long-term Liabilities; and Long-term Provisions. (a) Long-term Borrowings Long-term borrowings are the borrowings which as on the date of borrowing are repayable after more than 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or after the period of Operating Cycle. (b) Deferred Tax Liabilities It is the amount of tax on the temporary difference between (Net) the accounting income and taxable income. It is only a book entry and not an actual liability. It arises when accounting income is more than the taxable income. (c) Other Long-term Liabilities They are the Long-term Liabilities other than Long-term Borrowings of the company. (d) Long-term Provisions These are the provisions for liabilities that will be payable after 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or after the period of Operating Cycle.
  • 2. 1.2 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 4. Current Liabilities Current Liabilities are those liabilities which are: (a) expected to be settled in company’s normal Operating Cycle; or (b) due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting date. (Reporting date is the date on which financial statements are prepared); or (c) held primarily for the purpose of being traded; or (d) there is no unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the reporting date. 5. Operating Cycle It is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation into Cash and Cash Equivalents. Where the Operating Cycle cannot be identified, it is assumed to be a period of 12 months. Operating Cycle can be different for different businesses. Current Liabilities are classified into Short-term Borrowings; Trade Payables; Other Current Liabilities; and Short-term Provisions. (a) Short-term Borrowings These are the borrowings that are repayable within 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period of Operating Cycle. (b) Trade Payables These are the amounts payable within the period of 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period of Operating Cycle for goods purchased or services taken in the ordinary course of business. It includes Bills Payable and Sundry Creditors. (c) Other Current Liabilities These are short-term liabilities, other than short-term borrowings, trade payables and short-term provisions. (d) Short-term Provisions These are provisions for liabilities that will be payable within 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period of Operating Cycle. ASSETS 6. Non-Current Assets Non-current assets are those assets which are not current assets. These are sub-classified into: Fixed Assets; Non-current Investments; Deferred Tax Assets (Net); Long-term Loans and Advances; and Other Non-current Assets. (a) Fixed Assets (i) Tangible Assets These are the assets which have physical existence, i.e., can be seen and touched. Examples are: land, building, machinery and computers, etc. (ii) Intangible Assets These are the assets which do not have physical existence, i.e., cannot be seen and touched. Examples are: patents, trademarks and computer software, etc. (iii) Capital Work-in- Capital Work-in-Progress means expenditure incurred on Progress construction or development of tangible assets not yet complete. (iv) Intangible Assets Intangible Assets Under Development means expenditure Under Development incurred on development of intangible assets not yet complete. (b) Non-Current Non-current Investments are those investments that are Investments invested to be held for a period of more than 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or for a period that is more than the period of Operating Cycle.
  • 3. Financial Statements of a Company 1.3 A trade investment is an investment made by the company in another company for the furtherance of its own business. It is non-current investment when it is invested to be held for more than 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or for a period that is more than the period of Operating Cycle. (c) Deferred Tax Assets (Net) It is the amount of tax on the temporary difference between the accounting income and taxable income. It is only a book entry and not an actual asset. It arises when accounting income is less than the taxable income. (d) Long-term Loans and Long-term Loans and Advances are loans and advances Advances given by the company that are repayable or adjustable after 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or after the period of Operating Cycle. (e) Other Non-Current All non-current assets that are not shown or classified under Assets the above heads are Other Non-current Assets. 7. Current Assets Current assets are those assets which are: (a) expected to be realised in or intended for sale or consumption in normal Operating Cycle of the company; or (b) held primarily for the purposes of trading; or (c) expectedtoberealisedwithin12monthsfromthereportingdateor closing date. (Reporting date is the date for which financial statements are prepared.); or (d) Cash and Cash Equivalent unless it is restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date. Current Assets are classified into Current Investments; Inventories; Trade Receivables; Cash and Cash Equivalents; Short-term Loans and Advances; and Other Current Assets. (a) Current Investments Current Investments are those investments that are invested to be held for a period of less than 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period of Operating Cycle. (b) Inventories Inventories (stock) is a tangible asset held: (i) for the purpose of sale in the normal course of business; or (ii) for the purpose of using it in the production of goods meant for sale or service to be rendered. In case of trading company, it comprises of stock of goods traded in. In case of a manufacturing company, it comprises of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods. Inventories are valued at lower of cost or net realisable value, i.e., market price. (c) Trade Receivables Trade receivables are the amounts receivable within 12 months from the reporting date or within the period of Operating Cycle for sale of goods or services rendered in the normal course of business. It includes Bills Receivable and Sundry Debtors. (d) Cash and Cash It includes cash in hand and balance with bank. Equivalents (e) Short-term Loans and Short-term Loans and Advances are loans and advances Advances given by the company that are receivable or adjustable within 12 months from the date of Balance Sheet or within the period of Operating Cycle. (f) Other Current Assets All other current assets that are not shown or classified under the above heads are shown as Other Current Assets.
  • 4. 1.4 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS 8. Revenue from Operations It is the revenue earned by the company from its operating activities, i.e., business activities carried on by the company to earn profit. 9. Other Income It is the revenue earned by the company from the sources other than its operating activities. 10. Cost of Materials Consumed It is the aggregate of cost of raw materials and other materials used in manufacture of goods. 11. Purchase of Stock-in-Trade It means purchases of goods for resale, i.e., goods purchased on which no further process is carried before sale. 12. Changes in Inventories of It is the sum of difference between the opening inventories and Finished Goods, WIP and closing inventories of Finished Goods, WIP and Stock-in-Trade. Stock-in-Trade It is shown separately in the Notes to Accounts as single amount on the face of the Statement of Profit and Loss. 13. Employees Benefit Expenses These are the expenses incurred for the benefit of employees. Examples are: wages, salaries, bonus, staff welfare and medical reimbursement, etc. 14. Finance Costs These are the expenses of the company incurred to borrow, i.e., loans taken by it and cost incurred to service the borrowings. 15. Depreciation and Amortisation Depreciation is allocation of cost of fixed asset over its useful Expenses life. In other words, it is the fall in the value of fixed assets due to its usage or efflux of time or obsolescence. Amortisation is the term associated with writing off intangible assets. 16. Other Expenses Expenses that do not fall in the above classifications are shown as Other Expenses. Expenses shown under Employees Benefit Expenses and Other Expenses may be further shown as Direct and Indirect Expenses. Other Expenses may be shown under different heads, say Administrative Expenses, Selling and Distribution Expenses and General Expenses, etc. CHAPTER SUMMARY • The annual accounts of a company consist of Balance Sheet as at the end of the financial year, Statement of Profit and Loss for the financial year, Notes to Accounts giving details of items in the Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss and Cash Flow Statement. These are collectively known as Financial Statements. • The form and content of Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss are prescribed in Part I and Part II of Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013 respectively. • A single amount is shown against each line item of the Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss while the details are given in the Notes to Accounts of the line item. • Balance Sheet is a statement which shows the financial position of the company as at the end of the financial year. • Statement of Profit and Loss is a statement which shows the profit earned or loss incurred during the financial year. • Appropriation of Profit: Profit is appropriated out of ‘Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss’ under Reserves and Surplus. Profit for the year (as per Statement of Profit and Loss) is added to the opening balance of Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss and thereafter appropriation is made towards other reserves (say Debentures Redemption Reserve) or Dividend declared (approved) by the shareholders. The appropriations made towards other reserves are added to that reserve. Proposed Dividend for the Current Year is not provided (accounted) in the books but is shown in the Notes to Accounts as Contingent Liability.
  • 5. Financial Statements of a Company 1.5 NOTE The AS-4 Revised, Contingencies and Events Occurring After the Balance Sheet Date prescribes that dividend proposed by the Board of Directors, i.e., Proposed Dividend for the Current Year is not to be provided in the books of account but is to be disclosed (shown) in the Notes to Accounts. Proposed dividend of the current year is shown in the Notes to Accounts and proposed dividend of the previous year, if declared (approved) by the shareholders in the AGM, is shown as appropriation from Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss. • Provision means amount written off or retained by way of depreciation or for known liabilities, amount of which cannot be determined with accuracy. • Reserve means amount set aside out of profit and other surpluses for specific or general purposes. IMPORTANT NOTE According to CBSE Circular No. Acad-43/2013 dated 2nd July, 2013 on Schedule VI of the Companies Act, 1956 (Now Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013) accounting treatment of certain items is not to be evaluated in the examination. The circular clarifies that although accounting treatment of certain items will not be evaluated but, their presentation in the Balance Sheet as per Schedule VI of the Companies Act, 1956 (now Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013) can be examined. According to the circular accounting treatment of following will not be evaluated: (i) Reserves and Surplus: (Revaluation Reserve, Share Options Outstanding and Other Reserves are not to be evaluated. However, General Reserve can be evaluated); (ii) Money Received against Share Warrants; (iii) Share Application Money Pending Allotment; (iv) Deferred Tax Liabilities (Net); (v) Other Long-term Liabilities; (vi) Intangible Assets: (Masthead and Publishing Titles, Copyrights and Patents and Other Intellectual Property Rights, Services and Operating Rights and Licences and Franchise are not to be evaluated); (vii) Capital Work-in-Progress; (viii) Intangible Assets Under Development; (ix) Deferred Tax Assets (Net); (x) Other Non-current Assets; (xi) Cash and Cash Equivalents: (Earmarked Balance with Banks, Balances with Banks held as Margin Money or Security against borrowings, guarantees, other commitments and Bank Deposits with more than 12 months maturity are not to be evaluated); and (xii) Treatment of Unamortised Expenses. Also note: Accounting Treatment of Other Current Assets is restricted to Prepaid Expenses, Accrued Incomes and Advance Tax only. The expression ‘Not to be evaluated’ used in the circular, means that a student will not be examined for the above items in the examination in the topics of Comparative Statements, Common-size Statements, Accounting Ratios and Cash Flow Statement. In simple words, questions on Comparative Statements, Common-size Statements, Accounting Ratios and Cash Flow Statement will not have entries or items from above heads. Thus, these items have not been included in the illustrations and questions in this chaper.
  • 6. 1.6 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Format of the Balance Sheet The format of Balance Sheet as prescribed in Part I of Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013, is as follows: Name of the Company... BALANCE SHEET as at... (` in ...) Particulars Note Figures as at the Figures as at the No. end of the Current end of the Previous Reporting Period Reporting Period (1) (2) (3) (4) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital ... ... (b) Reserves and Surplus ... ... (c) Money Received against Share Warrants ... ... 2. Share Application Money Pending Allotment ... ... 3. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings ... ... (b) Deferred Tax Liabilities (Net) ... ... (c) Other Long-term Liabilities ... ... (d) Long-term Provisions ... ... 4. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings ... ... (b) Trade Payables ... ... (c) Other Current Liabilities ... ... (d) Short-term Provisions ... ... Total ... ... II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets ... ... (ii) Intangible Assets ... ... (iii) Capital Work-in-Progress ... ... (iv) Intangible Assets under Development ... ... (b) Non-current Investments ... ... (c) Deferred Tax Assets (Net) ... ... (d) Long-term Loans and Advances ... ... (e) Other Non-current Assets ... ... 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments ... ... (b) Inventories ... ... (c) Trade Receivables ... ... (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents ... ... (e) Short-term Loans and Advances ... ... (f ) Other Current Assets ... ... Total ... ...
  • 7. Financial Statements of a Company 1.7 Format of Statement of Profit and Loss Format of the Statement of Profit and Loss is prescribed in Part II of Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013, as follows: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended ... Particulars Note Figures Figures No. for the Current for the Previous Reporting Period Reporting Period I. Revenue from Operations ... ... II. Other Income ... ... III. Total Revenue (I + II) ... ... IV. Expenses Cost of Materials Consumed ... ... Purchases of Stock-in-Trade ... ... Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods, Work-in-Progress and Stock-in-Trade ... ... Employees Benefit Expenses ... ... Finance Costs ... ... Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses ... ... Other Expenses ... ... Total Expenses ... ... V. Profit before Tax (III – IV) ... ... VI. Less: Tax ... ... VII. Profit or Loss for the Period (V – VI) ... ... The column for Note No. is prescribed for the purpose of cross reference to the Note No. in the Notes to Accounts where detail of the line item is given. IMPORTANT NOTE CBSE has prescribed that Exceptional Items, Extraordinary Items and Discontinued Operations are excluded. Therefore, these items have not been shown in the format. Definition of Authorised Capital [Section 2(8) of the Companies Act, 2013] “Authorised Capital” or “Nominal Capital” means such capital as is authorised by the memorandum of a company to be the maximum amount of share capital of the company. Definition of Issued Capital [Section 2(50) of the Companies Act, 2013] “Issued Capital” means such capital as the company issues from time to time for subscription. Definition of Subscribed Capital [Section 2(86) of the Companies Act, 2013] “Subscribed Capital” means such part of the capital which is for the time being subscribed by the members of a company. Definition of Called-up Capital [Section 2(15) of the Companies Act, 2013] “Called-up Capital” means such part of the capital, which has been called for payment. Definition of Paid-up Share Capital or Share Capital Paid-up [Section 2(64) of the Companies Act, 2013] “Paid-up Share Capital” or “Share Capital Paid-up” means such aggregate of money credited as paid-up as is equivalent to the amount received as paid-up in respect of shares issued and also includes any amount credited as paid-up in respect of shares of a company, but does not include any other amount received in respect of such shares, by whatever name called.
  • 8. 1.8 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Capital Reserve A reserve created out of the capital profit is known as Capital Reserve. It is created out of the profit earned from transactions of capital nature and is not available for the distribution to the shareholders as dividend. The examples of capital profit from which capital reserve is created are: • Gain (Profit) on sale of fixed assets; • Gain (Profit) on sale of investment; • Gain (Profit) on reissue of forfeited shares; and • Gain (Profit) on purchase of an existing business. Capital Redemption Reserve Capital Redemption Reserve is a reserve created when a company buys its owns shares out of free reserves or Securities Premium Reserve. Section 69(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, requires that a sum equal to nominal value of shares so purchased shall be transferred to Capital Redemption Reserve. The reserve may be used by the company to issue fully-paid bonus shares. Section 55 of the Companies Act, 2013, requires that where preference shares are redeemed out of profits which would be otherwise available for declaration of dividend a sum equal to Nominal (face) Value of the shares redeemed must be transferred to ‘Capital Redemption Reserve’. Securities Premium Reserve Securities Premium Reserve is a reserve to which amount received in excess of the nominal (face) value of securities (shares, debentures, etc.) is credited. It can be used by a company for the purposes stated in Section 52(2) of the Companies Act, 2013. Debentures Redemption Reserve (DRR) Debentures Redemption Reserve is a reserve credited by the amount prescribed under Section 71(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 18(7)(b) of the Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014 by a company before redemption of debentures commences. In respect of partly convertible debentures, DRR is created only for non- convertible portion of debentures. DRR is not required for debentures issued by Banking Companies and All India Financial Institutions (AIFIs) regulated by Reserve Bank of India. Revaluation Reserve Revaluation Reserve is a reserve which is credited by the upward revision of the book value of an asset. It is debited when the value of that asset is revised downward or the asset is sold or discarded. The amount standing to the credit of Revaluation Reserve Account cannot be used for payment of dividend or issuing bonus shares. Shares Options Outstanding Account Shares Options Outstanding Account is a reserve to which difference between the market value and issue price of shares issued to employees is credited over the vesting period. For example, the market price of the share is ` 75 and is to be issued to employees at ` 50. The difference, ` 25 (i.e., ` 75 – ` 50) should be credited to this reserve.
  • 9. Financial Statements of a Company 1.9 Disclosure of Important Items in the Company’s Balance Sheet as per Schedule III S.No. Items Main Head Sub-head 1. Debentures Non-current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 2. Public Deposits Non-current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 3. Securities Premium Reserve Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 4. Capital Reserve Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 5. Forfeited Shares Account Shareholders' Funds SubscribedCapital(Shownbywayofaddition) 6. Interest Accrued and due Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities on Debentures 7. Interest Accrued but not due Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities on Debentures 8. Bills Payable Current Liabilities Trade Payables 9. Advances Received from Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities Customers 10. Sundry Creditors Current Liabilities Trade Payables 11. Unclaimed Dividend Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities 12. Calls-in-Arrears Shareholders’Funds Subscribed Capital (shown by way of deduction from subscribed but not fully paid-up) 13. Calls-in-Advance and Interest Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities thereon 14. Interest Accrued but not due Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities on Unsecured Loans 15. Debentures Redemption Reserve Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 16. Capital Redemption Reserve Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 17. Advances from Customers Non-current Liabilities Other Long-term Liabilities (Long-term) 18. Trade Payables Current Liabilities Trade Payables 19. Provision forTax Current Liabilities Short-term Provisions 20. Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus of Profit and Loss (Dr.) (As negative amount) 21. Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus Statement of Profit and Loss 22. Mortgage Loan Non-current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 23. Patents Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets 24. Investments Non-current Assets Non-current Investments 25. General Reserve Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 26. Bills Receivable Current Assets Trade Receivables 27. Debentures Repayable after 3 yrs. Non-current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 28. LooseTools Current Assets Inventories 29. Current Maturities of Long-term Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities Debts
  • 10. 1.10 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 30. Premium on Redemption of Non-current Liabilities Other Long-term Liabilities Debentures 31. Balances with Banks Current Assets Cash and Cash Equivalents 32. Tax Reserve Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 33. Stores and Spares Current Assets Inventories 34. Mining Rights Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets 35. EncashmentofEmployeesEarned Non-current Liabilities Long-term Provisions Leave Payable on Retirement 36. Subsidy Reserve Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 37. Copyrights Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets 38. Accrued Incomes Current Assets Other Current Assets 39. ProvisionforEmployeesBenefits Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Provisions 40. Unpaid/unclaimed Dividend Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities 41. Short-term Loans Current Liabilities Short-term Borrowings 42. Long-term Loans Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 43. Share Options Outstanding Account Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 44. Computers Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets 45. Goodwill Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets 46. Sundry Debtors Current Assets Trade Receivables 47. Long-term Investments Non-current Assets Non-current Investments 48. Prepaid Insurance Current Assets Other Current Assets 49. Building Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets 50. General Reserve Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 51. Bonds Non-current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 52. Loans repayable on demand Current Liabilities Short-term Borrowings 53. Income received in advance Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities 54. Office Equipments Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets 55. Trademarks Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets 56. AdvanceTax Current Assets Other Current Assets 57. Bank Overdraft Current Liabilities Short-term Borrowings 58. Cheques/Drafts in Hand Current Assets Cash and Cash Equivalents 59. Stock-in-Trade Current Assets Inventories 60. Long-term Provisions Non-current Liabilities Long-term Provisions 61. Stock of Finished Goods Current Assets Inventories 62. Computer software Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets 63. Work-in-Progress (Building) Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—CapitalWork-in-Progress 64. Intellectual Property Rights Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets under under under Development Development 65. Proposed Dividend ... As Contingent Liability in Notes to Accounts 66. Provision for Expenses Current Liabilities Short-term Provisions 67. Capital Advances Non-current Assets Long-term Loans and Advances 68. Designs Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets 69. Shares in Companies Non-current Assets Non-current Investments
  • 11. Financial Statements of a Company 1.11 Disclosure of Important Items in Company’s Statement of Profit and Loss as per Schedule III S.No. Item Major Head Sub-head 1. Sale of Products Revenue Revenue from Operations 2. Sale of Services Revenue Revenue from Operations 3. Trading Commission Revenue Revenue from Operations 4. Interest Income Revenue Other Income 5. Interest Income of a Finance Company Revenue Revenue from Operations 6. Dividend Income of a Finance Company Revenue Revenue from Operations 7. Dividends from Companies Revenue Other Income 8. Rental Income Revenue Other Income 9. Selling and Marketing Expenses Other Expenses Expenses 10. Opening Inventories of Expenses Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods,Work-in- Finished Goods,Work-in- progress and Stock-in-trade progress and Stock-in-trade 11. Discount/Loss on Issue of Expenses Finance Costs Debentures written off 12. Salary Expenses Employees Benefit Expenses 13. Excess Provision written Revenue Other Income back 14. Rent of Factory Expenses Other Expenses 15. Audit Fee Expenses Other Expenses 16. Purchase of Material Expenses Cost of Materials Consumed 17. Rent of Office Building Expenses Other Expenses 18. Carriage Outwards Expenses Other Expenses 19. Wages Expenses Employees Benefit Expenses 20. Leave Encashment Expenses Employees Benefit Expenses 21. Gain (Profit) on Sale of Building Revenue Other Income 22. Goodwill Amortised Expenses Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 23. Carriage Inwards Expenses Other Expenses 24. Miscellaneous Expenses Expenses Other Expenses 25. Cash Discount Received Revenue Other Income 26. Interest on Loans Expenses Finance Costs 27. Bonus to Employees Expenses Employees Benefit Expenses 28. Interest on Fixed Deposits Revenue Other Income 29. Gratuity Paid Expenses Employees Benefit Expenses 30. Depreciation on Expenses Depreciation and Computers/Furniture Amortisation Expenses 31. Electricity Expenses Expenses Other Expenses 32. Bank Charges Expenses Other Expenses 33. Repair to Machinery Expenses Other Expenses
  • 12. 1.12 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 1. Under what heads and sub-heads the following items will appear in the Balance Sheet of a company as per Schedule III, Part I of the Companies Act, 2013: (i) Mining Rights; (ii) Encashment of Employees Earned Leave Payable on Retirement; (iii) Vehicles. (AI 2013, Modified) Solution: S.No. Items Main Head Sub-head (i) Mining Rights Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets (ii) Encashment of Employees Earned Non-current Liabilities Long-term Provisions Leave Payable on Retirement (iii) Vehicles Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets Illustration 2. From the following Trial Balance of West Coast Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2018, prepare Statement of Profit and Loss as per Part II of Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013: Particulars Debit Balance (`) Credit Balance (`) Share Capital ... 10,00,000 Securities Premium Reserve ... 2,50,000 9% Debentures ... 5,00,000 Bank Overdraft ... 2,00,000 Dividend Payable ... 1,00,000 Provision for Tax ... 1,50,000 Fixed Assets 17,50,000 ... Investments 4,50,000 ... Sales ... 42,50,000 Sale of Scrap ... 50,000 Dividend on Investments ... 7,500 Opening Inventory of Materials 1,50,000 ... Purchase of Materials 21,00,000 ... Opening Inventory of WIP 75,000 ... Opening Inventory of Finished Goods 1,25,000 ... Wages 6,00,000 ... Salaries 7,20,000 ... Staff Welfare 60,000 ... Interest on Debentures 50,000 ... Interest on Bank Overdraft 20,000 ... Depreciation 1,50,000 ... Carriage Inwards 21,000 ... Audit Fee 42,500 ... Advertisement Expenses 75,000 ... Telephone and Internet Expenses 24,000 ... Courier Expenses 12,000 ... Power and Electricity Expenses 30,000 ... Bank Charges 3,000 ... Administrative Expenses 30,000 ... Marketing and Selling Expenses 20,000 ... Total 65,07,500 65,07,500 Solved Questions
  • 13. Financial Statements of a Company 1.13 Additional Information: Closing Inventory: Materials ` 1,25,000; Work-in-Progress ` 65,000; Finished Goods ` 1,40,000. Provide for Tax @ 35%. Solution: West Coast Ltd. STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March, 2018 Particulars Note Year Ended No. 31st March, 2018 (`) I. Revenue from Operations 1 43,00,000 II. Other Income 2 7,500 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 43,07,500 IV. Expenses Cost of Materials Consumed 3 21,25,000 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and Work-in-Progress 4 (5,000) Employees Benefit Expenses 5 13,80,000 Finance Costs 6 70,000 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 1,50,000 Other Expenses 7 2,57,500 Total Expenses 39,77,500 V. Profit beforeTax (III – IV) 3,30,000 VI. Less:  Tax @ 35% 1,15,500 VII. Profit afterTax (V –VI) 2,14,500 Notes to Accounts Note Particulars Year Ended No. 31st March, 2018 (`) 1. Revenue from Operations Sales 42,50,000 Sale of Scrap 50,000 43,00,000 2. Other Income Dividend on Investments 7,500 3. Cost of Materials Consumed Opening Inventory of Materials 1,50,000 Add: Purchases of Materials 21,00,000 22,50,000 Less: Closing Inventory of Materials 1,25,000 21,25,000 4. Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods andWork-in-Progress (a) Finished Goods Opening Inventory 1,25,000 Less: Closing Inventory 1,40,000 (15,000) (b) Work-in-Progress Opening Inventory 75,000 Less: Closing Inventory 65,000 10,000 Total (a + b) (5,000)
  • 14. 1.14 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 5. Employees Benefit Expenses Wages 6,00,000 Salaries 7,20,000 Staff Welfare 60,000 13,80,000 6. Finance Costs Interest on Debentures 50,000 Interest on Bank Overdraft 20,000 70,000 7. Other Expenses Carriage Inwards 21,000 Audit Fee 42,500 Advertisement Expenses 75,000 Telephone and Internet Expenses 24,000 Courier Expenses 12,000 Power and Electricity Expenses 30,000 Bank Charges 3,000 Administrative Expenses 30,000 Marketing and Selling Expenses 20,000 2,57,500 1. Give the heads under which the following items will be shown in a company’s Balance Sheet: (i) Debentures; (ii) Interest Accrued on Investments; (iii) Goodwill; and (iv) Bills of Exchange. [Ans.: Head: Sub-head, if any: (i) Non-current Liabilities: Long-term Borrowings; (ii) Current Assets: Other Current Assets; (iii) Non-current Assets: Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets; (iv) Current Assets: Trade Receivables.] 2. Calculate Cost of Materials Consumed from the following: Opening Inventory of: Materials ` 4,50,000; Finished Goods ` 75,000; Stock-in-Trade ` 2,00,000; Closing Inventory of: Materials ` 4,00,000; Finished Goods ` 65,000; Stock-in-Trade ` 1,75,000; Opening WIP ` 10,000; Closing WIP ` 15,000; Purchases during the year: Raw Material ` 20,00,000; Stock-in-Trade ` 9,00,000. [Ans.: ` 20,50,000.] 3. Under which line item of the financial statements following items will be shown: (i) Sale of Scrap; (ii) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Vehicle; (iii) Deposits; (iv) Loss on Issue of Debentures Written off; (v) Gratuity Payable at the Time of Retirement; (vi) Workmen Compensation Reserve; (vii) Carriage paid on Sales; and (viii) Selling and Distribution Expenses? [Ans.: Revenue from Operations: (i); Other Income: (ii); Long-term Borrowings: (iii); Other Expenses: (iv); Long-term Provisions: (v); Reserves and Surplus: (vi); Other Expenses: (vii) and (viii).] 4. Under which head following revenue items of financial company will be classified or shown: (i) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Asset; (ii) Fee Received for Arranging Loans; (iii) Interest on Loans Given; (iv) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investments; and (v) Sale of Miscellaneous Items? [Ans.: Revenue from Operations: (ii) Fee Received for Arranging Loans; (iii) Interest on Loans Given; (iv) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investments; Other Income: (i) Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Asset; (v) Sale of Miscellaneous Items.] Unsolved Questions
  • 15. Financial Statements of a Company 1.15 5. From the following information of Manchur Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2019, calculate amount that will be shown in the Note to Accounts on Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods, WIP and Stock-in-Trade: Particulars Opening Inventory (`) Closing Inventory (`) Finished Goods 15,00,000 12,50,000 Work-in-Progress 10,50,000 9,25,000 Stock-in-Trade 9,50,000 8,00,000 [Ans.: Change in Inventories of: Finished Goods—` 2,50,000; Work-in-Progress—` 1,25,000; Stock-in-Trade—` 1,50,000; Net Change—` 5,25,000.]
  • 16. Financial Statement Analysis MEANING OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS Analysis of Financial Statements is a systematic process of analysing the financial information in the financial statements to understand and make decisions regarding the operations of the enterprise. TOOLS OR TECHNIQUES OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS Comparative Statements Comparative Statements or Comparative Financial Statements mean a comparative study of individual items or components of financial statements, i.e., Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss of two or more years of the enterprise itself. Common-size Statements Common-size Statements or Common-size Financial Statements mean statements in which individual items of financial statements of two or more years are placed side by side and thereafter converted into percentage taking a common base. Common base normally taken is Total Assets or Total of Equity and Liabilities, in the case of Common- size Balance Sheet and Revenue from Operations, in the case of Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss. Ratio Analysis Ratio is an arithmetical expression of relationship between two related or interdependent components of financial statements of an accounting period. Cash Flow Statement Cash Flow Statement is a statement showing flow of Cash and Cash Equivalents during the accounting period, classified under Operating Activities, Investing Activities and Financing Activities. TYPES OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS External Analysis Internal Analysis External analysis is carried out by outsiders such as creditors, bankers, debentureholders and government agencies. Internal analysis is meant for management. 2 C H A P T E R
  • 17. 2.2 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Horizontal (or Dynamic) Analysis Vertical (or Static) Analysis Dynamic or Horizontal Analysis is a time series analysis. Static or Vertical Analysis is carried out at one particular point of time, generally when the accounts are closed. Intra-firm Comparison and Inter-firm Comparison Intra-firm Comparison: A comparison of financial variables of an enterprise over a period of time is known as Intra-firm Comparison. It is also called Time Series Analysis or Trend Analysis. It analyses the performance of a business over a number of years and shows trend of financial factors. Inter-firm Comparison: A comparison of two or more enterprises or firms is known as Inter- firm Comparison. It analyses and compares financial variables of two or more enterprises or firms to determine their competitive position. When single set of statements of two firms is compared, it is known as Cross-sectional Analysis. PROCESS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS Rearrangement of Financial Statements Comparison Analysis Interpretation PURPOSES (OBJECTIVES) AND SIGNIFICANCE OF FINANCIAL ANALYSIS Assessing the Earning Capacity or Profitability Assessing the Managerial Efficiency Assessing the Short-term and Long-term Solvency of the Enterprise Inter-firm Comparison Forecasting and Preparing Budgets Explainable and Understandable USES OF FINANCIAL ANALYSIS Security Analysis Credit Analysis Debt Analysis Dividend Decision General Business Analysis
  • 18. Financial Statement Analysis 2.3 PARTIES INTERESTED IN FINANCIAL ANALYSIS Management Employees and Trade Unions Shareholders or Owners or Investors Potential Investors Suppliers or Creditors Bankers and Lenders Researchers Tax Authorities Customers LIMITATIONS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS Historical Analysis Ignores Price Level Changes Qualitative Aspect Ignored Suffers from the Limitations of Financial Statements Not Free from Personal Bias Variation in Accounting Practices Window Dressing Identifies Symptoms CHAPTER SUMMARY • Analysis of Financial Statements is a systematic process of identifying the financial strengths and weaknesses of a firm by properly establishing relationships between the items of the Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss. • Tools or Techniques of Financial Statement Analysis 1. Comparative Statements 2. Common-size Statements 3. Ratio Analysis 4. Cash Flow Statement • Types of Financial Statement Analysis 1. External Analysis 2. Internal Analysis 3. Horizontal or Dynamic Analysis 4. Vertical or Static Analysis
  • 19. 2.4 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII • Purposes or Objectives of Financial Analysis 1. To assess an enterprise’s operating efficiency and profitability. 2. To assess financial stability of an enterprise. 3. To assess an enterprise’s short-term and long-term solvency. 4. To compare intra-firm position, inter-firm position and pattern position within the industry. 5. To assess the future prospects of an enterprise. • Uses of Financial Analysis 1. Security Analysis 2. Credit Analysis 3. Debt Analysis 4. Dividend Decision 5. General Business Analysis • Parties Interested in Financial Statements Analysis 1. Management 2. Employees and Trade Unions 3. Shareholders or Owners or Investors 4. Potential Investors 5. Suppliers or Creditors 6. Bankers and Lenders 7. Researchers 8. Tax Authorities 9. Customers • Limitations of Analysis of Financial Statements 1. Historical Analysis. 2. Ignores the price-level changes. 3. Qualitative Aspect is ignored. 4. Limitations of Financial Statements are also the limitations of Financial Statement Analysis. 5. Not free from bias. 6. Financial analysis identifies the symptoms but does not arrive at the diagnosis. 7. Variation in Accounting Practices. 8. Window Dressing.
  • 20. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.1 MEANING OF KEY TERMS USED IN THE CHAPTER 1. Financial Statements These are the final accounts prepared at the end of the accounting period and include Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss along with Notes to Accounts. 2. Comparative Statement It is the statement prepared to compare individual items or components of the financial statements of two or more years of a company. The amount of each component of financial statements is placed side by side and difference is ascertained, which is shown as a percentage of the base year. 3. Comparative Balance Sheet It is the statement prepared to compare individual items or components of Balance Sheet of two or more years of a company. 4. Comparative Statement of It is the statement prepared to compare individual items or Profit and Loss (Income components of Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement) Statement) of two or more years of a company. 5. Common-size Statement It is the statement prepared to compare components of financial statements (Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss) of two years by converting them into percentages taking a common base. 6. Common-size Statement of It is the statement prepared to compare components of Profit and Loss (Income Statement of Profit and Loss of two years by converting them Statement) into percentages taking a common base, i.e., Revenue from Operations. 7. Common-size It is the statement prepared to compare components of Balance Balance Sheet Sheet of two years by converting them into percentages taking a common base, i.e., Total Assets or Total of Equity and Liabilities. Tools of Financial Statement Analysis —Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3 C H A P T E R
  • 21. 3.2 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII CHAPTER SUMMARY • Comparative Financial Statement is a tool of financial analysis that shows change in each item of the financial statement in both absolute amount and percentage terms, taking the item in preceding accounting period as base. • Objectives or Purposes of Comparative Financial Statements 1. To know the nature of changes influencing financial position. 2. To know the weaknesses and soundness about liquidity, profitability and solvency of the enterprise. 3. To forecast and plan. 4. To know the movements of key financial statistics. • Tools for Comparison of Financial Statements 1. Comparative Balance Sheet. 2. Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement). 3. Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss. 4. Common-size Balance Sheet. • Comparative Balance Sheet “Comparative Balance Sheet analysis is the study of the trend of same items, group of items and computed items in two or more Balance Sheets of the same business enterprise on different dates.” —Foulka • Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement) Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss shows the operating results for a number of accounting periods so that changes in data in terms of money and percentage from one period to another may be known. • Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement) Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss is a statement in which amounts of individual items of Statement of Profit and Loss for two or more years are written. These amounts are further converted into percentage of common base which is Revenue from Operations. • Common-size Balance Sheet Common-size Balance Sheet is a statement in which amounts of individual items of Balance Sheet for two or more years are written. These amounts are further converted into percentage of a common base, which is Total Assets or Total of Equity and Liabilities of the Balance Sheet.
  • 22. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.3 FORMAT OF COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET as at ... Particulars Note Previous Current Absolute Change Percentage Change No. Year Year (Increase/Decrease) (Increase/Decrease) ` ` ` % (A) (B) (C = B – A) ( ) = ¥ C D 100 A I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: (i) Equity Share Capital ... ... ... ... (ii) Preference Share Capital ... ... ... ... (b) Reserves and Surplus ... ... ... ... 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings ... ... ... ... (b) Long-term Provisions ... ... ... ... 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings ... ... ... ... (b) Trade Payables ... ... ... ... (c) Other Current Liabilities ... ... ... ... (d) Short-term Provisions ... ... ... ... Total ... ... ... ... II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets ... ... ... ... (ii) Intangible Assets ... ... ... ... (b) Non-current Investments ... ... ... ... (c) Long-term Loans and Advances ... ... ... ... 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments ... ... ... ... (b) Inventories ... ... ... ... (c) Trade Receivables ... ... ... ... (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents ... ... ... ... (e) Short-term Loans and Advances ... ... ... ... (f ) Other Current Assets ... ... ... ... Total ... ... ... ... Note: If current year’s figure has decreased, show the absolute change and percentage change in brackets so as to reflect negative item.
  • 23. 3.4 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII FORMAT OF COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the years ended... Particulars Note Previous Current Absolute Percentage No. Year Year Change (Increase Change (Increase ` ` or Decrease) (`) or Decrease) (%) (A) (B) (C = B – A) ( ) = ¥ C D 100 A I. Revenue from Operations ... ... ... ... II. Other Income ... ... ... ... III. Total Revenue (I + II) ... ... ... ... IV. Expenses (a) Cost of Materials Consumed ... ... ... ... (b) Purchases of Stock-in-Trade ... ... ... ... (c) ChangesinInventoriesofFinishedGoods, Work-in-Progress and Stock-in-Trade ... ... ... ... (d) Employees Benefit Expenses ... ... ... ... (e) Finance Costs ... ... ... ... (f) Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses ... ... ... ... (g) Other Expenses ... ... ... ... Total Expenses ... ... ... ... V. Profit beforeTax (III – IV) ... ... ... ... Less:  Income Tax ... ... ... ... VI. Profit afterTax ... ... ... ... Note: If current year’s figure has decreased, show the Absolute change and Percentage change in brackets so as to reflect negative item. FORMAT OF COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS (INCOME STATEMENT) COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the years ended... Particulars Note Absolute Amounts Percentage of Revenue from No. Operations (Net Sales) PreviousYear CurrentYear PreviousYear CurrentYear ` ` % % I. Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) ... ... 100 100 II. Other Income ... ... ... ... III. Total Revenue (I + II) ... ... ... ... IV. Expenses (a) Cost of Materials Consumed ... ... ... ... (b) Purchases of Stock-in-Trade ... ... ... ... (c) ChangesinInventoriesofFinishedGoods, Work-in-Progress and Stock-in-Trade ... ... ... ... (d) Employees Benefit Expenses ... ... ... ... (e) Finance Costs ... ... ... ... (f) Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses ... ... ... ... (g) Other Expenses ... ... ... ... Total Expenses ... ... ... ... V. Profit beforeTax (III – IV) ... ... ... ... VI. Less: Income Tax ... ... ... ... VII. Profit afterTax (V –VI) ... ... ... ...
  • 24. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.5 FORMAT OF COMMON-SIZE BALANCE SHEET COMMON-SIZE BALANCE SHEET as at... Particulars Note Absolute Amounts Percentage of No. Balance SheetTotal Figuresasattheend Figures as at the end PreviousYear CurrentYear of PreviousYear (`) of CurrentYear (`) % % I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: (i) Equity Share Capital ... ... ... ... (ii) Preference Share Capital ... ... ... ... (b) Reserves and Surplus ... ... ... ... 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings ... ... ... ... (b) Long-term Provisions ... ... ... ... 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings ... ... ... ... (b) Trade Payables ... ... ... ... (c) Other Current Liabilities ... ... ... ... (d) Short-term Provisions ... ... ... ... Total ... ... 100 100 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets ... ... ... ... (ii) Intangible Assets ... ... ... ... (b) Non-current Investments ... ... ... ... (c) Long-term Loans and Advances ... ... ... ... 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments ... ... ... ... (b) Inventories ... ... ... ... (c) Trade Receivables ... ... ... ... (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents ... ... ... ... (e) Short-term Loans and Advances ... ... ... ... (f) Other Current Assets ... ... ... ... Total ... ... 100 100 Note: It does not include line items of Balance Sheet, accounting treatment of which are not to be evaluated.
  • 25. 3.6 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 1.  From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss of Exe Ltd.: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. Income Revenue from Operations 33,00,000 30,00,000 Other Income 60,000 60,000 Total 33,60,000 30,60,000 II. Expenses Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 24,00,000 23,00,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 1,20,000 1,00,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 90,000 70,000 Finance Costs 60,000 60,000 Other Expenses 90,000 80,000 Total Expenses 27,60,000 26,10,000 Profit (I – II) 6,00,000 4,50,000 Tax is payable @ 30% Solution: Exe Ltd. COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage Change No. 2018 2019 (Increase or (Increase or ` ` Decrease) (`) Decrease) (%) I. Revenue from Operations 30,00,000 33,00,000 3,00,000 10.00 II. Other Income 60,000 60,000 ... ... III. Total Revenue (I + II) 30,60,000 33,60,000 3,00,000 9.80 IV. Expenses (a) Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 23,00,000 24,00,000 1,00,000 4.35 (b) Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 1,00,000 1,20,000 20,000 20.00 (c) Employees Benefit Expenses 70,000 90,000 20,000 28.57 (d) Finance Costs 60,000 60,000 ... ... (e) Other Expenses 80,000 90,000 10,000 12.50 Total Expenses 26,10,000 27,60,000 1,50,000 5.75 V. Profit beforeTax (III – IV) 4,50,000 6,00,000 1,50,000 33.33 Less:  Income Tax 1,35,000 1,80,000 45,000 33.33 VI. Profit afterTax 3,15,000 4,20,000 1,05,000 33.33 Illustration 2. From the following Statement of Profit and Loss of Moontrack Ltd., for the years ended 31st March, 2011 and 2012, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss: Particulars Note No. 2011–12 (`) 2010–11 (`) Revenue from Operations 40,00,000 24,00,000 Other Income 24,00,000 18,00,000 Expenses 16,00,000 14,00,000 (Outside Delhi 2013) Solved Questions
  • 26. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.7 Solution: COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the years ended 31st March,2011 and 2012 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage Change No. 2011 2012 (Increase or (Increase or ` ` Decrease) (`) Decrease) (%) I. Revenue from Operations 24,00,000 40,00,000 16,00,000 66.67 II. Other Income 18,00,000 24,00,000 6,00,000 33.33 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 42,00,000 64,00,000 22,00,000 52.38 IV. Expenses 14,00,000 16,00,000 2,00,000 14.29 V. Profit (III – IV) 28,00,000 48,00,000 20,00,000 71.43 Illustration 3. Prepare Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss from the following Statement of Profit and Loss: Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. Income Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 10,00,000 10,00,000 Other Income 11,000 10,000 Total 10,11,000 10,10,000 II. Expenses Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 7,00,000 6,50,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 48,000 50,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 98,000 80,000 Other Expenses 90,000 1,17,500 Total 9,36,000 8,97,500 III. Profit (I – II) 75,000 1,12,500 Additional Information: Other Expenses include ` ` Provision for Tax 75,000 1,12,500 Solution: COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019 Particulars Note Absolute Amounts Percentage of Revenue from No. Operations (Net Sales) 31st March, 31st March, 31st March, 31st March, 2018 (`) 2019 (`) 2018 (%) 2019 (%) I. Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 10,00,000 10,00,000 100.00 100.00 II. Other Income 10,000 11,000 1.00 1.10 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 10,10,000 10,11,000 101.00 101.10 IV. Expenses (a) Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 6,50,000 7,00,000 65.00 70.00 (b) Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 50,000 48,000 5.00 4.80 (c) Employees Benefit Expenses 80,000 98,000 8.00 9.80 (d) Other Expenses 5,000 15,000 0.50 1.50 Total Expenses 7,85,000 8,61,000 78.50 86.10 V. Profit beforeTax (III – IV) 2,25,000 1,50,000 22.50 15.00 VI. Less: Tax 1,12,500 75,000 11.25 7.50 VII. Profit afterTax (V –VI) 1,12,500 75,000 11.25 7.50
  • 27. 3.8 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 4. Revenue and expense data for the year ended 31st March, 2019 of Star Paper Mills Limited and for the Paper Industry are as follows: Star Paper Mills Limited data is expressed in rupees, the Paper Industry data is expressed in percentage. Particulars Note No. ` I. Income Revenue from Operations 1 70,00,000 Other Income 35,000 Total 70,35,000 II. Expenses Cost of Materials Consumed 48,00,000 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and WIP 2 2,40,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 5,74,000 Other Expenses 3 9,24,000 Total 65,38,000 III. Profit (I – II) 4,97,000 Notes to Accounts 1. Revenue from Operations ` Gross Sales 70,70,000 Less: Returns 70,000 70,00,000 2. Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods andWIP WIP: Opening Inventory 4,50,000 Less: Closing Inventory 4,00,000 A. 50,000 Finished Goods: Opening Inventory 4,00,000 Less: Closing Inventory 2,10,000 B. 1,90,000 Total (A + B) 2,40,000 3. Other Expenses General Expenses 4,34,000 Miscellaneous Expenses 84,000 Provision for Tax 4,06,000 9,24,000 Revenue and Expense data of Paper Industry is as follows: Cost of Materials Consumed 67.00% Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and WIP 3.00% Employees Benefit Expenses 9.20% Other Income 0.60% Other Expenses 9.40% Income Tax 5.50% (i) Prepare Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement) comparing the results of operations of Star Paper Mills Limited with the industry average. (ii) Analyse the data and comment on significant relationships revealed by the comparisons.
  • 28. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.9 Solution: COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS OF STAR PAPER MILLS LIMITED for the Current CalendarYear Particulars Absolute Amount Percentage of Industry Average Net Sales ` % % I. Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 70,00,000 100.00 100.00 II. Other Income 35,000 0.50 0.60 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 70,35,000 100.50 100.60 IV. Expenses (a) Cost of Materials Consumed 48,00,000 68.57 67.00 (b) ChangesinInventoriesofFinishedGoodsandWIP 2,40,000 3.43 3.00 (c) Employees Benefit Expenses 5,74,000 8.20 9.20 (d) Other Expenses 5,18,000 7.40 9.40 Total Expenses 61,32,000 87.60 88.60 V. Profit beforeTax (III – IV) 9,03,000 12.90 12.00 VI. Less:  Provision for Tax 4,06,000 5.80 5.50 VII. Profit afterTax (V –VI) 4,97,000 7.10 6.50 Comments: The above table reveals that profit after tax of the company is more than the industry percentage. The reason for this is better control on expenses resulting in lower expenses. Expenses other than cost of merchandise sold (i.e., Employees Benefit Expenses + Other Expenses) 15.6% are also less than industry average, i.e., 18.6%. Note: Analysis of Common-Size Statement of Profit and Loss is not in Syllabus. It is given for better understanding. Illustration 5. From the following Balance Sheet of Y Ltd., prepare Comparative Balance Sheet: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 25,00,000 25,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 6,00,000 5,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 15,00,000 15,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,40,000 2,25,000 (b) Trade Payables 2,25,000 2,00,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 55,000 50,000 (d) Short-term Provisions 30,000 25,000 Total 51,50,000 50,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets 36,00,000 30,00,000 (b) Non-current Investments 5,00,000 5,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 5,50,000 7,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 3,00,000 5,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,75,000 1,50,000 (d) Other Current Assets 25,000 1,00,000 Total 51,50,000 50,00,000
  • 29. 3.10 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2018 and 2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage Change No. 2018 2019 (Increase or (Increase or ` ` Decrease) (`) Decrease) (%) (A) (B) (C = B – A) ( ) = ¥ C D 100 A I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 25,00,000 25,00,000 ... ... (b) Reserves and Surplus 5,00,000 6,00,000 1,00,000 20.00 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 15,00,000 15,00,000 ... ... 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,25,000 2,40,000 15,000 6.67 (b) Trade Payables 2,00,000 2,25,000 25,000 12.50 (c) Other Current Liabilities 50,000 55,000 5,000 10.00 (d) Short-term Provisions 25,000 30,000 5,000 20.00 Total 50,00,000 51,50,000 1,50,000 3.00 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets (Tangible) 30,00,000 36,00,000 6,00,000 20.00 (b) Non-current Investments 5,00,000 5,00,000 ... ... 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 7,50,000 5,50,000 (2,00,000)* (26.67) (b) Trade Receivables 5,00,000 3,00,000 (2,00,000) (40.00) (c) CashandCashEquivalents 1,50,000 1,75,000 25,000 16.67 (d) Other Current Assets 1,00,000 25,000 (75,000) (75.00) Total 50,00,000 51,50,000 1,50,000 3.00 *If current year’s figure has decreased,show the Absolute Change and Percentage Change in brackets. Illustration 6. From the following summarised Balance Sheet of Green Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Comparative Balance Sheet: (` in Lakhs) Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: (i) Equity Share Capital 60.00 60.00 (ii) Preference Share Capital 15.00 15.00 (b) Reserves and Surplus 18.00 15.00 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 1 45.00 45.00 (b) Long-term Provisions 2.30 2.00 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 2 13.20 12.00 (b) Short-term Provisions 1.00 1.00 Total 154.50 150.00
  • 30. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.11 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets (Tangible) 108.00 90.00 (b) Non-Current Investments 15.00 15.00 2. Current Assets (a) Trade Receivables 3 29.50 40.00 (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2.00 5.00 Total 154.50 150.00 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Long-term Borrowings From: Loan from Bank 27.00 30.00 Loan from Others 18.00 15.00 45.00 45.00 2. Trade Payables Sundry Creditors 13.20 12.00 3. Trade Receivables Sundry Debtors 29.50 40.00 Solution: COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2018 and 2019 (` in Lakhs) Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage Change No. 2018 2019 (Increase/Decrease) (Increase/Decrease) ` ` ` % (A) (B) (C = B – A) ( ) = ¥ C D 100 A I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: (i) Equity Share Capital 60.00 60.00 ... ... (ii) Preference Share Capital 15.00 15.00 ... ... (b) Reserves and Surplus 15.00 18.00 3.00 20.00 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings (i) Loan from Bank 30.00 27.00 (3.00) (10.00) (ii) Loan from Others 15.00 18.00 3.00 20.00 (b) Long-term Provisions 2.00 2.30 0.30 15.00 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables (Creditors) 12.00 13.20 1.20 10.00 (b) Short-term Provisions 1.00 1.00 ... ... Total 150.00 154.50 4.50 3.00 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets (Tangible) 90.00 108.00 18.00 20.00 (b) Non-Current Investments 15.00 15.00 ... ... 2. Current Assets (a) Trade Receivables (Debtors) 40.00 29.50 (10.50) (26.25) (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 5.00 2.00 (3.00) (60.00) Total 150.00 154.50 4.50 3.00
  • 31. 3.12 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 7. Following information is extracted from the Statement of Profit and Loss of Gold Star Ltd. for the years ended 31st March, 2019 and 2018. Prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss. Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 2018 Revenue from Operations ` 40,00,000 ` 32,00,000 Employees Benefit Expenses ` 20,00,000 ` 16,00,000 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses ` 50,000 ` 40,000 Other Expenses ` 1,50,000 ` 3,60,000 Tax Rate 30% 30% Solution: COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage No. 2018 2019 (Increase/ Change (Increase/ ` ` Decrease) (`) Decrease) (%) (A) (B) (C = B – A) ( ) = ¥ C D 100 A I. Revenue from Operations 32,00,000 40,00,000 8,00,000 25.00 II. Expenses (a) Employees Benefit Expenses 16,00,000 20,00,000 4,00,000 25.00 (b) Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 40,000 50,000 10,000 25.00 (c) Other Expenses 3,60,000 1,50,000 (2,10,000) (58.33) Total Expenses 20,00,000 22,00,000 2,00,000 10.00 III. Profit before Tax (I – II) 12,00,000 18,00,000 6,00,000 50.00 IV. Less: Tax @ 30% 3,60,000 5,40,000 1,80,000 50.00 V. Profit afterTax (III – IV) 8,40,000 12,60,000 4,20,000 50.00
  • 32. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.13 Unsolved Questions 1. Prepare Comparative Balance Sheet of Deepankur Ltd.: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 9,00,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 3,30,000 2,85,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 12% Debentures,Secured 3,00,000 4,50,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 1,40,000 1,70,000 (b) Trade Payables 2,00,000 1,50,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 60,000 45,000 (d) Short-term Provisions 20,000 10,000 Total 19,50,000 18,60,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 9,55,000 10,45,000 (b) Non-Current Investments 2,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2,50,000 2,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 2,50,000 2,25,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,95,000 1,10,000 (d) Other Current Assets 1,00,000 80,000 Total 19,50,000 18,60,000 [Change in Percentage: Share Capital 20%; Reserves and Surplus 15.79%; Debentures (33.33%); Current Liabilities 12%; Non-Current Assets (7.23%); Current Assets 29.27%.] 2. From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss (Income Statement): Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. Income Revenue from Operations (Sales) 19,20,000 16,00,000 II. Expenses Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 11,70,000 9,50,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade (10,000) 50,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 3,80,000 2,80,000 Other Expenses 1,50,000 2,00,000 Total 16,90,000 14,80,000 III. Net Profit (I – II) 2,30,000 1,20,000 [ Particulars Revenue from Purchases of Change in Employees Other Total Net Operations Stock-in-Trade Inventories of Benefits Expenses Expenses Profit Stock-in-Trade Expenses Absolute Change (`) 3,20,000 2,20,000 (60,000) 1,00,000 (50,000) 2,10,000 1,10,000 Percentage Change (%) 20.00 23.16 (120.00) 35.71 (25.00) 14.19 91.67 ]
  • 33. 3.14 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 3. From the following Balance Sheet of Usha Chemicals Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Comparative Balance Sheet: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,00,000 4,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 5,00,000 6,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (12% Loan) 13,00,000 10,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 5,60,000 3,75,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 40,000 25,000 Total 31,00,000 24,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets 31.3.2019 (`) 31.3.2018 (`) (a) Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets) 18,00,000 20,00,000 (b) Less: Accumulated Depreciation 6,00,000 8,00,000 12,00,000 12,00,000 12,00,000 12,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Trade Receivables 16,50,000 10,00,000 (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,50,000 2,00,000 Total 31,00,000 24,00,000 [ Particulars Shareholders’Funds Non-Current Liabilites Current Liabilities Current Assets Absolute Change (`) 2,00,000 3,00,000 2,00,000 7,00,000 Percentage Change (%) 20.00 30.00 50.00 58.33 ] 4. From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. Income Revenue from Operations 10,00,000 7,50,000 Other Income 10,000 7,500 Total 10,10,000 7,57,500 II. Expenses Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 4,00,000 3,00,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 1,00,000 75,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 1,44,000 1,44,000 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 10,000 12,000 Other Expenses 25,000 14,000 Total 6,79,000 5,45,000 III. Profit beforeTax (I – II) 3,31,000 2,12,500 IV. Tax @ 30% 99,300 63,750 V. Profit afterTax (III – IV) 2,31,700 1,48,750
  • 34. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.15 [ Particulars Revenue Other Purchases Change in Depreciation Other Profit Tax Profit from Income of Inventories of and Expenses before after Operations Stock-in-Trade Stock-in-Trade Amortisation Tax Tax Expenses Absolute Change (`) 2,50,000 2,500 1,00,000 25,000 (2,000) 11,000 1,18,500 35,550 82,950 Percentage Change (%) 33.33 33.33 33.33 33.33 (16.67) 78.57 55.76 55.76 55.76 ] 5. From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. Income Revenue from Operations 1 60,00,000 75,00,000 Other Income 1,50,000 3,00,000 Total 61,50,000 78,00,000 II. Expenses Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 31,00,000 43,00,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 2 (1,00,000) 2,00,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 2,00,000 3,00,000 Other Expenses 3 18,75,000 21,00,000 Total 50,75,000 69,00,000 III. Net Profit (I – II) 10,75,000 9,00,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Revenue from Operations Sale 59,80,000 74,50,000 Sale of Waste 20,000 50,000 60,00,000 75,00,000 2. Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade Opening Inventory 1,00,000 3,00,000 Less: Closing Inventory 2,00,000 1,00,000 (1,00,000) 2,00,000 3. Other Expenses Administrative and General Expenses 8,00,000 12,00,000 Marketing Expenses 10,75,000 9,00,000 18,75,000 21,00,000 [ Particulars Revenue Other Purchases Change in Employees Other Expenses Profit before from Income of Inventories of Benefit Expenses Tax Operations Stock-in-Trade Stock-in-Trade Expenses Absolute Amount (`) (15,00,000) (1,50,000) (12,00,000) (3,00,000) (1,00,000) (2,25,000) (18,25,000) 1,75,000 Percentage (%) (20.00) (50.00) (27.91) (150.00) (33.33) (10.71) (26.45) 19.44 ]
  • 35. 3.16 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 6. Prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss of Advance Marketing Ltd. from the following Statement of Profit and Loss and Additional Information: Particulars Note No. 31 March, 31 March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. Income Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 30,00,000 25,00,000 Other Income 40,000 40,000 Total 30,40,000 25,40,000 II. Expenses Cost of Materials Consumed 18,00,000 15,00,000 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and WIP (15,000) 10,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 2,40,000 2,40,000 Finance Costs 90,000 70,000 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 22,500 25,000 Other Expenses 1 3,02,000 2,66,000 Total 24,39,500 21,11,000 III. Profit (I – II) 6,00,500 4,29,000 Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Other Expenses Power and Fuel 40,000 36,000 Carriage Outwards 9,500 7,500 Licence Fee 2,500 2,500 Selling and Distribution Expenses 1,90,000 1,70,000 Provision for Tax 60,000 50,000 3,02,000 2,66,000 [ Particulars Revenue Cost of Changes in Finance Depreciation and Other Profit before Profit after from Materials Inventories of Costs Amortisation Expenses Tax Tax Operations Consumed FG and WIP Expenses Absolute Amount (`) 5,00,000 3,00,000 (25,000) 20,000 (2,500) 26,000 1,81,500 1,71,500 Percentage (%) 20.00 20.00 (250.00) 28.57 (10.00) 12.04 37.89 39.98 ] 7. Given below is the information extracted from the books of Shyam Ltd.: Particulars 31st March,2019 31st March,2018 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) ` 20,00,000 ` 17,50,000 Purchases of Stock-in-Trade ` 10,00,000 ` 8,25,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade ` 1,70,000 ` 1,50,000 Other Expenses ` 11,500 ` 7,700 Income Tax 40% 40% Prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss on the basis of the above information. [ Particulars Revenue Purchases of Change in Other Total Net Profit Tax Net Profit from Stock-in-Trade Inventories of Expenses Expenses before after Operations Stock-in-Trade Tax Tax Absolute Change (`) 2,50,000 1,75,000 20,000 3,800 1,98,800 51,200 20,480 30,720 Percentage Change (%) 14.29 21.21 13.33 49.35 20.23 6.67 6.67 6.67 ]
  • 36. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.17 8. Prepare Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss from the following Statement of Profit and Loss: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. Income Revenue from Operations 50,00,000 40,00,000 Other Income 3,00,000 2,00,000 Total 53,00,000 42,00,000 II. Expenses Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 34,00,000 32,00,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 1,00,000 (2,00,000) Employees Benefit Expenses 1,00,000 1,00,000 Finance Costs 45,000 50,000 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 30,000 25,000 Other Expenses 1 3,25,000 3,00,000 Total 40,00,000 34,75,000 III. Net Profit (I – II) 13,00,000 7,25,000 Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Other Expenses Administrative and Selling Expenses 2,00,000 2,00,000 Miscellaneous Expenses (Non-operative) 1,25,000 1,00,000 3,25,000 3,00,000 [ Particulars Revenue from Other Purchase of Change in Finance Dep.& Other Net Operations Income Stock-in-Trade Inventories Cost Amortisation Expenses Profit Absolute Change (`) 10,00,000 1,00,000 2,00,000 3,00,000 (5,000) 5,000 25,000 5,75,000 Percentage Change (%) 25.00 50.00 6.25 150.00 (10.00) 20.00 8.33 79.31 ] 9. Convert the following Statement of Profit and Loss into Common-size Statement of Profit and Loss: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. Income Revenue from Operations 1 18,01,000 15,00,000 Other Income 20,000 15,000 Total Revenue 18,21,000 15,15,000 II. Expenses Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 10,22,500 9,00,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade (10,000) 10,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 3,30,000 3,00,000 Other Expenses 2 2,00,000 1,70,000 Total 15,42,500 13,80,000 III. Net Profit (I – II) 2,78,500 1,35,000
  • 37. 3.18 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Revenue from Operations Sales 18,36,000 15,30,000 Less:  Returns 35,000 30,000 18,01,000 15,00,000 2. Other Expenses Administrative Expenses 1,70,000 1,50,000 Miscellaneous Expenses (Non-operative) 30,000 20,000 2,00,000 1,70,000 [ Year Ended Other Income Purchases of Change in Employees Other Net Profit Stock-in-Trade Inventories of Benefit Expenses Stock-in-Trade Expenses 31st March,2018 (%) 1.00 60.00 0.67 20.00 11.33 9.00 31st March,2019 (%) 1.11 56.77 (0.55) 18.32 11.10 15.46 ] 10. Prepare Common-size Balance Sheet of X Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 2018: Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: (i) Equity Share Capital 6,00,000 8,00,000 (ii) Preference Share Capital 2,00,000 4,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2,00,000 2,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (Debentures) 2,00,000 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 90,000 1,50,000 (b) Trade Payables (Creditors) 1,00,000 1,25,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 20,000 25,000 Total 14,10,000 19,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 6,00,000 8,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 2,00,000 2,00,000 (b) Non-current Investments 2,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 1,75,000 2,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,45,000 2,75,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 90,000 1,75,000 Total 14,10,000 19,00,000
  • 38. Comparative Statements and Common-Size Statements 3.19 (In % age) [Equity and Liabilities 2019 2018 Assets 2019 2018 Equity Share Capital 42.57 42.10 Fixed Assets: Preference Share Capital 14.18 21.05 (a) Tangible Assets 42.56 42.10 Reserves and Surplus 14.18 10.53 (b) Intangible Assets 14.18 10.53 Long-term Borrowings (Debentures) 14.18 10.53 Non-current Investments 14.18 10.53 Current Liabilities 14.89 15.79 Current Assets 29.08 36.84 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 ]
  • 39. MEANING OF KEY TERMS USED IN THE CHAPTER 1. Ratio It is an arithmetical expression of relationship between two interdependent or related items. 2. Accounting Ratio Accounting Ratio means ratio calculated on the basis of accounting information. 3. Pure Ratio It is a ratio expressed as quotient. For example, 2 : 1. 4. Percentage It is a ratio expressed in percentage. For example, 25%. 5. Times It is a ratio expressed in number of times. For example, 3 Times. 6. Fraction It is a ratio expressed as fraction. For example, 3 4 or .75. 7. Liquidity Ratios These ratios measure the ability of the enterprise to meet its short-term financial commitments. These include: Current Ratio and Quick Ratio/Liquid Ratio/Acid Test Ratio. 8. Solvency Ratios These ratios measure long-term financial position of the enterprise. These include: Debt to Equity Ratio; Total Assets to Debt Ratio; Proprietary Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio. 9. Activity or Turnover Ratios These ratios measure efficiency in use of assets of the enterprise in generating sales. These include: Inventory Turnover Ratio; Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio; Trade Payables Turnover Ratio, Working Capital Turnover Ratio. 10. Profitability Ratios These ratios show the profitability of the enterprise. These include: Gross Profit Ratio; Operating Ratio; Operating Profit Ratio; Net Profit Ratio and Return on Investment (ROI). Accounting Ratios 4 C H A P T E R
  • 40. 4.2 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII CHAPTER SUMMARY • Accounting Ratio is a mathematical expression of the relationship between two related or interdependent items or group of items shown in the financial statements. • Ratio Analysis is the process of computing, determining and presenting the relationship of related or interdependent items or group of items in the financial statements. It is an important technique of financial analysis. • Objectives of Ratio Analysis 1. To assess the earning capacity, financial soundness and operating efficiency of an enterprise. 2. To simplify the accounting information. 3. To help in comparative analysis. • Uses of Ratio Analysis: Ratio Analysis is useful in: 1. Analysis of financial statements. 2. Assessing the profitability of the business. 3. Assessing the liquidity or short-term solvency of the business. 4. Assessing the long-term solvency of the business. 5. Assessing the operating efficiency of the business. 6. Intra-firm and inter-firm comparison. 7. Locating the weak areas of the business. • Limitations of Ratio Analysis 1. Qualitative Factors are Ignored: Ratio analysis is a technique of quantitative analysis and thus, ignores qualitative factors, which may be important in decision-making. 2. Lack of Standard Ratio: There is almost no single standard ratio against which the actual ratio may be measured and compared. 3. False Results if Based on Incorrect Information: Conclusions drawn may be misleading if ratios are based on incorrect accounting information. 4. May not be Comparable: Ratios may not be comparable if different firms follow different accounting policies and procedures. • Classification of Accounting Ratios 1. Liquidity Ratios: (i) Current Ratio; and (ii) Quick Ratio. 2. Solvency Ratios: (i) Debt to Equity Ratio; (ii) Proprietary Ratio; (iii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio; and (iv) Interest Coverage Ratio. 3. Activity Ratios: (i) Inventory Turnover Ratio; (ii) Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio; (iii) Trade Payables Turnover Ratio; and (iv) Working Capital Turnover Ratio. 4. Profitability Ratios: (i) Gross Profit Ratio; (ii) Operating Ratio; (iii) Operating Profit Ratio; (iv) Net Profit Ratio; and (v) Return on Investment.
  • 41. Accounting Ratios 4.3 Table Showing Summary of Accounting Ratios Remarks Current Assets = Current Investments + Inventories (Ex- cluding Stores and Spares and Loose Tools) + Trade Receivables (Net of Pro- vision for Doubtful Debts) + Cash and Cash Equivalents + Short-term Loans and Advances + Other Current Assets Current Liabilities = Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Other Current Liabilities + Short-term Provisions. Quick Assets = Current Assets – Inventories – Prepaid Expenses Current Liabilities as per Current Ratio. Note: Inventories and prepaid expenses are not considered as Quick Assets. Debt = Long-term Borrowings, (i.e., debentures, mortgage, public deposits) + Long-term Provisions Shareholders’ Funds = Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus Or Non-current Assets (Tangible Assets + Intangible Assets + Non-current Investments + Long-term Loans and Advances) + Working Capital – Non-current Liabilities (Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions). Working Capital = Current Assets – Current Liabilities Total Assets = Non-current Assets (Tangible Assets + Intangible Assets + Non-current Investments + Long-term Loans and Advances) + Current Assets [Current Investments + Inventories (including Stores and Spares and Loose Tools) + Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents + Short-term Loans and Advances + Other Current Assets] Debt = Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions Description of the Ratio 1. Current Ratio 2. Liquid Ratio/Acid Test Ratio/Quick Ratio 1. Debt to Equity Ratio 2. Total Asset to Debt Ratio Formula Current Assets Current Liabilities Liquid Assets or Quick Assets Current Liabilities Debt Equity (Shareholders’ Funds) Total Assets Debt How Expressed Pure Ratio Pure Ratio Pure Ratio Pure Ratio, e.g., 2 : 1 II. SOLVENCY RATIOS I. LIQUIDITY RATIOS Significance This ratio shows short-term financial soundness of the business. Higher ratio means better capa­ c ity to meet its current obligation. The ideal current ratio is 2 : 1. In case it is very high it shows the idleness of funds. Liquid Ratio is a fairly stringent measure of liquidity. It is based on those current assets which are highly liquid, i.e., can be converted into Cash and Cash Equiva- lents quickly. Quick Ratio of 1 : 1 is considered as ideal. Higher the Quick Ratio better the short-term financial position. This ratio assesses the long-term financial position and soundness of enter­ p rises. In general, lower the Debt to Equity Ratio higher the degree of protection enjoyed by the lenders. This ratio measures the safety margin available to lenders of long-term debts. It measures the extent to which debt is being covered by assets.
  • 42. 4.4 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Fraction Times Times Times Times Times 3. Proprietary Ratio 4. Interest Coverage Ratio 1. Inventory (Stock) Turnover Ratio 2. Trade Receivables or Debt- ors’ Turnover Ratio 3. Trade Payables or Creditors’ Turnover Ratio 4. Working Capital Turnover Ratio Shareholders’ Funds or Proprietors’ Funds or Equity Total Assets Profit before Interest and Tax Interest on Long-term Debt Cost of Revenue from Operations or Cost of Goods Sold Average Inventory (Stock) Credit Revenue from Operations Average Trade Receivables Net Credit Purchases Average Trade Payables Revenue from Operations Working Capital III. ACTIVITY RATIOS/TURNOVER RATIOS Shareholders’ Funds = Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus Shareholders’ Funds = Non-Current Assets + Working Capital – Non-Current Liabilities Total Assets as per Total Assets to Debt Ratio. Profit before Interest and Tax = Profit after Tax + Tax + Interest Average Inventory or Stock = Opening Inventory or Stock + Closing Inventory or Stock 2 Trade Receivables means debtors plus bills receivable. Provision for Doubtful Debts is not deducted. Average Trade Receivables = Trade Payables means creditors plus bills payable. Average Trade Payables = Opening Trade Payables + Closing Trade Payables 2 . Working Capital = Current Assets – Current Liabilities Current Assets = As per Current Ratio Current Liabilities = As per Current Ratio. This ratio shows the extent to which total assets have been financed by the propri- etor. Higher the ratio, higher the safety margin for lenders and creditors. This ratio shows how many times the interest charges are covered by the profits available to pay interest. Higher the ratio, more secure the lender is in respect of payment of interest regularly. This ratio measures how fast Inventory is moving and generating sales. Higher the ratio, more efficient management of inventories and vice versa. This ratio shows efficiency in the col- lection of amount due from trade receivables. Higher the ratio, better it is since it indicates that debts are being collected more quickly. It shows the number of times the creditors are turned over in relation to purchases. A high turnover ratio or shorter payment period shows the availability of less credit or early payments. This ratio shows the number of times working capital has been employed in the process of carrying on business. Higher the ratio, better the efficiency in the utilisation of working capital. Opening Trade Receivables + Closing Trade Receivables 2
  • 43. Accounting Ratios 4.5 IV. PROFITABILITY RATIOS This ratio indicates the relationship between gross profit and net sales. Higher the Ratio, lower the cost of goods sold. This ratio is calculated to assess the operational efficiency of the business. A decline in the operating ratio, is better because it means higher margin, and thus, more profit. The objective of computing this ratio is to determine the operational efficiency of management. It indicates overall efficiency of the business. Higher the net profit ratio, better the business. It assesses the overall performance of the enterprise. It measures, how efficiently the resources entrusted to the business are used. Cost of Revenue from Operations + Operating Expenses × 100 Revenue from Operations % % % % % Gross Profit = Revenue from Operations – Cost of Revenue from Operations Cost of Revenue from Operations = Opening Inventory (excluding Stores and Spares and Loose Tools) + Net Purchases + Direct Expenses – Closing Inventory (excluding Stores and Spares and Loose Tools) Or Revenue from Operations – Gross Profits Or Cost of Materials Consumed + Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods, WIP and Stock-in-Trade + Direct Expenses. If direct expenses are not given, assume them to be nil. Cost of Revenue from Operations = Opening Inventory (excluding Stores and Spares and Loose Tools) + Net Purchases + Direct Expenses – Closing Inventory (excluding Stores and Spares and Loose Tools) Or Revenue from Operations – Gross Profit Or Cost of Revenue from Operations = Cost of Materials Consumed + Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods, WIP and Stock-in-Trade + Direct Expenses. If Direct Expenses are not given, assume them to be nil. Operating Expenses = Employees Benefit Expenses + Other Expenses (Other than Non-operating Expenses) Revenue from Operations = Sales – Sales Return Operating Profit = Net Profit (Before Tax) + Non-operating Expenses – Non-operating Income Or = Gross Profit + Operating Income – Operating Expenses Non-operating Expenses = Interest on Long-term Borrowings + Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets or Non-current Assets Non-operating Income = Interest received on investments + Profit on Sale of Fixed Assets or Non-current Assets Profit after Tax = Gross Profit + Other Income – Indirect Expenses – Tax Capital Employed: Liabilities Approach: Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus + Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions Assets Approach: Non-Current Assets (Tangible Assets + Intangible Assets) + Non-current Investments + Long-term Loans and Advances) + Working Capital. Working Capital = Current Assets – Current Liabilities (Assume that all Non-current Investments are Trade Investments) 1. Gross Profit Ratio 2. Operating Ratio 3. Operating Profit Ratio 4. Net Profit Ratio 5. Return on Investment or Return on Capital Employed ¥ Gross Profit 100 Revenue from Operations ¥ Profit before Interest, Tax and Dividend 100 Capital Employed ¥ Profit after Tax 100 Revenue from Operations ¥ Operating Profit 100 Revenue from Operations Note: 1. Non-operating Assets do not form part of Capital Employed, e.g., Non- Trade Investments, Capital Work-in-progress, etc. 2. Interest on Non-trade Investments should be deducted from Profit before Interest, Tax and Dividend.
  • 44. 4.6 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solved Questions Illustration 1. From the following Balance Sheet of Warmex Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, calculate Current Ratio: Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus (50,000) 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 2,75,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,50,000 (b) Trade Payables 50,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 75,000 Total 11,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 4,50,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 1,00,000 (b) Inventories 1,50,000 (c) Trade Receivables 1,75,000 (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,25,000 Total 11,00,000 Solution: Current Ratio = Current Assets Current Liabilities = 5,50,000 3,75,000 ` ` = 1.47 : 1. Current Assets = Current Investments + Inventories + Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 1,00,000 + ` 1,50,000 + ` 1,75,000 + ` 1,25,000 = ` 5,50,000. Current Liabilities = Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Short-term Provisions = ` 2,50,000 + ` 50,000 + ` 75,000 = ` 3,75,000.
  • 45. Accounting Ratios 4.7 Illustration 2. From the following Balance Sheet of Galaxy Ltd., compute Debt to Equity Ratio: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March, 2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 15,00,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 57,500 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 2,50,000 (b) Other Current Liabilities 55,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 25,000 Total 27,87,500 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 17,47,500 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 5,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 3,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,75,000 (d) Other Current Assets 1 15,000 Total 27,87,500 Note to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Other Current Assets Accrued Income 10,000 Prepaid Expenses 5,000 15,000 Solution: Debt to Equity Ratio = Debt Equity (Shareholders’ Funds) = 15,57,500 9,00,000 ` ` = 1.73 : 1. Debt = Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions = ` 15,00,000 + ` 57,500 = ` 15,57,500. Equity or Shareholders’ Funds = Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus = ` 7,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 = ` 9,00,000.
  • 46. 4.8 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 3. From the following Balance Sheet, calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio: BALANCE SHEET OF GOOD LUCK LTD. as at 31st March, 2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 3,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus (90,000) 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 4,50,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 50,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 1,30,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 10,000 Total 8,50,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 4,80,000 (b) Non-current Investments 1 50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 1,14,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,26,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 70,000 (d) Other Current Assets 10,000 Total 8,50,000 Note to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Non-Current Investments Government Securities 40,000 Shares in Listed Companies 10,000 50,000 Solution: Total Assets to Debt Ratio = 8,50,000 Total Assets = Debt 5,00,000 ` ` = 1.70 : 1. Total Assets = Non-current Assets (i.e., Fixed Assets + Non-current Investments) + Current Assets (i.e., Inventories + Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents + Other Current Assets) = ` 4,80,000 + ` 50,000 + ` 1,14,000 + ` 1,26,000 + ` 70,000 + ` 10,000 = ` 8,50,000. Debt = Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions = ` 4,50,000 + ` 50,000 = ` 5,00,000.
  • 47. Accounting Ratios 4.9 Illustration 4. From the following Balance Sheet of Channel Ltd., compute Shareholders’ Funds by following Liabilities Side Approach and Assets Side Approach: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March, 2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 4,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 1,50,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 50,000 Total 16,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (a) Tangible Assets 9,68,000 (b) Intangible Assets 90,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 3,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,60,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 82,000 Total 16,00,000 Solution: Particulars ` Shareholders’Funds under Liabilities Side Approach: Share Capital 5,00,000 Reserves and Surplus 4,00,000 Shareholders’Funds 9,00,000 Shareholders’Funds under Assets Side Approach: Fixed Assets (Tangible + Intangible) 10,58,000 Add: Working Capital (Note) 3,42,000 14,00,000 Less:  Non-current Liabilities (Long-term Borrowings) 5,00,000 Shareholders’Funds 9,00,000 Working Note: Current Assets ` Current Liabilities ` Inventories 3,00,000 Trade Payables 1,50,000 Trade Receivables 1,60,000 Other Current Liabilities 50,000 Cash and Cash Equivalents 82,000 5,42,000 2,00,000 Working Capital = Current Assets – Current Liabilities = ` 5,42,000 – ` 2,00,000 = ` 3,42,000.
  • 48. 4.10 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 5. From the following Balance Sheet of XYZ Ltd., calculate: (i) Debt to Equity Ratio; (ii) Proprietary Ratio, and (iii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio. BALANCE SHEET OF XYZ LTD. as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Equity Share Capital 15,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 3,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 9,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,00,000 (b) Trade Payables 11,00,000 Total 40,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 16,50,000 (b) Long-term Investments 1,60,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 9,10,000 (b) Trade Receivables 12,40,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 40,000 Total 40,00,000 Solution: (i) Debt to Equity Ratio = Debt (WN 1) Equity (Shareholders’ Funds) (WN 2) = 9,00,000 18,00,000 ` ` = 0.50 : 1. Working Notes: 1. Debt = Long-term Borrowings = ` 9,00,000. 2. Equity (Shareholders’ Funds) = Equity Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus = ` 15,00,000 + ` 3,00,000 = ` 18,00,000. (ii) Proprietary Ratio = Shareholders’ Funds Total Assets = 18,00,000 40,00,000 ` ` = 0.45 : 1. (iii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt = 40,00,000 9,00,000 ` ` = 4.44 : 1.
  • 49. Accounting Ratios 4.11 Illustration 6. Following is the Statement of Profit and Loss of Hindustan Products Limited for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and the Balance Sheet of the company as at that date: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. Revenue from Operations 8,00,000 II. Expenses: Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 5,45,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 1 (1,00,000) Other Expenses 2,95,000 Total Expenses 7,40,000 III. Profit for the Period (I – II) 60,000 Note: Other expenses include direct expenses of ` 15,000. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 2,90,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 60,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables (Creditors) 1,15,000 (b) Other Current Liabilities (Outstanding Expenses) 15,000 Total 4,80,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 2,30,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories (Stock) 1,99,000 (b) Trade Receivables (Debtors) 21,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 30,000 Total 4,80,000 Note to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade Opening Inventory 99,000 Less: Closing Inventory 1,99,000 (1,00,000) Calculate the following ratios: (i) Quick Ratio and (ii) Inventory Turnover Ratio. Solution: (i) Quick Ratio = Quick Assets Current Liabilities = + + Cash and Cash Equivalents Trade Receivables (Debtors) Trade Payables Outstanding Expenses = 30,000 21,000 1,15,000 15,000 ` ` ` ` 51,000 = = . 1,30,000 ` ` 0.39 : 1
  • 50. 4.12 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII (ii) Inventory Turnover Ratio = Cost of Revenue from Operations, . ., Cost of Goods Sold Average Inventory i e = = 4,60,000 . 1,49,000 ` ` 3.09 Times Working Notes: 1. Cost of Revenue from Operations,i.e.,Cost of Goods Sold = Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade + Direct Expenses = ` 5,45,000 – ` 1,00,000 + ` 15,000 = ` 4,60,000. 2. Average Inventory = (Opening Inventory + Closing Inventory)/2 = (` 99,000 + ` 1,99,000)/2 = ` 1,49,000. Illustration 7. From the following Statement of Profit and Loss, calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. Revenue from Operations (Sale) 5,00,000 II. Expenses: Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 3,00,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade 1 60,000 Employee Benefit Expenses 2 40,000 Finance Costs 10,000 Depreciation and Amortisation 20,000 Other Expenses 3 20,000 Total 4,50,000 III. Profit before Tax (I – II) 50,000 IV. Tax Expenses: Current Tax 17,500 V. Profit after Tax (III – IV) 32,500 Notes to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade Opening Inventory 1,00,000 Less:  Closing Inventory 40,000 60,000 2. Employee Benefit Expenses Wages 10,000 Salaries 30,000 40,000 3. Other Expenses Carriage Inwards 5,000 Carriage Outwards 5,000 Miscellaneous Expenses 10,000 20,000
  • 51. Accounting Ratios 4.13 Solution: Inventory Turnover Ratio = Cost of Revenue from Operations Average Inventory = 3,75,000 70,000 ` ` = 5.36 Times. Cost of Revenue from Operations = Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade + Direct Expenses (i.e., Wages + Carriage Inwards) = ` 3,00,000 + ` 60,000 + ` 10,000 + ` 5,000 = ` 3,75,000. Average Inventory = Opening Inventory + Closing Inventory 2 = + = 1,00,000 40,000 70,000 2 ` ` ` . Illustration 8. From the following Statement of Profit and loss, calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. Revenue from Operations 50,00,000 II. Other Income 1,00,000 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 51,00,000 IV. Expenses: Cost of Materials Consumed 18,00,000 Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and Work-in-Progress 1 (1,00,000) Employee Benefit Expenses 7,00,000 Finance Costs 1,00,000 Depreciation and Amortisation 50,000 Other Expenses 2 6,50,000 Total Expenses 32,00,000 V. Profit before Tax (III – IV) 19,00,000 VI. Tax Expenses: Current Tax 5,00,000 VII. Profit after Tax (V – VI) 14,00,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods andWork-in-Progress Opening 2,00,000 Less: Closing 3,00,000 (1,00,000) 2. Other Expenses Direct Carriage Inwards,Octroi,etc. 3,00,000 Indirect General and Administration Expenses 3,50,000 6,50,000
  • 52. 4.14 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: Inventory Turnover Ratio = Cost of Revenue from Operations Average Inventory = = 20,00,000 . 2,50,000 ` ` 8 Times Working Notes: 1. Cost of Revenue from Operations = Cost of Materials Consumed + Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and Work-in-Progress + Direct Expenses = ` 18,00,000 – ` 1,00,000 + ` 3,00,000 = ` 20,00,000. 2. Average Inventory = Opening Inventory + Closing Inventory 2 = 1 2 (` 2,00,000 + ` 3,00,000) = ` 2,50,000. Illustration 9. From the following Balance Sheet of Sure Success Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, calculate Return on Investment: Particulars 31st March, 2019 ` I. Equity and Liabilities 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: 50,000 Equity Shares of ` 10 each 5,00,000 5,000;9% Preference Shares of ` 10 each 50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,25,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (12% Debentures) 4,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (Trade Payables) 1,70,000 Total 12,45,000 II. Assets 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 11,50,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation 2,00,000 9,50,000 (b) Non-current Investment: 10% Trade Investment 50,000 10% Other Investment (Face Value ` 35,000) 25,000 2. Current Assets 2,20,000 Total 12,45,000 Additional Information: Net Profit after Interest and Tax for the year ended 31st March, 2019 was ` 1,21,500; Tax Rate: 40%. Solution: Return on Investment (ROI) = ¥ Net Profit before Interest, Tax and Dividend (WN 1) 100 Capital Employed = ¥ 2,47,000 100 10,50,000 ` ` = 23.52%.
  • 53. Accounting Ratios 4.15 Working Notes: 1. Calculation of Net Profit before Interest and Tax: Let the Net Profit before Tax = ` 100 Tax = 40% So, Net Profit after Tax = ` 100 – ` 40 = ` 60. If Net Profit after Tax is ` 60, then Net Profit before Tax = ` 100. If Net Profit after Tax is ` 1, then Net Profit before Tax = ` ` 100. 60 If Net Profit after Tax is ` 1,21,500, then Net Profit before Tax = ` ` 100 60 × ` 1,21,500 = ` 2,02,500. ` Net Profit before Tax 2,02,500 Add: Interest on Debentures (` 4,00,000 × 12/100) 48,000 2,50,500 Less: Interest on Non-trade Investment È ˘ ¥ Í ˙ Î ˚ ` 10 35,000 100 3,500 Net Profit before Interest and Tax 2,47,000 2. Calculation of Capital Employed: A. Liabilities Side Approach Capital Employed = Equity Share Capital + Preference Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus + Long-term Borrowings – Non-trade Investment = ` 5,00,000 + ` 50,000 + ` 1,25,000 + ` 4,00,000 – ` 25,000 = ` 10,50,000. B. Assets Side Approach Capital Employed = Net Fixed Assets + Trade Investment + Working Capital* = ` 9,50,000 + ` 50,000 + ` 50,000 = ` 10,50,000. *Working Capital = Current Assets – Current Liabilities = ` 2,20,000 – ` 1,70,000 = ` 50,000. Illustration 10. Mr. Vijay owns a business and gives the following information: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2018 (`) 2019 (`) Net Sales 9,00,000 18,00,000 Gross Profit 2,25,000 3,60,000 Current Assets 3,00,000 4,50,000 Current Liabilities 1,50,000 2,50,000 He is of the opinion that his manager Rajeev is very efficient as there is an increase in profit from ` 2,25,000 to ` 3,60,000 by his efforts. Again his current assets have increased from ` 3,00,000 to ` 4,50,000 whereas current liabilities have increased only by ` 1,00,000 and thus his short-term financial position is also becoming strong. Do you agree with him? State yes/no. Give reasons for your answer. Solution: Undoubtedly, there is an increase in gross profit from ` 2,25,000 to ` 3,60,000, i.e., ` 1,35,000. But this is not the test of efficiency of the manager. There is an increase in Net Sales also.
  • 54. 4.16 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Therefore, we have to calculate Gross Profit Ratio to check the efficiency of the manager. Gross Profit Ratio for the year ended 31st March, 2018 = ¥ Gross Profit 100 Net Sales = ¥ 2,25,000 100 9,00,000 ` ` = 25%. Gross Profit Ratio for the year ended 31st March, 2019 = ¥ 3,60,000 100 18,00,000 ` ` = 20%. Gross Profit Ratio has decreased from 25% to 20%, which shows that margin of profit has decreased in the year ended 31st March, 2019 and Vijay is wrong in his decision. To test the short-term financial position of the company, we have to calculate Current Ratio. Current Ratio for the year ended 31st March, 2018 = Current Assets Current Liabilities = = 3,00,000 1,50,000 ` ` 2 : 1 . Current Ratio for the year ended 31st March, 2019 = 4,50,000 2,50,000 ` ` = 9 : 5 or 1.80 : 1. Since, Current Ratio has decreased from 2 in 2018 to 1.8 in 2019, financial position of the company has become weak. So Vijay is again wrong in his decision that short-term financial position of the company is becoming strong. Illustration 11. From the following information, calculate Operating Ratio: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. Revenue from Operations 50,00,000 II. Other Income 1,00,000 III. Total Revenue 51,00,000 IV. Expenses: Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 27,00,000 Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade (2,00,000) Employee Benefit Expenses 3,10,000 Depreciation 90,000 Finance Cost 1,00,000 Other Expenses 1 2,50,000 Total Expenses 32,50,000 V. Profit before Tax (III – IV) 18,50,000 Note to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Other Expenses Office Expenses 1,20,000 Selling and Distribution Expenses 80,000 Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets 50,000 2,50,000
  • 55. Accounting Ratios 4.17 Solution: Operating Ratio = ¥ Operating Cost 100 Revenue from Operations = ¥ 31,00,000 100 50,00,000 ` ` = 62%. Note: Operating Cost = Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade + Employee Benefit Expenses + Depreciation + Office Expenses + Selling and Distribution Expenses = ` 27,00,000 – ` 2,00,000 + ` 3,10,000 + ` 90,000 + ` 1,20,000 + ` 80,000 = ` 31,00,000. Total Assets to Debt Ratio Illustration 12. Following is the Balance Sheet of Hyatt Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 10,00,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 3,00,000 2,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 24,00,000 8,00,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 2,00,000 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,00,000 1,50,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 1,00,000 ... Total 42,00,000 21,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 20,00,000 11,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 9,00,000 4,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 11,50,000 4,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,50,000 1,00,000 Total 42,00,000 21,00,000 Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 7,50,000 5,00,000 Preference Share Capital 2,50,000 2,50,000 10,00,000 7,50,000
  • 56. 4.18 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: Total Assets to Debt Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Total Assets Debt (Long-term Debts) = 42,00,000 26,00,000 ` ` = 21,00,000 9,00,000 ` ` = 1.62 : 1 = 2.33 : 1 Working Note: 31st March, 2019 (`) 31st March, 2018 (`) Total Assets = ` 42,00,000 ` 21,00,000 Debt = Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions = ` 26,00,000 ` 9,00,000 Debt to Equity Ratio Illustration 13. Following is the Balance Sheet of Zee Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 10,00,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 3,00,000 2,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 24,00,000 8,00,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 2,00,000 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,00,000 1,50,000 (b) Trade Payables 3,50,000 1,50,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 1,50,000 50,000 Total 46,00,000 22,50,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 20,00,000 11,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 10,00,000 4,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 12,50,000 5,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,50,000 1,50,000 Total 46,00,000 22,50,000 Solution: Debt to Equity Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Debt Equity (Shareholders’ Funds) = 26,00,000 13,00,000 ` ` = 9,00,000 10,00,000 ` ` = 2 : 1 = 0.90 : 1
  • 57. Accounting Ratios 4.19 Working Note: ` ` Debt = Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions 2019 = ` 24,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 26,00,000 2018 = ` 8,00,000 + ` 1,00,000 9,00,000 Equity or Shareholders’ Funds = Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus 2019 = ` 10,00,000 + ` 3,00,000 13,00,000 2018 = ` 7,50,000 + ` 2,50,000 10,00,000 Alternatively: Equity = Non-current Assets + Current Assets – (Non-current Liabilities – Current Liabilities) 2019 = ` 20,00,000 + ` 26,00,000 – ` 24,00,000 – ` 2,00,000 – ` 7,00,000 13,00,000 2018 = ` 11,50,000 + ` 11,00,000 – ` 8,00,000 – ` 1,00,000 – ` 3,50,000 10,00,000 Illustration 14. Following is the Balance Sheet of Exe Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 10,00,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 5,00,000 2,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 8,00,000 4,00,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 2,00,000 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,00,000 1,50,000 (b) Trade Payables 3,50,000 1,50,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 1,50,000 50,000 Total 32,00,000 18,50,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 14,00,000 9,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 7,50,000 4,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 7,50,000 2,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,00,000 2,00,000 Total 32,00,000 18,50,000 Solution: Debt to Equity Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Debt Equity (Shareholders’ Funds) 10,00,000 15,00,000 = ` ` = 5,00,000 10,00,000 ` ` = 0.67 : 1 = 0.50 : 1
  • 58. 4.20 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Working Note: ` ` Debt = Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions 2019 = ` 8,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 10,00,000 2018 = ` 4,00,000 + ` 1,00,000 5,00,000 Equity or Shareholders’ Funds = Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus 2019 = ` 10,00,000 + ` 5,00,000 15,00,000 2018 = ` 7,50,000 + ` 2,50,000 10,00,000 Alternatively: Equity = Non-current Assets + Current Assets – (Non-current Liabilities – Current Liabilities) 2019 = ` 14,00,000 + ` 18,00,000 – ` 8,00,000 – ` 2,00,000 – ` 7,00,000 15,00,000 2018 = ` 9,50,000 + ` 9,00,000 – ` 4,00,000 – ` 1,00,000 – ` 3,50,000 10,00,000 Illustration 15. Following is the Balance Sheet of Financial Services Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,50,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 3,00,000 2,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 4,50,000 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,00,000 1,00,000 (b) Trade Payables 4,50,000 3,50,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 1 1,50,000 1,00,000 Total 23,00,000 20,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 7,50,000 7,00,000 (b) Non-current Investments 2,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2 4,50,000 3,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 5,00,000 4,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,00,000 2,00,000 (d) Other Current Assets 3 2,00,000 1,00,000 Total 23,00,000 20,00,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Other Current Liabilities Expenses Payable 1,00,000 1,00,000 Current Maturities of Long-term Debt 50,000 ... 1,50,000 1,00,000 2. Inventories Raw Materials 3,00,000 2,25,000 WIP 1,00,000 75,000 Stores and Spares 50,000 50,000 4,50,000 3,50,000 3. Other Current Assets Prepaid Expenses 50,000 25,000 Advances to Staff 1,50,000 75,000 2,00,000 1,00,000
  • 59. Accounting Ratios 4.21 Solution: Current Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Current Assets Current Liabilities = 13,00,000 8,00,000 ` ` = 10,50,000 5,50,000 ` ` = 1.63 : 1 = 1.91 : 1 Working Note: ` ` Current Assets = Inventories (Excluding Stores and Spares) + Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents + Other Current Assets 2019 = ` 4,00,000 + ` 5,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 13,00,000 2018 = ` 3,00,000 + ` 4,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 1,00,000 10,50,000 Current Liabilities = Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Other Current Liabilities 2019 = ` 2,00,000 + ` 4,50,000 + ` 1,50,000 8,00,000 2018 = ` 1,00,000 + ` 3,50,000 + ` 1,00,000 5,50,000 Liquid Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Liquid or Quick Assets Current Liabilities = 8,50,000 8,00,000 ` ` = 7,25,000 5,50,000 ` ` = 1.06 : 1 = 1.32 : 1 Working Note: ` ` Liquid Assets = Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents + Other Current Assets (Advances to Staff) 2019 = ` 5,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 1,50,000 8,50,000 2018 = ` 4,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 75,000 7,25,000 Current Liabilities = Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Other Current Liabilities 2019 = ` 2,00,000 + ` 4,50,000 + ` 1,50,000 8,00,000 2018 = ` 1,00,000 + ` 3,50,000 + ` 1,00,000 5,50,000 Illustration 16. Following is the Balance Sheet of Financial Services Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Liquid Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 5,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2,50,000 2,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 7,50,000 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 1 1,00,000 75,000 (b) Trade Payables 2,50,000 2,00,000 Total 18,50,000 14,75,000
  • 60. 4.22 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 6,00,000 5,50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 1,00,000 1,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 3,50,000 2,75,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4,00,000 2,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,00,000 2,00,000 (d) Other Current Assets 2 2,00,000 1,00,000 Total 18,50,000 14,75,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Short-term Borrowings Bank Overdraft 60,000 50,000 Loan Against Fixed Deposit 40,000 25,000 1,00,000 75,000 2. Other Current Assets Prepaid Expenses 50,000 25,000 Advances for Purchases of Goods 1,50,000 75,000 2,00,000 1,00,000 Solution: Liquid Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Liquid or Quick Assets Current Liabilities = 7,50,000 3,50,000 ` ` = 5,25,000 2,75,000 ` ` = 2.14 : 1 = 1.91 : 1 Working Note: ` ` Liquid Assets = Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents + Other Current Assets (Advances for Purchases) 2019 = ` 4,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 1,50,000 7,50,000 2018 = ` 2,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 + ` 75,000 5,25,000 Current Liabilities = Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables 2019 = ` 1,00,000 + ` 2,50,000 3,50,000 2018 = ` 75,000 + ` 2,00,000 2,75,000 Always Remember: While calculating Current Ratio and Liquid (Quick) Ratio ‘Provision for Doubtful Debts’ and ‘Provision for Discount on Debtors’ are deducted from Trade Receivables.
  • 61. Accounting Ratios 4.23 Illustration 17. Following is the Balance Sheet of Computers India Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Liquid Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 10,00,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 5,00,000 2,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 15,00,000 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 1 2,00,000 1,50,000 (b) Trade Payables 3,50,000 1,50,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 2 1,50,000 50,000 Total 37,00,000 18,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 14,00,000 7,50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 5,00,000 1,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 3 7,50,000 4,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4 7,50,000 2,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,00,000 2,00,000 Total 37,00,000 18,00,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Short-term Borrowings Bank Overdraft 1,50,000 1,00,000 Loan from Directors 50,000 50,000 2,00,000 1,50,000 2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Expenses 50,000 25,000 Provision for Tax 1,00,000 25,000 1,50,000 50,000 3. Inventories Materials 3,25,000 1,50,000 Stock-in-trade 1,75,000 1,00,000 Finished Goods 1,50,000 1,50,000 Loose Tools 1,00,000 50,000 7,50,000 4,50,000 4. Trade Receivables Sundry Debtors 6,00,000 2,25,000 Bills Receivable 1,50,000 25,000 7,50,000 2,50,000 Solution: Liquid Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Liquid or Quick Assets Current Liabilities = 10,50,000 7,00,000 ` ` = 4,50,000 3,50,000 ` ` = 1.50 : 1 = 1.29 : 1
  • 62. 4.24 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Working Note: ` ` Liquid Assets = Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents 2019 = ` 7,50,000 + ` 3,00,000 10,50,000 2018 = ` 2,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 4,50,000 Current Liabilities = Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Short-term Provisions 2019 = ` 2,00,000 + ` 3,50,000 + ` 1,50,000 7,00,000 2018 = ` 1,50,000 + ` 1,50,000 + ` 50,000 3,50,000 Illustration 18. Following is the Balance Sheet of Daily Needs Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Current Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 10,00,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 5,00,000 2,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 15,00,000 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 1 2,00,000 1,50,000 (b) Trade Payables 3,50,000 1,50,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 2 1,50,000 50,000 Total 37,00,000 18,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 14,00,000 7,50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 5,00,000 1,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 3 7,50,000 4,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4 7,50,000 2,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,00,000 2,00,000 Total 37,00,000 18,00,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Short-term Borrowings Bank Overdraft 1,50,000 1,00,000 Loan from Directors 50,000 50,000 2,00,000 1,50,000 2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Expenses 50,000 25,000 Provision for Tax 1,00,000 25,000 1,50,000 50,000
  • 63. Accounting Ratios 4.25 3. Inventories Materials 3,25,000 1,50,000 Stock-in-trade 1,75,000 1,00,000 Finished Goods 1,50,000 1,50,000 Loose Tools 1,00,000 50,000 7,50,000 4,50,000 4. Trade Receivables Sundry Debtors 6,00,000 2,25,000 Bills Receivable 1,50,000 25,000 7,50,000 2,50,000 Solution: Current Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Current Assets Current Liabilities = 17,00,000 7,00,000 ` ` = 8,50,000 3,50,000 ` ` = 2.43 : 1 = 2.43 : 1 Working Note: ` ` Current Assets = Inventories (Excluding Loose Tools) + Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents 2019 = ` 6,50,000 + ` 7,50,000 + ` 3,00,000 17,00,000 2018 = ` 4,00,000 + ` 2,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 8,50,000 Current Liabilities = Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables + Short-term Provisions 2019 = ` 2,00,000 + ` 3,50,000 + ` 1,50,000 7,00,000 2018 = ` 1,50,000 + ` 1,50,000 + ` 50,000 3,50,000 Illustration 19. Following is the Balance Sheet of Total Care Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Current Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 5,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2,50,000 2,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 7,50,000 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 1 1,00,000 75,000 (b) Trade Payables 2 2,50,000 2,00,000 Total 18,50,000 14,75,000
  • 64. 4.26 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 6,00,000 5,50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 1,00,000 1,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 3 4,50,000 3,75,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4 5,00,000 2,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,00,000 2,00,000 Total 18,50,000 14,75,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Short-term Borrowings Bank Overdraft 60,000 50,000 Loan Against Fixed Deposit 40,000 25,000 1,00,000 75,000 2. Trade Payable Sundry Creditors 2,00,000 1,65,000 Bills Payable 50,000 35,000 2,50,000 2,00,000 3. Inventories Materials 2,25,000 1,75,000 Finished Goods 1,25,000 1,75,000 Loose Tools 1,00,000 25,000 4,50,000 3,75,000 4. Trade Receivables Sundry Debtors 4,00,000 2,25,000 Bills Receivable 1,00,000 25,000 5,00,000 2,50,000 Solution: Current Ratio 31st March, 2019 31st March, 2018 = Current Assets Current Liabilities = 10,50,000 3,50,000 ` ` = 8,00,000 2,75,000 ` ` = 3 : 1 = 2.91 : 1 Working Note: Current Assets = Inventories (Excluding Loose Tools) + Trade Receivables + Cash and Cash Equivalents 2019 = ` 3,50,000 + ` 5,00,000 + ` 2,00,000 = ` 10,50,000 2018 = ` 3,50,000 + ` 2,50,000 + ` 2,00,000 = ` 8,00,000 Current Liabilities = Short-term Borrowings + Trade Payables 2019 = ` 1,00,000 + ` 2,50,000 = ` 3,50,000 2018 = ` 75,000 + ` 2,00,000 = ` 2,75,000.
  • 65. Accounting Ratios 4.27 Illustration 20. Current Assets of a company are ` 17,00,000. Its Current Ratio is 2.5 and Liquid Ratio is 0.95. Calculate Current Liabilities and Inventory. Solution: Current Ratio = Current Assets Current Liabilities 2.5 = 17,00,000 Current Liabilities ` Current Liabilities = ` 6,80,000 Quick Ratio = Quick Assets Current Liabilities 0.95 = Quick Assets 6,80,000 ` Quick Assets = ` 6,46,000 Inventory = Current Assets – Quick Assets = ` 17,00,000 – ` 6,46,000 = ` 10,54,000 Thus, Current Liabilities = ` 6,80,000 and Inventory = ` 10,54,000. Illustration 21. Following is the Balance Sheet of X Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019: Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 20,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 9,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (10% Loan) 10,00,000 3. Current Liabilities 15,00,000 Total 54,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (a) Tangible 25,00,000 (b) Intangible 4,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 10,00,000 (b)  Trade Receivables 10,00,000 (c)  Cash and Cash Equivalents 5,00,000 Total 54,00,000 Note to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Reserves and Surplus (a) General Reserve 3,00,000 (b) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 6,00,000 9,00,000 Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss includes profit of ` 5,00,000 for the current year. Compute Return on Capital Employed.
  • 66. 4.28 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: Return on Capital Employed = ¥ Profit before Interest 100 Capital Employed = ¥ 6,00,000 (WN 1) 100 39,00,000 (WN 2) ` ` = 15.38%. Working Notes: ` 1. Profit before Interest: Profit 5,00,000 Add:  Interest (10% of ` 10,00,000) 1,00,000 Net Profit before Interest 6,00,000 2. Capital Employed: Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets + Intangible Assets) 29,00,000 Working Capital,i.e., Current Assets – Current Liabilities 10,00,000 (` 25,00,000 – ` 15,00,000) Capital Employed (Assets Side Approach) 39,00,000 Or Share Capital 20,00,000 Reserves and Surplus 9,00,000 Long-term Borrowings 10,00,000 Capital Employed (Liabilities Side Approach) 39,00,000 Always Remember: Capital Employed can be computed from the assets side as well as the liabilities side of the Balance Sheet. Result in both the workings will be same. Illustration 22. Current Assets of a company are ` 9,00,000. Its Current Ratio is 3 and Liquid Ratio is 1.2. Calculate Current Liabilities, Liquid Assets and Inventory. (Foreign 2005) Solution: (i) Current Ratio = Current Assets Current Liabilities 3 = 9,00,000 Current Liabilities ` Current Liabilities = 9,00,000 3 ` = ` 3,00,000. (ii) Liquid Ratio = Liquid Assets Current Liabilities 1.2 = Liquid Assets 3,00,000 ` Liquid Assets = ` 3,60,000. (iii) Inventory = Current Assets – Liquid Assets = ` 9,00,000 – ` 3,60,000 = ` 5,40,000. Illustration 23. Calculate Debt to Equity Ratio from the following data: (i) Total Assets ` 1,25,000 (ii) Total Debts ` 1,00,000 (iii) Short-term Loans ` 50,000. Solution: Calculation of Debt to Equity Ratio: Debt to Equity Ratio = Debt/Long-term Debt Equity/Shareholders’ Funds = 50,000 25,000 ` ` = 2 : 1. Working Notes: 1. Long-term Debt = Total Debts – Current Liabilities (Short-term Loans) = ` 1,00,000 – ` 50,000 = ` 50,000. 2. Shareholders’ Funds = Total Assets – Total Debts = ` 1,25,000 – ` 1,00,000 = ` 25,000.
  • 67. Accounting Ratios 4.29 Illustration 24. From the following information compute: (i) Debt to Equity Ratio; (ii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio; (iii) Proprietary Ratio. Particulars ` Long-term Borrowings 5,00,000 Long-term Provisions 2,50,000 Current Liabilities 1,25,000 Non-Current Assets 9,00,000 Current Assets 2,25,000 Solution: (i) Debt to Equity Ratio = Debt/Long-term Debt Shareholders’ Funds = 7,50,000 2,50,000 ` ` = 3 : 1. (ii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt = 11,25,000 7,50,000 ` ` = 1.5 : 1. (iii) Proprietary Ratio = Shareholders’ Funds Total Assets = = 2,50,000 . 11,25,000 ` ` 0.22 : 1 Working Notes: 1. Debt = Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions = ` 5,00,000 + ` 2,50,000 = ` 7,50,000. 2. Shareholders’ Funds = Total Assets – Non-Current Liabilities – Current Liabilities = (Non-Current Assets + Current Assets) – (Long-term Borrowings + Long-term Provisions) – Current Liabilities = (` 9,00,000 + ` 2,25,000) – (` 5,00,000 + ` 2,50,000) – ` 1,25,000 = ` 11,25,000 – ` 7,50,000 – ` 1,25,000 = ` 2,50,000. 3. Total Assets = Non-Current Assets + Current Assets = ` 9,00,000 + ` 2,25,000 = ` 11,25,000. Illustration 25. The data given below is of SKC Ltd. for 3 years. The company has a loan of ` 360 (lakhs) repayable in next 5 years. You are required to calculate Interest Coverage Ratio for each year. (` in Lakhs) Particulars Year-1 Year-2 Year-3 Profit after Tax (`) 480 575 635 Tax (`) 125 203 254 Interest on Loan (`) 162 125 87 Solution: Interest Coverage Ratio = Profit before Interest and Tax Interest on Long-term Debt Profit before Interest and Tax (`) 767 903 976 Interest Coverage Ratio = 767/162 = 903/125 = 976/87 = 4.73 Times = 7.22 Times = 11.22 Times Note: Profit before Interest and Tax = Profit after Tax + Tax + Interest on Loan.
  • 68. 4.30 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 26. From the following Statement of Profit and Loss of Business Machines Ltd., calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. Revenue from Operations 10,00,000 II. Other Income 50,000 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 10,50,000 IV. Expenses: Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 5,00,000 Change in Inventory of Stock-in-Trade 1 25,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 1,20,000 Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 5,000 Other Expenses 20,000 Total Expenses 6,70,000 V. Profit before Tax (III – IV) 3,80,000 Note to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Change in Inventory of Stock-in-Trade Opening Inventory 1,00,000 Less:  Closing Inventory 75,000 25,000 Solution: Inventory Turnover Ratio = Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) Average Inventory = 5,25,000 87,500 ` ` = 6 Times. Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) = Purchases of Stock-in-Trade + Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade = ` 5,00,000 + ` 25,000 = ` 5,25,000. Average Inventory = + Opening Inventory Closing Inventory 2 = + 1,00,000 75,000 2 ` ` = ` 87,500. Note: Direct Expenses are not given, hence they are presumed to be nil. Illustration 27. A trader carries an Average Inventory of ` 75,000. His Inventory Turnover Ratio is 12 times. Find out his profit, if he sells at a profit of 20% on sales. (Foreign 2004) Solution: Profit = Sales – Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) = ` 11,25,000 – ` 9,00,000 = ` 2,25,000.
  • 69. Accounting Ratios 4.31 Inventory Turnover Ratio = Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) Average Inventory 12 = Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) 75,000 ` Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) = ` 75,000 × 12 = ` 9,00,000. Let Selling Price be ` 100, Profit = ` 20 Cost = ` 100 – ` 20 = ` 80 If Cost is ` 80, then Sales = ` 100. If Cost is ` 9,00,000, then Sales = ¥ 100 9,00,000 80 ` ` ` = ` 11,25,000. Illustration 28. From the following data, calculate Gross Profit Ratio, Current Ratio, Quick Ratio and Debt to Equity Ratio: Revenue from Operations ` 3,00,000; Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) ` 2,00,000; Net Profit ` 30,000; Current Assets ` 60,000; Inventory ` 10,000; Current Liabilities ` 20,000; Share Capital ` 50,000 and Debentures ` 25,000. Solution: (i) Gross Profit Ratio = ¥ Gross Profit 100 Revenue from Operations Gross Profit = Revenue from Operations – Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) = ` 3,00,000 – ` 2,00,000 = ` 1,00,000. Gross Profit Ratio = 1,00,000 3,00,000 ` ` × 100 = 33.33%. (ii) Current Ratio = Current Assets Current Liabilities = 60,000 20,000 ` ` = 3 : 1. (iii) Quick Ratio = Quick Assets Current Liabilities = 60,000 – 10,000 (Inventory) 20,000 ` ` ` = 2.5 : 1. (iv) Debt to Equity Ratio = Debt Equity (Shareholders’ Funds) = Debentures Share Capital + Profit = = + 25,000 25,000 50,000 30,000 80,000 ` ` ` ` ` = 0.31 : 1.
  • 70. 4.32 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 29. Grow More Ltd. COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2018 and 2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Percentage No. 2018 2019 Change Change (Increase or (Increase or ` ` Decrease) (`) Decrease) (%) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 2,00,000 3,00,000 1,00,000 50.00 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2,00,000 2,00,000 ... ... 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 40,000 1,60,000 1,20,000 300.00 3. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 60,000 1,00,000 40,000 66.67 Total 5,00,000 7,60,000 2,60,000 52.00 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 3,60,000 5,60,000 2,00,000 55.55 (b) Non-Current Investments 40,000 40,000 ... ... 2. Current Assets (a) Trade Receivables 80,000 1,20,000 40,000 50.00 (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 20,000 40,000 20,000 100.00 Total 5,00,000 7,60,000 2,60,000 52.00 Additional Information: 1. Trade Receivables as at 31st March, 2017 were ` 60,000. 2. Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) for the year ended 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019 is ` 20,00,000 and ` 30,00,000 respectively. Net Credit Revenue from Operations being 70% of Revenue from Operations in both the years. From the above Comparative Balance Sheets and additional information, compute Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio. Solution: Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio 31st March, 2018 31st March, 2019 Credit Revenue from Operations Average Trade Receivables = + 14,00,000 60,000 80,000 2 ` ` ` = + 21,00,000 80,000 1,20,000 2 ` ` ` = 20 Times = 21 Times Credit Revenue from Operations = 70% of ` 20,00,000 = 70% of ` 30,00,000 = ` 14,00,000 = ` 21,00,000 Illustration 30. Current Ratio of a company is 2.5 : 1. State, giving reasons, which of the following would improve, decline or not change the ratio: (i) Repayment of long-term loans; (ii) Goods purchased on credit of 3 months;
  • 71. Accounting Ratios 4.33 (iii) Purchase of computer on credit of 2 months; (iv) Purchase of building by issuing debentures; (v) Revenue from Operations, i.e., Sale of goods for ` 20,000 on credit of 1 month (Cost of Goods Sold ` 15,000); (vi) Cash collected from debtors; (vii) Cash paid to creditors; (viii) Payment of outstanding liabilities; (ix) Sale of goods for cash ` 20,000 (Cost ` 24,000); (x) Issue of shares for cash; (xi) Bills receivable drawn on debtors for 2 months; and (xii) Bills receivable collected at maturity. Solution: Statement Showing the Effect of Different Items on Current Ratio Transactions Effect on Current Ratio Reason (i) Improve Repayment of long-term loans will reduce Cash and Cash Equivalents, i.e., current assets and, current liabilities with the amount paid. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve. (ii) Decline Goods purchased on credit will increase inventory, i.e., current assets and also current liabilities by the same amount. In effect, Current Ratio will decline. (iii) Decline Purchase of computer on credit which will be paid within 2 months will increase current liabilities. However, current assets will not change. Therefore, Current Ratio will decline. (iv) No change Purchase of building by issuing debentures will not affect current assets or current liabilities. Therefore, Current Ratio will not change. (v) Improve Credit Sale of goods at a profit will increase current assets. However, current liabilities will remain same. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve. (vi) No change Cash collected from debtors will not change current assets because one current asset will be replaced by another. Besides, current liabilities will remain same. Therefore, Current Ratio will not change. (vii) Improve Cash paid to creditors will reduce current assets and current liabilities by the same amount. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve. (viii) Improve Payment of outstanding liabilities will reduce current assets and current liabilities. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve. (ix) Decline Sale of goods at a loss will reduce current assets but current liabilities will remain same. Therefore, Current Ratio will decline. (x) Improve Issue of shares for cash will increase current assets but current liabilities will remain same. Therefore, Current Ratio will improve. (xi) No change Bills receivable drawn on debtors will not change current assets because one current asset will be replaced by another. Therefore, it will not change the Current Ratio. (xii) No change Bills receivable collected at maturity will not change current assets because one current asset will be replaced by another. Therefore, Current Ratio will not change.
  • 72. 4.34 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 31. Compute Total Assets to Debt Ratio from the following information: ` ` Total Assets 7,50,000 Bills Payable 30,000 Total Debts 8,00,000 Bank Overdraft 37,500 Creditors 75,000 Outstanding Expenses 17,500 Solution: Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt = 7,50,000 6,40,000 ` ` = 1.17 : 1. Debt = Total Debts – Creditors – Bills Payable – Bank Overdraft – Outstanding Expenses = ` 8,00,000 – ` 75,000 – ` 30,000 – ` 37,500 – ` 17,500 = ` 6,40,000. Note: Creditors, Bills Payable, Bank Overdraft and Outstanding Expenses are Current Liabilities. Hence, these are deducted. Illustration 32. From the following information, calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio: ` ` Total Debt 4,50,000 Short-term Bank Loan 50,000 Sundry Creditors 75,000 Total Assets 5,50,000 Expenses Payable 25,000 Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Bills Payable 25,000 Profit and Loss (Debit) 20,000 Solution: Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt = 5,50,000 2,75,000 ` ` = 2 : 1. Note: Debt = Total Debt – Short-term Bank Loan – Trade Payables (Sundry Creditors + Bills Payable) – Other Current Liabilities (Expenses Payable). = ` 4,50,000 – ` 50,000 – (` 75,000 + ` 25,000) – ` 25,000 = ` 2,75,000. Illustration 33. From the following Balance Sheet of Y Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2019, calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio: Particulars ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds Share Capital 20,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 10,00,000 3. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 5,00,000 Total 35,00,000
  • 73. Accounting Ratios 4.35 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 22,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 8,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 3,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,50,000 (d) Short-term Loans and Advances 50,000 Total 35,00,000 Solution: Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt = 35,00,000 10,00,000 ` ` = 3.5 : 1. Illustration 34. From the following Balance Sheet of Times Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, compute Return on Capital Employed or Return on Investment: Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 13,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus (2,50,000) 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 1,00,000 (b) Other Current Liabilities 70,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 30,000 Total 17,50,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 11,20,000 (b) Non-current Investments (Trade) 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 1,70,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,40,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,20,000 Total 17,50,000 Note: Net Profit for the year before interest and tax is ` 4,65,000. Solution: Return on Capital Employed = ¥ Net Profit before Interest and Tax 100 Capital Employed = ¥ 4,65,000 100 15,50,000 ` ` = 30%.
  • 74. 4.36 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Capital Employed: 1. Liabilities Approach = Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus + Long-term Borrowings = ` 13,00,000 – ` 2,50,000 + ` 5,00,000 = ` 15,50,000. 2. Assets Approach = Fixed Assets + Non-current Investments (Trade) + Working Capital (i.e., Current Assets – Current Liabilities) = ` 11,20,000 + ` 2,00,000 + (` 1,70,000 + ` 1,40,000 + ` 1,20,000 – ` 1,00,000 – ` 70,000 – ` 30,000) = ` 15,50,000. Illustration 35. Matrix Ltd. COMMON-SIZE STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 Particulars Note Absolute Amounts Percentage of Revenue from No. Operations 31st March, 31st March, 31st March, 31st March, 2018 (`) 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 2019 (`) I. Revenue from Operations 16,00,000 20,00,000 100.00 100.00 II. Employees Benefit Expenses 8,00,000 10,00,000 50.00 50.00 Other Expenses 2,00,000 1,00,000 12.50 5.00 III. Total Expenses 10,00,000 11,00,000 62.50 55.00 IV. Profit beforeTax (I – III) 6,00,000 9,00,000 37.50 45.00 From the above, compute Operating Ratio. Solution: Operating Ratio 31st March, 2018 31st March, 2019 ¥ Operating Cost 100 Revenue from Operations = ¥ 10,00,000 100 16,00,000 ` ` = ¥ 11,00,000 100 20,00,000 ` ` = 62.50% = 55% Illustration 36. From the following Balance Sheet of Moon Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare a Common-size Balance Sheet and compute Proprietary Ratio: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 2019 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 60,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 8,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 20,00,000 3. Current Liabilities Short-term Borrowings 12,00,000 Total 1,00,00,000
  • 75. Accounting Ratios 4.37 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 60,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 12,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 20,00,000 (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 8,00,000 Total 1,00,00,000 Solution: COMMON-SIZE BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March, 2019 Particulars Note No. Absolute % of Balance Amount (`) Sheet Total I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 60,00,000 60 (b) Reserves and Surplus 8,00,000 8 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 20,00,000 20 3. Current Liabilities Short-term Borrowings 12,00,000 12 Total 1,00,00,000 100 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 60,00,000 60 (ii) Intangible Assets 12,00,000 12 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 20,00,000 20 (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 8,00,000 8 Total 1,00,00,000 100 Proprietary Ratio = Shareholders’Funds Total Assets = 68,00,000 1,00,00,000 ` ` = 0.68 : 1. Shareholders’ Funds = Share Capital + Reserves and Surplus = ` 60,00,000 + ` 8,00,000 = ` 68,00,000.
  • 76. 4.38 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Unsolved Questions 1. Current Assets and Current Liabilities of Times Ltd. are as follows: Current Assets ` Current Liabilities ` Cash and Cash Equivalents 50,000 Creditors 3,00,000 Debtors 3,10,000 Bills Payables 1,20,000 Bills Receivable 30,000 Short-term Borrowings 1,00,000 Marketable Securities 1,50,000 Inventories 5,00,000 10,40,000 5,20,000 Calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio. [Current Ratio = 2 : 1; Liquid Ratio = 1.04 : 1.] 2. From the following Balance Sheet of Star Ltd., calculate Current Ratio: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 63,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 12,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 6,000 (b) Trade Payables 18,000 Total 99,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets) 51,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 18,600 (b) Trade Receivables 9,600 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 19,800 Total 99,000 [Current Ratio = 2 : 1.] 3. Following is the Balance Sheet of Bright Co. Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019: Particulars ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: (i) General Reserve 80,000 (ii) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 20,000 1,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (12% Debentures) 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 50,000 (b) Other Current Liabilities 50,000 Total 11,00,000
  • 77. Accounting Ratios 4.39 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets) 6,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 1,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 2,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,00,000 Total 11,00,000 Calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio. [Total Assets to Debt Ratio = 5.5 : 1.] 4. Following is the Balance Sheet of XYZ Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019: Particulars ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 2,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: (i) General Reserve 55,000 (ii) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 45,000 1,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 1,70,000 (b) Short-term Provisions: Provision for Tax 10,000 Total 5,80,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets) 3,80,000 2. Current Assets (a) Trade Receivables 1,70,000 (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 30,000 Total 5,80,000 Calculate Return on Investment. [Return on Investment = 13.75%.]
  • 78. 4.40 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 5. Following is the Balance Sheet of ABC Limited as at 31st March, 2019: Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 4,80,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1,20,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 3,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 68,000 (b) Trade Payables (Creditors) 4,00,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 12,000 Total 13,80,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets) 9,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories (Stock) 2,40,000 (b) Trade Receivables (Debtors) 1,80,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 60,000 Total 13,80,000 Notes: 1. Long-term Borrowings are 3,000,10% Debentures of ` 100 each. 2. Short-term Provisions is towards Provision for Tax. Calculate the following Ratios: (i) Current Ratio,and (ii) Liquid Ratio. What conclusions do you draw about the Company on the basis of these Ratios? [Current Ratio = 1 : 1; Liquid Ratio = 0.50 : 1.] 6. From the following Balance Sheet of Ramji Ltd., calculate Current Ratio: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 2,60,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 90,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings (Bank Overdraft) 20,000 (b) Trade Payables 60,000 Total 4,30,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible) 2,60,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventory (Including Loose Tools ` 10,000) 72,000 (b) Trade Receivables 32,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 56,000 (d) Other Current Assets (Accrued Income) 10,000 Total 4,30,000 [Current Ratio = 2 : 1.]
  • 79. Accounting Ratios 4.41 7. From the following Balance Sheet of M and S Ltd., compute Debt to Equity Ratio: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March, 2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus (1,15,000) 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 7,50,000 ( b) Long-term Provisions 1,42,500 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 57,500 (b) Other Current Liabilities 40,000 Total 16,25,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets—Tangible 6,15,000 (b) Non-current Investments 1,00,000 (c) Other Non-current Assets 1 30,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 3,75,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,60,000 (d) Other Current Assets 2 95,000 Total 16,25,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Other Non-Current Assets Unamortised Loss on Issue of Debentures 30,000 2. Other Current Assets Unamortised Share Issue Expenses 75,000 Interest Receivables 10,000 Prepaid Expenses 10,000 95,000 [Debt to Equity Ratio = 1.68 : 1.] 8. From the following Balance Sheet, calculate (i) Proprietary Ratio; (ii) Debt to Equity Ratio; and (iii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio: BALANCE SHEET OF A LTD. as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: General Reserve 10,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 60,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 32,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 15,000 Total 2,17,000
  • 80. 4.42 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 95,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 57,000 2. Current Assets (a) Trade Receivables 25,000 (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 40,000 Total 2,17,000 [(i) Proprietary Ratio = 0.51 : 1; (ii) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.55 : 1; (iii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio = 3.62 : 1.] 9. From the following Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March, 2019 of Matrix Ltd., calculate Inventory (Stock) Turnover Ratio: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 25,00,000 II. Other Income 25,000 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 25,25,000 IV. Expenses: (a) Cost of Materials Consumed 1 10,00,000 (b) Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods and WIP 2 1,25,000 (c) Employees Benefit Expenses 3,00,000 (d) Other Expenses 75,000 Total Expenses 15,00,000 V. Profit before Tax (III – IV) 10,25,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Cost of Materials Consumed Opening Inventory 1,50,000 Add: Purchases 9,50,000 11,00,000 Less: Closing Inventory 1,00,000 10,00,000 2. Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods andWIP Work-in-Progress Opening Inventory 75,000 Less: Closing Inventory 50,000 A 25,000 Finished Goods Opening Inventory 1,75,000 Less: Closing Inventory 75,000 B 1,00,000 Total (A + B) 1,25,000 [Ans.: Inventory Turnover Ratio = 3.6 Times.] [Hint:  Average Inventory = OpeningInventory of Materials, WIP andFinished Goods +ClosingInventory of Materials, WIP andFinished Goods 2 ]
  • 81. Accounting Ratios 4.43 10. From the following Balance Sheet of Z Ltd., Calculate: (i) Debt to Equity Ratio (ii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio (iii) Proprietary Ratio (iv) Interest Coverage Ratio. Particulars ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: (i) Equity Share Capital 8,00,000 (ii) 10% Preference Share Capital 2,08,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: (i) General Reserve 84,000 (ii) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 84,000 1,68,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities 12% Mortgage Loan 3,60,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Loan 30,000 (b) Trade Payables 1,71,600 Total 17,37,600 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets Tangible Assets: (i) Land and Building 4,80,000 (ii) Furniture 3,60,000 (iii) Machinery 2,52,000 10,92,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventory (Stock) 3,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables: (i) Debtors 1,05,600 (ii) Bills Receivables 2,40,000 6,45,600 Total 17,37,600 Additional Information: Net Profit after Interest and Tax = ` 3,00,000. Rate of Income Tax = 40%. [(i) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.31 : 1; (ii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio = 4.83 : 1; (iii) Proprietary Ratio = 0.68 : 1; (iv) Interest Coverage Ratio = 12.57 Times.] 11. Following is the Statement of Profit and Loss of Sham Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and the Balance Sheet of the company as at that date: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars ` Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 2,00,000 Expenses: Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 1,00,000 Changes in Inventories (Opening Stock – Closing Stock) (` 25,000 – ` 30,000) (5,000) Employees Benefit Expenses (Salaries) 17,000 Other Expenses: Direct Expenses 8,000 Loss on Sale of Furniture 10,000 18,000 1,30,000 Net Profit 70,000
  • 82. 4.44 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 70,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 95,000 (b) Other Current Liabilities 35,000 Total 3,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible) 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 30,000 (b) Trade Receivables 50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 20,000 Total 3,00,000 Calculate following ratios: (i) Quick Ratio; (ii) Inventory Turnover Ratio; and (iii) Return on Investment (ROI). (OD 1997, Modified) [(i) Quick Ratio = 0.54 : 1; (ii) Inventory Turnover Ratio = 3.74 Times; (iii) ROI = 47.06%.] [Hint: For ROI, Net Profit = ` 70,000 + ` 10,000 (Loss on Sale of Furniture; being Non-operating) = ` 80,000.] 12. From the following information, calculate any three of the following ratios: (i) Operating Ratio; (ii) Current Ratio; (iii) Inventory or Stock Turnover Ratio; and (iv) Debt to Equity Ratio. Particulars ` Equity Share Capital 5,00,000 9% Preference Share Capital 4,00,000 12% Debentures 2,40,000 General Reserve 40,000 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 8,00,000 Opening Inventory 48,000 Purchases 5,00,000 Wages 30,000 Closing Inventory 52,000 Selling and Distribution Expenses 6,000 Other Current Assets 2,00,000 Current Liabilities 1,50,000 (Foreign 2000, 2003) [(i) Operating Ratio = 66.5%; (ii) Current Ratio = 1.68 : 1; (iii) Inventory or Stock Turnover Ratio = 10.52 Times; and (iv) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.26 : 1.]
  • 83. Accounting Ratios 4.45 13. Following is the Statement of Profit and Loss of Rajasthan Product Limited for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and Balance Sheet as at that date: STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. Revenue from Operations (Sales) 10,00,000 II. Other Income 50,000 Total Revenue 10,50,000 IV. Expenses: Cost of Materials Consumed 1 2,00,000 Employees Benefit Expenses 2 2,00,000 Finance Costs 10,000 Other Expenses 3 2,55,000 Total Expenses 6,65,000 V. Profit for the Period (III – IV) 3,85,000 BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 2,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 1,50,000 Total 6,50,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible) 2,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 50,000 Total 6,50,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Cost of Materials Consumed: Opening Stock 1,50,000 Add: Purchases 3,00,000 4,50,000 Less: Closing Stock 2,50,000 2,00,000 2. Employees Benefit Expenses: Wages 2,00,000 3. Other Expenses: (a) Manufacturing Expenses 1,00,000 (b) Administrative Expenses 50,000 (c) Selling and Distribution Expenses 50,000 (d) Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets 55,000 2,55,000
  • 84. 4.46 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII There was no Opening and Closing Inventory of Finished Goods and WIP. Examine the Statement of Profit and Loss and Balance Sheet given above and calculate following ratios: (i) Gross Profit Ratio (ii) Current Ratio (iii) Debt to Equity Ratio (iv) Inventory or Stock Turnover Ratio (v) Liquid Ratio (vi) Proprietary Ratio (vii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio (viii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio (ix) Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio (x) Operating Ratio [(i) Gross Profit Ratio = 50%; (ii) Current Ratio = 2.67 : 1; (iii) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.67 : 1; (iv) Inventory or Stock Turnover Ratio = 2.5 Times; (v) Liquid Ratio = 1 : 1; (vi) Proprietary Ratio = 46.15%; (vii) Total Assets to Debt Ratio = 3.25 : 1; (viii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 2 Times (based on Cost of Sales), Alternatively = 4 Times (based on Sales); (ix) Trade Receivables or Debtors’ Turnover Ratio = 10 Times; (x) Operating Ratio = 60%.] 14. Following is the Balance Sheet of Raddisson Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Total Assets to Debt Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,50,000 6,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 3,00,000 2,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 1 15,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 2,00,000 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,00,000 1,50,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 1,50,000 50,000 Total 31,00,000 17,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 18,00,000 9,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 5,00,000 3,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 6,50,000 4,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,50,000 1,00,000 Total 31,00,000 17,00,000 Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Long-term Borrowings 10% Debentures 7,50,000 5,00,000 Term loan from Bank 7,50,000 ... 15,00,000 5,00,000 [Total Assets to Debt Ratio: 2019—1.82 : 1; 2018—2.83 : 1.]
  • 85. Accounting Ratios 4.47 15. Following is the Balance Sheet of Star Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,50,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2,50,000 1,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 10,00,000 6,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 1,50,000 1,00,000 (b) Trade Payables 50,000 1,00,000 Total 22,00,000 17,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 8,00,000 9,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 4,50,000 3,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 8,00,000 4,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,50,000 1,00,000 Total 22,00,000 17,00,000 [Debt to Equity Ratio: 2019—1 : 1; 2018—0.67 : 1.] 16. Following is the Balance Sheet of Colours Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019.You are required to calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,50,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1,50,000 2,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 16,00,000 10,00,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 2,00,000 ... 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 3,50,000 1,00,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 1,50,000 50,000 Total 32,00,000 21,50,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 9,00,000 10,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 8,00,000 4,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 13,50,000 5,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,50,000 1,50,000 Total 32,00,000 21,50,000 [Debt to Equity Ratio: 2019—2 : 1; 2018—1 : 1.]
  • 86. 4.48 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 17. Following is the Balance Sheet of Star Sports Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,50,000 7,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1,50,000 2,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 13,00,000 9,00,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 2,00,000 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 1,50,000 1,00,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 50,000 ... Total 26,00,000 21,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 9,00,000 10,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 6,00,000 4,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 9,50,000 4,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,50,000 1,50,000 Total 26,00,000 21,00,000 [Debt to Equity Ratio: 2019—1.67 : 1; 2018—1 : 1.] 18. Following is the Balance Sheet of Best Barcode Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019.You are required to calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 5,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 5,00,000 4,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 4,50,000 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,00,000 75,000 (b) Trade Payables 3,50,000 2,00,000 Total 20,00,000 16,75,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 6,00,000 5,50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 1,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 4,00,000 2,75,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4,50,000 3,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,50,000 2,00,000 (d) Other Current Assets 2,00,000 1,00,000 Total 20,00,000 16,75,000 [Current Ratio: 2019—2.36 : 1; 2018—3.36 : 1; Liquid Ratio: 2019—1.64 : 1; 2018—2.36 : 1.]
  • 87. Accounting Ratios 4.49 19. Following is the Balance Sheet of Master Services Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 5,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 5,00,000 4,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 4,50,000 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,00,000 75,000 (b) Trade Payables 3,50,000 2,00,000 Total 20,00,000 16,75,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 6,00,000 5,50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 1,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 4,00,000 2,75,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4,50,000 3,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,50,000 2,00,000 (d) Other Current Assets 2,00,000 1,00,000 Total 20,00,000 16,75,000 Inventories include Loose Tools amounting to ` 50,000 in both the years. [Current Ratio: 2019—2.27 : 1; 2018—3.18 : 1; Liquid Ratio: 2019—1.64 : 1; 2018—2.36 : 1.] 20. Following is the Balance Sheet of Ultimate Barcode Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEETS as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 5,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 5,00,000 4,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 4,00,000 5,50,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 1,50,000 75,000 (b) Trade Payables 3,50,000 1,50,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 1 1,00,000 ... Total 20,00,000 16,75,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 6,00,000 5,50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 1,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2 4,00,000 2,75,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4,50,000 3,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,50,000 2,00,000 (d) Other Current Assets 3 2,00,000 1,00,000 Total 20,00,000 16,75,000
  • 88. 4.50 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Other Current Liabilities Expenses Payable 50,000 ... Current Maturities of Long-term Debt 50,000 ... 1,00,000 ... 2. Inventories Raw Materials 2,75,000 2,00,000 WIP 75,000 50,000 Stores and Spares 50,000 25,000 4,00,000 2,75,000 3. Other Current Assets Prepaid Expenses 50,000 50,000 Other Advances 1,50,000 50,000 2,00,000 1,00,000 [Current Ratio: 2019—2.08 : 1; 2018—4.00 : 1; Liquid Ratio: 2019—1.42 : 1; 2018—2.67 : 1.] 21. Following is the Balance Sheet of Master Services Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019. You are required to calculate Current Ratio and Liquid Ratio for the two years. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, No. 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 8,00,000 6,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 7,00,000 6,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 2,50,000 3,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2,50,000 1,25,000 (b) Trade Payables 3,00,000 2,00,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 1 2,00,000 1,75,000 Total 25,00,000 20,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 8,00,000 6,50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 2,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2 5,00,000 2,50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 7,50,000 7,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,50,000 1,00,000 (d) Other Current Assets 3 1,00,000 1,00,000 Total 25,00,000 20,00,000
  • 89. Accounting Ratios 4.51 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Other Current Liabilities Expenses Payable 1,50,000 1,25,000 Current Maturities of Long-term Debt 50,000 50,000 2,00,000 1,75,000 2. Inventories Raw Materials 3,00,000 2,00,000 WIP 1,00,000 50,000 Loose Tools 1,00,000 ... 5,00,000 2,50,000 3. Other Current Assets Prepaid Expenses 25,000 50,000 Other Advances 75,000 50,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 [Current Ratio: 2019—1.87 : 1; 2018—2.3 : 1; Liquid Ratio: 2019—1.3 : 1; 2018—1.7 : 1.] 22. Current Ratio 4.5, Quick Ratio 3 : 1, Inventory ` 72,000. Cash ` 4,000, Gross Profit @ 33 1 % 3 on cost was ` 1,00,000, Cash Revenue from Operations being 33 1 % 3 of Credit Revenue from Operations; Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio is 3 Times. In current assets, there was no asset other than Inventory, Trade Receivables and Cash. Calculate the Opening Trade Receivables. [Opening Trade Receivables = ` 60,000.] [Hint: Current Assets = ` 2,16,000; Quick Assets = ` 1,44,000; Closing Trade Receivables = Quick Assets – Cash = ` 1,40,000. Credit Revenue from Operations = ` 3,00,000.] Calculation of Current Assets and Quick Assets: Quick Ratio = = Quick Assets (QA) Current Assets - Inventory Current Liabilities (CL) CL 3 = ` CA – 72,000 CL CA – ` 72,000 = 3CL CA – 3CL = ` 72,000 ...(1) CA – 4.5CL = 0 [As per Current Ratio]    ...(2) Substracting Equation (2) from (1), we get 1.5CL = ` 72,000 or CL = ` 72,000 1.5 = ` 48,000. Current Assets = Current Liabilities (CL) × Current Ratio = ` 48,000 × 4.5 = ` 2,16,000. Quick Assets = ` 48,000 (CL) × 3 = ` 1,44,000. 23. The Current Ratio of a company is 3 : 1. State giving reason, which of the following would improve, reduce or not change the ratio: (i) Repayment of a Current Liability; (ii) Purchase of goods on cash; (iii) Sale of office equipment for ` 4,000 (Book value ` 5,000); (iv) Sale of goods for ` 11,000 (cost ` 10,000); (v) Payment of dividend. (Delhi 1999) [(i) Improve; (ii) No change; (iii) Improve; (iv) Improve; (v) Improve.]
  • 90. 4.52 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 24. Current Ratio of a company is 2.5 : 1. Which of the following suggestions would improve, reduce or not change it? (i) Payment to trade creditors (ii) Sold machinery for cash (iii) Purchased goods for cash (iv) Issue of Equity Shares [(i) Increase; (ii) Increase; (iii) No change; (iv) Increase.] 25. Balance Sheet of XYZ Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 is as follows: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1,00,000 1,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 28,700 13,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 26,000 25,000 (b) Trade Payables 31,000 36,000 Total 1,85,700 1,74,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible) 1,12,000 1,08,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 27,000 25,000 (b) Trade Receivables 45,000 40,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,000 450 (d) Other Current Assets 700 550 Total 1,85,700 1,74,000 Additional Information: Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) amounted to ` 4,00,000 in 2018 and ` 5,00,000 in 2019. You are required to calculate following ratios: (i) Working Capital Turnover Ratio; (ii) Current Ratio; and (iii) Quick Ratio. [(i) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 2018—80 Times; 2019—29.94 Times; (ii) Current Ratio = 2018—1.08 : 1; 2019—1.29 : 1; (iii) Quick Ratio = 2018—0.66 : 1; 2019—0.81 : 1.] 26. Quick assets ` 1,50,000; Inventory ` 50,000; Working Capital ` 1,20,000. Calculate Current Ratio. [Hints: 1. Current Assets = Quick Assets + Inventory. 2. Current Liabilities = Current Assets – Working Capital.] [Current Ratio = 2.5 : 1.] 27. From the following data, calculate Current Ratio and Operating Ratio: Sundry Debtors ` 10,000; Bills Payable ` 6,000; Stock ` 15,000; Cash ` 10,000; Bank ` 5,000; Creditors ` 14,000; Sales ` 60,000; Operating Expenses ` 12,000; Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) ` 18,000. [Current Ratio = 2 : 1; Operating Ratio = 50%.]
  • 91. Accounting Ratios 4.53 28. From the following Balance Sheet and other information, calculate any two of the following ratios: (i) Debt to Equity Ratio; (ii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio; and (iii) Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio. BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 90,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (Loan @ 15%) 1,20,000 3. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 50,000 Total 3,60,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Tangible) 1,80,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 40,000 (b) Trade Receivables 90,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 50,000 Total 3,60,000 Other Information: Sales during the year amounted to ` 1,80,000. [(i) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.63 : 1; (ii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 1.38 Times; (iii) Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio = 2 Times.] 29. Following information has been extracted from the books of Elite Electricals: Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) ` 30,00,000; Cost of Revenue from Operations (Cost of Goods Sold) ` 20,00,000; Net Profit ` 3,00,000; Current Assets ` 6,00,000; Current Liabilities ` 2,00,000; Paid-up Share Capital ` 5,00,000; Debentures ` 2,50,000. Compute any two ratios based on the above information: (i) Gross Profit Ratio; (ii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio; and (iii) Debt to Equity Ratio. [(i) Gross Profit Ratio =  1 33 % 3 (ii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 7.5 Times; (iii) Debt to Equity Ratio = 0.31 : 1.] 30. Current Ratio 2.5; Working Capital ` 60,000. Calculate amount of Current Assets and Current Liabilities. [Current Assets = ` 1,00,000; Current Liabilities = ` 40,000.] 31. Net Sales of M.S. Limited during the year were ` 1,80,000. If Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio is 4 times, calculate Trade Receivables in the beginning and at the end of the year. You are informed that closing Trade Receivables are two times in comparison to opening Trade Receivables. [Trade Receivables in the beginning = ` 30,000; Trade Receivables at the end = ` 60,000.]
  • 92. 4.54 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 32. From the following information, calculate Working Capital Turnover Ratio: Marketable Securities ` 1,50,000; Inventory ` 50,000; Sundry Debtors ` 2,00,000; Bills Receivable ` 50,000; Cash at Bank ` 1,00,000; Cash in Hand ` 50,000; Bills Payable ` 30,000; Sundry Creditors ` 2,00,000; Provision for Tax ` 20,000; Sales ` 23,00,000; Returns Inward ` 2,00,000. [Working Capital Turnover Ratio = 6 Times.] 33. From the following information, calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio; Operating Ratio; and Gross Profit Ratio: Opening Inventory ` 28,000 Carriage Inwards ` 4,000 Closing Inventory ` 22,000 Office Expenses ` 4,000 Purchases ` 46,000 Selling and Distribution Expenses ` 2,000 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) ` 80,000 Capital Employed ` 2,00,000 Return ` 10,000 [InventoryTurnover Ratio = 2.24Times; Operating Ratio = 77.5%; Gross Profit Ratio = 30%.]
  • 93. Cash Flow Statement MEANING OF KEY TERMS USED IN THE CHAPTER 1. Cash Flow Statement It is the statement that shows flow of Cash and Cash Equivalents during the period under report. 2. Cash Flows These are the inflows (receipts) and outflows (payments) of Cash and Cash Equivalents. 3. Cash It comprises of Cash on Hand and demand deposits with banks. 4. Cash Equivalents These are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amount of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. An investment normally qualifies as cash equivalent only when it has short maturity period of, say, three months or less from the date of acquisition, i.e., purchase. 5. Operating Activities These are the principal revenue producing activities of the enterprise and other activities that are not Investing and Financing Activities. 6. Investing Activities These are activities of acquisition and disposal of long-term assets and other investments not included in cash equivalents. 7. Financing Activities These are the activities that result in change in the size and composition of the owner’s capital (including Preference Share Capital in the case of a company) and borrowings of the enterprise. 8. Extraordinary Activities These are incomes or expenses that arise from events or transactions that are clearly distinct from the ordinary activities of the enterprise and, therefore, are not expected to recur frequently or regularly. CHAPTER SUMMARY • Cash Flow Statement is a statement that shows flow of Cash and Cash Equivalents during the period under report. The statement shows net increase or decrease of Cash and Cash Equivalents under each activity separately (operating/investing/financing) and collectively. • Preparation of Cash Flow Statement: Cash Flow Statement is prepared following the steps as: Step 1: Compute Cash Flow from Operating Activities. Step 2: Compute Cash Flow from Investing Activities. Step 3: Compute Cash Flow from Financing Activities. Step 4: Cash flows under each activity, i.e., Operating Activity, Investing Activity and Financing Activity as computed under Steps 1, 2 and 3 are added in Cash Flow Statement and the resultant amount is Net Increase or Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents. 5 C H A P T E R
  • 94. 5.2 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Step 5: Cash and Cash Equivalents balance in the beginning of the period is added to the cash flows as arrived under Step 4. The amount so determined should be equal to Cash and Cash Equivalents balance at the end of the year. Step 6: Report any significant investing or financing transactions which do not involve Cash or Cash Equivalents in a separate schedule to Cash Flow Statement. Proposed Dividend Proposed Dividend, both on Equity Shares and Preference Shares are paid after being declared (approved) by the shareholders in the Annual General Meeting. Annual General Meeting is held after the end of the financial year, i.e., in the next financial year. AS-4 (Revised), Contingencies and Events Occurring After the Balance Sheet Date prescribes that Proposed Dividend is not to be provided in the books of account but is to be disclosed (shown) in the Notes to Accounts as Contingent Liability being payable upon being declared (approved) by the shareholders. Dividend is an appropriation of Profit and is deducted from Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss in the Note to Accounts on Reserves and Surplus in the year in which dividend is paid. FORMAT OF CASH FLOW STATEMENT (INDIRECT METHOD) for the year ended ... [As per Accounting Standard-3 (Revised)] Particulars ` I. Cash Flow from Operating Activities (A) Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (as per Working Note) ... Adjustment for Non-cash and Non-operating Items (B) Add: Items to be Added — Depreciation ... — Goodwill,Patents and Trademarks Amortised ... — Interest on Bank Overdraft/Cash Credit ... — Interest on Borrowings (Short-term and Long-term) and Debentures ... — Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets ... — Increase in Provision for Doubtful Debts* ... ... ... (C) Less: Items to be Deducted — Interest Income ... — Dividend Income ... — Rental Income ... — Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Assets ... — Decrease in Provision for Doubtful Debts* ... ... (D) Operating Profit beforeWorking Capital Changes (A + B – C) ... (E) Add: Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities — Decrease in Inventories (Stock) ... — Decrease in Trade Receivables (Debtors/Bills Receivable) ... — Decrease in Accrued Incomes ... — Decrease in Prepaid Expenses ... — Increase in Trade Payables (Creditors/Bills Payable) ... — Increase in Outstanding Expenses ... — Increase in Advance Incomes ... ...
  • 95. Cash Flow Statement 5.3 (F) Less: Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities — Increase in Inventories (Stock) ... — Increase in Trade Receivables (Debtors/Bills Receivable) ... — Increase in Accrued Incomes ... — Increase in Prepaid Expenses ... — Decrease in Trade Payables (Creditors/Bills Payable) ... — Decrease in Outstanding Expenses ... — Decrease in Advance Incomes ... ... (G) Cash Generated from Operations (D + E – F) ... (H) Less: Income Tax Paid (Net of Tax Refund received) ... (I) Cash Flow before Extraordinary Items ... —  Extraordinary Items (+/–) ... (J) Cash Flow from (or Used in) Operating Activities ...   II. Cash Flow from Investing Activities — Proceeds from Sale of Fixed Assets ... — Proceeds from Sale of Investments (Other than Current Investments (to be included in Cash and Cash Equivalents) and Marketable Securities) ... — Proceeds from Sale of Intangible Assets ... — Interest and Dividend received (For Non-financial Companies only) ... — Rent Received ... — Payment for Purchase of Fixed Assets (...) — Payment for Purchase of Investments (Other than Marketable Securities) (...) — Payment for Purchase of Intangible Assets like Goodwill (...) — Extraordinary Items (e.g.,Insurance Claim on Machinery against Fire) (+/–) ... Cash Flow from (or Used in) Investing Activities ... III. Cash Flow from Financing Activities — Proceeds from Issue of Shares and Debentures ... — Proceeds from Other Long-term Borrowings ... — Increase/Decrease in Bank Overdraft and Cash Credit ... — Final Dividend paid during the year (...) — Interim Dividend paid during the year (...) — Payment of Interest on Debentures and Loans (Short-term and Long-term) (...) — Repayment of Loans (...) — Redemption of Debentures/Preference Shares (...) — Payment of Share Issue Expenses (...) — Payment for Buy-back of Shares as Extraordinary Activity (...) Cash Flow from (or Used in) Financing Activities ... IV. Net Increase/Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents (I + II + III) ... V. Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year — Cash-in-Hand ... — Cash at Bank ... — Short-term Deposits ... — Current Investments ... — Marketable Securities ... ... ... VI. Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year — Cash-in-Hand ... — Cash at Bank ... — Short-term Deposits ... — Current Investments ... — Marketable Securities ... ... *Alternatively, increase/decrease in Provision for Doubtful Debts may be treated under increase/decrease in Current Liabilities.In this situation,increase/decrease in Provision for Doubtful Debts is adjusted after Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes.
  • 96. 5.4 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Working Note: Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items: ` Net Profit as per Statement of Profit and Loss or Difference between Closing Balance and Opening Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss ... Add: Transfer to Reserves ... Dividend (Proposed Dividend of previous year) paid during the year ... Interim Dividend paid during the year ... Provision for Tax for the current year ... Extraordinary Items,if any,debited to the Statement of Profit and Loss ... ... Less: Extraordinary Items,if any,credited to the Statement of Profit and Loss ... Refund of Tax credited to the Statement of Profit and Loss ... ... Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items ... IMPORTANT NOTE 1. Current Investments to be taken as Marketable Securities unless otherwise specified. 2. Bank overdraft and cash credit is shown as part of Financing Activities. Illustration 1. Following relevant information is obtained from the books of X Ltd.: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Short-term Provision:Provision for Tax 70,000 50,000 The amount of tax paid during 2018–19 amounted to ` 40,000. How would you deal with this item while preparing Cash Flow Statement? You are also given net profit after taxation ` 80,000. Solution: Dr. PROVISION FOR TAX ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Bank A/c (Tax Paid) 40,000 By Balance b/d 50,000 To Balance c/d 70,000 By Statement of Profit and Loss (Bal.Fig.) 60,000 (Tax Provided) 1,10,000 1,10,000 Note: If Opening and Closing amounts of Provision for Tax are given with the figure of tax paid (provided) during the year, prepare Provision for Tax Account to ascertain the amount of tax provided (paid) during the current year. Solved Questions
  • 97. Cash Flow Statement 5.5 CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Particulars `  ` Net Profit after Tax 80,000 Add: Provision for Tax 60,000 Cash Generated from Operations 1,40,000 Less: Tax Paid 40,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 1,00,000 Illustration 2. Calculate Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items from the following Balance Sheet of Prime Hotels Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 8,00,000 6,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 3,30,000 2,20,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2 40,000 55,000 (b) Trade Payables 50,000 80,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 25,000 10,000 (d) Short-term Provisions 3 70,000 40,000 Total 13,15,000 10,05,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 9,75,000 6,05,000 (b) Non-current Investments 1,10,000 1,00,000 2. Current Assets 2,30,000 3,00,000 Total 13,15,000 10,05,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 1,20,000 80,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 2,10,000 1,40,000 3,30,000 2,20,000 2. Short-term Borrowings Bank Overdraft 40,000 55,000 3. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 70,000 40,000 Note:Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019 are ` 90,000 and ` 1,00,000 respectively.
  • 98. 5.6 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items: ` Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Closing) 2,10,000 Less: Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Opening) 1,40,000 70,000 Add: Transfer to General Reserve (` 1,20,000 – ` 80,000) 40,000 Dividend (Previous Year) Paid during the year 90,000 Provision for Tax (Current Year) 70,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 2,70,000 Illustration 3. Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following information: ` Net Profit (After Provision for Tax ` 3,06,000) 14,06,000 Proposed Dividend 2,42,000 Above Net Profit is determined after following Credit and Debits: Credits: (i) Compensation for Earthquake Disaster 1,50,000 (ii) (Gain) Profit on Sale of Machinery 35,000 (iii) Dividend Received on Investments 30,000 Debits: (i) Depreciation 2,80,000 (ii) Loss on Sale of Investments 60,000 Decrease or Increase in Current Assets and Current Liabilities is as follows: Decrease in Current Assets (Other than Cash and Cash Equivalents) 20,000 Increase in Current Liabilities (Other than Bank Overdraft and Cash Credit) 3,02,000 Increase in Current Assets (Other than Cash and Cash Equivalents) 6,00,000 Decrease in Current Liabilities (Other than Bank Overdraft and Cash Credit) 1,28,000 Other Information: Income Tax Paid 2,36,000 Refund of Income Tax Received 6,000 Solution: CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Particulars ` Net Profit After Tax 14,06,000 Add: Provision for Tax 3,06,000 17,12,000 Less: Refund of Income Tax 6,000 Extraordinary Items: Compensation for Earthquake Disaster 1,50,000 1,56,000 Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items 15,56,000 Add: Non-Cash/Non-Operating Items: Depreciation 2,80,000 Loss on Sale of Investments 60,000 Less: Non-Cash/Non-Operating Items: Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery (35,000) Dividend Received on Investments (30,000) Net Profit beforeWorking Capital Changes 18,31,000 Add: Decrease in Current Assets 20,000 Increase in Current Liabilities 3,02,000 21,53,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets (6,00,000) Decrease in Current Liabilities (1,28,000) (7,28,000) Cash Flow from Operating Activities beforeTax and Extraordinary Items 14,25,000 Less: Income Tax Paid (Net of Refund) (2,30,000) Cash Flow from Operating Activities afterTax 11,95,000 Add: Extraordinary Item: Compensation for Earthquake Disaster 1,50,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 13,45,000 Note: Proposed Dividend is not taken as the Net Profit given is after Provision for Tax.
  • 99. Cash Flow Statement 5.7 Illustration 4. From the following information, calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities and Investing Activities: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2018 (`) 2019 (`) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 50,000 2,00,000 Provision for Tax 15,000 15,000 Trade Payables 20,000 75,000 Current Assets (Inventories and Trade Receivables) 2,30,000 2,60,000 Fixed Assets 4,25,000 4,66,000 Accumulated Depreciation 2,12,500 2,20,000 Additional Information: 1. Tax paid during the year ` 15,000. 2. A machine costing ` 40,000 (Book value ` 10,000) was sold at a gain (profit) of ` 4,000. Solution: CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES Particulars   ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN 1) 1,65,000 Add: Depreciation (WN 3) 37,500 Less: Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery (4,000) Operating Profit beforeWorking Capital changes 1,98,500 Less: Increase in Current Assets (30,000) Add: Increase in Trade Payable 55,000 25,000 2,23,500 Less: Tax Paid 15,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 2,08,500 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Sale of Machinery 14,000 Purchase of Fixed Assets (WN 2) (81,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (67,000) Working Notes: 1. Calculation of Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items: ` Closing Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 2,00,000 Less: Opening Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 50,000 1,50,000 Add: Provision for Tax made during the Current Year 15,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 1,65,000 2.Dr. FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Balance b/d 4,25,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 14,000 To Gain (Profit) on Sale of Asset A/c 4,000 By Accumulated Depreciation A/c 30,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) (Depreciation on Sold Machine) To Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.) 81,000 By Balance c/d 4,66,000 5,10,000 5,10,000
  • 100. 5.8 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 3.Dr. ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Fixed Assets A/c (Transfer) 30,000 By Balance b/d 2,12,500 To Balance c/d 2,20,000 By Depreciation A/c (Bal.Fig.) 37,500 2,50,000 2,50,000 Illustration 5. Calculate Cash Flow from Financing Activities from the following: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2018 (`) 2019 (`) Equity Share Capital 6,00,000 8,00,000 12% Preference Share Capital 2,00,000 ... 10% Debentures ... 1,00,000 Additional Information: 1. Equity shares were issued at a premium of 15%, underwriting commission paid thereon ` 10,000. 2. 12% Preference shares were redeemed at a premium of 5%. 3. 10% Debentures were issued at a discount of 10%. 4. Interest paid on debentures ` 10,000. 5. Dividend paid on preference shares ` 24,000. 6. Interim dividend paid on equity shares ` 64,000. Solution: CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Particulars   ` Issue of Equity Shares (` 2,00,000 + ` 30,000) 2,30,000 Redemption of 12% Preference Shares (` 2,00,000 + ` 10,000) (2,10,000) Issue of 10% Debentures (` 1,00,000 – ` 10,000) 90,000 Underwriting Commission Paid (10,000) Interest Paid on Debentures (10,000) Dividend Paid on Preference Shares (24,000) Interim Dividend Paid on Equity Shares (64,000) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 2,000 Illustration 6. X Ltd. provides the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from Investing Activities and Net Cash Flow from Financing Activities as per AS-3 (Revised): Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2018 (`) 2019 (`) 8% Preference Share Capital 2,00,000 1,50,000 Equity Share Capital 5,00,000 10,00,000 11% Debentures 2,00,000 1,00,000 Securities Premium Reserve ... 50,000 Investment 1,00,000 2,50,000 Goodwill ... 1,00,000 Machinery 2,15,000 4,00,000 Patents 1,50,000 ...
  • 101. Cash Flow Statement 5.9 Additional Information: 1. Dividend on equity shares ` 50,000. The company paid preference dividend also. 2. Dividend received on shares held as an investment ` 15,000. 3. Interest received on ‘Government Bonds’ held as an investment ` 26,000. 4. A plot of land was purchased out of surplus funds for investment purposes and was let out for commercial use and rent received ` 1,10,000. 5. All issues and redemption were made at the end of the year. Solution: CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES Particulars   ` (A) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Sale of Patents 1,50,000 Interest received on Government Bonds 26,000 Dividend Received on Shares held as Investments 15,000 Rent received on Plot of Land 1,10,000 3,01,000 Goodwill Purchased (1,00,000) Investment Purchased (1,50,000) Machinery Purchased (1,85,000) (4,35,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (1,34,000) (B) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Issue of Share Capital (including premium) 5,50,000 Dividend Paid (50,000) Preference Dividend Paid (16,000) Redemption of Preference Shares (50,000) Redemption of Debentures (1,00,000) Interest on Debentures (Note) (22,000) 3,12,000 Cash Flow from Financing Activities 3,12,000 Note: It is presumed that the company must have paid Interest on Debentures as it cannot pay Preference Dividend and Equity Dividend without payment of interest. Decrease in Patents is considered as Sales. Illustration 7. Following is the extract from the Balance Sheet of Atlas Ltd.: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2018 (`) 2019 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Shareholders’Funds ReservesandSurplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 5,00,000 9,00,000 II. ASSETS Goodwill 11,50,000 9,00,000 Patents 9,00,000 11,50,000 Land 2,50,000 10,50,000 Plant and Machinery 85,00,000 93,20,000 Less: Provision for Depreciation (42,50,000) (44,00,000) 10% Investment 10,50,000 2,50,000 Additional Information: 1. Investments costing ` 2,00,000 were purchased and some investments were sold at a loss of 20% on 31st March, 2019. 2. Goodwill amortised was ` 5,00,000 and patents purchased was ` 5,00,000.
  • 102. 5.10 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 3. Depreciation provided on Plant and Machinery was ` 14,50,000. A machine costing ` 21,00,000 was sold at profit of 20%. Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities and Cash Flow from Investing Activities. Solution: Atlas Ltd. CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019 Particulars   ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Closing) 9,00,000 Less: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Opening) 5,00,000 Net Profit before Tax 4,00,000 Add: Patents Amortised (WN 2) 2,50,000 Goodwill Amortised (WN 1) 5,00,000 Depreciation 14,50,000 Loss on Sale of investment (WN 4) 2,00,000 Less: Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery (1,60,000) Income from Investment (1,05,000) 25,35,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 25,35,000 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Land (WN 3) (8,00,000) Purchase of Investment (2,00,000) Sale of Investment (WN 4) 8,00,000 Income from Investment 1,05,000 Purchase of Machinery (WN 5) (29,20,000) Sale of Machinery (WN 5) 9,60,000 Purchase of Patents (5,00,000) Purchase of Goodwill (WN 1) (2,50,000) (28,05,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (28,05,000) Working Notes: 1.Dr. GOODWILL ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `    To Balance b/d 11,50,000 By Statement of Profit and Loss (Amortised) 5,00,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.) 2,50,000 By Balance c/d 9,00,000 14,00,000 14,00,000 2.Dr. PATENTS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars  `   To Balance b/d 9,00,000 By Statement of Profit and Loss (Amortised) 2,50,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) 5,00,000 (Bal.Fig.) By Balance c/d 11,50,000 14,00,000 14,00,000 3.Dr. LAND ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Balance b/d 2,50,000 By Balance c/d 10,50,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.) 8,00,000 10,50,000 10,50,000
  • 103. Cash Flow Statement 5.11 4.Dr. 10% INVESTMENT ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Balance b/d 10,50,000 By Bank A/c (80% of ` 10,00,000) (Bal.Fig.) 8,00,000 To Bank A/c (Purchased) 2,00,000 By Loss on Sale of Investment A/c 2,00,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 2,50,000 12,50,000 12,50,000 5.Dr. PLANT AND MACHINERY ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Balance b/d 85,00,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 9,60,000* To Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machine A/c 1,60,000 By Provision for Depreciation A/c 13,00,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 93,20,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.) 29,20,000 1,15,80,000 1,15,80,000 * ` 21,00,000 – ` 13,00,000 (All Depreciation) + 20% of (` 21,00,000 – ` 13,00,000) = ` 9,60,000. 6.Dr. PROVISION FOR DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Plant and Machinery A/c (Bal. Fig.) 13,00,000 By Balance b/d 42,50,000 (Accumulated Depreciation) By Depreciation A/c (Depreciation Provided) 14,50,000 To Balance c/d 44,00,000 57,00,000 57,00,000 Illustration 8. Prepare Cash Flow Statement on the basis of the information given in the Balance Sheet of P.S. Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 2,50,000 2,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 70,000 50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (12% Debentures) 80,000 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 2 1,60,000 60,000 (b) Other Current Liabilities (Outstanding Expenses) 20,000 25,000 Total 5,80,000 4,35,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets:Land and Building 2,80,000 2,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets:Patents 2,000 10,000 (b) Long-term Loans and Advances 1,30,000 1,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 5,000 3,000 (b) Inventories 90,000 70,000 (c) Trade Receivables 60,000 40,000 (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents 13,000 12,000 Total 5,80,000 4,35,000
  • 104. 5.12 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 70,000 50,000 2. Trade Payables Creditors 60,000 40,000 Bills Payable 1,00,000 20,000 1,60,000 60,000 Solution: P.S. Ltd. CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019 Particulars ` I. Cash Flow from Operating Activities Closing Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 70,000 Less: Opening Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 50,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 20,000 Add: Non-cash Expenses:Patents Amortised 8,000 Non-operating Expense:Interest on 12% Debentures* 12,000 20,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 40,000 Add: Increase in Current Liabilities: Creditors 20,000 Bills Payable 80,000 1,00,000 1,40,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities: Outstanding Expenses 5,000 Trade Receivables 20,000 Inventories 20,000 45,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 95,000 II. Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Land and Building (80,000) Loans and Advances (30,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (1,10,000) III. Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares 50,000 Repayment of Long-term Borrowings (20,000) Interest on 12% Debentures (12,000) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 18,000 IV. Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (I + II + III) 3,000 V. Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of theYear (` 3,000 + ` 12,000) 15,000 VI. Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of theYear (IV +V) (` 5,000 + ` 13,000) 18,000 *Debentures’ interest @ 12% on ` 1,00,000.
  • 105. Cash Flow Statement 5.13 Illustration 9. From the following Balance Sheet of Bhushan Steel Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 9,50,000 8,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 1,44,000 (20,000) 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 15% Debentures 5,00,000 4,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 2,02,000 82,000 (b) Short-term Provisions (Provision for Tax) 18,000 18,000 Total 18,14,000 12,80,000 II. ASSET 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 3 9,04,000 3,40,000 (b) Investments (Non-Current) 90,000 80,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 4,00,000 3,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4 1,12,000 3,52,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,08,000 2,08,000 Total 18,14,000 12,80,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 8,00,000 6,00,000 12% Preference Share Capital 1,50,000 2,00,000 9,50,000 8,00,000 2. Reserves and Surplus Securities Premium Reserve 10,000 10,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,34,000 (30,000) 1,44,000 (20,000) 3. Fixed Assets Tangible Assets 10,00,000 4,00,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation 96,000 60,000 9,04,000 3,40,000 4. Trade Receivables Sundry Debtors 1,44,000 3,72,000 Less: Provision for Doubtful Debts 32,000 20,000 1,12,000 3,52,000 Additional Information: 1. Dividend on equity shares @ 9% was paid during the year. 2. Investments costing ` 20,000 were sold at a profit of 40%. 3. Fixed Assets costing ` 40,000 (accumulated depreciation ` 16,000) were sold for ` 34,000. 4. Fresh Equity Shares were issued at a premium of 5% and preference shares were redeemed at par on 1st April, 2018. 5. Additional debentures amounting to ` 1,00,000 issued on 1st August 2018 at a discount of 10% but redeemable at par after two years. The company wrote off discount on issue of debentures from Securities Premium Reserve.
  • 106. 5.14 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: Bhushan Steel Ltd. CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars ` ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net Profit (Note 1) 1,64,000 Add: Interim Dividend on Equity Shares Paid during the year 72,000 Provision for Tax 18,000 Dividend on Preference Shares 18,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 2,72,000 Add: Non-Cash/Non-Operating Items: Depreciation (Note 3) 52,000 Interest on Debentures (Note 5) 70,000 Provision for Doubtful Debts 12,000 1,34,000 4,06,000 Less: Gain(Profit) on Sale of Investments (being Investing Activity) 8,000 Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Assets (being Investing Activity) 10,000 18,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 3,88,000 Add: Decrease in Current Assets: Trade Receivables 2,28,000 Increase in Current Liabilities: Trade Payables 1,20,000 3,48,000 7,36,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets: Inventories 1,00,000 Cash Generated from Operations 6,36,000 Less: Tax Paid 18,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 6,18,000 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Fixed Assets (Notes 2 and 3) (6,40,000) Sale of Fixed Assets 34,000 Purchase of Investments (Note 4) (30,000) Sale of Investments 28,000 Cash Used in Investing Activities (6,08,000) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares 2,00,000 Premium Received on Issue of Shares 10,000 Proceeds from Issue of Debentures 90,000 Redemption of Preference Shares (50,000) Dividend Paid on Equity Shares (72,000) Dividend on Preference Shares (18,000) Interest on Debentures Paid (70,000) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 90,000 Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 1,00,000 Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 2,08,000 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year 3,08,000 Working Notes: 1. Negative Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss of ` 30,000 appearing in the previous year’s Balance Sheet means the amount of loss. In the current year, after covering this loss of ` 30,000, surplus of ` 1,34,000 is appearing on the liabilities side. It means that during the current year net profit earned by the company is ` 1,64,000 (i.e., ` 1,34,000 + ` 30,000).
  • 107. Cash Flow Statement 5.15 2.Dr. FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 4,00,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 34,000 To Gain (Profit) on Sale of Asset A/c 10,000 By Accumulated Depreciation A/c 16,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) (Depreciation on Fixed Assets Sold) To Bank A/c (Bal.Fig.,being Purchase) 6,40,000 By Balance c/d 10,00,000 10,50,000 10,50,000 3.Dr. ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Fixed Assets A/c 16,000 By Balance b/d 60,000 (Transfer of Depreciation on By Depreciation (Bal.Fig.) 52,000 Fixed Assets Sold) (Statement of Profit and Loss) To Balance c/d 96,000 1,12,000 1,12,000 4.Dr. INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 80,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 28,000 To Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investment A/c 8,000 (` 20,000 + 40% of ` 20,000) (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 90,000 To Bank A/c (Bal.Fig.,being Purchase) 30,000 1,18,000 1,18,000 5. Interest on Debentures = (` 4,00,000 × 15/100) + (` 1,00,000 × 15/100 × 8/12) = ` 60,000 + ` 10,000 = ` 70,000. 6. Since dividend payment on preference shares has a priority over payment of interim dividend payment on equity shares so payment of dividend on preference shares is implied. Illustration 10. Prepare Cash Flow Statement on the basis of information given in the Balance Sheet of Simco Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March,  2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 1,00,000 80,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 10,000 6,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 3 14,000 12,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 22,000 24,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 4 8,400 6,000 Total 1,54,400 1,28,000
  • 108. 5.16 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: Tangible (Net) 5 50,000 60,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 62,000 50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 34,400 15,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 7,000 2,400 (d) Other Current Assets 6 1,000 600 Total 1,54,400 1,28,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 80,000 55,000 12% Preference Share Capital 20,000 25,000 1,00,000 80,000 2. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 7,600 4,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 2,400 2,000 10,000 6,000 3. Long-term Borrowings 15% Debentures 14,000 12,000 4. Short-term Provisions Provision for Taxation 8,400 6,000 5. Fixed Assets Tangible Assets (Cost) 80,000 82,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation 30,000 22,000 50,000 60,000 6. Other Current Assets Prepaid Expenses 1,000 600 Additional Information: 1. Proposed Dividend for the year ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 are ` 10,000 and ` 8,000 respectively. 2. Provision for tax made ` 9,400. 3. Fixed assets costing ` 20,000 (accumulated depreciation till date of sale ` 6,000) were sold for ` 10,000. 4. New Debentures were issued on 31st March, 2019. Solution: Simco Ltd. CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars ` ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN 1) 23,400 Add: Depreciation (WN 4) 14,000 Interest on Debentures (15% of ` 12,000) 1,800 Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets (WN 3) 4,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 43,200
  • 109. Cash Flow Statement 5.17 Adjustment for Change in Current Assets and Current Liabilities: Decrease in Trade Payable (2,000) Increase in Inventories (12,000) Increase in Trade Receivables (19,400) Increase in Prepaid Expenses (400) Cash Generated from Operating Activities beforeTax 9,400 Less: Tax Paid (WN 2) 7,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 2,400 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Fixed Assets (WN 3) (18,000) Sale of Fixed Assets (WN 3) 10,000 Cash Used in Investing Activities (8,000) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Issue of Equity Share Capital 25,000 Redemption of 12% Preference Shares (5,000) Proceeds from Issue of 15% Debentures 2,000 Interest on Debentures (1,800) Final Dividend Paid during the year (10,000) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 10,200 (D) Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 4,600 Add: Opening Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,400 (E) Closing Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents 7,000 Working Notes: 1. Calculation of Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items: ` Difference between Closing and Opening balance of Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 400 Add: Transfer to General Reserve 3,600 Proposed Dividend (Previous Year) paid during the year 10,000 Provision for Tax 9,400 23,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 23,400 2.Dr. PROVISION FOR TAX ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Bank A/c (Tax Paid) 7,000 By Balance b/d 6,000 (Bal.Fig.) By Statement of Profit and Loss (Provision Made) 9,400 To Balance c/d 8,400 15,400 15,400 3.Dr. FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Balance b/d 82,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 10,000 To Bank A/c (Bal.Fig.) 18,000 By Accumulated Depreciation A/c 6,000 By Loss on Sale of Asset A/c 4,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 80,000 1,00,000 1,00,000
  • 110. 5.18 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 4.Dr. ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Fixed Assets A/c (Transfer) 6,000 By Balance b/d 22,000 To Balance c/d 30,000 By Depreciation (Balancing Figure) 14,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) 36,000 36,000 Illustration 11. From the following Balance Sheet of ABC Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 5,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 2,75,000 1,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 2 6,00,000 4,75,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 3 75,000 50,000 (b) Trade Payables 1,75,000 1,00,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 4 1,25,000 1,00,000 Total 17,50,000 13,75,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 5 10,75,000 9,25,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 6 25,000 37,500 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2,50,000 1,37,500 (b) Trade Receivables 2,25,000 1,25,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,37,500 1,00,000 (d) Other Current Assets 7 37,500 50,000 Total 17,50,000 13,75,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 87,500 50,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,87,500 1,00,000 2,75,000 1,50,000 2. Long-term Borrowings 10% Debentures 3,75,000 2,50,000 Mortgage Loan 2,25,000 2,25,000 6,00,000 4,75,000 3. Short-term Borrowings Bank Overdraft 55,000 25,000 Cash Credit 20,000 25,000 75,000 50,000 4. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 1,25,000 1,00,000
  • 111. Cash Flow Statement 5.19 5. Fixed Assets Tangible Assets: Land and Building 3,50,000 6,50,000 Machinery 7,25,000 2,75,000 10,75,000 9,25,000 6. Fixed Assets Intangible Assets: Brands 25,000 37,500 7. Other Current Assets Prepaid Expenses 37,500 50,000 Additional Information: 1. During the year ` 27,500 depreciation was charged on machinery. 2. Gain on sale of Land and Building ` 50,000. 3. Interest paid ` 62,500. Solution: ABC Ltd. CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars ` ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net Profit (` 1,87,500 – ` 1,00,000) 87,500 Add: Transfer to General Reserve 37,500 Provision for Tax (CurrentYear) 1,25,000 Net Profit beforeTax 2,50,000 Adjustment for Non-cash and Non-operating Items: Add: Depreciation 27,500 Brands written off 12,500 Interest Paid 62,500 Less: Gain on Sale of Land and Building (50,000) Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 3,02,500 Add: Increase in Current Liabilities and Decrease in Current Assets: Trade Payables 75,000 Prepaid Expenses 12,500 Less: Increase in Current Assets: Inventories (1,12,500) Trade Receivables (1,00,000) Net Cash Inflow from Operating Activities before Tax 1,77,500 Less: Income Tax Paid 1,00,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 77,500 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Sale of Land and Building (WN 1) 3,50,000 Purchase of Machinery (WN 2) (4,77,500) Cash Used in Investing Activities (1,27,500) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceed from Bank Overdraft 30,000 Issue of Debentures 1,25,000 Payment of Cash Credit (5,000) Interest Paid (62,500) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 87,500 (D) Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 37,500 (E) Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents at the beginning 1,00,000 (F) Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end (D + E) 1,37,500
  • 112. 5.20 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Working Notes: 1.Dr. LAND AND BUILDING ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Balance b/d 6,50,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 3,50,000 To Gain on Sale of Land and Building A/c 50,000 (Bal.Fig.) (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 3,50,000 7,00,000 7,00,000 2.Dr. MACHINERY ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `  Particulars `   To Balance b/d 2,75,000 By Depreciation A/c 27,500 To Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.) 4,77,500 By Balance c/d 7,25,000 7,52,500 7,52,500 Illustration12. From the following Balance Sheet of Bhusan Steel Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare its Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 7,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 2,50,000 3,25,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 3 2,00,000 2,50,000 3. Current Liabilities Short-term Provisions 4 50,000 25,000 Total 12,00,000 11,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets (Machinery) 5,00,000 3,00,000 (b) Non-current Investments 2,00,000 1,40,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 1,50,000 2,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,80,000 1,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,70,000 3,10,000 Total 12,00,000 11,00,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 6,00,000 3,00,000 12% Preference Share Capital 1,00,000 2,00,000 7,00,000 5,00,000 2. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 1,50,000 3,75,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,00,000 (50,000) 2,50,000 3,25,000 3. Long-term Borrowings 9% Debentures 2,00,000 2,50,000 4. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 50,000 25,000
  • 113. Cash Flow Statement 5.21 Additional Information: (i) Machinery costing ` 1,00,000 on which depreciation charged was ` 70,000, was sold at a profit of 20% on book value. Depreciation charged during the year amounted to ` 70,000. (ii) Preference Shares were redeemed at par on 31st March, 2019. (iii) Debentures were redeemed on 1st January, 2019 and Equity Shares were issued on 1st April, 2018. (iv) The company declared and paid interim dividend on Equity Shares @ 8%. It did not propose final dividend on Equity Shares. (v) Non-current Investments costing ` 60,000 were sold at a profit of 20%. (vi) Income tax ` 45,000 was provided. Solution: CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019 Particulars ` ` A. Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net Profit before Tax (WN 1) 42,000 Adjustment for Non-cash and Non-operating Items: Add: Depreciation on Machinery (WN 3) 70,000 Less: Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery (WN 3) (6,000) Add: Interest on Debentures 21,375 [(9% × ` 2,50,000 × 9/12) + (9% × ` 2,00,000 × 3/12)] Less: Gain (Profit) on Sale of Non-current Investments (WN 4) (12,000) Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 1,15,375 Add: Decrease in Current Assets: Inventories 50,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets: Trade Receivables (30,000) Net Cash Inflow from Operating Activities 1,35,375 Less: Tax Paid (WN 2) 20,000 1,15,375 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 1,15,375 B. Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Machinery (WN 3) (3,00,000) Purchase of Non-current Investment (WN 4) (1,20,000) Sale of Machinery (WN 3) 36,000 Sale of Non-current Investments (WN 4) 72,000 (3,12,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (3,12,000) C. Cash Flow from Financing Activities Cash Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares (` 6,00,000 – ` 3,00,000) 3,00,000 Redemption of 12% Preference Shares (1,00,000) Redemption of 9% Debentures (50,000) Payment of Preference Dividend (12% of ` 2,00,000) (24,000) Payment of Equity Dividend (8% of ` 6,00,000) (48,000) Payment of Interest on Debentures (21,375) 56,625 Cash Flow from Financing Activities 56,625 D. Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) (1,40,000) Add: Opening Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,10,000 E. Closing Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,70,000
  • 114. 5.22 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Working Notes: 1. Calculation of Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items: ` Closing Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,00,000 Add: Opening Balance of Surplus, i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Debit) 50,000 1,50,000 Less: Transferred from General Reserve (2,25,000) (75,000) Add: Provision for Tax 45,000 Dividend on Preference Shares (12% of ` 2,00,000,WN 5) 24,000 Dividend (Interim) on Equity Shares (8% of ` 6,00,000) 48,000 Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items 42,000 2. Dr. PROVISION FOR TAX ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Bank A/c (Tax Paid) (Balancing Figure) 20,000 By Balance b/d 25,000 To Balance c/d 50,000 By Statement of Profit and Loss (Provision) 45,000   70,000   70,000 3. Dr. MACHINERY ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 3,00,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) (` 30,000 + ` 6,000) 36,000 To Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery A/c 6,000 By Depreciation A/c 70,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 5,00,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.) 3,00,000   6,06,000   6,06,000 4. Dr. NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 1,40,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 72,000 To Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investment A/c 12,000 (` 60,000 + 20% of ` 60,000) (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 2,00,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) (Bal.Fig.) 1,20,000   2,72,000   2,72,000 5. Preference Shareholders get a preferential right as to payment of dividend.In the given question,company declared and paid dividend on Equity Shares. So, it is implied that dividend was first paid to the preference shareholders and then to equity shareholders.
  • 115. Cash Flow Statement 5.23 Illustration 13. From the following Balance Sheet of ABC Ltd., prepare the Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 35,000 30,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 22,000 5,500 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 10% Debentures 25,000 15,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings—Cash Credit 5,000 4,000 (b) Trade Payables 2 12,500 8,500 Total 99,500 63,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets (Net) 3 41,000 32,000 (b) Non-current Investmets:10% Investments 8,000 3,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 10,500 8,000 (b) Trade Receivables 19,000 8,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 21,000 12,000 Total 99,500 63,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 15,000 10,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 7,000 (4,500) 22,000 5,500 2. Trade Payables Sundry Creditors 11,000 7,500 Bills Payable 1,500 1,000 12,500 8,500 3. Fixed Assets Machinery (Cost) 54,000 41,000 Less: Provision for Depreciation 13,000 9,000 41,000 32,000 Additional Information: 1. Investments costing ` 3,000 were sold for ` 2,800 during the year. 2. A new machine was purchased for ` 13,000.
  • 116. 5.24 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019 Particulars   ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Closing Balance as per Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 7,000 Add: Opening Debit Balance (Loss) as per Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 4,500 Transfer to General Reserve 5,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 16,500 Add: Non-cash and Non-operating Expenses: Depreciation 4,000 Loss on Sale of 10% Investments 200 Interest on Debentures 1,500 5,700 22,200 Less: Non-operating Income: Interest on 10% Investments 300 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 21,900 Add: Increase in Current Liabilities: Sundry Creditors 3,500 Bills Payable 500 4,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets: 25,900 Inventories 2,500 Trade Receivables 11,000 13,500 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 12,400 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Machinery (13,000) Purchase of Investments (WN 3) (8,000) Proceeds from Sale of Investments 2,800 Interest on 10% Investments 300 Cash Used in Investing Activities (17,900) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Issue of Equity Share Capital 5,000 Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings (10% Debentures) 10,000 Increase in Short-term Borrowings (Cash Credit) 1,000 Interest on Debentures (1,500) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 14,500 (D) Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 9,000 (E) Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 12,000 (F) Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year (D + E) 21,000 Working Notes: 1. It is assumed that new debentures have been issued at the end of the current accounting year. 2. It is assumed that new investments have been purchased at the end of the current accounting year.
  • 117. Cash Flow Statement 5.25 3.Dr. 10% INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 3,000 By Bank A/c 2,800 To Bank A/c (Purchase) 8,000 By Loss on Sale (Statement of Profit and Loss) 200 (Balancing Figure) By Balance c/d 8,000 11,000 11,000 Illustration 14. From the following Balance Sheet of XY Ltd. as on 31st March, 2019, prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 8,50,000 4,60,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 1,70,000 2,60,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 10% Debentures 1,80,000 2,00,000 Total 12,00,000 9,20,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 7,00,000 5,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2,50,000 2,10,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,90,000 1,40,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 60,000 50,000 (d) Other Current Assets 3 ... 20,000 Total 12,00,000 9,20,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 7,50,000 4,00,000 8% Preference Share Capital 1,00,000 60,000 8,50,000 4,60,000 2. Reserves and Surplus Securities Premium Reserve ... 20,000 General Reserve 50,000 70,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,20,000 1,70,000 1,70,000 2,60,000 3. Other Current Assets Share Issue Expenses ... 20,000 Additional Information: (i) During the year machine costing ` 80,000 was sold for ` 50,000. (ii) Dividend paid ` 80,000. (Delhi 2008, Modified)
  • 118. 5.26 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars `  (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net Loss as per Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (` 1,20,000 – ` 1,70,000) (50,000) Add: Dividend paid 80,000 Less: Transfer from Reserve (20,000) Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 10,000 Add: Debentures Interest (` 2,00,000 × 10/100) 20,000 Loss on Sale of Machinery 30,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 60,000 Adjustment forWorking Capital Changes: Less: Increase in Current Assets: Inventories 40,000 Trade Receivables 50,000 90,000 Cash Used in Operating Activities (30,000) (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Sale of Fixed Assets 50,000 Purchases of Fixed Assets (WN 2) (2,80,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (2,30,000) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Issue of Equity Share Capital 3,50,000 Issue of Preference Share Capital 40,000 Redemption of Debentures (20,000) Dividend Paid (80,000) Interest on Debentures Paid (20,000) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 2,70,000 (D) Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 10,000 Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 50,000 Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year 60,000 Working Notes: 1. It is assumed that debentures had been redeemed at the end of the year. 2. Dr. FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 5,00,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 50,000 To Bank A/c (Purchases) 2,80,000 By Loss on Sale of Assets A/c 30,000 (Balancing Figure) (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 7,00,000 7,80,000 7,80,000 3. Share Issue Expenses have been adjusted from Securities Premium Reserve as per Section 52(2) of the Companies Act,2013. 4. It is assumed that Dividend paid includes dividend on equity as well as Preference Shares.
  • 119. Cash Flow Statement 5.27 Illustration 15. From the following Balance Sheet of ABC Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare the Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: Equity Share Capital 35,000 30,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 22,000 15,500 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 10% Debentures 25,000 15,000 3. Current Liabilities: (a) Short-term Borrowings—Bank Overdraft 1,000 700 (b) Trade Payables 10,000 6,800 (c) Other Current Liabilities 1,500 1,000 Total 94,500 69,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets (i) Tangible Assets: Machinery 41,000 32,000 (ii) Intangible Assets: Goodwill 8,000 10,000 (b) Non-current Investments (10% Investments) 8,000 3,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 5,500 4,000 (b) Trade Receivables 19,000 8,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 13,000 12,000 Total 94,500 69,000 Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 15,000 10,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 7,000 5,500 22,000 15,500 Additional Information: 1. Investments costing ` 3,000 were sold for ` 2,800 during the year. 2. A new machine was purchased for ` 13,000. Depreciation of ` 4,000 has been charged on machinery, 3. During the year, company purchased its own Debentures for ` 4,500 (Face Value ` 5,000) and sold them at a gain (profit) of ` 300.
  • 120. 5.28 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019 Particulars ` ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Closing Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 7,000 Less: Opening Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 5,500 1,500 Add: Transfer to General Reserve 5,000 6,500 Less: Gain (Profit) on Sale of Own Debentures 300 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 6,200 Adjustment for Non-Cash and Non-Operating Items: Add: Depreciation on Machinery 4,000 Goodwill amortised 2,000 Loss on Sale of Investments 200 Interest on Debentures 1,500 7,700 Less: Non-Operating Income: Interest on Investments (` 3,000 × 10/100) (300) Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 13,600 Add: Increase in Current Liabilities: Trade Payables 3,200 Other Current Liabilities 500 3,700 17,300 Less: Increase in Current Assets: Inventories 1,500 Trade Receivables 11,000 12,500 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 4,800 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Machinery (13,000) Purchase of 10% Investments (WN 3) (8,000) Proceeds from Sale of 10% Investments 2,800 Purchase of Own Debentures (as investment) (4,500) Proceeds from Sale of Own Debentures 4,800 Interest on Investments 300 Cash Used in Investing Activities (17,600) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Issue of Share Capital 5,000 Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings (Debentures) 10,000 Increase in Bank Overdraft 300 Interest on Debentures (1,500) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 13,800 (D) Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 1,000 (E) Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 12,000 (F) Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year (D + E) 13,000 Working Notes: 1. It has been assumed that new debentures have been issued at the end of current accounting year. 2. It has been assumed that new investments have been purchased at the end of the current accounting year.
  • 121. Cash Flow Statement 5.29 3.Dr. 10% INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 3,000 By Bank A/c 2,800 To Bank A/c (Purchase) 8,000 By Loss on Sale of Investments A/c 200 (Balancing Figure) (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 8,000 11,000 11,000 4.Dr. MACHINERY ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 32,000 By Depreciation A/c 4,000 To Bank A/c 13,000 By Balance c/d 41,000 45,000 45,000 Illustration 16. From the following Balance Sheet of X Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March,2019 31st March, 2018 ` ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 6,30,000 5,60,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 3,08,000 1,82,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 2,64,000 1,66,000 (b) Other Current Liabilities 14,000 28,000 (c) Short-term Provisions (Provision for Tax) 16,000 16,000 Total 12,32,000 9,52,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets:Plant and Machinery 3,92,000 2,80,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 1,26,000 1,82,000 (b) Trade Receivables 6,30,000 4,20,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 84,000 70,000 Total 12,32,000 9,52,000 Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 4,30,000 3,60,000 8% Preference Share Capital 2,00,000 2,00,000 6,30,000 5,60,000 Additional Information: 1. An old machinery having book value of ` 42,000 was sold for ` 56,000. 2. Depreciation provided on machinery during the year ` 28,000. 3. Interim Dividend paid on equity shares during the current year ` 56,000.
  • 122. 5.30 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019 Particulars ` ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Closing Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 3,08,000 Less: Opening Balance of Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,82,000 1,26,000 Add: Interim Dividend Paid on Equity Shares during the CurrentYear 56,000 Preference Dividend Paid during the year 16,000 Provision for Tax 16,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 2,14,000 Add: Non-Cash Expense: Depreciation 28,000 2,42,000 Less: Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery 14,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 2,28,000 Add: Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities: Inventories 56,000 Trade Payables 98,000 1,54,000 3,82,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities: Trade Receivables 2,10,000 Other Current Liabilities 14,000 2,24,000 Cash Generated from Operations 1,58,000 Less: Tax Paid 16,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 1,42,000 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Proceeds from Sale of Machinery 56,000 Payment for Purchase of Machinery (WN) (1,82,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (1,26,000) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares 70,000 Interim Dividend Paid on Equity Shares (56,000) Preference Dividend Paid (16,000) Cash Used in Financing Activities (2,000) (D) Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 14,000 Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 70,000 (E) Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of year 84,000 Working Notes: 1. Dr. PLANT AND MACHINERY ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 2,80,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 56,000 To Gain (Profit) on Sale of Machinery A/c 14,000 By Depreciation A/c 28,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 3,92,000 To Bank A/c (Balancing Figure) 1,82,000 (Purchase of Machinery) 4,76,000 4,76,000 2. Preference Shareholders get a preferential right as to payment of dividend.In the given question,company declared and paid dividend on Equity Shares. So, it is implied that dividend was first paid to the preference shareholders and then to equity shareholders.
  • 123. Cash Flow Statement 5.31 Illustration 17. From the following information, calculate Cash Flow from Investing Activities of X Ltd.: Particulars 31st March,2018 (`) 31st March,2019 (`) 1. Investments @ 10% 2,50,000 5,00,000 2. Fixed Assets 8,75,000 11,90,000 Additional Information: 1. Half of the investments held in the beginning of the year were sold at 10% gain (profit). 2. Depreciation on Fixed Assets was ` 1,00,000 for the year. 3. Interest received on investments—` 35,000. 4. Dividend received on investments—` 15,000. 5. Rent received—` 10,000. Solution: CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Particulars    ` Proceeds from Sale of Investments 1,37,500 Purchase of Investments (WN 1) (3,75,000) Purchase of Fixed Assets (WN 2) (4,15,000) Interest Received 35,000 Dividend Received 15,000 Rent Received 10,000 Cash Used in Investing Activities (5,92,500) Working Notes: 1. Dr. INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `   Particulars ` To Balance b/d (Opening) 2,50,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 1,37,500 To Gain on Sale of Investment A/c 12,500 (` 2,50,000 × ½ = ` 1,25,000) (Statement of Profit and Loss) (Gain 10% of ` 1,25,000 = ` 12,500) To Bank A/c (Purchase of Investments) 3,75,000 By Balance c/d 5,00,000 (Balancing Figure) 6,37,500 6,37,500 2. Dr. FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars `   Particulars ` To Balance b/d (Opening) 8,75,000 By Depreciation A/c 1,00,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) 4,15,000 By Balance c/d 11,90,000 (Balancing Figure) 12,90,000 12,90,000
  • 124. 5.32 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Illustration 18. Statement of Profit and Loss of XYZ Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and additional information is given below. Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities. STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. `  I. Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 18,00,000 II. Other Income 1 22,000 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 18,22,000 IV. Expenses: (a) Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 14,56,000 (b) Change in Inventories of Stock-in-Trade (16,000) (Opening Inventories ` 80,000 and Closing Inventories ` 96,000) (c) Employees Benefit Expenses 1,80,000 (d) Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 50,000 (e) Other Expenses 2 1,74,000 18,44,000 V. Net Loss for theYear (III – IV) (22,000) Notes to Accounts Particulars ` 1. Other Income Rent 15,000 Miscellaneous 7,000 22,000 2. Other Expenses Manufacturing Expenses 30,000 Insurance 9,000 Administration Expenses 47,000 Selling and Distribution Expenses 58,000 Loss on Sale of Assets 30,000 1,74,000 Additional Information: 31st March, 2019 (`) 31st March, 2018 (`) 1. Wages Payable 10,000 ... 2. Salaries Payable 25,000 ... 3. Prepaid Insurance 3,000 ... 4. Accrued Commission 7,000 ...
  • 125. Cash Flow Statement 5.33 Solution: CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Particulars   `  Net Loss as per Statement of Profit and Loss (22,000) Adjustments for Non-Cash and Non-Operating Items: Add: Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 50,000 Loss on Sale of Assets 30,000 80,000 58,000 Less: Non-Operating Income: Other Incomes (Rent and Miscellaneous) 22,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 36,000 Add: Increase in Current Liabilities: Wages Payable 10,000 Salaries Payable 25,000 35,000 71,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets: Inventories (` 96,000 – ` 80,000) 16,000 Accrued Commission 7,000   Prepaid Insurance 3,000 26,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 45,000 Illustration 19. From the following Balance Sheet and information, prepare Cash Flow Statement: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 8,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 3,50,000 2,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 6% Debentures 1,00,000 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings: Bank Loan 50,000 ... (b) Trade Payables 1 75,000 1,00,000 (c) Short-term Provisions: Provision for Tax 65,000 50,000 Total 14,40,000 9,50,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 2 5,20,000 7,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets: Goodwill 50,000 1,00,000 (b) Non-current Investments 2,70,000 ... 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 3 90,000 ... (b) Inventories 50,000 60,000 (c) Trade Receivables 80,000 40,000 (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and Bank Balance 3,80,000 50,000 Total 14,40,000 9,50,000
  • 126. 5.34 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Trade Payables Creditors 55,000 50,000 Bills Payable 20,000 50,000 75,000 1,00,000 2. Tangible Assets Building 2,50,000 4,00,000 Plant and Machinery 2,70,000 3,00,000 5,20,000 7,00,000 3. Current Investments Investment in Securities (Other than Marketable Securities) 90,000 ... Additional Information: 1. ` 50,000 as Interim Dividend was paid during the year. 2. Building is sold at book value. Solution: CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019 Particulars ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN) 2,65,000 Add: Non-Cash Items and Non-operating Items: Goodwill amortised (` 1,00,000 – ` 50,000) 50,000 Depreciation on Plant and Machinery (` 3,00,000 – ` 2,70,000) 30,000 Interest on Debentures 6,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 3,51,000 Add: Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities: Creditors (Trade Payables) 5,000 Inventories 10,000 3,66,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities: Trade Receivables 40,000 Bills Payable (Trade Payables) 30,000 70,000 Cash Generated from Operating Activities 2,96,000 Less: Tax Paid 50,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 2,46,000 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Proceeds from Sale of Building 1,50,000 Purchase of Non-Current Investments (2,70,000) Purchase of Securities (90,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (2,10,000) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Issue of Shares 3,00,000 Payment of Interest on Debentures (6,000) Payment of Interim Dividend (50,000) Proceeds from raising of Bank Loan 50,000 Cash Flow from Financing Activities 2,94,000 (D) Net Increase In Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) 3,30,000 Add: Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 50,000 (E) Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year 3,80,000
  • 127. Cash Flow Statement 5.35 Working Note: `  Balance—Statement of Profit and Loss as on 31st March, 2019 3,50,000 Less: Balance—Statement of Profit and Loss as on 31st March, 2018 2,00,000 1,50,000 Add: Appropriations: Interim Dividend Paid 50,000 Provision for Tax (Current Year) 65,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 2,65,000 Illustration 20. From the following Balance Sheet of A Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement as per AS-3 (Revised), as at 31st March, 2019: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital: Equity Share Capital 2,00,000 2,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 90,000 50,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings:Cash Credit ... 10,000 (b) Trade Payables 20,000 15,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 1 5,000 5,000 (d) Short-term Provisions: Provision for Tax 25,000 20,000 Total 3,40,000 3,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 2,75,000 2,35,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 15,000 25,000 (b) Trade Receivables 20,000 10,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2 30,000 30,000 Total 3,40,000 3,00,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Other Current Liabilities Outstanding Expenses 1,000 5,000 Unclaimed Dividend 4,000 ... 5,000 5,000 2. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash 10,000 8,000 Bank 20,000 22,000 30,000 30,000 Additional Information: Net Profit for the year after providing ` 20,000 for depreciation was ` 60,000. During the year, the company declared the interim dividend @ 10% and paid ` 15,000 as income tax.
  • 128. 5.36 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2019 Particulars ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN 1) 80,000 Add: Non-Cash Item: Depreciation 20,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 1,00,000 Add: Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities: Trade Payables 5,000 Inventories 10,000 15,000 1,15,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities: Trade Receivables 10,000 Outstanding Expenses 4,000 14,000 Cash Generated from Operations 1,01,000 Less: Tax Paid (Given) 15,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 86,000 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Fixed Assets (WN 2) (60,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (60,000) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Decrease in Cash Credit (10,000) Payment of Dividend [` 20,000 – ` 4,000 (Unclaimed)] (16,000) Cash Used in Financing Activities (26,000) (D) Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) Nil Add: Opening Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents 30,000 (E) Closing Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents 30,000 Working Notes: 1. Calculation of Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items: ` Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss as on 31st March, 2019 90,000 Less: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss as on 31st March,2018 50,000 40,000 Add: Appropriations: Interim Dividend 20,000 Provision for Tax 20,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 80,000 2.Dr. FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 2,35,000 By Depreciation A/c 20,000 To Cash A/c (Balancing Figure) 60,000 By Balance c/d 2,75,000 (Fixed Asset Purchased) 2,95,000 2,95,000
  • 129. Cash Flow Statement 5.37 Illustration 21. Following is the Balance Sheet of Sreshtha Ltd. as on 31st March, 2014: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2014 (`) 2013 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 20,00,000 15,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 5,00,000 3,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 3,00,000 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 1,50,000 2,00,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 2 70,000 60,000 Total 30,20,000 22,60,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 3 19,00,000 15,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 4 4,70,000 2,70,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2,50,000 1,60,000 (b) Trade Receivables 2,10,000 2,10,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,90,000 1,20,000 Total 30,20,000 22,60,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2014 (`) 2013 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Surplus, i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 5,00,000 3,00,000 2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 70,000 60,000 3. Tangible Assets Machinery 27,00,000 21,00,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation (8,00,000) (6,00,000) 19,00,000 15,00,000 4. Intangible Assets Goodwill 4,70,000 2,70,000 Prepare a Cash Flow Statement after taking into account the following adjustment: During the year, a piece of machinery costing ` 30,000 on which accumulated depreciation was ` 6,000, was sold for ` 20,000. (Delhi 2015 C)
  • 130. 5.38 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Solution: CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March, 2014 Particulars  ` ` I. Cash Flow from Operating Activities Net profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items (WN 1) 2,70,000 Add: Non Operating/Non-cash Expenses: Depreciation on Machinery (WN 3) 2,06,000 Loss on sale of Machinery 4,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital changes 4,80,000 Less: Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities: Inventories 90,000 Trade Payables 50,000 1,40,000 Cash Generated from Operations 3,40,000 Less: Income Tax Paid 60,000 2,80,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 2,80,000 II. Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Machinery (WN 2) (6,30,000) Proceeds from Sale of Machinery 20,000 Goodwill Purchased (2,00,000) (8,10,000) Cash Used in Investing Activities (8,10,000) III. Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Issue of Shares 5,00,000 Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings 1,00,000 6,00,000 Cash Flow from Financing Activities 6,00,000 IV. Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (I + II + III) 70,000 Add: Opening Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,20,000 V. Closing Balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,90,000 Working Notes: 1. Calculation of Net Profit beforeTax and Extraordinary Items: ` Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (` 5,00,000 – ` 3,00,000) 2,00,000 Add:  Provision for Tax 70,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 2,70,000 2. Dr. MACHINERY ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 21,00,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 20,000 To Bank A/c (Balancing Figure) 6,30,000 By Accumulated Depreciation A/c 6,000 (Purchase) By Loss on Sale of Machinery A/c 4,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) By Balance c/d 27,00,000 27,30,000 27,30,000
  • 131. Cash Flow Statement 5.39 3. Dr. ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Machinery A/c (Transfer) 6,000 By Balance b/d 6,00,000 To Balance c/d (Given) 8,00,000 By Depreciation A/c (Balancing Figure) 2,06,000 (Statement of Profit and Loss) 8,06,000 8,06,000 1. From the following information, calculate Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items: ` Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Opening) (2,00,000) Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (Closing) 6,72,000 Dividend Paid in the current year 1,44,000 Interim Dividend Paid during the year 1,80,000 Transfer to Reserve 2,00,000 Provision for Tax for the current year 3,00,000 Refund of Tax 6,000 Loss due to Earthquake 4,00,000 Insurance Claim Received from Earthquake disaster settlement 2,00,000 [Ans.: Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items: ` 18,90,000.] 2. Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following information: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 3,10,000 3,40,000 Trade Receivables 1,50,000 1,70,000 Outstanding Rent 48,000 72,000 Goodwill 80,000 70,000 Prepaid Insurance 20,000 10,000 Trade Payables 1,20,000 1,60,000 [Ans.: Cash Used in Operating Activities = ` 84,000.] 3. Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following information: ` Net profit for the year ended 31st March,2019 15,00,000 Annual Depreciation 6,00,000 Gain (Profit) on sale of furniture which was transferred to Statement of Profit and Loss 1,50,000 Trade Receivables (Increase in Debtors) 1,20,000 Trade Payables (Increase in Creditors) 1,80,000 [Ans.: ` 20,10,000.] Unsolved Questions
  • 132. 5.40 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 4. Compute Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 80,000 40,000 Trade Receivables: Bills Receivable 8,000 5,000 Debtors 12,000 10,000 Inventories (Stock) 4,000 7,000 Prepaid Expenses ... 500 Trade Payables: Creditors 6,000 4,000 Bills Payable ... 1,000 Outstanding Expenses 3,000 2,000 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 40,500.] 5. From the following you are required to calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 65,000 60,000 Trade Receivables: Debtors 40,000 87,000 Bills Receivable 1,03,000 62,000 General Reserve 2,37,000 2,02,000 Dividend Equalisation Reserve 1,00,000 78,000 Salary Outstanding 12,000 30,000 Wages Prepaid 7,000 5,000 Goodwill 70,000 80,000 [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 58,000.] 6. Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following: Case (a) BALANCE SHEET (An Extract) Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 6,00,000 2,00,000 II. ASSETS Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets—Tangible Assets 12,00,000 10,00,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation (2,50,000) (2,00,000) 9,50,000 8,00,000
  • 133. Cash Flow Statement 5.41 Case (b) BALANCE SHEET (An Extract) Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 6,00,000 2,00,000 II. ASSETS Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets:Intangible Assets Goodwill 90,000 1,00,000 Case (c) BALANCE SHEET (An Extract) Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus 6,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Liabilities Short-term Provisions: Provision for Tax 1,50,000 1,00,000 Case (d) BALANCE SHEET (An Extract) Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus: General Reserve 3,20,000 3,00,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 6,00,000 2,00,000 9,20,000 5,00,000 Case (e) BALANCE SHEET (An Extract) Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus: Surplus, i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 6,00,000 2,00,000 II. ASSETS Plant and Machinery 4,00,000 4,00,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation (1,50,000) (1,00,000) 2,50,000 3,00,000 Additional Information: During the year, a part of machinery costing ` 50,000 (accumulated depreciation thereon ` 40,000) was sold for ` 5,000. [Ans.: (a) ` 4,50,000; (b) ` 4,10,000; (c) ` 4,50,000; (d) ` 4,20,000; (e) ` 4,95,000.]
  • 134. 5.42 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 7. Compute Cash Flow from Operating Activities of M/s Progressive Sales from the following details: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Inventories 50,000 60,000 Trade Receivables 23,000 25,000 Trade Payables 50,000 67,000 Expenses Outstanding 4,500 3,500 Accrued Income 9,000 8,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 90,000 80,000 [Ans.: ` 5,000.] 8. Compute Cash Flow from Operating Activities from the following: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 30,000 20,000 Trade Receivables 18,000 16,000 Provision for Depreciation 30,000 28,000 Prepaid Insurance 1,500 1,300 Goodwill 16,000 20,000 Inventories 12,000 9,000 [Ans.: ` 10,800.] 9. Following is the Balance Sheet of Good Luck Ltd.,prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 4,00,000 3,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 58,000 50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (Mortgage Loan) 1,40,000 1,70,000 3. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 1,48,000 1,25,000 Total 7,46,000 6,45,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 2 3,41,000 2,32,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2,80,000 2,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,07,000 1,30,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 3 18,000 80,000 (d) Other Current Assets: Prepaid Expenses ... 3,000 Total  7,46,000 6,45,000
  • 135. Cash Flow Statement 5.43 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 58,000 50,000 2. Fixed Assets Tangible: Plant 2,96,000 1,72,000 Intangible: Goodwill 45,000 60,000 3,41,000 2,32,000 3. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash-in-Hand 16,000 50,000 Cash at Bank 2,000 30,000 18,000 80,000 [Ans.: Cash Used in Operating Activities = ` 8,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 1,24,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 70,000; Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 62,000.] [Hint: No interest on mortgage loan is calculated because the rate of interest is not given.] 10. From the following Balance Sheet of Varun Ltd.as at 31st March,2019,prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31stMarch, 2019 2018 ` ` I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1,50,000 1,25,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 75,000 60,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings :Bank Loan 20,000 ... 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings:Bank Overdraft 10,000 5,000 (b) Trade Payables 2 70,000 65,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 3 25,000 15,000 Total 3,50,000 2,70,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 30,000 20,000 (b) Non-current Investments 10,000 15,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories (Stock) 1,20,000 87,000 (b) Trade Receivables (Debtors) 90,000 98,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,00,000 50,000 Total 3,50,000 2,70,000
  • 136. 5.44 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 2018 ` ` 1. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 15,000 10,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 60,000 50,000 75,000 60,000 2. Trade Payables Creditors 45,000 50,000 Bills Payable 25,000 15,000 70,000 65,000 3. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 25,000 15,000 Additional Information: 1. During the year ` 5,000 depreciation was charged on fixed assets. 2. Company has paid ` 12,000 interim dividend during the year. 3. Tax provided during the year ` 20,000. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 22,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 10,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 38,000; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 50,000.] 11. From the following Balance Sheet of X Ltd.,prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 2,00,000 1,80,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 6,400 6,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 10% Debentures 14,000 12,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings (Bank Overdraft) 13,600 25,000 (b) Trade Payables (Creditors) 22,000 24,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 3 8,400 6,000 Total 2,64,400 2,53,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets—Tangible 4 1,50,000 1,60,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 59,400 50,600 (b) Trade Receivables 48,000 40,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 7,000 2,400 Total 2,64,400 2,53,000
  • 137. Cash Flow Statement 5.45 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 1,80,000 1,55,000 12% Preference Share Capital 20,000 25,000 2,00,000 1,80,000 2. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 4,000 4,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 2,400 2,000 6,400 6,000 3. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 8,400 6,000 4. Fixed Assets—Tangible Cost 1,80,000 1,82,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation 30,000 22,000 1,50,000 1,60,000 Additional Information: 1. Fixed Assets sold for ` 10,000, their cost ` 20,000 and accumulated depreciation till date of sale of them ` 6,000. 2. Interim Dividend during the year ` 9,000. 3. Tax paid ` 7,000. 4. Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were` 10,000 and ` 11,600 respectively. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 22,200; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 8,000; Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 9,600; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 4,600.] [Hints: 1. It has been assumed that the new debentures have been issued at the end of the Current Accounting Year. 2. Proposed Dividend includes dividend on Equity as well as Preference Shares.] 12. From the following summarised Balance Sheets of Add Gel Pens Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 31st March,2018 and the additional information,prepare Cash Flow Statement: BALANCE SHEETS Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 3,00,000 2,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 1,60,000 80,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 3 50,000 1,80,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings (Bank Overdraft) 30,000 45,000 (b) Trade Payables 50,000 40,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 4 80,000 60,000 Total 6,70,000 6,05,000
  • 138. 5.46 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets 4,00,000 4,10,000 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 10,000 10,000 (b) Inventories 89,000 75,000 (c) Trade Receivables 1,50,000 1,00,000 (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents 5 21,000 10,000 Total 6,70,000 6,05,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 1,50,000 1,00,000 8% Preference Share Capital 1,50,000 1,00,000 3,00,000 2,00,000 2. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 70,000 30,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 90,000 50,000 1,60,000 80,000 3. Long-term Borrowings 15% Debentures ... 80,000 Loan from Bank 50,000 1,00,000 50,000 1,80,000 4. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 80,000 60,000 5. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash in Hand 11,000 5,000 Cash at Bank 10,000 5,000  21,000 10,000 Additional Information: 1. Depreciation charged on Fixed Assets ` 10,000. 2. Interest paid on Loan from Bank ` 5,000. 3. Interest paid on Debentures ` 9,000. 4. Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 10,000 and ` 22,500 respectively. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 80,000; Cash Flow from Investing Activities = Nil; Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 69,000; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 11,000.] [Hint: Current Investments are taken as Marketable Securities as no information is given. It is taken as Cash and Cash Equivalent.]
  • 139. Cash Flow Statement 5.47 13. Balance Sheets of XYZ Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018 were: BALANCE SHEETS Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 6,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 75,000 50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 8% Debentures 1,10,000 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings: Bank Overdraft 1,00,000 80,000 (b) Trade Payables 75,000 80,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 2 25,000 20,000 Total 9,85,000 9,30,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets: Land and Building 5,50,000 5,50,000 (ii) Intangible Assets: Goodwill 75,000 1,00,000 (b) Non-current Investment 2,00,000 1,50,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 65,000 50,000 (b) Trade Receivables 90,000 68,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 5,000 12,000 Total 9,85,000 9,30,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Securities Premium Reserve 50,000 50,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 25,000 ... 75,000 50,000   2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 25,000 20,000 Additional Information: 1. Net Profit for the year before Tax and dividend amounted to ` 63,000. 2. Provision for Tax made during the year 2018–19 was ` 23,000. 3. Depreciation provided on Fixed Assets for the year 2018–19 ` 80,000. 4. Debentures amounted to ` 90,000 were redeemed on 1st July, 2018. 5. Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 10,000 and ` 15,000 respectively. You are required to prepare Cash Flow Statement as per Accounting Standard-3 (Revised). [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,13,600; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 1,30,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 9,400; Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 7,000.] [Hint: Interest on Debentures = on ` 2,00,000 for 3 months + on ` 1,10,000 for 9 months = ` 10,600.]
  • 140. 5.48 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 14. From the following summarised Balance Sheets of KBC Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018, you are required to prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 3,50,000 3,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 2,30,000 1,50,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: 15% Debentures 1,00,000 1,50,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 1,25,000 80,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 2 38,000 35,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities: Outstanding Expenses 6,000 5,000 Total 8,49,000 7,20,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: Tangible (Net) 3 4,75,000 4,00,000 (b) Long-term Investments (At Cost) 90,000 90,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 1,18,000 85,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,22,500 1,12,500 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash in Hand 43,500 32,500 Total 8,49,000 7,20,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Capital Reserve (Profit on Sale of Investment) 5,000 ... Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 2,25,000 1,50,000 2,30,000 1,50,000 2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 38,000 35,000 3. Fixed Assets Tangible Assets (At Cost) 6,00,000 5,00,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation 1,25,000 1,00,000 4,75,000 4,00,000 Additional Information: 1. During the year ended 31st March, 2019, Fixed Assets with a net Book Value of ` 5,000 (accumulated depreciation ` 15,000) was sold for ` 4,000. 2. During the year ended 31st March, 2019, investment costing ` 40,000 was sold. 3. Debentures were redeemed at a premium of 10%. 4. Tax of ` 37,500 was paid. 5. Debenture interest paid during the year ended 31st March, 2019 was ` 15,000. 6. Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were` 15,000 and ` 17,000 respectively. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,57,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 1,11,000; Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 35,000; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 11,000.]
  • 141. Cash Flow Statement 5.49 ] [Hints: 1. Dr. FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 5,00,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 4,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) 1,20,000 By Accumulated Depreciation A/c 15,000 (Bal.Fig.) By Loss on Sale (Statement of Profit and Loss) 1,000 By Balance c/d 6,00,000 6,20,000 6,20,000 2. Dr. ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Fixed Assets A/c (Transfer) 15,000 By Balance b/d 1,00,000 To Balance c/d 1,25,000 By Depreciation A/c (Depreciation Provided) 40,000 (Bal.Fig.) 1,40,000 1,40,000 3. Dr. PROVISION FOR TAX ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Bank A/c (Tax Paid) 37,500 By Balance b/d 35,000 To Balance c/d 38,000 By Statement of Profit and Loss (Provision Made) 40,500 (Bal.Fig.) 75,500 75,500 4. Dr. INVESTMENT ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 90,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 45,000 To Capital Reserve A/c 5,000 (` 40,000 + ` 5,000 profit) To Bank A/c—Purchase 40,000 By Balance c/d 90,000 (Bal.Fig.) 1,35,000 1,35,000 15. Calculate Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items from the following Balance Sheets of AB Trades Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 and 2018: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 10,00,000 8,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 4,00,000 2,50,000 2. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 50,000 60,000 (b) Trade Payables 50,000 80,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 25,000 15,000 (d) Short-term Provisions 2 80,000 40,000 Total 16,05,000 12,45,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 10,00,000 8,00,000 (b) Non-Current Investments 3,00,000 2,00,000 2. Current Assets 3,05,000 2,45,000 Total 16,05,000 12,45,000
  • 142. 5.50 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus (a) General Reserve 1,20,000 80,000 (b) Surplus,i.e.,Balance In Statement of Profit and Loss 2,80,000 1,70,000 4,00,000 2,50,000 2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 80,000 40,000 Additional Information: Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 80,000 and ` 1,00,000 respectively. [Ans.: ` 3,30,000.] 16. From the following Balance Sheets of Vivek Ltd.,prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 2,90,000 2,50,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 72,000 50,000 2. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 5,000 23,000 Total 3,67,000 3,23,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (a) Tangible 3 1,50,000 1,40,000 (b) Intangible (Goodwill) 20,000 30,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 20,000 18,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,60,000 1,20,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 17,000 15,000 Total 3,67,000 3,23,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 2,50,000 2,00,000 12% Preference Share Capital 40,000 50,000 2,90,000 2,50,000 2. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 55,000 35,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 17,000 15,000 72,000 50,000 3. Fixed Assets (Tangible) Building 80,000 1,00,000 Plant 70,000 40,000 1,50,000 1,40,000 Additional Information: Depreciation charged on Plant was ` 30,000 and on Building ` 50,000. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 52,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 90,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 40,000; Net increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 2,000.]
  • 143. Cash Flow Statement 5.51 17. Balance Sheet of A Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019 was as follows: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 8,40,000 6,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2,46,000 1,20,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 1 1,50,000 1,50,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 2 75,000 90,000 (b) Trade Payables 2,49,000 1,50,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 3 60,000 45,000 Total 16,20,000 11,55,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets (Net) 4 3,90,000 4,80,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 5 30,000 60,000 (b) Non-current Investments 7,50,000 3,75,000 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 6 90,000 60,000 (b) Inventories 90,000 30,000 (c) Trade Receivables 1,95,000 90,000 (d) Other Current Assets 7 39,000 15,000 (e) Cash and Cash Equivalents 36,000 45,000 Total 16,20,000 11,55,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Long-term Borrowings 12% Loan 1,50,000 1,50,000 2. Short-term Borrowings Bank Overdraft 75,000 90,000 3. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 60,000 45,000 4. Fixed Assets—Tangible (Net) Plant and Machinery 5,40,000 6,00,000 Less: Provision for Depreciation 1,50,000 1,20,000 3,90,000 4,80,000 5. Intangible Assets Trademarks 30,000 60,000 6. Current Investments Short-term Investments 90,000 60,000 7. Other Current Assets Prepaid Expenses 39,000 15,000
  • 144. 5.52 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Additional Information: 1.  Interest received on Investment: ` 45,000. 2.  Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 60,000 and ` 90,000 respectively. You are required to prepare Cash Flow Statement. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,44,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 2,70,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 1,47,000; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 21,000.] 18. Nazma Ltd. received interest on an item and the accountant classified it under financing activity while preparing Cash Flow Statement. Name another item for which such a treatment is possible. (Delhi 2016 C) Note by Authors: Thereseemstobeprintingerror.Pleaseread‘InvestingActivity’inplaceof’FinancingActivity’. 19. From the following Balance Sheets of X Ltd.,prepare Cash Flow State­ ment: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 4,00,000 3,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus: Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,10,000 85,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: Bank Loan 75,000 1,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables (Creditors) 2,95,000 3,10,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 1 60,000 45,000 Total 9,40,000 8,40,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets (Net) 2 4,15,000 3,20,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories (Stock) 2,25,000 2,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 3 3,00,000 2,90,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents ... 30,000 Total 9,40,000 8,40,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 60,000 45,000 2. Fixed Assets Plant and Machinery 5,50,000 4,00,000 Less:  Accumulated Depreciation 1,35,000 80,000 4,15,000 3,20,000 3. Trade Receivables Debtors 1,90,000 2,10,000 Bills Receivable 1,10,000 80,000 3,00,000 2,90,000
  • 145. Cash Flow Statement 5.53 Additional Information: A piece of machinery costing ` 60,000 on which accumulated depreciation was ` 15,000 was sold for ` 30,000. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 75,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 1,80,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 75,000; Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 30,000.] 20. From the following Balance Sheet of Sultan Ltd.as at 31st March,2019,prepare a Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 7,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 2,50,000 3,25,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 3 2,00,000 2,50,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings (12% Bank Loan) 4,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Trade Payables 1,50,000 40,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 4 1,90,000 1,50,000 Total 18,90,000 17,65,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets (Machinery) 11,00,000 9,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets (Goodwill) 40,000 90,000 (b) 10% Non-current Investments 2,00,000 1,40,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 1,50,000 2,00,000 (b) Trade Receivables 1,80,000 1,50,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2,20,000 2,85,000 Total 18,90,000 17,65,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital Equity Share Capital 6,00,000 3,00,000 12% Preference Capital 1,00,000 2,00,000 7,00,000 5,00,000 2. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 1,50,000 3,75,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 1,00,000 (50,000) 2,50,000 3,25,000 3. Long-term Borrowings 9% Debentures 2,00,000 2,50,000 4. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 1,90,000 1,50,000 Additional Information: (i) Machinery costing ` 1,00,000 on which depreciation charged was ` 70,000, was sold at a profit of 20% on book value. Depreciation charged during the year amounted to ` 70,000.
  • 146. 5.54 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII (ii) Bank loan was repaid and Preference Shares were redeemed at par on 31st March, 2019. (iii) Debentures were redeemed on 1st January, 2019 and Equity Shares were issued on 1st April, 2018. (iv) During the year, company declared and paid interim dividend on Equity Shares @ 8%. Final dividend was not proposed on equity shares. (v) At the end of the year some Non-current Investments costing ` 60,000 were sold at a profit of 20%. Some of Non-current investments were also made on 31st March, 2019. (vi) Tax paid during the year was ` 1,40,000 and adjusted against Provision for Tax Account. (vii) Proposed dividend for the year ended 31st March, 2018 ` 24,000 was paid during the year. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 3,36,375; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 2,98,000; Cash Used to Financing Activities = ` 1,03,375; Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 65,000.] 21. From the following extract of Balance Sheet of a company,calculate Cash Flow from Financing Activities: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Equity Share Capital 6,00,000 4,00,000 10% Preference Share Capital 2,00,000 3,00,000 Securities Premium Reserve 35,000 ... 11% Debentures 5,00,000 4,00,000 Additional Information: (i) Equity shares were issued at a premium of 20% on 31st March, 2019. (ii) Underwriting commission on issue of equity shares ` 5,000.The company met underwriting commission from Securities Premium Reserve. (iii) Preference shares were redeemed on 31st March, 2019 at par along with dividend. (iv) Additional Debentures were issued on 1st April, 2018. (v) The company paid interim dividend @ 9% on Equity Share Capital. The company did not propose final dividend on Equity share Capital. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 1,14,000.] 22. Following are the Balance Sheets of Sreshtha Ltd.as on 31st March,2014 and 2013: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2014 (`) 2013 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 40,00,000 30,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 10,00,000 6,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 6,00,000 4,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 3,00,000 4,00,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 2 1,40,000 1,20,000 Total 60,40,000 45,20,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 3 38,00,000 30,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 4 9,40,000 5,40,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 5,00,000 3,20,000 (b) Trade Receivables 4,20,000 4,20,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,80,000 2,40,000 Total 60,40,000 45,20,000
  • 147. Cash Flow Statement 5.55 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2014 (`) 2013 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Surplus, i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 10,00,000 6,00,000 2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 1,40,000 1,20,000 3. Tangible Assets Machinery 42,00,000 33,00,000 Less:  Accumulated Depreciation (4,00,000) (3,00,000) 38,00,000 30,00,000 4. Intangible Assets Goodwill 9,40,000 5,40,000 Prepare a Cash Flow Statement after taking into account the following adjustment: During the year, a piece of machinery costing ` 40,000 on which accumulated depreciation was ` 30,000, was sold for ` 9,000. (OD 2015 C) [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 2,71,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 13,31,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 12,00,000; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 1,40,000.] 23. From the following Balance Sheet of India Ltd. and the additional information given, prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital:  Equity Share Capital 4,00,000 3,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 1,18,000 70,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 1,00,000 1,50,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 2 99,000 75,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 3 50,000 40,000 Total 7,67,000 6,35,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets—Tangible 4 3,70,000 2,80,000 —Intangible (Goodwill) 90,000 1,15,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 59,000 35,000 (b) Trade Receivables 5 2,30,000 1,80,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 18,000 25,000 Total 7,67,000 6,35,000
  • 148. 5.56 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 70,000 40,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 48,000 30,000 1,18,000 70,000 2. Trade Payables Creditors 83,000 55,000 Bills Payable 16,000 20,000 99,000 75,000 3. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 50,000 40,000 4. Fixed Assets (Tangible) Land and Building 1,80,000 2,00,000 Plant 1,90,000 80,000 3,70,000 2,80,000 5. Trade Receivables Debtors 2,00,000 1,60,000 Bills Receivable 30,000 20,000 2,30,000 1,80,000 Note: Proposed equity dividends for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 are ` 50,000 and ` 60,000 respectively. Additional Information: 1. Depreciation of ` 10,000 and ` 20,000 have been charged on Plant and Land and Building respectively in 2018–19. 2. An Interim Dividend of ` 20,000 has been paid in 2018–19. 3. Share Issue Expenses of ` 5,000 were incurred and written off in 2018–19 from the Statement of Profit and Loss. 4. Income Tax ` 35,000 was paid during the year 2018–19. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,38,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 1,20,000; Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 25,000. Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 7,000.] 24. From the following Balance Sheet of Clay Ltd., prepare Cash Flow Statement: BALANCE SHEET as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 8,00,000 5,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 3,50,000 2,05,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings (10% Debentures) 4,00,000 5,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings (10% Bank Loan) 50,000 ... (b) Trade Payables 2 75,000 1,00,000 (c) Other Current Liabilities 3 30,000 ... (d) Short-term Provisions 4 65,000 50,000 Total 17,70,000 13,55,000
  • 149. Cash Flow Statement 5.57 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 5 5,20,000 7,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 50,000 1,00,000 (b) Non-current Investments (10% Investments) 1,60,000 60,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 50,000 60,000 (b) Trade Receivables 80,000 40,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 9,10,000 3,95,000 Total 17,70,000 13,55,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Securities Premium Reserve Opening Balance 75,000 75,000 Less:  Share Issue Expenses Written off 40,000 ... 35,000 75,000 Capital Reserve ... 5,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 3,15,000 1,25,000 3,50,000 2,05,000 2. Trade Payables Trade Creditors 55,000 50,000 Bills Payable 20,000 50,000 75,000 1,00,000 3. Other Current Liabilities Unpaid Dividend 20,000 ... Unpaid Interest on Debentures 10,000 ... 30,000 ... 4. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 65,000 50,000 5. Fixed Assets (Tangible) Building 2,50,000 4,00,000 Plant and Machinery 2,70,000 3,00,000 5,20,000 7,00,000 Note: Proposed Dividend for the year ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 are ` 1,15,000 and ` 1,25,000 respectively. Additional Information: 1. Interim Dividend of ` 50,000 was paid during the year. 2. Share Issue Expenses of ` 40,000 were incurred and written off during the year 2018–19 from Securities Premium Reserve. 3. Tax of ` 60,000 was paid during the year. 4. Debentures were redeemed at par on 1st April, 2018 and Bank Loan was raised on the same date.
  • 150. 5.58 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 5. At the end of the year some Non-current Investments costing ` 40,000 were sold at a loss of 25% and some Non-current Investments costing ` 20,000 were sold at a profit of 25%. Profit/Loss on investments was adjusted against Capital Reserve. Additional Non-current investments were made on 31st March, 2019. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 4,34,000; Cash Flow from Investing Activities = ` 51,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 30,000; Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 5,15,000.] [Hints: 1.Dr. 10% INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 60,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 30,000 To Capital Reserve A/c (Profit) 5,000 By Capital Reserve A/c (Loss on Sale) 10,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) 1,60,000 By Bank A/c (` 20,000 + ` 5,000) 25,000 (Balancing Figure) By Balance c/d 1,60,000 2,25,000 2,25,000 2.  Depreciation on Plant and Machinery—` 30,000; Sale of Building—` 1,50,000.] 25. From the following Balance Sheet of Varun Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31stMarch, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1,50,000 1,25,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 75,000 60,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings :Bank Loan 20,000 ... 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings:Bank Overdraft 10,000 5,000 (b) Trade Payables 2 70,000 65,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 3 25,000 15,000 Total 3,50,000 2,70,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets 30,000 20,000 (b) Non-current Investments 10,000 15,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories (Stock) 1,20,000 87,000 (b) Trade Receivables (Debtors) 90,000 98,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,00,000 50,000 Total 3,50,000 2,70,000
  • 151. Cash Flow Statement 5.59 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 2018 ` ` 1. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 15,000 10,000 Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 60,000 50,000 75,000 60,000 2. Trade Payables Creditors 45,000 50,000 Bills Payable 25,000 15,000 70,000 65,000 3. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 25,000 15,000 Additional Information: 1. During the year ` 5,000 depreciation was charged on fixed assets. 2. Company has paid ` 12,000 interim dividend during the year. 3. Tax provided during the year ` 20,000. [Ans.: Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 22,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 10,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 38,000; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 50,000.]
  • 152. Practice Test Papers Practice Test Paper 1 1. ABC Ltd. implemented Voluntary Retirement Scheme which was accepted by 100 employees. The company paid ` 20 lakhs to these employees as compensation. Under which activity and how will this payment be shown in the Cash Flow Statement? (1) 2. Amrit Securities Ltd., a company dealing in shares and other financial instruments made strategic investment of ` 50 lakhs in Rathi Securities Ltd., a company having membership of BSE. Under which head ` 50 lakhs will be shown in Cash Flow Statement? (1) 3. Under which head of the Statement of Profit and Loss will the following items be shown? (i) Loss on Issue of Debentures written off (ii) Share Issue Expenses written off (iii) Goodwill written off (iv) Bad Debts Recovered (4) 4. (a) Ratio of Current Assets (` 12,50,000) to Current Liabilities (` 5,00,000) of a company is 2.5 : 1. The management decided to maintain a current ratio of 2 : 1, by acquiring some current assets on credit. By what amount should it increase its current assets to maintain the ratio? (b) A company has Debt to Equity Ratio of 3 : 1, total Debts ` 15,00,000 and Equities ` 5,00,000. If company wants to maintain Debt to Equity Ratio of 2 : 1, how much amount should be paid? (4) 5. ABC Ltd. is in the business of manufacturing and selling FMCG, decided to set up a new manufacturing unit in economically backward area of Chhattisgarh. It decided to employ factory staff from the local population. But before that it imparted training to them for six months and gave each trainee a stipend of ` 5,000 per month. Its Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 was as follows: Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage Change No. 2018 2019 (Increase or (Increase or ` ` Decrease) (`) Decrease) (%) I. Revenue from Operations 12,50,000 15,00,000 2,50,000 20.00 II. Other Income 40,000 50,000 10,000 25.00 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 12,90,000 15,50,000 2,60,000 20.16 IV. Expenses (a) Cost of Materials Consumed 7,00,000 8,00,000 1,00,000 14.29 (b) Employees Benefit Expenses 1,80,000 2,00,000 20,000 11.11 (c) Other Expenses 75,000 1,00,000 25,000 33.33 Total Expenses 9,55,000 11,00,000 1,45,000 15.18 V. Profit beforeTax (III – IV) 3,35,000 4,50,000 1,15,000 34.33 VI. Less:Tax 95,000 1,50,000 55,000 52.63 VII. Profit afterTax (V –VI) 2,40,000 3,00,000 60,000 25.00
  • 153. PTP.2 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Inventories for the years ended 31st March, 2017—` 2,00,000; 31st March, 2018—` 2,50,000 and 31st March, 2019—` 2,50,000. Calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio for the two years. (4) 6. From the following Balance Sheet of Crystal Company Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Cash Flow Statement: BALANCE SHEET OF CRYSTAL COMPANY LTD. as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 6,00,000 4,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 2,00,000 1,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: Bank Loan 1,00,000 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables (Creditors) 45,000 60,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 2 70,000 40,000 Total 10,15,000 8,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets: Building 6,00,000 6,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets: Patents 45,000 50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 75,000 ... 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 15,000 10,000 (b) Trade Receivables (Debtors) 1,95,000 1,20,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 85,000 20,000 Total 10,15,000 8,00,000 Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 2,00,000 1,00,000 2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 70,000 40,000 Additional Information: 1. During the year Building costing ` 75,000 was purchased. Loss on Sale of Building was ` 5,000. Depreciation charged on Building was ` 12,000. 2. Proposed dividend for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 were ` 80,000 and ` 60,000 respectively. (6)
  • 154. Practice Test Papers PTP.3 Practice Test Paper 2 1. XYZ Ltd. purchased its own debentures from the market for investment for a consideration of ` 5,00,000. Under which activity and how will this payment be shown in the Cash Flow Statement? (1) 2. Avon Securities Ltd., a company dealing in shares and other financial instruments had made strategic investment of ` 5 lakhs in Bull Securities Ltd., a company having membership of BSE. It later sold these shares at a gain of ` 2,00,000. Under which head will the sale and gain be shown in Cash Flow Statement? (1) 3. Under which main-head and sub-head of the Balance Sheet will the following items be shown? (i) Share Application Money (ii) Debentures with maturity period of 12 months (iii) Computer Software (iv) Preference Share Capital (4) 4. (a) State any two objectives of Common-size Balance Sheet. (b) Opening Inventory ` 40,000; Closing Inventory ` 50,000; Revenue from Operations ` 6,00,000; Gross Profit Ratio 25%. Calculate Inventory Turnover Ratio. (4) 5. XYZ Ltd. is in the business of manufacturing and selling carpets, decided to set up a new manufacturing unit in Jammu and Kashmir. It decided to do so because of the natural calamity struck in the state. It decided to employ factory staff from the local population after giving them adequate training to develop the weaving skill in them. Each trainee was paid stipend during the training period. Its Comparative Statement of Profit and Loss for the years ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 was as follows: Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage Change No. 2018 2019 (Increase or (Increase or ` ` Decrease) (`) Decrease) (%) I. Revenue from Operations 17,50,000 25,00,000 7,50,000 42.86 II. Other Income 40,000 50,000 10,000 25.00 III. Total Revenue (I + II) 17,90,000 25,50,000 7,60,000 42.46 IV. Expenses (a) Cost of Materials Consumed 10,50,000 15,00,000 4,50,000 42.86 (b) Employees Benefit Expenses 3,80,000 4,00,000 20,000 5.26 (c) Other Expenses 75,000 1,00,000 25,000 33.33 Total Expenses 15,05,000 20,00,000 4,95,000 32.89 V. Profit beforeTax (III – IV) 2,85,000 5,50,000 2,65,000 92.98 VI. Less:Tax 95,000 1,50,000 55,000 57.89 VII. Profit afterTax (V –VI) 1,90,000 4,00,000 2,10,000 110.53 Additional Information: Employees Benefit Expenses include Wages of ` 2,00,000 and ` 1,90,000 in the years ended 31st March, 2019 and 2018 respectively. Calculate Gross Profit Ratio for the two years. (4)
  • 155. PTP.4 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 6. (a) Classify the following items under different heads of operating, investing and financing activities: (i) Investments costing ` 4,00,000 sold for ` 5,00,000. (ii) Goods sold on credit ` 50,000. (iii) Dividend paid ` 1,00,000. (iv) Furniture purchased for ` 90,000. (2) (b) Few items have been extracted from the Balance Sheet of a company, which are as under: 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Equity Share Capital 9,00,000 7,00,000 15% Preference Share Capital 3,00,000 5,00,000 Securities Premium Reserve 1,40,000 1,00,000 12% Debentures 4,00,000 3,00,000 Additional Information: 1. Interim Dividend on Equity Shares at the end of current year was paid @ 15%. 2. Preference Shares were redeemed at a premium of 5% on 31st March, 2019. 3. Issues of new Shares and Debentures were made on the last date of current year. Calculate Cash Flow from Financing Activities. (4)
  • 156. Practice Test Papers PTP.5 Practice Test Paper 3 1. Moonlight Ltd. bought back its own shares having nominal value of ` 10,00,000 at its nominal value. Under which activity and how will this payment be shown in the Cash Flow Statement? (1) 2. Top Securities Ltd., a company dealing in shares and other financial instruments declared and paid final dividend of ` 5,00,000. Under which activity dividend paid will be shown in Cash Flow Statement? (1) 3. Under which main-head and sub-head of the Balance Sheet will the following items be shown? (i) Share Application Money Pending Allotment (ii) Workmen Compensation Reserve (iii) Patents   (iv) Debentures (4) 4. (i) Calculate Gross Profit Ratio based on the following information: Cash Revenue from Operations: 25% of Total Revenue from Operations; Purchases: ` 2,76,000; Credit Revenue from Operations: ` 2,40,000; Excess of Closing Inventory over Opening Inventory: ` 20,000. (ii) Current Ratio of Z Ltd. is 1 : 1 at present. In future the company wants to improve this ratio to 2 : 1. Suggest any two accounting transactions for improving the Current Ratio. (4) 5. XYZ Ltd. is in the business of readymade garments, decided to take part in Swachh Bharat Abhiyan by educating the people about the benefits of cleanliness from the health point of view. Its Comparative Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2018 and 2019 was as follows: Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage Change No. 2018 2019 (Increase/Decrease) (Increase/Decrease) ` ` ` % I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 15,00,000 20,00,000 5,00,000 33.33 (b) Reserves and Surplus 4,00,000 5,00,000 1,00,000 25.00 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 27,00,000 25,00,000 (2,00,000) (7.41) 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 3,00,000 4,00,000 1,00,000 33.33 (b) Trade Payables 80,000 1,00,000 20,000 25.00 Total 49,80,000 55,00,000 5,20,000 10.44
  • 157. PTP.6 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 27,50,000 30,00,000 2,50,000 9.10 (ii) Intangible Assets 6,00,000 5,00,000 (1,00,000) (16.67) 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 7,50,000 7,50,000 0 0.00 (b) Trade Receivables 7,00,000 7,50,000 50,000 7.14 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,80,000 5,00,000 3,20,000 177.77 Total 49,80,000 55,00,000 5,20,000 10.44 Calculate Debt to Equity Ratio for the two years. (4) 6. Following is the Balance Sheet of GEC Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019: BALANCE SHEET OF GEC LTD.as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 7,00,000 6,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 2,00,000 1,10,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 3,00,000 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 30,000 25,000 Total 12,30,000 9,35,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 11,00,000 8,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 70,000 60,000 (b) Trade Receivables 32,000 40,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 28,000 35,000 Total 12,30,000 9,35,000 Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 2,00,000 1,10,000 Adjustments: During the year, a piece of machinery of the book value of ` 80,000 was sold for ` 65,000. Depreciation provided on tangible assets during the year amounted to ` 2,00,000. Prepare a Cash Flow Statement. (6)
  • 158. Practice Test Papers PTP.7 Practice Test Paper 4 1. Sunlight Ltd. received insurance claim of ` 10,00,000 for the loss of building and machinery due to floods. Under which activity and how will this payment be shown in the Cash Flow Statement? (1) 2. Evergreen Securities Ltd., a company dealing in shares and other financial instruments received dividend from various companies amounting to ` 5,00,000. Under which activity dividend received will be shown in Cash Flow Statement? (1) 3. Under which main-head and sub-head of the Balance Sheet will be the following items be shown? (i) Employees Stock Option Account (ii) Deferred Tax Liabilities (iii) Bank Overdraft or Cash Credit (iv) Investment in Shares (4) 4. (a) Total Equity and Liabilities are ` 50,00,000; Shareholders’ Funds ` 20,00,000 and Current Liabilities ` 10,00,000. Calculate Debt to Equity Ratio. (2) (b) During the year ending 31st March, 2019, Ajmera Ltd., a Jewellery manufacturer, sold goods costing ` 4 crores. Its average of Opening and Closing Inventory was ` 40 lakh. Calculate Company’s Inventory Turnover Ratio. The industry’s bench mark is 5 times. Also, comment on the efficiency of company. (2) 5. C&C Ltd. is in the business of manufacturing ingots, implemented health programme in its factory. Under the programme every employee was to undergo medical tests every month, get healthy food at subsidised costs. Besides this, a gym was set up with all exercise equipment for the staff. The staff was to be educated regularly about the benefits of good health. Its Comparative Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2018 and 2019 was as follows: Particulars Note 31st March, 31st March, Absolute Change Percentage Change No. 2018 2019 (Increase/Decrease) (Increase/Decrease) ` ` ` % I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 15,00,000 20,00,000 5,00,000 33.33 (b) Reserves and Surplus 4,00,000 5,00,000 1,00,000 25.00 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 27,00,000 25,00,000 (2,00,000) (7.41) 3. Current Liabilities (a) Short-term Borrowings 3,00,000 4,00,000 1,00,000 33.33 (b) Trade Payables 80,000 1,00,000 20,000 25.00 Total 49,80,000 55,00,000 5,20,000 10.44
  • 159. PTP.8 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 27,50,000 30,00,000 2,50,000 9.10 (ii) Intangible Assets 6,00,000 5,00,000 (1,00,000) (16.67) 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 7,50,000 7,50,000 0 0.00 (b) Trade Receivables 7,00,000 7,50,000 50,000 7.14 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,80,000 5,00,000 3,20,000 177.77 Total 49,80,000 55,00,000 5,20,000 10.44 Additional Imformation: Revenue from Operations for the years ended 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018 were ` 50,00,000 and ` 30,00,000 respectively. Calculate Working Capital Turnover Ratio for the two years. (4) 6. From the following Balance Sheet of Alok Industries Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Cash Flow Statement: Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 40,00,000 34,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 6,00,000 8,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 4,00,000 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 1,00,000 2,00,000 Total 51,00,000 46,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 16,00,000 18,00,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 12,00,000 10,00,000 (b) Non-current Investments 6,00,000 5,00,000 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 2,00,000 ... (b) Trade Receivables 6,00,000 5,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 9,00,000 8,00,000 Total 51,00,000 46,00,000 Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 6,00,000 8,00,000 Additional Information: 1. Depreciation of ` 2,00,000 was provided on Tangible Assets during the year. 2. The company paid interest ` 30,000 on its long-term borrowings. (6)
  • 160. Practice Test Papers PTP.9 Answers to Practice Test Paper 1 1. It will be shown under the head ‘Operating Activity’ as Extraordinary Item. 2. It will be shown under ‘Investing Activity’, it being an investment and purchase of securities not for resale. 3. (i) Finance Costs (ii) Finance Costs (iii) Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses (iv) Other Income 4. (a) Current Assets should be increased by ` 2,50,000. (b) Debt should be paid = ` 5,00,000. 5. Inventory Turnover Ratio: 2018 – 5.56 Times and 2019 – 6 Times. 6. Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,37,000. Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 92,000. Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 20,000. Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 65,000.
  • 161. PTP.10 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Answers to Practice Test Paper 2 1. It will be shown under the head ‘Financing Activity’. 2. It will be shown under ‘Investing Activity’, since these were not purchased for resale. 3. Item Main Head Sub-head (i) Share Application Money Current Liabilities Other Current Liabilities (ii) Debentures with maturity Current Liabilities Short-term Borrowings period of 12 months (iii) Computer Software Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets (iv) Preference Share Capital Shareholders’Funds Share Capital 4. (a) (i) To analyse the changes in individual items of Balance Sheet. (ii) To assess the relative financial position on the basis of Common-size Balance Sheets for different companies belonging to the same industry. (b) Inventory Turnover Ratio = 10 Times. 5. Gross Profit Ratio – 2019 – 32%; and 2018 – 29.14%. 6. (a) (i) Investing (ii) No flow of Cash (iii) Financing (iv) Investing (b) Cash Used in Financing Activities = ` 86,000.
  • 162. Practice Test Papers PTP.11 Answers to Practice Test Paper 3 1. It will be shown under the head ‘Financing Activity’ as Extraordinary Item. 2. It will be shown under ‘Financing Activity’, because, dividend paid is associated with the share capital of the company. 3. Item Main Head Sub-head (i) Share Application Money As a line item between ... Pending Allotment Shareholders’Funds and Non-current Liabilities. (ii) Workmen Compensation Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus Reserve (iii) Patents Non-current Assets Fixed Assets—Intangible Assets (iv) Debentures Non-current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings 4. (i) Gross Profit Ratio = 20%. (ii) Issue of Shares for cash, Long-term loan borrowed from Bank. 5. Debt to Equity Ratio: 2019 – 1 : 1; and 2018 – 1.42 : 1. 6. Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 3,08,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 5,15,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 2,00,000; Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 7,000.
  • 163. PTP.12 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Answers to Practice Test Paper 4 1. It will be shown under Investing Activity as Extraordinary item. 2. It will be shown under Operating Activity, it being its business. 3. Item Main Head Sub-head (i) Employees Stock Option Shareholders’Funds Reserves and Surplus Account (ii) Deferred Tax Liabilities Non-current Liabilities As a Line Item (iii) Bank Overdraft or Cash Credit Current Liabilities Short-term Borrowings (iv) Investment in Shares Non-current Assets Non-current Investments 4. (a) Debt to Equity Ratio = 1 : 1. (b) Inventory Turnover Ratio = 10 Times. Interpretation: Ajmera Ltd. is definitely very efficient because its Inventory Turnover Ratio is just double to that of industry. 5. Working Capital Turnover Ratio (2019) = = 50,00,000 3.33 Times. 15,00,000 ` ` Working Capital Turnover Ratio (2018) = = 30,00,000 2.4 Times. 12,50,000 ` ` 6. Cash Used in Operating Activities = ` 3,70,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 3,00,000; Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 7,70,000; Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 1,00,000.
  • 164. Practical Test Paper 1 Time Allowed: 1 Hour Max. Marks: 12 1. (a) Who are mainly interested in Solvency Ratios? (b) (i) What is meant by Inter-firm Analysis? (ii) What is meant by an Operating Cycle? (1 + 2 = 3) 2. Quick Ratio is 2 : 1. State giving reason, whether the Quick Ratio will improve or decline or will not change on sale of goods (costing ` 20,000) at a loss of ` 5,000. (1) 3. Debt to Equity Ratio of Alpha Ltd. and Salpha Ltd. is 1 : 1 and 2 : 1 respectively. Which company in your opinion has got better Debt to Equity Ratio and why? (2) 4. From the following Balance Sheet of Green Ltd. as at 31st March, 2019, prepare Cash Flow Statement: BALANCE SHEET OF GREEN LTD.as at 31st March,2019 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 6,00,000 4,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 1 2,00,000 1,00,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities Long-term Borrowings: Bank Loan 1,00,000 2,00,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 45,000 60,000 (b) Short-term Provisions 2 70,000 40,000 Total 10,15,000 8,00,000 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets (Building) 6,00,000 5,20,000 (ii) Intangible Assets (Patents) 45,000 50,000 (b) Non-current Investments 75,000 ... 2. Current Assets (a) Inventories 15,000 10,000 (b) Trade Receivables 2,55,000 2,00,000 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 25,000 20,000 Total 10,15,000 8,00,000 Practical Test Papers
  • 165. PTP.14 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Reserves and Surplus Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 2,00,000 1,00,000 2. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 70,000 40,000 Additional Information: 1. Dividend proposed by the Board for the previous year (2017–18) ` 60,000 was declared in the AGM held during the year ended 31st March, 2019. 2. During the year, Building costing ` 2,00,000 was purchased. Loss on Sale of Building was ` 5,000. Depreciation charged on Building was ` 12,000. (6) Practical Test Paper 2 Time Allowed: 1 Hour Max. Marks: 12 1. (a) State how qualitative aspects are ignored in Financial Statement Analysis. (b) Star Ltd. has Quick Ratio of 1.5 : 1. Its Working Capital is ` 1,20,000 and its Inventory is ` 80,000. Calculate Current Assets. (1 + 2 = 3) 2. Strong Ltd. has given the following information for two years: Particulars 31st March,2018 (`) 31st March,2019 (`) Current Assets 12,00,000 18,00,000 Current Liabilities 6,00,000 10,00,000 Net Profit 4,50,000 7,20,000 Revenue from Operations (Net Sales) 18,00,000 36,00,000 The management of Strong Ltd. is of the opinion that their workers are working very hard and manager is working very efficiently, since sales and net profits have increased and current assets have increased by ` 6,00,000 whereas current liabilities have increased only by ` 4,00,000 and thus their short-term financial position is becoming better. The management is thinking of increasing the compensation to manager and the employees. Do you agree with the management’s viewpoint? Justify your opinion. (3) 3. State with reason two examples of activities which are classified as Investing Activities in case of one enterprise and as Operating Activities in case of another enterprise. (2) 4. Following balances were extracted from the Balance Sheet of Moon Ltd. as on 31st March, 2018: ` Fixed Assets (at cost) 40,00,000 Less: Accumulated Depreciation 5,00,000 35,00,000 Bank Balance 1,30,000 Current Assets 8,00,000 Current Liabilities 5,50,000
  • 166. Practical Test Papers PTP.15 Additional Information: 1. Net profit for the year ending 31st March, 2019, after depreciation was ` 3,00,000. The company provided depreciation of ` 1,60,000 for the year ended 31st March, 2019. 2. During the year ended 31st March, 2019, the company purchased machine for ` 4,00,000. It sold a machine costing ` 1,00,000 (accumulated depreciation thereon ` 35,000) for ` 75,000. 3. Current Assets and Current Liabilities (excluding bank balances) on 31st March, 2019 were ` 11,30,000 and ` 8,00,000 respectively. 4. Interest received on investments amounted to ` 15,000. Calculate Cash Flow from Operating Activities and Investing Activities for the year ended 31st March, 2019. (4) Practical Test Paper 3 Time Allowed: 1 Hour Max. Marks: 12 1. (a) What is meant by the term ‘Cash Flows’? (b) From the following information, calculate Cash Flow from Financing Activities: Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Equity Share Capital 20,00,000 15,00,000 12% Preference Share Capital ... 5,00,000 14% Debentures 2,50,000 ... Additional Information: (i) Equity Shares were issued at a premium of 20%. (ii) 12% Preference Shares were redeemed at par. (iii) 14% Debentures were issued at a discount of 10%. (iv) Interim dividend paid on Equity Shares ` 1,50,000. (v) Interest paid on 14% Debentures ` 35,000. (vi) Underwriting Commission on Equity Shares ` 20,000. (vii) Dividend paid on Preference Shares ` 60,000. (1 + 2 = 3) 2. For each of the following transactions, calculate the resulting Cash Flow and state the nature of Cash Flow, viz., Operating, Investing and Financing: A. Acquired machinery for ` 2,50,000 paying 20% immediately and executing a bond for the balance amount. B. Paid ` 2,50,000 for purchase of shares in Infosys Ltd. and received a dividend of ` 50,000 after acquisition. C. Sold machinery of original cost ` 2,00,000 with an accumulated depreciation thereon ` 1,60,000 at a profit of 50% of its book value. (3)
  • 167. PTP.16 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 3. CapitalEmployed` 1,00,000; Non-CurrentAssets ` 80,000; Cost of Revenue from Operations ` 3,20,000; Gross Profit Ratio 20%. Calculate Working Capital Turnover Ratio. (2) 4. Total Equity and Liabilities are ` 50,00,000; Shareholders’ Funds ` 20,00,000 and Current Liabilities ` 10,00,000. Calculate Debt to Equity Ratio. (2) 5. During the year ending 31st March, 2019,Ajmera Ltd., a Jewellery manufacturer, sold goods costing ` 4 crores. Its average of Opening and Closing Inventory was ` 40 lakh. Calculate company’s Inventory Turnover Ratio. The industry’s benchmark is 5 times. Also, comment on the efficiency of company. (2) Practical Test Paper 4 Time Allowed: 1 Hour Max. Marks: 12 1. Under which heads and sub-heads in the Balance Sheet of a company following items will be shown: (i) Computer Software; (ii) Capital Advance? (2) 2. Profit of Moon Ltd. after appropriation was ` 3,50,000. This profit was arrived at after taking into consideration the following items: (i) Trade Receivables decrease by ` 56,000 during the year. (ii) Prepaid Expenses increase by ` 14,000 during the year. (iii) Trade Payables decrease by ` 32,000 during the year. (iv) Outstanding Expenses increase by ` 8,000 during the year. (v) Decrease in Inventories by ` 1,00,000. Calculate Net Cash provided by Operating Activities for the year ended 31st March, 2019. (2) 3. Consider the following data: ` Machinery at the end of 2017–18 10,00,000 Machinery at the end of 2018–19 6,00,000 Adjustment: Machinery purchased in the beginning of the year (2018–19) ` 7,00,000 and during the year, the balance Machinery was sold at 20% loss. Find out the cash flow during the year and name the head under which it appears in the Cash Flow Statement. (2) 4. (i) Calculate Gross Profit Ratio based on the following information: Cash Revenue from Operations: 25% of Total Revenue from Operations; Purchases: ` 2,76,000; Credit Revenue from Operations: ` 2,40,000; Excess of Closing Inventory over Opening Inventory: ` 20,000.
  • 168. Practical Test Papers PTP.17 (ii) Current Ratio of Sun Ltd. is 1 : 1 at present. In future the company wants to improve this ratio to 2 : 1. Suggest any two accounting transactions for improving the Current Ratio. (iii) Assume you are a loan officer of HDFC Bank and two companies require a loan of equal amount to be repaid over the next two years based on the following information: Green Ltd. Star Ltd. Current Ratio 3.5 : 1 2 : 1 Acid Test Ratio 1.8 : 1 1.3 : 1 Debt to Equity Ratio 35% 45% Interest Coverage Ratio 5 Times 3 Times If you could grant loan to only one company, which will it be and why? (2 + 2 + 2 = 6)
  • 169. PTP.18 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII GUIDE TO ANSWERS Practical Test Paper 1 1. (a) Persons who provide Long-term Funds to the company like debentureholders and financial institutions. (b) (i) It is a comparision of Financial Statements of two or more enterprises for the same accounting period. It is conducted to determine the relative position of an enterprise as compared to other competitive enterprises of the same industry. (ii) An Operating Cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation into Cash and Cash Equivalents. 2. Improve. Reason: Total Quick Assets are increased by ` 15,000 but total Current Liabilities remain unchanged. 3. Debt to Equity Ratio of 1 : 1 of Alpha Company is better. A low ratio is generally viewed as favourable from long-term creditors’ (lenders) point of view, because a large margin of protection provides safety for lenders. 4. (i) Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 1,37,000. (ii) Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 1,72,000. (iii) Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 40,000. (iv) Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents = ` 5,000. [Hint: Dr. BUILDING ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 5,20,000 By Depreciation A/c 12,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) 2,00,000 By Loss on Sale of Building A/c 5,000 By Bank A/c (Sale)—Balancing Figure 1,03,000 By Balance c/d 6,00,000 7,20,000 7,20,000 Practical Test Paper 2 1. (a) Since the Financial Statements are confined to the monetary matters only, the qualitative elements like quality of product, efficiency of management, public relations, etc., are ignored while carrying out the Financial Analysis. (b) Current Liabilities = ` 80,000; Current Assets = ` 2,00,000. Note: Current Assets = Current Liabilities + Working Capital. 2. The analysis of Net Profit Ratio and Current Ratio indicates that both the ratios have decreased during the year. It indicates low profitability and poor solvency position. Therefore, it is advisable not to increase the compensation of manager and employees. 3. (a) Purchase and Sale of Shares and Debentures of other companies; (b) Dividend Received on Shares and Interest Received on Debentures. Reason: These are Investing Activities in case of manufacturing enterprise since these relate to the acquisition and disposal of long-term assets but are Operating Activities in case of a financial enterprise since these relate to the ‘Principal Revenue Producing Activities’ of the enterprise. ]
  • 170. Practical Test Papers PTP.19 4. Cash Flow from Operating Activities = ` 3,55,000; Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 3,10,000. [Hints: 1. Dr. FIXED ASSETS ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Balance b/d 40,00,000 By Bank A/c (Sale) 75,000 To Bank A/c (Purchase) 4,00,000 By Accumulated Depreciation A/c 35,000 To Gain (Profit) on Sale of Fixed Assets A/c 10,000 By Balance c/d (Balancing Figure) 43,00,000 44,10,000 44,10,000 2.Dr. ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Cr. Particulars ` Particulars ` To Fixed Assets A/c 35,000 By Balance b/d 5,00,000 To Balance c/d (Balancing Figure) 6,25,000 By Depreciation A/c 1,60,000 6,60,000 6,60,000 Practical Test Paper 3 1. (a) Cash Flows are inflows and outflows of Cash and Cash Equivalents. (b) Cash Flow from Financing Activities = ` 60,000. 2. A. Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 50,000. B. Cash Used in Investing Activities = ` 2,00,000. C. Cash Flow from Investing Activities = ` 60,000. 3. 20 Times. [Hints: 1. Revenue from Operations = ` 4,00,000.   2. Working Capital = Capital Employed – Non-Current Assets = ` 20,000.]  4. 1 : 1. 5. 10 Times*. *Interpretation: Ajmera Ltd. is definitely very efficient because its Inventory Turnover Ratio is just double to that of industry. Practical Test Paper 4 1. (i) Major Head: Non-Current Assets; Sub-head: Fixed Assets: Intangible Assets. (ii) Major Head: Non-Current Assets; Sub-head: Long-term Loans and Advances. 2. Cash Flow from Operating Activities: ` 4,68,000. 3. Cash Flow from Investing Activities: Inflow = ` 8,80,000 [i.e., ` 11,00,000 – 20% of ` 11,00,000]. Outflow = ` 7,00,000. 4. (i) Gross Profit Ratio = 20%; (ii) Issue of shares for cash, Long-term loan borrowed from Bank; and (iii) Green Ltd. Because the accounting ratios of Green Ltd. show better Long-term and Short-term financial position as compared to Star Ltd. ]
  • 171. Project Illustration 1 You are to obtain the quarterly results of a listed company and analyse the published results with respect to sales and profit before tax over the period using the suitable analytical tools and give your conclusion. Project Solution The Project is to analyse sales and profit of a listed company with the purpose to analyse the sales and profit pattern with respect to the quarter ended 31st March, 2012. Moreover, determine profitability on the basis of accounting ratios. Data Source The data has been published in money.radiff.com as listed company in NSE. The data relates to the company named ‘HT Media Ltd.’ and is as follows: HT Media Ltd. Quarterly Results (` In Lakhs) Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Sales 309.95 317.22 365.24 314.09 330.74 Other Income 15.75 14.99 12.62 17.14 16.80 Total Revenue 325.70 332.21 377.86 331.23 347.54 Raw Material 95.44 98.54 106.17 100.67 95.92 Change in Inventories (0.09) 0.09 0.09 (0.12) (0.05) Employees Benefit Expenses 63.11 60.78 65.45 59.09 61.90 Administrative and Selling Expenses ... ... ... 20.13 20.64 Finance Cost 7.58 8.15 6.33 5.67 4.43 Depreciation 13.82 16.43 14.13 15.83 13.90 Other Expenses 97.18 117.83 119.73 83.03 76.05 Total Expenses 277.04 301.82 311.90 284.30 272.79 Profit beforeTax 48.66 30.39 65.96 46.93 74.75 Taxation 11.89 8.74 16.23 11.30 21.94 Net Profit/Loss after Tax 36.77 21.65 49.73 35.63 52.81 Other Information Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Gross Profit 62.48 46.82 80.09 62.76 88.65 Return on Net Worth (%) 12.19 15.19 12.36 9.45 15.78 Project Plan Project is planned to be executed as follows: 1. A comparison of absolute amount of sales is made with the help of a bar diagram. 2. A comparison of percentage increase or decrease in sales is computed and presented graphically. Project Work
  • 172. P.2 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 3. A comparison of Gross Profit is made with the help of a bar diagram. 4. A comparison of percentage increase or decrease in Gross Profit is made and presented graphically. 5. A comparison of Profit after Tax is made with the help of a bar diagram. 6. A comparison of percentage increase or decrease in Profit after Tax is made and presented graphically. 7. Calculate Gross Profit Ratio and show it graphically. 8. Calculate Net Profit Ratio and show it graphically. 9. Present the Return on Net Worth (%) through bar diagram. 10. Draw conclusion about the working result of the company. Project Solution 1. Table showing Sales during different quarters: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Sales (` in Lakhs) 309.95 317.22 365.24 314.09 330.74 Graphical Presentation of Sales in Different Quarters: 2. Table showing percentage increase or decrease in Sales: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Sales (` in Lakhs) 309.95 317.22 365.24 314.09 330.74 % Increase or Decrease in Sales (2.29%) (13.15%) 16.29% (5.03%) ... Graphical Presentation of percentage Change in Sales in Different Quarters: Sales 370 360 350 340 330 320 310 300 290 280 Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011 ` in Lakhs % Change in Sales 20.00% 15.00% 10.00% 5.00% 0.00% –5.00% –10.00% –15.00% Value in Percentage Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011
  • 173. Project Work P.3 3. Table showing Gross Profit of different quarters: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Gross Profit (` in Lakhs) 62.48 46.82 80.09 62.76 88.65 Graphical Presentation of Gross Profit in Different Quarters: 4. Table showing percentage change in Gross Profit in different quarters: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Gross Profit (` in Lakhs) 62.48 46.82 80.09 62.76 88.65 % Change in Gross Profit 33.45% (41.54%) 27.61% (29.20%) ... Graphical Presentation of the Percentage Change in Gross Profit in Different Quarters: Gross Profit 100 Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011 ` in Lakhs 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 % Change in Gross Profit Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 40.00% 0.00% –10.00% –20.00% Value in Percentage 30.00% 20.00% 10.00% –30.00% –40.00% –50.00%
  • 174. P.4 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 5. Table showing absolute Net Profit after Tax of different quarters: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Net Profit (` in Lakhs) 36.77 21.65 49.73 35.63 52.81 Graphical Presentation of Net Profit After Tax for Different Quarters: 6. Table showing the percentage change in Net Profit after Tax in different quarters: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Net Profit (` in Lakhs) 36.77 21.65 49.73 35.63 52.81 % Change in Net Profit 69.84% (56.46%) 39.57% (32.53%) ... Graphical Presentation of the Percentage Change in Net Profit after Tax in Different Quarters: Net Profit after Tax 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 ` in Lakhs Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011 % Change in Net Profit after Tax Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 80.00% 0.00% –20.00% –40.00% Value in Percentage 60.00% 40.00% 20.00% –60.00% –80.00%
  • 175. Project Work P.5 7. Table showing Gross Profit Ratio for the different quarters: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Gross Profit (` in Lakhs) 62.48 46.82 80.09 62.76 88.65 Sales (` in Lakhs) 309.95 317.22 365.24 314.09 330.74 Gross Profit Ratio 20.16% 14.76% 21.93% 19.98% 26.80% Graphical Presentation of Gross Profit Ratio in Different Quarters: 8. Table showing Net Profit Ratio: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Net Profit/Loss after Tax (` in Lakhs) 36.77 21.65 49.73 35.63 52.81 Sales (` in Lakhs) 309.95 317.22 365.24 314.09 330.74 Net Profit Ratio 11.86% 6.82% 13.62% 11.34% 15.97% Graphical Presentation of Net Profit Ratio in Different Quarters: Gross Profit Ratio Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 30.00% Value in Percentage 25.00% 20.00% 15.00% 10.00% 5.00% 0.00% Jun., 2011 Net Profit Ratio Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011 18.00% Value in Percentage 14.00% 4.00% 0.00% 16.00% 12.00% 10.00% 8.00% 6.00% 2.00%
  • 176. P.6 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 9. Table showing Return on Net Worth in different quarters: Particulars Jun.,2012 Mar.,2012 Dec.,2011 Sept.,2011 Jun.,2011 Return on Net Worth (%) 12.19 15.19 12.36 9.45 15.78 Graphical Presentation of Return on Net Worth in Different Quarters: 10. Conclusion It can be observed that the company’s Gross Profits and Net Profits have fluctuated to a large extent in absolute amount. In terms of ratios also it has fluctuated and the range has been 14.76% to 26.80% for Gross Profit and 6.82% to 15.97% for Net Profit. Obviously, it is because of the fluctuating sales. However, an increase can be observed in every respect in December, 2011 in comparison with the previous quarters. Therefore, quarter ended December, 2011 is important for the analysis purpose. Management has to investigate the reasons of decline in the performance in comparison to the previous quarter. Overall assessment is that the company has to work hard to gain their previous performance. Return on Net Worth (%) 18 8 0 Jun., 2012 Mar., 2012 Dec., 2011 Sept., 2011 Jun., 2011 14 12 10 6 4 2 16 Value in Percentage
  • 177. Project Illustration 2 Project You are required to take the annual results of a listed company and analyse the performance with respect to result of the current year ended and the result of the previous year. The analysis should include the profit and also the segment results. Project Solution I have drawn the Segment Results of Mphasis Limited, a company listed on Bombay Stock Exchange. The results uploaded on the official website of the company are reproduced hereunder: (` in Lakhs) Particulars Year ended Year ended 31st March, 2019 (`) 31st March,2018 (`) Segment Revenue Banking and Capital Market 8,796.25 8,202.63 Insurance 7,024.04 5,471.76 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 4,702.71 6,405.01 Emerging Industries 8,605.94 10,094.22 Unallocated-Hedge 137.69 90.84 29,266.63 30,264.46 Segment Result Banking and Capital Market 125.75 1,050.77 Insurance 2,098.39 1,356.66 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 1,464.64 1,897.27 Emerging Industries 2,967.71 3,830.64 Unallocated-Hedge 137.69 90.84 6,794.18 8,226.18 Interest Income 602.78 517.12 Finance Costs (64.27) (59.21) Other Income 1,020.66 1,104.29 Other Unallocable Expenditure (2,262.93) (2,471.77) Profit before Taxation 6,090.42 7,316.61 Income Taxes 1,506.77 1,786.31 Profit after Taxation 4,583.65 5,530.30 (` in Lakhs) Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) Segment Assets Banking and Capital Market 5,767.76 5,039.24 Insurance 2,681.29 1,926.40 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 1,372.65 2,061.93 Emerging Industries 3,259.69 3,319.71 Unallocated-Hedge 40,404.40 39,431.54 53,485.79 51,778.82 Segment Liabilities Banking and Capital Market 2,573.59 1,812.08 Insurance 1,566.96 1,206.82 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 929.53 1,098.99 Emerging Industries 1,629.83 1,601.61 Unallocated-Hedge 1,511.05 5,564.27 8,210.96 11,283.77
  • 178. P.8 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Capital Employed Banking and Capital Market 3,194.17 3,227.16 Insurance 1,114.33 719.58 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 443.12 962.94 Emerging Industries 1,629.86 1,718.10 Unallocated-Hedge 38,893.35 33,867.27 45,274.83 40,495.05 Solution: On the basis of the information of Mphasis Limited relating to financial results of the year ended 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018, the project has been prepared showing the analysis of changes in Segment Results and comparison of the results with Capital Employed. Graphic presentation of Segement-wise Revenue from Operations through Pie-charts: Revenue from Operations for the year ended 31st March, 2018 (`) Banking and Capital Market 8,605.94 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment Emerging Industries 8,796.25 7,024.04 4,702.71 Insurance 90.84 10,094.22 8,202.63 5,471.76 6,405.01 Revenue from Operations for the year ended 31st March, 2019 (`) 137.69 Unallocated-Hedge Banking and Capital Market Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment Emerging Industries Insurance Unallocated-Hedge
  • 179. Project Work P.9 1. Table showing segment-wise Revenue from Operations for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018 with their difference: Segment Name Year ended 31st March, Year ended 31st March, Difference 2019 (`) 2018 (`) (`) Banking and Capital Market 8,796.25 8,202.63 593.62 Insurance 7,024.04 5,471.76 1552.28 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 4,702.71 6,405.01 (1,702.3) Emerging Industries 8,605.94 10,094.22 (1,488.28) Unallocated-Hedge 137.69 90.84 46.85 2. Table showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2019: Segment Name Revenue from Operations Capital Employed in Percentage of Revenue 2018–19 (`) theYear 2018–19 (`) to Capital Employed (%) Banking and Capital Market 8,796.25 3,194.17 275.38 Insurance 7,024.04 1,114.33 630.34 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 4,702.71 443.12 1,061.27 Emerging Industries 8,605.94 1,629.86 528.02 Unallocated-Hedge 137.69 38,893.35 0.35 Graphical representation of data showing segment-wise Revenue for Operations in the year 2019 and 2018 with their difference Year ended 31st March,2019 (`) Year ended 31st March,2018 (`) Difference B a n k i n g a n d C a p i t a l M a r k e t 12,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 –2,000 –4,000 I n s u r a n c e I n f o r m a t i o n T e c h n o l o g y , C o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d E n t e r t a i n m e n t Emerging Industries Unallocated-Hedge 8,796.25 8,202.63 593.62 7,024.04 5,471.76 1552.28 4,702.71 6,405.01 8,605.94 10,094.2 137.69 90.84 46.85 – 1,488.28 – 1,702.30
  • 180. P.10 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 1,200% I n s u r a n c e E m e r g i n g I n d u s t r i e s U n a l l o c a t e d - H e d g e Graphical representation of data showing Percentage of Segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed in the year 2018–19 3. Table showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2018: Segment Name Revenue from Operations Capital Employed Percentage of Revenue 2017–18 (`) in theYear 2017–18 (`) to Capital Employed (%) Banking and Capital Market 8,202.63 3,227.16 254.17 Insurance 5,471.76 719.58 760.41 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 6,405.01 962.94 665.15 Emerging Industries 10,094.22 1,718.10 587.52 Unallocated-Hedge 90.84 33,867.27 0.27 Graphical representation of data showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed in the year 2017–18 B a n k i n g a n d C a p i t a l M a r k e t 1,000% 800% 600% 400% 200% 0% I n s u r a n c e E m e r g i n g I n d u s t r i e s U n a l l o c a t e d - H e d g e B a n k i n g a n d C a p i t a l M a r k e t 800% 700% 600% 500% 400% 300% 200% 100% 0% I n f o r m a t i o n T e c h n o l o g y , C o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d E n t e r t a i n m e n t 275.38 630.34 1061.27 528.02 0.35 I n f o r m a t i o n T e c h n o l o g y , C o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d E n t e r t a i n m e n t 254.17 760.41 665.15 587.52 0.27
  • 181. Project Work P.11 4. Table showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and 2018 with their difference: Segment Name % of Segment-wise % of Segment-wise Difference Revenue from Operations Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed 2019 to Capital Employed 2018 Banking and Capital Market 275.38 254.17 21.21 Insurance 630.34 760.41 (130.07) Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 1,061.27 665.15 396.12 Emerging Industries 528.02 587.52 (59.50) Unallocated-Hedge 0.35 0.27 0.08 Graphical representation of data showing percentage of segment-wise Revenue to Capital Employed with their difference for the year 2018–19 and 2017–18 5. Table showing percentage of Profit before Tax to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2019: Segment Name Profit before Tax forYear Capital Employed in the year Percentage of PBT to ended 31st March,2019 (`) ended 31st March,2019 (`) Capital Employed (%) Banking and Capital Market 125.75 3,194.17 3.94 Insurance 2,098.39 1,114.33 188.31 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 1,464.64 443.12 330.53 Emerging Industries 2,967.71 1,629.86 182.08 Unallocated-Hedge 137.69 38,893.35 0.35 1,200 1,000 800 600 400 200 0 –200 I n s u r a n c e E m e r g i n g I n d u s t r i e s B a n k i n g a n d C a p i t a l M a r k e t U n a l l o c a t e d - H e d g e % of Segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed (2018–19) % of Segment-wise Revenue from Operations to Capital Employed (2017–18) Difference 275.38 254.17 21.21 630.34 760.41 1,061.27 665.15 396.12 528.02 587.52 0.35 0.27 0.08 –130.07 –59.50 I n f o r m a t i o n T e c h n o l o g y , C o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d E n t e r - t a i n m e n t
  • 182. P.12 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Graphical representation of data showing Profit before Tax to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2019 6. Table showing percentage of Profit before Tax to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2018: Segment Name Profit before Tax forYear Capital Employed in year Percentage of PBT to ended 31st March,2018 (`) ended 31st March,2018 (`) Capital Employed (%) Banking and Capital Market 1,050.77 3,227.16 32.56 Insurance 1,356.66 719.58 188.53 Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 1,897.27 962.94 197.03 Emerging Industries 3,830.64 1,718.10 222.96 Unallocated-Hedge 90.84 33,867.27 0.27 I n s u r a n c e E m e r g i n g I n d u s t r i e s B a n k i n g a n d C a p i t a l M a r k e t U n a l l o c a t e d - H e d g e Graphical Representation of data showing Profit before Tax to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2018 350% 200% 150% 100% 0% 300% 250% 50% 250% 100% 50% 0% 200% 150% I n s u r a n c e E m e r g i n g I n d u s t r i e s B a n k i n g a n d C a p i t a l M a r k e t U n a l l o c a t e d - H e d g e I n f o r m a t i o n T e c h n o l o g y , C o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d E n t e r - t a i n m e n t 3.94 188.31 330.53 182.08 0.35 I n f o r m a t i o n T e c h n o l o g y , C o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d E n t e r - t a i n m e n t 32.56 188.53 197.03 222.96 0.27
  • 183. Project Work P.13 7. Table showing difference in the percentage of Profit before Tax and Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2019 and 2018: Segment Name % of Profit before Tax to % of Profit before Tax to Difference Capital EmployedYear Capital EmployedYear ended 31st March,2019 (`) ended 31st March,2018 (`) Banking and Capital Market 3.94 32.56 (28.62) Insurance 188.31 188.53 (0.22) Information Technology, Communication and Entertainment 330.53 197.03 133.50 Emerging Industries 182.08 222.96 (40.88) Unallocated-Hedge 0.35 0.27 0.08 Graphical Representation of data showing difference in percentage of Profit before Tax to Capital Employed for the year ended 31st March, 2018 and 2019 –100% –50% 0% 50% 100% 150% 200% 250% 300% 350% % of Profit before Tax to Capital Employed (2019) % of Profit before Tax to Capital Employed (2018) Difference (%) 3.94 32.56 –28.62 –0.22 –40.88 188.31 188.53 330.53 197.03 133.5 182.08 222.96 0.35 0.27 0.088 VIVA QUESTIONS 1. What is Segment Reporting? Ans. Segment reporting is the reporting of the operating segments of a company in the disclosures accompa- nying its financial statements.Segment reporting is required for publicly-held entities,and is not required for privately held ones. Segment reporting is intended to give information to investors and creditors regarding the financial results and position of the most important operating units of a company, which they can use as the basis for decisions related to the company. I n s u r a n c e E m e r g i n g I n d u s t r i e s U n a l l o c a t e d - H e d g e B a n k i n g a n d C a p i t a l M a r k e t I n f o r m a t i o n T e c h n o l o g y , C o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d E n t e r - t a i n m e n t
  • 184. P.14 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 2. Name the various segments of Mphasis Limited. Ans. Various segments of Mphasis Limited are: (i) Banking and Capital Market (ii) Insurance (iii) Information technology, Communication and Entertainment (iv) Emerging Industries (v) Unallocated-Hedge 3. Which segment is the best segment of the Company? Ans. Emerging Industries is the best segment,because it contributes about 48% to the profit of the company. 4. Which segment has high revenue? Ans. Banking and Capital Market has high revenue,it has around 30.05% revenue to the total net revenue from operations of the company. 5. Should the company operate in only Emerging Industries due to high profits? Ans. In my opinion, the company should make efforts to promote business of other segments as these seg- ments have more business potential than what has been achieved.
  • 185. Project Illustration 3 Following is the summarised Balance Sheet of Mohak Ltd. You are required to prepare Cash Flow Statement and on the basis of it and interpret the result. BALANCE SHEETS as at 31st March,2019 and 2018 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 8,00,000 6,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 97,000 22,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 3 3,50,000 50,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 4 1,11,000 86,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 5 30,000 52,500 (b) Other Current Liabilities 6 67,000 62,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 7 46,000 37,000 Total 15,01,000 9,09,500 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 8(a) 6,74,400 3,15,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 8(b) 1,68,600 78,750 (iii) Capital Work-in-Progress 2,82,000 1,32,250 (b) Non-current Investments 9 42,000 70,000 (c) Deferred Tax Assets (Net) 8,000 4,000 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 35,000 49,000 (b) Inventories 1,00,500 1,03,500 (c) Trade Receivables 10 1,68,000 1,15,500 (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents 11 18,500 37,500 (e) Short-term Loans and Advances 12 4,000 4,000 Total 15,01,000 9,09,500 Non-current Investments are sold at a gain (profit) of ` 1,000. Notes to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 1. Share Capital (a) Authorised Capital: 1,00,000 (PreviousYear 1,00,000 shares) Equity Shares of ` 10 each 10,00,000 10,00,000 5,000 Preference Shares of ` 100 each 5,00,000 5,00,000 15,00,000 15,00,000 (b) Issued Capital: 60,000 (PreviousYear 40,000 shares) Equity Shares of ` 10 each 6,00,000 4,00,000 2,000;10% Preference Shares of ` 100 each 2,00,000 2,00,000 8,00,000 6,00,000 (c) Subscribed Capital: Subscribed and fully paid-up: 60,000 (PreviousYear 40,000 shares) Equity Shares of ` 10 each 6,00,000 4,00,000 2,000;10% Preference Shares of ` 100 each 2,00,000 2,00,000 8,00,000 6,00,000
  • 186. P.16 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII 2. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 50,000 50,000 Surplus/(Deficit),i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 47,000 (28,000) 97,000 22,000 3. Long-term Borrowings 3,500 (Previous year 500 Debentures);11% Debentures of ` 100 each 3,50,000 50,000 4. Long-term Provisions Provision for Employees Benefit 1,11,000 86,000 5. Trade Payables Sundry Creditors 28,000 46,500 Bills Payable 2,000 6,000 30,000 52,500 6. Other Current Liabilities Income Received in Advance 67,000 62,000 7. Short-term Provisions Provision for Tax 46,000 37,000 Net Block 8. Fixed Assets 31st March, 31st March, Depreciation Sale of Assets Purchase of 2019 2018 for the year on Book Value Assets during during theYear theYear ` ` ` ` ` (a) Tangible Assets Land 1,50,000 1,50,000 ... ... ... Building 3,33,900 91,500 7,600 ... 2,50,000 Plant and Machinery 1,44,750 36,250 12,500 29,000 1,50,000 Furniture and Fixtures 40,000 29,500 2,900 4,000 17,400 Computers 5,750 7,750 2,000 ... ... Total 6,74,400 3,15,000 25,000 33,000 4,17,400 (b) Intangible Assets Computer Software 9,600 750 3,000 ... 11,850 Technical Know-how 1,59,000 78,000 9,000 ... 90,000 Total 1,68,600 78,750 12,000 ... 1,01,850 9. Non-Current Investments Investment in Debentures 42,000 70,000 10. Trade Receivables Debtors 1,40,000 1,08,000 Bills Receivable 28,000 7,500 1,68,000 1,15,500 11. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash-in-Hand 4,500 6,500 Cash at Bank 14,000 31,000 18,500 37,500 12. Short-term Loans and Advances Unsecured Loan 4,000 4,000 Note: Proposed Dividend for the years ended 31st March,2018 and 2019 are ` 75,000 and ` 80,000 respectively.
  • 187. Project Work P.17 Project Solution Introduction The project is to draw Cash Flow Statement as per Accounting Standard-3 (Revised) issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India from the given data and to express the views on the issue—why bank balance is not in line with the profit. The data, i.e., Balance Sheets as at 31st March, 2019 and 31st March, 2018 and along with the relevant information and Notes to Accounts for the year ended 31st March, 2019, is provided. The project has been planned and executed as follows: 1. Redrafting Balance Sheets for the purpose of Cash Flow Statement. 2. Cash Flow Statement of Mohak Limited for the year ended 31st March, 2019 has been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standard-3 (Revised) and has been analysed to determine the reasons for bank balance not being in line with the profit. Redrafted Balance Sheets of Mohak Limited for the purpose of Cash Flow Statement: BALANCE SHEETS as at 31st March,2019 and 2018 Particulars Note No. 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders’Funds (a) Share Capital 1 8,00,000 6,00,000 (b) Reserves and Surplus 2 89,000 18,000 2. Non-Current Liabilities (a) Long-term Borrowings 3 3,50,000 50,000 (b) Long-term Provisions 4 1,11,000 86,000 3. Current Liabilities (a) Trade Payables 5 30,000 52,500 (b) Other Current Liabilities 6 67,000 62,000 (c) Short-term Provisions 7 46,000 37,000 Total 14,93,000 9,05,500 II. ASSETS 1. Non-Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets: (i) Tangible Assets 8(a) 6,74,400 3,15,000 (ii) Intangible Assets 8(b) 1,68,600 78,750 (iii) Capital Work-in-Progress 2,82,000 1,32,250 (b) Non-current Investments 9 42,000 70,000 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments 35,000 49,000 (b) Inventories 1,00,500 1,03,500 (c) Trade Receivables 10 1,68,000 1,15,500 (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents 11 18,500 37,500 (e) Short-term Loans and Advances 12 4,000 4,000 Total 14,93,000 9,05,500 Clarification: As per the CBSE Guidelines, accounting treatment of the Deferred Tax Liability/Assets (Net) is not to be evaluated, otherwise also it is a part of Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss and it is merely a book entry and not a actual Liability/Asset. Hence, it is a redrafted Balance Sheet and Deferred Tax Asset (Net) is deducted from Surplus, i.e., Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss.
  • 188. P.18 Analysis of Financial Statements—CBSE XII Redrafted Note to Accounts Particulars 31st March, 31st March, 2019 (`) 2018 (`) 2. Reserves and Surplus General Reserve 50,000 50,000 Surplus/(Deficit) ,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 47,000 (28,000) Less:  Deferred Tax Assets (Net) transferred 8,000 39,000 (4,000) (32,000) 89,000 18,000 CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the year ended 31st March,2019 Particulars ` (A) Cash Flow from Operating Activities Closing Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss 39,000 Less: Opening Surplus,i.e.,Balance in Statement of Profit and Loss (32,000) 71,000 Add: Provision for Tax 46,000 Dividend paid (Proposed Dividend of PreviousYear) 75,000 1,21,000 Net Profit before Tax and Extraordinary Items 1,92,000 Add: Non-cash/Non-operating Expenses Interest on Debentures 5,500 Depreciation and Amortisation 37,000 Long-term Provisions (Provision for Employees Benefits) 25,000 67,500 2,59,500 Less: Non-cash/Non-operating Income Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investment 1,000 Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 2,58,500 Add: Decrease in Current Assets and Increase in Current Liabilities: Inventories 3,000 Other Current Liabilities (Income Received in Advance) 5,000 8,000 2,66,500 Less: Increase in Current Assets and Decrease in Current Liabilities: Trade Receivables 52,500 Trade Payables 22,500 75,000 Cash Generated from Operations 1,91,500 Less: Net Income Tax (paid) 37,000 Cash Flow from Operating Activities 1,54,500 (B) Cash Flow from Investing Activities Purchase of Fixed Assets (5,19,250) Expenses on Capital Work-in-Progress (1,49,750) Proceeds from Sale of Non-current Investments 29,000 Proceeds from Sale of Fixed Assets 33,000 Cash Used in Investing Activities (6,07,000) (C) Cash Flow from Financing Activities Proceeds from Share Capital 2,00,000 Payment of Dividend (75,000) Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings 3,00,000 Payment of Interest on Debentures (5,500) Cash Flow from Financing Activities 4,19,500 (D) Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A + B + C) (33,000) Add:  Cash and Cash Equivalents in the beginning of the year 86,500 (E) Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year 53,500 Note:It has been presumed that additional 3,000;11% Debentures of ` 100 each are issued on 31st March,2019.
  • 189. Project Work P.19 Comments Accrual method of accounting when used necessarily means that the amount of Net Profit will not match with corresponding increase in cash balance. Net Profit is ascertained after adjusting outstandings and prepayments (both in respect of incomes and expenses) in the beginning and at the end of the accounting period. In addition, items regarded as capital, e.g., the purchase of fixed assets are not part of Statement of Profit and Loss but, involve payments of Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash Flow from Operating Activities is ` 1,54,500, it may be due to increase in sales or decrease in expenses. But the Cash Outflow from Investing activity is ` (6,07,000) as the company invest the amount in purchasing fixed asset which in future increases the efficiency of the company. Cash Flow from Financing Activity is ` 4,19,500 as the company procured funds by issuing share capital and by raising funds through long-term borrowings. As a result, Cash and Cash Equivalents has decreased by ` 33,000 and, on the other hand, the net profit has increased by ` 71,000 [` 39,000 – (` 32,000)], is because net cash outflow from investing activities ` 6,07,000 exceeds the aggregates of net cash inflows from operating activities ` 1,54,500 and financing activities ` 4,19,500. Another reason is that Mohak Ltd. has invested more funds in working capital, largely because of an increase in the amount owing from debtors and substantial decrease in the amount due to the creditors. VIVA QUESTIONS 1. Under which method of accounting,net profit will not match with a corresponding increase in cash balance? Ans. Under accrual method of accounting, net profit will not match with a corresponding increase in cash balance. 2. Do you think that purchase of fixed assets do not appear in the Statement of Profit and Loss? Ans. Yes, purchase of fixed assets do not appear in the Statement of Profit and Loss. 3. Why purchase of fixed assets do not appear in the Statement of Profit and Loss? Ans. Purchase of fixed assets do not appear in the Statement of Profit and Loss because it is a Capital Expenditure. 4. Why Gain (Profit) on Sale of Investments is deducted from Income from Operating Activities? Ans. Because it is an investing activity and the full amount of sale is added in Cash from Investing Activities. 5. Why we do not deduct Expenses on Issue of Shares from Financing Activities? Ans. Because it is Deferred Revenue Expenditure that is written off in 5 years. 6. Give two examples of Cash Flow from Operating Activities. Ans. (i) Cash receipts from the sale of goods and the rendering of services. (ii) Cash payments to suppliers for goods purchased and for services availed. 7. Give one example of Financing Activity. Ans. Cash proceeds from issuing shares or debentures. 8. How can we ascertain Cash Flow from Financing Activities? Ans. Cash Flow from Financing Activities can be ascertained by analysing the change in Equity Share Capital, Preference Share Capital,Debentures,other Long-term Borrowings and Short-term Borrowings,i.e.,Bank Overdraft. 9. How can we ascertain Cash Flow from Investing Activities? Ans. Cash Flow from Investing Activities can be ascertained by analysing the change in Fixed Assets and Long-term Investments during the accounting period. 10. State the conditions for an investment to qualify as Cash Equivalents. Ans. For an investment to qualify as Cash Equivalent: 1.  It must be readily convertible to a known amount of cash. 2.  It must be subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Therefore, an investment normally qualifies as a Cash Equivalent only when it has a short maturity of, say, three months or less from the date of acquisition.